[Title 3 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - January 1, 2001 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]
[[Page i]]
3
2000 Compilation
and
Parts 100-102
Revised as of January 1, 2001
The President
Published by:
Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
A Special Edition of the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON: 2001
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: (202) 512-1800 Fax: 202) 512-2250
Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
[[Page iii]]
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
List of Title 3 Compilations..........................................iv
Explanation of the Code of Federal Regulations.........................v
Explanation of This Title.............................................ix
How To Cite This Title................................................xi
Title 3.............................................................xiii
2000 Compilation--Presidential Documents..........................1
Chapter I--Executive Office of the President....................415
Title 3 Finding Aids.................................................425
Tables..........................................................427
List of CFR Sections Affected...................................445
Index...........................................................447
CFR Finding Aids.....................................................455
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters................................457
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR..............475
[[Page iv]]
TITLE 3 COMPILATIONS
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title 3 Compilations Proclamations Executive Orders
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1936-1938......................... 2161-2286......... 7316-7905
1938-1943......................... 2287-2587......... 7906-9347
1943-1948......................... 2588-2823......... 9348-10025
1949-1953......................... 2824-3041......... 10026-10510
1954-1958......................... 3042-3265......... 10511-10797
1959-1963......................... 3266-3565......... 10798-11134
1964-1965......................... 3566-3694......... 11135-11263
1966-1970......................... 3695-4025......... 11264-11574
1971-1975......................... 4026-4411......... 11575-11893
1976.............................. 4412-4480......... 11894-11949
1977.............................. 4481-4543......... 11950-12032
1978.............................. 4544-4631......... 12033-12110
1979.............................. 4632-4709......... 12111-12187
1980.............................. 4710-4812......... 12188-12260
1981.............................. 4813-4889......... 12261-12336
1982.............................. 4890-5008......... 12337-12399
1983.............................. 5009-5142......... 12400-12456
1984.............................. 5143-5291......... 12457-12497
1985.............................. 5292-5424......... 12498-12542
1986.............................. 5425-5595......... 12543-12579
1987.............................. 5596-5759......... 12580-12622
1988.............................. 5760-5928......... 12623-12662
1989.............................. 5929-6084......... 12663-12698
1990.............................. 6085-6240......... 12699-12741
1991.............................. 6241-6398......... 12742-12787
1992.............................. 6399-6520......... 12788-12827
1993.............................. 6521-6643......... 12828-12890
1994.............................. 6644-6763......... 12891-12944
1995.............................. 6764-6859......... 12945-12987
1996.............................. 6860-6965......... 12988-13033
1997.............................. 6966-7061......... 13034-13071
1998.............................. 7062-7161......... 13072-13109
1999.............................. 7162-7262......... 13110-13144
2000.............................. 7263-7389......... 13145-13185
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Beginning with 1976, Title 3 Compilations also include regulations
contained in Chapter I, Executive Office of the President.
Supplementary publications include: Presidential documents of the Hoover
Administration (two volumes), Proclamations 1870-2037 and
Executive Orders 5076-6070; Consolidated Indexes for
1936-1965; and Consolidated Tables for 1936-1965.
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, January 1, 2001), consult the ``List
of CFR Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the
``Cumulative List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the
Reader Aids section of the daily Federal Register. These two lists will
identify the Federal Register page number of the latest amendment of any
given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected,
1949-1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven
separate volumes. For the period beginning January 1, 1986, a
``List of CFR Sections Affected'' is published at the end of
each CFR volume.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is
carried within that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents''
entries in the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call
202-523-5227 or write to the Director, Office of the Federal
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC
20408 or e-mail [email protected].
SALES
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call
202-512-1800, M-F 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your
order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours a day. For payment by check,
write to the Superintendent of Documents, Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box
371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO Customer Service call
202-512-1803.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The texts of the Code of Federal Regulations, The United States
Government Manual, the Federal Register, Public Laws, Public Papers,
Weekly Compilation of Presidential Documents, and the 1995 Privacy Act
Compilation are available in electronic format at www.access.gpo.gov/
nara/index.html. For more information, contact Electronic Information
Dissemination Services, U.S. Government Printing Office. Phone
202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-free).
E-mail, [email protected].
[[Page vii]]
The Office of the Federal Register maintains a free electronic
bulletin board service, FREND (Federal Register Electronic News
Delivery), for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and
related information. To access by modem: phone,
202-275-0920.
In addition, the Federal Register's public inspection list and table
of contents are also available on the National Archives and Records
Administration's Fax-on-Demand system. Phone,
301-713-6905.
Raymond A. Mosley,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
January 1, 2001.
[[Page ix]]
EXPLANATION OF THIS TITLE
This volume of ``Title 3--The President'' contains a
compilation of Presidential documents and a codification of regulations
issued by the Executive Office of the President.
The 2000 Compilation contains the full text of those documents
signed by the President that were required to be published in the
Federal Register. Signature date rather than publication date is the
criterion for inclusion. With each annual volume, the Presidential
documents signed in the previous year become the new compilation.
Chapter I contains regulations issued by the Executive Office of the
President. This section is a true codification like other CFR volumes,
in that its contents are organized by subject or regulatory area and are
updated by individual issues of the Federal Register.
Presidential documents in this volume may be cited ``3 CFR,
2000 Comp.'' Thus, the preferred abbreviated citation for
Proclamation 7263 appearing on page 1 of this book, is ``3 CFR,
2000 Comp., p. 1.'' Chapter I entries may be cited ``3
CFR.'' Thus, the preferred abbreviated citation for section 100.1,
appearing in chapter I of this book, is ``3 CFR 100.1.''
This book is one of the volumes in a series that began with
Proclamation 2161 of March 19, 1936, and Executive Order 7316 of March
13, 1936, and that has been continued by means of annual compilations
and periodic cumulations. The entire Title 3 series, as of January 1,
2001, is encompassed in the volumes listed on page iv.
For readers interested in proclamations and Executive orders prior
to 1936, there is a two-volume set entitled Proclamations and Executive
Orders, Herbert Hoover (March 4, 1929, to March 4, 1933). Codified
Presidential documents are published in the Codification of Presidential
Proclamations and Executive Orders (April 13, 1945--January 20,
1989). Other public Presidential documents not required to be published
in the Federal Register, such as speeches, messages to Congress, and
statements, can be found in the Weekly Compilation of Presidential
Documents and the Public Papers of the Presidents series. Each of these
Office of the Federal Register publications is available for sale from
the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington,
DC 20402.
This book was prepared in the Presidential Documents and Legislative
Division by Anna Glover and Karen A. Thornton, with the assistance of
John S. Ashlin, Karen L. Ashlin, and Jennifer S. Mangum.
[[Page x]]
________________________________________________________________________
[[Page xi]]
________________________________________________________________________
Cite Presidential documents in this volume
3 CFR, 2000 Comp.
thus: 3 CFR, 2000 Comp., p. 1
________________________________________________________________________
Cite chapter I entries in this volume
3 CFR
thus: 3 CFR 100.1
________________________________________________________________________
[[Page xiii]]
________________________________________________________________________
TITLE 3--THE PRESIDENT
Page
2000 Compilation--Presidential Documents:
Proclamations.....................................................1
Executive Orders................................................235
Other Presidential Documents....................................343
Chapter I--Executive Office of the President:
Part 100.........................................................416
Part 101.........................................................416
Part 102.........................................................416
Finding Aids:
Table 1--Proclamations...........................................427
Table 2--Executive Orders........................................431
Table 3--Other Presidential Documents............................433
Table 4--Presidential Documents Affected During 1998.............437
Table 5--Statutes Cited as Authority for Presidential Docu- .....441
ments
List of CFR Sections Affected....................................445
Index............................................................447
CFR Finding Aids:
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters.................................457
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR...............475
[[Page 1]]
2000 Compilation--Presidential Documents
________________________________________________________________________
PROCLAMATIONS
________________________________________________________________________
Proclamation 7263 of January 11, 2000
Establishment of the Agua Fria National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The windswept, grassy mesas and formidable canyons of Agua Fria National
Monument embrace an extraordinary array of scientific and historic
resources. The ancient ruins within the monument, with their
breathtaking vistas and spectacular petroglyphs, provide a link to the
past, offering insights into the lives of the peoples who once inhabited
this part of the desert Southwest. The area's architectural features and
artifacts are tangible objects that can help researchers reconstruct the
human past. Such objects and, more importantly, the spatial
relationships among them, provide outstanding opportunities for
archeologists to study the way humans interacted with one another,
neighboring groups, and with the environment that sustained them in
prehistoric times.
The monument contains one of the most significant systems of late
prehistoric sites in the American Southwest. Between A.D. 1250 and 1450,
its pueblo communities were populated by up to several thousand people.
During this time, many dwelling locations in the Southwest were
abandoned and groups became aggregated in a relatively small number of
densely populated areas. The monument encompasses one of the best
examples of these areas, containing important archeological evidence
that is crucial to understanding the cultural, social, and economic
processes that accompanied this period of significant change.
At least 450 prehistoric sites are known to exist within the monument
and there are likely many more. There are at least four major
settlements within the area, including Pueblo La Plata, Pueblo Pato, the
Baby Canyon Ruin group, and the Lousy Canyon group. These consist of
clusters of stone-ma
[[Page 2]]
sonry pueblos, some containing at least 100 rooms. These settlements are
typically situated at the edges of steep canyons, and offer a panorama
of ruins, distinctive rock art panels, and visually spectacular
settings.
Many intact petroglyph sites within the monument contain rock art
symbols pecked into the surfaces of boulders and cliff faces. The sites
range from single designs on boulders to cliffs covered with hundreds of
geometric and abstract symbols. Some of the most impressive sites are
associated with major pueblos, such as Pueblo Pato.
The monument holds an extraordinary record of prehistoric agricultural
features, including extensive terraces bounded by lines of rocks and
other types of landscape modifications. The agricultural areas, as well
as other sites, reflect the skills of ancient residents at producing and
obtaining food supplies sufficient to sustain a population of several
thousand people.
The monument also contains historic sites representing early Anglo-
American history through the 19th century, including remnants of Basque
sheep camps, historic mining features, and military activities.
In addition to its rich record of human history, the monument contains
other objects of scientific interest. This expansive mosaic of semi-
desert grassland, cut by ribbons of valuable riparian forest, is an
outstanding biological resource. The diversity of vegetative
communities, topographical features, and relative availability of water
provide habitat for a wide array of sensitive wildlife species,
including the lowland leopard frog, the Mexican garter snake, the common
black hawk, and the desert tortoise. Other wildlife is abundant and
diverse, including pronghorn, mule deer, and white-tail deer. Javelina,
mountain lions, small mammals, reptiles, amphibians, fish, and
neotropical migratory birds also inhabit the area. Elk and black bear
are present, but less abundant. Four species of native fish, including
the longfin dace, the Gila mountain sucker, the Gila chub, and the
speckled dace, exist in the Agua Fria River and its tributaries.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Agua Fria National
Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Agua Fria National Monument, for the
purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands and
interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within the
boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Agua Fria
National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this proclamation.
The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of approximately
71,100 acres, which is
[[Page 3]]
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all
motorized and mechanized vehicle use off road will be prohibited, except
for emergency or authorized administrative purposes.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Arizona with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, leasing, or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument. Lands and
interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by the United
States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon acquisition of
title thereto by the United States.
There is hereby reserved, as of the date of this proclamation and
subject to valid existing rights, a quantity of water sufficient to
fulfill the purposes for which this monument is established. Nothing in
this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or reduction of
any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the United States on
or before the date of this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities, to
implement the purposes of this proclamation.
Laws, regulations, and policies followed by the Bureau of Land
Management in issuing and administering grazing leases on all lands
under its jurisdiction shall continue to apply with regard to the lands
in the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 4]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18JA00.025
[[Page 5]]
Proclamation 7264 of January 11, 2000
Establishment of the California Coastal National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The islands, rocks, and pinnacles of the California Coastal National
Monument overwhelm the viewer, as white-capped waves crash into the
vertical cliffs or deeply crevassed surge channels and frothy water
empties back into the ocean. Amidst that beauty lies irreplaceable
scientific values vital to protecting the fragile ecosystems of the
California coastline. At land's end, the islands, rocks, exposed reefs,
and pinnacles off the coast above mean high tide provide havens for
significant populations of sea mammals and birds. They are part of a
narrow and important flight lane in the Pacific Flyway, providing
essential habitat for feeding, perching, nesting, and shelter.
The California Coastal National Monument is a biological treasure. The
thousands of islands, rocks, exposed reefs, and pinnacles are part of
the nearshore ocean zone that begins just off shore and ends at the
boundary between the continental shelf and continental slope. Waters of
this zone are rich in nutrients from upwelling currents and freshwater
inflows, supporting a rich array of habitats and organisms. Productive
oceanographic factors, such as major ocean currents, stimulate critical
biological productivity and diversity in both nearshore and offshore
ocean waters.
The monument contains many geologic formations that provide unique
habitat for biota. Wave action exerts a strong influence on habitat
distribution within the monument. Beaches occur where wave action is
light, boulder fields occur in areas of greater wave activity, and rocky
outcroppings occur where wave action is greatest. The pounding surf
within boulder fields and rocky shores often creates small, but
important, habitats known as tidepools, which support creatures uniquely
adapted for survival under such extreme physical conditions. Although
shoreline habitats may appear distinct from those off shore, they are
dependent upon each other, with vital and dynamic exchange of nutrients
and organisms being essential to maintaining their healthy ecosystems.
As part of California's nearshore ocean zone, the monument is rich in
biodiversity and holds many species of scientific interest that can be
particularly sensitive to disturbance.
The monument's vegetative character varies greatly. Larger rocks and
islands contain diverse growth. Dudleya, Atriplex-Baeria-Rumex, mixed
grass-herb, Polypodium, Distichlis, ice plant, Synthyris-Poppy, Eymus,
Poa-Baeria, chaparral, and wetlands vegetation are all present. Larger
rocks and islands contain a diverse blend of the vegetation types.
The monument provides feeding and nesting habitat for an estimated
200,000 breeding seabirds. Development on the mainland has forced
seabirds that once fed and nested in the shoreline ecosystem to retreat
to the areas protected by the monument. Pelagic seabird species inhabit
salt or brackish water environments for at least part of their annual
cycle and breed on offshore islands and rocks. Gulls, the endangered
California least tern, the threatened brown pelican, and the snowy
plover, among countless others, all feed on the vegetation and establish
their nests in the monu
[[Page 6]]
ment. Both bald eagles and peregrine falcons are found within the
monument.
The monument also provides forage and breeding habitat for several
mammal species. Pinnipeds are abundant, including the threatened
southern sea otter and the Guadalupe fur seal. The monument contains
important shelter for male California sea lions in the winter and
breeding rookeries for threatened northern (Steller) sea lions in the
spring.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the California Coastal
National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the California Coastal National Monument, for
the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all
unappropriated or unreserved lands and interests in lands owned or
controlled by the United States in the form of islands, rocks, exposed
reefs, and pinnacles above mean high tide within 12 nautical miles of
the shoreline of the State of California. The Federal land and interests
in land reserved are encompassed in the entire 840 mile Pacific
coastline, which is the smallest area compatible with the proper care
and management of the objects to be protected.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, leasing, or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument. Lands and
interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by the United
States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon acquisition of
title thereto by the United States.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities, to
implement the purposes of this proclamation.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
[[Page 7]]
Nothing in this proclamation shall enlarge or diminish the jurisdiction
or authority of the State of California or the United States over
submerged or other lands within the territorial waters off the coast of
California.
Nothing in this proclamation shall affect the rights or obligations of
any State or Federal oil or gas lessee within the territorial waters off
the California coast.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7265 of January 11, 2000
Establishment of the Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument is a vast, biologically
diverse, impressive landscape encompassing an array of scientific and
historic objects. This remote area of open, undeveloped spaces and
engaging scenery is located on the edge of one of the most beautiful
places on earth, the Grand Canyon. Despite the hardships created by
rugged isolation and the lack of natural waters, the monument has a long
and rich human history spanning more than 11,000 years, and an equally
rich geologic history spanning almost 2 billion years. Full of natural
splendor and a sense of solitude, this area remains remote and
unspoiled, qualities that are essential to the protection of the
scientific and historic resources it contains.
The monument is a geological treasure. Its Paleozoic and Mesozoic
sedimentary rock layers are relatively undeformed and unobscured by
vegetation, offering a clear view to understanding the geologic history
of the Colorado Plateau. Deep canyons, mountains, and lonely buttes
testify to the power of geological forces and provide colorful vistas. A
variety of formations have been exposed by millennia of erosion by the
Colorado River. The Cambrian, Devonian, and Mississippian formations
(Muav Limestone, Temple Butte Formation, and the Redwall Limestone) are
exposed at the southern end of the lower Grand Wash Cliffs. The
Pennsylvanian and Permian formations (Calville Limestone, Esplanade
Sandstone, Hermit Shale, Toroweap Formation, and the Kaibab Formation)
are well exposed within the Parashant, Andrus, and Whitmore Canyons, and
on the Grand Gulch Bench. The Triassic Chinle and Moenkopi Formations
are exposed on the Shivwits Plateau, and the purple, pink, and white
shale, mudstone, and sandstone of the Triassic Chinle Formation are
exposed in Hells Hole.
The monument encompasses the lower portion of the Shivwits Plateau,
which forms an important watershed for the Colorado River and the Grand
[[Page 8]]
Canyon. The Plateau is bounded on the west by the Grand Wash Cliffs and
on the east by the Hurricane Cliffs. These cliffs, formed by large
faults that sever the Colorado Plateau slicing north to south through
the region, were and are major topographic barriers to travel across the
area. The Grand Wash Cliffs juxtapose the colorful, lava-capped
Precambrian and Paleozoic strata of the Grand Canyon against the highly
faulted terrain, recent lake beds, and desert volcanic peaks of the
down-dropped Grand Wash trough. These cliffs, which consist of lower and
upper cliffs separated by the Grand Gulch Bench, form a spectacular
boundary between the basin and range and the Colorado Plateau geologic
provinces. At the south end of the Shivwits Plateau are several
important tributaries to the Colorado River, including the rugged and
beautiful Parashant, Andrus, and Whitmore canyons. The Plateau here is
capped by volcanic rocks with an array of cinder cones and basalt flows,
ranging in age from 9 million to only about 1000 years old. Lava from
the Whitmore and Toroweap areas flowed into the Grand Canyon and dammed
the river many times over the past several million years. The monument
is pocketed with sinkholes and breccia pipes, structures associated with
volcanism and the collapse of underlying rock layers through ground
water dissolution.
Fossils are abundant in the monument. Among these are large numbers of
invertebrate fossils, including bryozoans and brachiopods located in the
Calville limestone of the Grand Wash Cliffs, and brachiopods,
pelecypods, fenestrate bryozoa, and crinoid ossicles in the Toroweap and
Kaibab formations of Whitmore Canyon. There are also sponges in nodules
and pectenoid pelecypods throughout the Kaibab formation of Parashant
Canyon.
The Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument contains portions of
geologic faults, including the Dellenbaugh fault, which cuts basalt
flows dated 6 to 7 million years old, the Toroweap fault, which has been
active within the last 30,000 years, the Hurricane fault, which forms
the Hurricane Cliffs and extends over 150 miles across northern Arizona
and into Utah, and the Grand Wash fault, which bounds the west side of
the Shivwits Plateau and has approximately 15,000 feet of displacement
across the monument.
Archaeological evidence shows much human use of the area over the past
centuries. Because of their remoteness and the lack of easy road access,
the sites in this area have experienced relatively little vandalism.
Their good condition distinguishes them from many prehistoric resources
in other areas. Prehistoric use is documented by irreplaceable rock art
images, quarries, villages, watchtowers, agricultural features, burial
sites, caves, rockshelters, trails, and camps. Current evidence
indicates that the monument was utilized by small numbers of hunter-
gatherers during the Archaic Period (7000 B.C. to 300 B.C.). Population
and utilization of the monument increased during the Ancestral Puebloan
Period from the Basketmaker II Phase through the Pueblo II Phase (300
B.C. to 1150 A.D.), as evidenced by the presence of pit houses,
habitation rooms, agricultural features, and pueblo structures.
Population size decreased during the Pueblo III Phase (1150 A.D. to 1225
A.D.). Southern Paiute groups replaced the Pueblo groups and were
occupying the monument at the time of Euro-American contact.
Archeological sites in the monument include large concentrations of
ancestral Puebloan (Anasazi or Hitsatsinom) villages, a large, intact
Pueblo II village, numerous archaic period archeological sites,
ancestral
[[Page 9]]
Puebloan sites, and Southern Paiute sites. The monument also contains
areas of importance to existing Indian tribes.
In 1776, the Escalante-Dominguez expedition of Spanish explorers passed
near Mount Trumbull. In the first half of the 19th century, Jedediah
Smith, Antonio Armiijo, and John C. Fremont explored portions of this
remote area. Jacob Hamblin, a noted Mormon pioneer, explored portions of
the Shivwits Plateau in 1858 and, with John Wesley Powell, in the 1870s.
Clarence Dutton completed some of the first geological explorations of
this area and provided some of the most stirring written descriptions.
Having traversed this area by wagon at the request of the territorial
legislature, Sharlot Hall recommended it for inclusion within the State
of Arizona when it gained Statehood in 1912. Early historic sawmills
provided timber that was hauled 70 miles along the Temple Trail wagon
road from Mt. Trumbull down the Hurricane Cliffs to St. George, Utah.
Ranch structures and corrals, fences, water tanks, and the ruins of
sawmills are scattered across the monument and tell the stories of the
remote family ranches and the lifestyles of early homesteaders. There
are several old mining sites dating from the 1870s, showing the history
of mining during the late 19th and early 20th centuries. The remote and
undeveloped nature of the monument protects these historical sites in
nearly their original context.
The monument also contains outstanding biological resources preserved by
remoteness and limited travel corridors. The monument is the junction of
two physiographic ecoregions: the Mojave Desert and the Colorado
Plateau. Individually, these regions contain ecosystems extreme to each
other, ranging from stark, arid desert to complex, dramatic higher
elevation plateaus, tributaries, and rims of the Grand Canyon. The
western margin of the Shivwits Plateau marks the boundary between the
Sonoran/Mojave/Great Basin floristic provinces to the west and south,
and the Colorado Plateau province to the northeast. This intersection of
these biomes is a distinctive and remarkable feature. Riparian corridors
link the plateau to the Colorado River corridor below, allowing wildlife
movement and plant dispersal. The Shivwits Plateau is in an arid
environment with between 14 to 18 inches of precipitation a year. Giant
Mojave Yucca cacti proliferate in undisturbed conditions throughout the
monument. Diverse wildlife inhabit the monument, including a trophy-
quality mule deer herd, Kaibab squirrels, and wild turkey. There are
numerous threatened or endangered species as well, including the Mexican
spotted owl, the California condor, the desert tortoise, and the
southwestern willow flycatcher. There are also candidate or sensitive
species, including the spotted bat, the western mastiff bat, the
Townsend's big eared bat, and the goshawk, as well as two federally
recognized sensitive rare plant species: Penstemon distans and Rosa
stellata. The ponderosa pine ecosystem in the Mt. Trumbull area is a
biological resource of scientific interest, which has been studied to
gain important insights regarding dendroclimatic reconstruction, fire
history, forest structure change, and the long-term persistence and
stability of presettlement pine groups.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases
[[Page 10]]
shall be confined to the smallest area compatible with the proper care
and management of the objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Grand Canyon-
Parashant National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Grand Canyon-Parashant National Monument,
for the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands
and interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within
the boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Grand Canyon-
Parashant National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this
proclamation. The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of
approximately 1,014,000 acres, which is the smallest area compatible
with the proper care and management of the objects to be protected.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all
motorized and mechanized vehicle use off road will be prohibited, except
for emergency or authorized administrative purposes.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Arizona with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument. Sale of
vegetative material is permitted only if part of an authorized science-
based ecological restoration project. Lands and interests in lands
within the proposed monument not owned by the United States shall be
reserved as a part of the monument upon acquisition of title thereto by
the United States.
This proclamation does not reserve water as a matter of Federal law nor
relinquish any water rights held by the Federal Government existing on
this date. The Federal land managing agencies shall work with
appropriate State authorities to ensure that water resources needed for
monument purposes are available.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management and the National Park Service, pursuant to
applicable legal authorities, to implement the purposes of this
proclamation. The National Park Service and the Bureau of Land
Management shall manage the monument cooperatively and shall prepare an
agreement to share, consistent with applicable laws, whatever resources
are necessary to properly manage the monument; however, the National
Park Service shall continue to have primary management authority over
the portion of the monument within the Lake Mead National Recreation
Area, and the Bureau of Land Management shall have primary management
authority over the remaining portion of the monument.
[[Page 11]]
The Bureau of Land Management shall continue to issue and administer
grazing leases within the portion of the monument within the Lake Mead
National Recreation Area, consistent with the Lake Mead National
Recreation Area authorizing legislation. Laws, regulations, and policies
followed by the Bureau of Land Management in issuing and administering
grazing leases on all lands under its jurisdiction shall continue to
apply to the remaining portion of the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation. Warning is hereby given to
all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove
any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the
lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 12]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18JA00.026
[[Page 13]]
Proclamation 7266 of January 11, 2000
Boundary Enlargement of the Pinnacles National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Pinnacles National Monument was established on January 16, 1908, for the
purpose of protecting its natural rock formations, known as Pinnacles
Rocks, and the series of talus caves underlying them. The monument sits
within one of the most complex and fascinating geologic terrains in
North America, an area where rock masses have been sliced apart,
transported for up to hundreds of miles, and then reassembled into a
fantastic geologic mixture. The monument holds only half of an ancient
volcano; the other half is found 195 miles to the southeast in northern
Los Angeles County. The volcano was split apart and transported north by
an early strand of the San Andreas Fault, known as the Chalone Creek
Fault, which lies within the monument. The pinnacles inside the monument
are composed mainly of volcanic breccia, a mixture of angular blocks of
volcanic lava, pumice, and ash. The occurrence of the pinnacles within
the monument is unusual, as some of these volcanic rocks also contain
marine fossils.
Since 1908, the boundaries of the monument have been enlarged on five
occasions by presidential proclamations issued pursuant to the
Antiquities Act (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431). Proclamation 1660 of May
7, 1923, added 562 acres to include additional natural formations with a
series of caves underlying them. Proclamation 1704 of July 2, 1924,
added adjoining lands that included a spring of water and valuable
camping sites. Proclamation 1948 of April 13, 1931, added 1,926 acres
that held additional features of scientific and educational interest and
for administrative purposes. For these same purposes, the boundary was
later expanded on July 11, 1933 (Proclamation 2050). Proclamation 2528
of December 5, 1941, added additional lands adjoining Pinnacles National
Monument in order to protect more objects of scientific interest in the
monument area. The boundary of the monument was further expanded by
statute on October 20, 1976 (Public Law 94-567, 90 Stat. 2693).
The boundary enlargement effected by this proclamation is central to the
continued preservation of the Pinnacles National Monument's unique
resources. In addition to containing pieces of the same faults that
created the tremendous geological formations throughout the monument,
the expansion lands hold part of the headwaters that drain into the
basin of the monument. Over millions of years, flash floods and stream
currents have helped to sculpt the land's natural features.
Additionally, these lands contain a biological system that must be
protected if the wild character and ecosystem of the monument are to be
preserved. The geologic formations provide a stellar habitat for
important and sometimes fragile biological resources. For example,
raptor populations, including prairie falcons, golden eagles, red-
shouldered hawks, Cooper's hawks, harriers, white-tailed kites, long-
eared owls, and red-tailed hawks, nest on the rocky formations and
forage in the broad watershed. The lands within the expansion area
contain steep, rugged slopes surrounding small canyons. Shallow rocky
soils, gravel creek beds, and steeply rising topography combine to
create a dynamic flood environment. The lands preserve a complex
association of plant communities
[[Page 14]]
characteristic of the chaparral. Along the watercourses, live-oaks,
buckeyes, and sycamore grow. Blue oak woodlands and grasslands occur on
the deepest soils. Creeks that flow in and out of the existing monument
and the expansion lands provide highly valuable riparian habitat for
wildlife. The western pond turtle, two-striped garter snake, silvery
legless lizard, threatened California red-legged frog, and California
horned lizard inhabit these lands. By expanding the monument, these
unique biological resources can be afforded more complete protection to
maintain and enhance the ecosystems of the monument.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as an addition to the Pinnacles National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as an addition to the Pinnacles National
Monument, for the purpose of care, management, and protection of the
objects of scientific interest situated on lands within the said
monument, all lands and interests in lands owned or controlled by the
United States within the boundaries of the area described on the map
entitled ``Pinnacles National Monument Boundary Enlargement'' attached
to and forming a part of this proclamation. The Federal land and
interests in land reserved consist of approximately 7,900 acres, which
is the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of
the objects to be protected.
The enlargement of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, leasing, or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument. Lands and
interests in lands not owned by the United States shall be reserved as a
part of the monument upon acquisition of title thereto by the United
States.
There is hereby reserved, as of the date of this proclamation and
subject to valid existing rights, a quantity of water sufficient to
fulfill the purposes for which the monument is established. Nothing in
this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or reduction of
any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the United States on
or before the date of this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the area being added to the
monument through the National Park Service, under the same laws and
[[Page 15]]
regulations that apply to the rest of the monument, except that
livestock grazing may be permitted in the area added by this
proclamation.
Wilderness Study Areas included in the monument will continue to be
managed under section 603(c) of the Federal Land Policy and Management
Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.).
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twentieth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 16]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18JA00.027
[[Page 17]]
Proclamation 7267 of January 14, 2000
Religious Freedom Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
On January 16, 1786, the Virginia legislature enacted a law whose impact
is still felt around the world today. Authored by Thomas Jefferson and
introduced by James Madison, this act affirmed religious freedom as one
of the ``natural rights of mankind'' and pledged that none would
``suffer on account of his religious opinions or beliefs.'' Recognizing
the fundamental importance of this right to human dignity, our founders
modeled the First Amendment to our Constitution on the Virginia statute
and made religious freedom and tolerance core values of our democracy.
More than a century and a half later, Eleanor Roosevelt, as the
Chairperson of the U.N.'s Commission on Human Rights, worked to extend
that vision to peoples around the world through her contributions to the
U.N.'s Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
Americans draw great strength from the free exercise of religion and
from the diverse communities of faith that flourish in our Nation
because of it. Our churches, mosques, synagogues, meetinghouses, and
other places of worship bring us together, support our families, nourish
our hearts and minds, and sustain our deepest values. Our religious
beliefs give direction to our lives and provide moral guidance in the
daily decisions we make.
Freedom of religion, however, still has enemies. In America in recent
years, churches and synagogues have been destroyed by arson and people
have been attacked because of their religious affiliation. Across the
globe, many people still live in countries where the right to religious
freedom is restricted or even prohibited. Some totalitarian and
authoritarian regimes actively persecute those who seek to practice
their religion, imprisoning, torturing, and even killing men and women
because of their faith. Other governments monitor and harass religious
minorities, tolerating and even encouraging hostility or acts of
violence against them.
My Administration is committed to safeguarding freedom of religion at
home and promoting it around the globe. Federal, State, and local law
enforcement officials are working in partnership to prosecute and
prevent crimes aimed at people because of their religious affiliation,
and I have called on the Congress to pass the Hate Crimes Prevention Act
to strengthen the Federal Government's ability to combat such crimes. On
the international front, we have made issues of religious liberty a
consistent and fundamental part of our public diplomacy. My Ambassador
at Large for International Religious Freedom and his staff have
crisscrossed the globe, from China and Uzbekistan to Laos and Russia, to
advance religious freedom and to assist those who are being persecuted
for their beliefs. In accordance with the International Religious
Freedom Act that I signed into law in 1998, the United States recently
published the first annual report on the status of religious freedom
worldwide and publicly designated the most severe international
violators. This report highlights the many crucial efforts of
individuals and agencies in the Federal Government to advocate religious
freedom abroad, from negotiating with foreign heads of state to pursuing
individual cases of persecution or discrimination.
[[Page 18]]
As we observe Religious Freedom Day this year, let us give thanks for
the wisdom of America's founders in protecting our precious right to
express our beliefs and practice our faith freely and openly. Let us
resolve to be vigilant in defending that freedom and teaching tolerance
in our homes, schools, communities, and workplaces. And let us continue
to lead the world in assisting those who are persecuted because of their
religious faith and in proclaiming the rights and dignity of every human
being.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim January 16, 2000, as
Religious Freedom Day. I call upon the people of the United States to
observe this day with appropriate ceremonies, activities, and programs,
and I urge all Americans to reaffirm their devotion to the fundamental
principles of religious freedom and tolerance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7268 of January 14, 2000
Martin Luther King, Jr., Federal Holiday, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Just this month, thousands of Americans gathered at the Lincoln Memorial
to welcome a new year, a new century, and a new millennium. There--where
37 years ago Martin Luther King, Jr., so eloquently voiced his dream for
America's future--we pledged not only to keep Dr. King's dream alive,
but also to bring it to reality in the 21st century.
We are living in a time of unprecedented peace and prosperity for our
Nation, where the struggles of the valiant and visionary men and women
who came before us have borne fruit with the guarantee of civil rights
at home and the triumph of freedom in nations across the globe. But we
cannot afford to become complacent. As Dr. King so wisely observed, ``We
have learned to fly the air like birds and swim the sea like fish, but
we have not learned the simple art of living together as brothers. Our
abundance has brought us neither peace of mind nor serenity of spirit.''
We must seize this rare moment in our Nation's history to build a
society in which we accept our differences and honor our common
humanity. We must unite against the forces of hatred, fear, and
ignorance that seek to divide us. We must use our economic success and
our technological prowess to widen the circle of opportunity, to
eliminate poverty, and to give all our children the education, values,
and encouragement they need to reach their full potential.
Each year since 1994, when I signed into law the King Holiday and
Service Act, Americans have marked this observance by devoting the day
to service projects in their communities. By renovating schools,
cleaning up neighbor
[[Page 19]]
hoods, tutoring children, donating blood, organizing food drives, or
reaching out in some other way to those in need, our citizens can work
together to make this a day on, not a day off, and to make their own
contributions to Dr. King's legacy of service.
Martin Luther King, Jr., was not content to rest on past successes or to
compromise his convictions. If he were with us now to mark his 71st
birthday, he would exhort us not to grow weary in doing good but to
reach out to one another in the spirit of service and forge a future in
which all Americans are proud of our diversity and united in our
reverence for freedom, justice, and equality.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Monday, January 17, 2000,
as the Martin Luther King, Jr., Federal Holiday. I call upon all
Americans to observe this occasion with appropriate programs,
ceremonies, and activities in honor of Dr. King's life and achievements
and in response to his call to service.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7269 of January 19, 2000
National Biotechnology Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we stand at the dawn of a new century, we recognize the enormous
potential that biotechnology holds for improving the quality of life
here in the United States and around the world. These technologies,
which draw on our understanding of the life sciences to develop products
and solve problems, are progressing at an exponential rate and promise
to make unprecedented contributions to public health and safety, a
cleaner environment, and economic prosperity.
Today, a third of all new medicines in development are based on
biotechnology. Designed to attack the underlying cause of an illness,
not just its symptoms, these medicines have tremendous potential to
provide not only more effective treatments, but also cures. With
improved understanding of cellular and genetic processes, scientists
have opened exciting new avenues of research into treatments for
devastating diseases--like Parkinson's and Alzheimer's, diabetes, heart
disease, AIDS, and cancer--that affect millions of Americans.
Biotechnology has also given us several new vaccines, including one for
rotavirus, now being tested clinically, that could eradicate an illness
responsible for the deaths of more than 800,000 infants and children
each year.
The impact of biotechnology is far-reaching. Bioremediation technologies
are cleaning our environment by removing toxic substances from contami
[[Page 20]]
nated soils and ground water. Agricultural biotechnology reduces our
dependence on pesticides. Manufacturing processes based on biotechnology
make it possible to produce paper and chemicals with less energy, less
pollution, and less waste. Forensic technologies based on our growing
knowledge of DNA help us exonerate the innocent and bring criminals to
justice.
The biotechnology industry is also improving lives through its
substantial economic impact. Biotechnology has stimulated the creation
and growth of small businesses, generated new jobs, and encouraged
agricultural and industrial innovation. The industry currently employs
more than 150,000 people and invests nearly $10 billion a year on
research and development.
Recognizing the extraordinary promise and benefits of this enterprise,
my Administration has pursued policies to foster biotechnology
innovations as expeditiously and prudently as possible. We have
supported steady increases in funding for basic scientific research at
the National Institutes of Health and other science agencies;
accelerated the process for approving new medicines to make them
available as quickly and safely as possible; encouraged private-sector
research investment and small business development through tax
incentives and the Small Business Innovation Research program; promoted
intellectual property protection and open international markets for
biotechnology inventions and products; and developed public databases
that enable scientists to coordinate their efforts in an enterprise that
has become one of the world's finest examples of partnership among
university-based researchers, government, and private industry.
Remarkable as its achievements have been, the biotechnology enterprise
is still in its infancy. We will reap even greater benefits as long as
we sustain the intellectual partnership and public confidence that have
moved biotechnology forward thus far. We must strengthen our efforts to
improve science education for all Americans and preserve and promote the
freedom of scientific inquiry. We must protect patients from the misuse
or abuse of sensitive medical information and provide Federal regulatory
agencies with sufficient resources to maintain sound, science-based
review and regulation of biotechnology products. And we must strive to
ensure that science-based regulatory programs worldwide promote public
safety, earn public confidence, and guarantee fair and open
international markets.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim January 2000 as National
Biotechnology Month. I call upon the people of the United States to
observe this month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and
activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this nineteenth day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 21]]
Proclamation 7270 of January 31, 2000
National African American History Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year during National African American History Month, as we explore
the history and culture of African Americans, we discover anew a
treasure of stories about the triumph of the human spirit, inspiring
accounts of everyday people rising above the indignities imposed by
prejudice. These stories are not only an important part of African
American history, but an essential part of American history.
We are awakened to such stories through the power, beauty, and
unflinching witness of poets and writers like Maya Angelou, Gwendolyn
Brooks, Paul Laurence Dunbar, Langston Hughes, James Weldon Johnson,
Toni Morrison, and Alice Walker. We find them in the lives and voices of
Frederick Douglass, Sojourner Truth, Booker T. Washington, and others
who, rising above slavery, brutality, and bigotry, became great American
champions of liberty, equality, and dignity. We see them written in the
achievements of civil rights leaders like Daisy Bates, James Farmer,
John Lewis, Martin Luther King, Jr., Thurgood Marshall, Mary Church
Terrell, Roy Wilkins, and Whitney Young.
Forty years ago this month, a new chapter in African American history
was written. On February 1, 1960, four courageous young men--freshmen at
North Carolina Agricultural and Technical College in Greensboro--sat
down at a segregated lunch counter in a local store and politely refused
to leave until they were served. Their nonviolent action challenged a
barrier that, symbolically and practically, had separated black and
white Americans for decades and denied equal treatment to African
American citizens. The extraordinary bravery and determination of Ezell
Blair, Jr., Franklin McCain, Joseph McNeil, and David Richmond
galvanized young men and women of conscience across America, setting in
motion a series of student sit-ins in more than 50 cities and 9 States.
Subjecting themselves to verbal abuse, physical violence, and unjust
arrest, thousands of black and white students peacefully demonstrated to
end segregation in restaurants, theaters, concert halls, and public
transportation and called for equality in housing, health care, and
education. Their story of conscience and conviction and their ultimate
triumph continue to inspire us today.
The theme of this year's African American History Month is ``Heritage
and Horizons: The African American Legacy and the Challenges of the 21st
Century.'' It is a reminder that the new century on which we have just
embarked offers us a unique opportunity to write our own chapter in the
history of African Americans and of our Nation. We can use this time of
extraordinary prosperity and peace to widen the circle of opportunity in
America, to recognize that our society's rich diversity is one of our
greatest strengths, and to unite around the fundamental values that we
all share as Americans. We can teach our children that America's story
has been written by men and women of every race and creed and ethnic
background. And we can ensure that our laws, our actions, and our words
honor the rights and dignity of every human being.
[[Page 22]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim February 2000 as National
African American History Month. I call upon public officials, educators,
librarians, and all the people of the United States to observe this
month with appropriate ceremonies, activities, and programs that raise
awareness and appreciation of African American history.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirty-first day of
January, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7271 of February 1, 2000
American Heart Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In the past half century, our Nation has made enormous progress in the
fight against heart disease. Through careful research, scientists and
doctors have identified key factors--including smoking, high blood
pressure, high blood cholesterol, diabetes, obesity, and physical
inactivity--that increase the risk of heart disease. Working with
dedication and determination, they have developed new treatments and
procedures, such as cardiopulmonary resuscitation, defibrillation, clot-
dissolving medicines, angioplasty, and cardiac imaging devices, that
have saved many lives. As a result of these advances, the death rate
from coronary heart disease has fallen dramatically in our Nation, with
a nearly 60-percent reduction since its peak in the mid-1960s.
While these developments are significant, heart disease remains a
serious health problem. Despite our knowledge of the importance of
exercise and a proper diet to maintaining a healthy heart, studies
indicate that both physical inactivity and obesity are on the rise
throughout our country. Today, more than 58 million Americans have one
or more types of cardiovascular disease (CVD), and each year nearly 1
million Americans die from CVD--more than from the next 7 leading causes
of death combined. Furthermore, rates of coronary heart disease deaths
and the prevalence of some risk factors remain disproportionately high
in minority and low-income populations.
As we stand at the dawn of this new century, it is crucial that we build
on the developments of the last century to reduce the incidence of CVD,
to address the disparity among various segments of our population, and
to make further progress in the fight against heart disease. To help
meet this challenge, my Administration has launched the Healthy People
2010 initiative, which addresses health problems that can be prevented
through better care and increased public awareness. Among the
initiative's ambitious goals are improving the prevention, detection,
and treatment of heart disease risk factors, earlier identification and
quicker response in the treat
[[Page 23]]
ment of heart attacks, and prevention of recurrent cardiovascular
events, such as second strokes.
The work of researchers at the National Human Genome Research Institute
of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) also holds great promise for
the fight against heart disease. With the completion of their monumental
project of mapping and sequencing all human chromosomes, we will soon
have the capability to identify at birth all those who are genetically
predisposed to heart disease and provide them with the treatment and
guidance they need through the years to live longer, healthier lives.
The Federal Government will continue to support research and public
education to improve heart health through the National Heart, Lung, and
Blood Institute, also at NIH. And all Americans should remain grateful
that the American Heart Association, through its research and education
programs and its vital network of dedicated volunteers, maintains a
crucial role in bringing about much-needed advances in the prevention
and treatment of heart disease.
In recognition of the importance of the ongoing fight against
cardiovascular disease, the Congress, by Joint Resolution approved
December 20, 1963 (77 Stat. 843; 36 U.S.C. 101b), has requested that the
President issue an annual proclamation designating February as
``American Heart Month.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim February 2000 as American Heart Month. I
invite the Governors of the States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico,
officials of other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United
States, and the American people to join me in reaffirming our commitment
to combating cardiovascular disease and strokes.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7272 of February 11, 2000
National Consumer Protection Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Americans have long enjoyed shopping from the comfort of their homes.
Door-to-door sales and mail-order catalogs have given consumers the
opportunity to choose from a wide variety of products while saving
precious time for family and personal interests. As we move into the
digital age, the Internet and other information technologies have made
electronic commerce possible, and on-line shopping is opening doors for
consumers, established retailers, and small entrepreneurs across the
Nation. With these opportunities, however, come certain risks for home
shoppers. Advances in telecommunications and marketing technology bring
new opportunities for unfair, deceptive, or fraudulent practices that
target consumers where they live. It is now easier than ever for
perpetrators of fraud to reach shoppers
[[Page 24]]
in their homes; consequently, it is more important than ever that
consumers know their rights, understand the risks, and know to whom they
can turn for recourse.
While there are risks to home shopping, including unwanted
solicitations, ill-advised purchases, and failure to deliver items
purchased, consumers can protect themselves against these dangers by
taking basic, commonsense precautions. Home shoppers should ascertain
the seller's location and reputation; give out personal information only
if they know who is collecting it, why it is being collected, and how it
will be used; and report problems that they cannot resolve with the
vendor.
In order to protect consumers, the Federal Trade Commission, the
Department of Justice, the Consumer Federation of America, the American
Association of Retired Persons, the National Association of Consumer
Agency Administrators, and the National Association of Attorneys General
have joined forces to inform Americans about their rights as home
shoppers, about merchant responsibilities, and about how to enjoy safely
the benefits of shopping from home. This information is available in
writing, by telephone, and on-line, helping to educate consumers about
such issues as how to stop unwanted telemarketing or mail-order
solicitations and when to provide private information to an on-line
business.
I encourage all Americans to take advantage of this opportunity to learn
more about safe shopping from home. By becoming wise and well-informed
consumers, we can reduce the incidence of fraud and deception in the
marketplace.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim February 14 through
February 20, 2000, as National Consumer Protection Week. I call upon
government officials, industry leaders, consumer advocates, and the
American people to participate in programs promoting safe and reliable
shopping from home and to raise public awareness about the dangers of
deceptive and fraudulent practices targeting home shoppers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7273 of February 16, 2000
To Facilitate Positive Adjustment to Competition From
Imports of Certain Steel Wire Rod
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. On July 12, 1999, the United States International Trade Commission
(USITC) transmitted to the President a report on its investigation under
section 202 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``Trade Act'') (19
U.S.C. 2252), with respect to imports of certain steel wire rod provided
for in sub
[[Page 25]]
headings 7213.91, 7213.99, 7227.20 and 7227.90.60 of the Harmonized
Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS). The USITC commissioners were
equally divided with respect to the determination required under section
202(b) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2252(b)) regarding whether such steel
wire rod is being imported into the United States in such increased
quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury, or threat of
serious injury, to the domestic industry producing a like or directly
competitive article.
2. Section 330(d)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the ``Tariff
Act'') (19 U.S.C. 1330(d)(1)) provides that when the USITC is required
to determine under section 202(b) of the Trade Act whether increased
imports of an article are a substantial cause of serious injury, or the
threat thereof, and the commissioners voting are equally divided with
respect to such determination, then the determination agreed upon by
either group of commissioners may be considered by the President as the
determination of the USITC. Having reviewed the determinations of both
groups of commissioners, I have decided to consider the determination of
the group of commissioners voting in the affirmative to be the
determination of the USITC.
3. Pursuant to section 311(a) of the North American Free Trade Agreement
Implementation Act (the ``NAFTA Implementation Act'') (19 U.S.C.
3371(a)), the USITC made negative findings with respect to imports of
steel wire rod from Mexico and Canada. The USITC commissioners voting in
the affirmative also transmitted to the President their recommendations
made pursuant to section 202(e) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2252(e))
with respect to the action that would address the serious injury or
threat thereof to the domestic industry and be most effective in
facilitating the efforts of the domestic industry to make a positive
adjustment to import competition.
4. Pursuant to section 203 of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2253), and after
taking into account the considerations specified in section 203(a)(2) of
the Trade Act, I have determined to implement action of a type described
in section 203(a)(3) and to provide exclusions for enumerated steel wire
rod products (``excluded products''). Pursuant to section 312(a) of the
NAFTA Implementation Act (19 U.S.C. 3372(a)), I have determined that
imports of steel wire rod from Mexico, considered individually, do not
account for a substantial share of total imports and do not contribute
importantly to the serious injury, or threat of serious injury, found by
the USITC, and that imports from Canada, considered individually, do not
contribute importantly to such injury or threat. Accordingly, pursuant
to section 312(b) of the NAFTA Implementation Act (19 U.S.C. 3372(b)), I
have excluded steel wire rod the product of Mexico or Canada from the
action I am taking under section 203 of the Trade Act.
5. Such action shall take the form of a tariff-rate quota on imports of
steel wire rod (other than excluded products), provided for in HTS
subheadings 7213.91, 7213.99, 7227.20 and 7227.90.60, imposed for a
period of 3 years plus 1 day, with annual increases in the within-quota
quantities and annual reductions in the rate of duty applicable to goods
entered in excess of those quantities in the second and third years, as
provided for in the Annex to this proclamation.
6. Except for products of Mexico and of Canada, which shall all be
excluded from this restriction, such tariff-rate quota shall apply to
imports of steel wire rod from all countries. Pursuant to section
203(a)(1)(A) of the
[[Page 26]]
Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2253(a)(1)(A)), I have further determined that this
action will facilitate efforts by the domestic industry to make a
positive adjustment to import competition and provide greater economic
and social benefits than costs.
7. Section 604 of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2483), authorizes
the President to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant
provisions of that Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment,
and actions thereunder, including the removal, modification,
continuance, or imposition of any rate of duty or other import
restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including but not limited to
sections 203 and 604 of the Trade Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to establish a tariff-rate quota on imports of steel
wire rod (other than excluded products), classified in HTS subheadings
7213.91, 7213.99, 7227.20 and 7227.90.60, subchapter III of chapter 99
of the HTS is modified as provided in the Annex to this proclamation.
(2) Such imported steel wire rod that is the product of Mexico or of
Canada shall be excluded from the tariff-rate quota established by this
proclamation, and such imports shall not be counted toward the tariff-
rate quota limits that trigger the over-quota rates of duty.
(3) I hereby suspend, pursuant to section 503(c)(1) of the Trade Act
(19 U.S.C. 2463(c)(1)), duty-free treatment for steel wire rod the
product of beneficiary countries under the Generalized System of
Preferences (GSP) (Title V of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2461-
2467)); pursuant to section 213(e)(1) of the Caribbean Basin Economic
Recovery Act, as amended (CBERA) (19 U.S.C. 2703(e)(1)), duty-free
treatment for steel wire rod the product of beneficiary countries under
that Act (19 U.S.C. 2701-2707); pursuant to section 204(d)(1) of the
Andean Trade Preference Act, as amended (ATPA)(19 U.S.C. 3203(d)(1)),
duty-free treatment for steel wire rod the product of beneficiary
countries under that Act (19 U.S.C. 3201-3206); and pursuant to section
403(a) of the Trade and Tariff Act of 1984 (19 U.S.C. 2112 note), duty-
free treatment for steel wire rod the product of Israel under the United
States-Israel Free Trade Area Implementation Act of 1985 (the ``IFTA
Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2112 note), to the extent necessary to apply the
tariff-rate quota to those products, as specified in the Annex to this
proclamation.
(4) During each of the first three quarters of a quota year, any
articles subject to the tariff-rate quota that are entered, or withdrawn
from warehouse for consumption, in excess of one-third of the annual
within-quota quantity for that quota year (as specified in the Annex to
this proclamation) shall be subject to the over-quota rate of duty then
in effect. During the fourth quarter of a quota year, any articles
subject to the tariff-rate quota that are entered, or withdrawn from
warehouse for consumption, in excess of the remaining quantity of the
annual within-quota quantity for that quota year shall be subject to the
over-quota rate of duty then in effect. The remaining quantity shall be
determined by subtracting the total quantity of goods entered at the in-
quota rate during the first three quarters of the quota year from the
annual within-quota quantity for that quota year.
[[Page 27]]
(5) Effective at the close of March 1, 2003, or at the close of the
date which may earlier be proclaimed by the President as the termination
of the import relief set forth in the Annex to this proclamation, the
suspension of duty-free treatment under the GSP, the CBERA, the ATPA and
the IFTA Act shall terminate, unless otherwise provided in such later
proclamation, and qualifying goods the product of beneficiary countries
or of Israel entered under such programs shall again be eligible for
duty-free treatment.
(6) Effective at the close of March 1, 2004, or such other date that
is one year from the close of this relief, the U.S. note and tariff
provisions established in the Annex to this proclamation shall be
deleted from the HTS.
(7) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(8) The modifications to the HTS made by this proclamation,
including the Annex hereto, shall be effective with respect to goods
entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after March
1, 2000, and shall continue in effect as provided in the Annex to this
proclamation, unless such actions are earlier expressly modified or
terminated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixteenth day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 28]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18FE00.026
[[Page 29]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18FE00.027
[[Page 30]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18FE00.028
[[Page 31]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD18FE00.029
[[Page 32]]
Proclamation 7274 of February 18, 2000
To Facilitate Positive Adjustment to Competition From Imports of Certain
Circular Welded Carbon Quality Line Pipe
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. On December 22, 1999, the United States International Trade
Commission (USITC) transmitted to the President an affirmative
determination in its investigation under section 202 of the Trade Act of
1974, as amended (the ``Trade Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2252), with respect to
imports of certain circular welded carbon quality line pipe (line pipe)
provided for in subheadings 7306.10.10 and 7306.10.50 of the Harmonized
Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS). The USITC determined that
line pipe is being imported in such increased quantities as to be a
substantial cause of serious injury or the threat of serious injury to
the domestic industry producing a like or directly competitive article.
2. Pursuant to section 311(a) of the North American Free Trade
Agreement Implementation Act (the ``NAFTA Implementation Act'') (19
U.S.C. 3371(a)), the USITC made negative findings with respect to
imports of line pipe from Mexico and Canada. The USITC also transmitted
to the President its recommendations made pursuant to section 202(e) of
the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2252(e)) with respect to the action that would
address the serious injury or threat thereof to the domestic industry
and be most effective in facilitating the efforts of the domestic
industry to make a positive adjustment to import competition.
3. Pursuant to section 203 of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2253), and
after taking into account the considerations specified in section
203(a)(2) of the Trade Act, I have determined to implement action of a
type described in section 203(a)(3). Pursuant to section 312(a) of the
NAFTA Implementation Act (19 U.S.C. 3372(a)), I have determined that
imports of line pipe from Mexico, considered individually, do not
contribute importantly to the serious injury, or threat of serious
injury, found by the USITC, and that imports from Canada, considered
individually, do not contribute importantly to such injury or threat.
Accordingly, pursuant to section 312(b) of the NAFTA Implementation Act
(19 U.S.C. 3372(b)), I have excluded line pipe the product of Mexico or
Canada from the action I am taking under section 203 of the Trade Act.
4. Such action shall take the form of an increase in duty on imports
of certain line pipe provided for in HTS subheadings 7306.10.10 and
7306.10.50, imposed for a period of 3 years plus 1 day, with the first
9,000 short tons of imports that are the product of each supplying
country excluded from the increased duty during each year that this
action is in effect, and with annual reductions in the rate of duty in
the second and third years, as provided for in the Annex to this
proclamation.
5. Except for products of Mexico and Canada, which shall be excluded
from this action, the increase in duty shall apply to imports of line
pipe from all countries. Pursuant to section 203(a)(1)(A) of the Trade
Act (19 U.S.C. 2253(a)(1)(A)), I have further determined that this
action will facili
[[Page 33]]
tate efforts by the domestic industry to make a positive adjustment to
import competition and provide greater economic and social benefits than
costs.
6. Section 604 of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2483),
authorizes the President to embody in the HTS the substance of the
relevant provisions of that Act, and of other acts affecting import
treatment, and actions thereunder, including the removal, modification,
continuance, or imposition of any rate of duty or other import
restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including but not limited to
sections 203 and 604 of the Trade Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to establish an increase in duty on imports of certain
line pipe classified in HTS subheadings 7306.10.10 and 7306.10.50,
subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTS is modified as provided in the
Annex to this proclamation.
(2) Such imported line pipe that is the product of Mexico or of
Canada shall not be subject to the increase in duty established by this
proclamation.
(3) I hereby suspend, pursuant to section 503(c)(1) of the Trade Act
(19 U.S.C. 2463(c)(1)), duty-free treatment for line pipe the product of
beneficiary countries under the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP)
(Title V of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2461-2467)); pursuant
to section 213(e)(1) of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act, as
amended (CBERA) (19 U.S.C. 2703(e)(1)), duty-free treatment for line
pipe the product of beneficiary countries under that Act (19 U.S.C.
2701-2707); pursuant to section 204(d)(1) of the Andean Trade Preference
Act, as amended (ATPA) (19 U.S.C. 3203(d)(1)), duty-free treatment for
line pipe the product of beneficiary countries under that Act (19 U.S.C.
3201-3206); and pursuant to section 403(a) of the Trade and Tariff Act
of 1984 (19 U.S.C. 2112 note), duty-free treatment for line pipe the
product of Israel under the United States-Israel Free Trade Area
Implementation Act of 1985 (the ``IFTA Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2112 note), to
the extent necessary to apply the increase in duty to those products, as
specified in the Annex to this proclamation.
(4) Effective at the close of March 1, 2003, or at the close of the
date that may earlier be proclaimed by the President as the termination
of the import relief set forth in the Annex to this proclamation, the
suspension of duty-free treatment under the GSP, the CBERA, the ATPA,
and the IFTA Act shall terminate, unless otherwise provided in such
later proclamation, and qualifying goods the product of beneficiary
countries or of Israel entered under such programs shall again be
eligible for duty-free treatment.
(5) Effective at the close of March 1, 2004, or such other date that
is 1 year from the close of this relief, the U.S. note and tariff
provisions established in the Annex to this proclamation shall be
deleted from the HTS.
(6) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(7) The modifications to the HTS made by this proclamation,
including the Annex hereto, shall be effective with respect to goods
entered, or with
[[Page 34]]
drawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after March 1, 2000, and
shall continue in effect as provided in the Annex to this proclamation,
unless such actions are earlier expressly modified or terminated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighteenth day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 35]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD23FE00.086
[[Page 36]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD23FE00.087
[[Page 37]]
Proclamation 7275 of February 22, 2000
Registration Under the Military Selective Service Act
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Section 3 of the Military Selective Service Act, as amended (50 U.S.C.
App. 453), provides that male citizens of the United States and other
male persons residing in the United States who are between the ages of
18 and 26, except those exempted by sections 3 and 6(a) of the Military
Selective Service Act, must present themselves for registration at such
time or times and place or places, and in such manner as determined by
the President. Section 6(k) provides that such exceptions shall not
continue after the cause for the exemption ceases to exist.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by the Military Selective Service
Act, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 451 et seq.), do hereby proclaim as
follows:
Section 1. Paragraph 1-201 of Proclamation 4771 of July 2, 1980, is
amended to read:
``1-2. Places and Times for Registration.
1-201. Persons who are required to be registered and who are in the
United States shall register at the places and by the means designated
by the Director of Selective Service. These places and means may include
but are not limited to any classified United States Post Office, the
Selective Service Internet web site, telephonic registration,
registration on approved Government forms, registration through high
school and college registrars, and the Selective Service reminder
mailback card.''
Sec. 2. Paragraph 1-202 of Proclamation 4771 of July 2, 1980, is amended
to read:
``1-202. Citizens of the United States who are required to be
registered and who are not in the United States, shall register via any
of the places and methods authorized by the Director of Selective
Service pursuant to paragraph 1-201 or present themselves at a United
States Embassy or Consulate for registration before a diplomatic or
consular officer of the United States or before a registrar duly
appointed by a diplomatic or consular officer of the United States.''
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-second day
of February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the
Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-
fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 38]]
Proclamation 7276 of February 29, 2000
National Colorectal Cancer Awareness Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Colorectal cancer is the second leading cause of cancer-related deaths
in the United States. Estimates show that physicians will diagnose
approximately 130,000 new cases of colorectal cancer this year, and, of
those persons diagnosed, more than 56,000 will die from the disease.
Colorectal cancer takes such a deadly toll because it usually has no
identifiable symptoms and often goes undetected until it is too late to
treat.
Our most effective weapon in defeating colorectal cancer is early
detection and treatment. Through a regular screening program that
includes fecal blood testing, periodic partial or full colon
examinations, or both, health professionals can detect and remove pre-
cancerous polyps before they turn into cancer. Such cancer screening
should become a routine part of preventive health care for anyone over
the age of 50, because the risk of developing colorectal cancer
increases with age. Individuals with a personal or family history of
inflammatory bowel disease, colorectal cancer or polyps, or ovarian,
endometrial, or breast cancer are also at a higher risk for developing
colorectal cancer.
We can draw hope from the progress that is being made in colorectal
cancer research. The National Cancer Institute of the National
Institutes of Health recently launched a large research study to test
two of the most promising drugs to treat colorectal cancer, and new
technologies are giving us more powerful tools to increase the ease and
accuracy of colorectal screening. By continuing to support such
research, raising awareness of risk factors for the disease, promoting
the widespread adoption of regular screening, and encouraging everyone
to exercise regularly, we can save thousands of lives each year and
dramatically reduce the risk of colorectal cancer.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 2000 as National
Colorectal Cancer Awareness Month. I encourage health care providers,
advocacy groups, policymakers, and concerned citizens across the country
to help raise public awareness of the risks and methods of prevention of
colorectal cancer and to use the power of our knowledge to defeat this
silent disease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 39]]
Proclamation 7277 of February 29, 2000
Women's History Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Last spring, three women astronauts paused during a shuttle mission to
pay homage to the past. Thousands of miles into space, floating above
the floor of the shuttle, they raised a women's suffrage banner and
posed for a picture. Astronaut Ellen Ochoa, a participant in this
special tribute and a member of the President's Commission on the
Celebration of Women in American History, said, ``We wanted to show how
far women have come in this century and to honor the people who fought
for our rights.'' Each year during the month of March, citizens across
our country pause to honor the many heroes whose diligence and
determination have helped to forge our Nation and enable people like
Ellen Ochoa and her colleagues to soar so high.
Women's History Month is about highlighting the extraordinary
achievements of women throughout our history, while recognizing the
equally significant obstacles they had to overcome along the road to
success. It is about the women who bravely donned uniforms and fought
for our country. It is about the passion and vision of women educators
like Mary McLeod Bethune, who, with only $1.50 in her pocket, founded a
school for young black women. It is about the perseverance and
pioneering spirit of women like Margaret Chung, the first Chinese
American woman physician, who supported herself through medical school
by washing dishes and lecturing on China. It is about Alice Paul's fight
for the vote and Elizabeth Wanamaker Peratrovich's campaign to end
discrimination against Alaska Natives. It is about the writings of Zora
Neale Hurston, the paintings of Georgia O'Keeffe, the leadership of
labor organizer Dolores Huerta, and the trailblazing artistry of
photographer Margaret Bourke-White. It is also about the millions of
unsung women whose contributions have made life better for their
families and their communities.
Inspired by the courageous pioneers who came before them, women today
continue to shape our Nation's destiny. Last year, Air Force Lieutenant
Colonel Eileen Collins became the first woman commander of a space
shuttle mission. American violinists Sarah Chang, Pamela Frank, and
Nadja Salerno-Sonnenberg were the first women to take home the
prestigious Avery Fisher Prize in its 25-year history. And, in a game
attended by the largest crowd of all time for a women's sporting event,
the U.S. women's soccer team captured the World Cup. Today, 58 women
hold seats in the U.S. House of Representatives, and 9 women are United
States Senators. More women hold high-level positions in my
Administration than in any other in history. And in the private sector,
women own nearly 9 million small businesses, employing millions of
Americans and contributing significantly to the strength of our economy.
As we honor the past and celebrate the present, we must also focus on
the future. Our choices today will have an enormous impact on the
destiny of our daughters and granddaughters, our sons and grandsons. We
must rededicate ourselves to forging a society in which gender no longer
predetermines a person's opportunities or station in life. We must
shatter the glass
[[Page 40]]
ceiling; eradicate wage discrimination; and ensure that every American
has the tools to meet both family and work responsibilities and to
retire in security. By breaking down the remaining barriers and opening
wide the doors of opportunity, we can make the future brighter for women
and for all Americans.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 2000 as Women's
History Month. I encourage all Americans to observe this month with
appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities, and to remember
throughout the year the many contributions of courageous women who have
made our Nation strong.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7278 of February 29, 2000
American Red Cross Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
After the great San Francisco earthquake of 1906, President Theodore
Roosevelt asked his fellow Americans to respond by contributing to the
American Red Cross, ``the only organization chartered and authorized by
Congress to act at times of great national calamity.'' Almost a century
later, the American Red Cross continues to serve our Nation and the
world, providing compassionate assistance to people suffering in the
aftermath of personal, local, national, or international disasters.
As one of our country's premier humanitarian organizations, the Red
Cross provides disaster relief to millions of people both at home and
abroad. In the past year alone, the American Red Cross rose to meet many
challenges--from Hurricane Floyd on the eastern seaboard to the Kosovo
relief effort to the terrible earthquakes and floods that struck
countries around the globe. Following the tragic shootings at Columbine
High School and in other schools and places of work and worship, the
American Red Cross sent in crisis counselors to support grieving
families and friends of the victims. In Taiwan and in Turkey, the
American Red Cross worked with other Red Cross affiliates to provide
solace and support to earthquake survivors; after the crash of EgyptAir
Flight 990, Red Cross grief counselors brought comfort to victims'
families. In total, the American Red Cross responded to nearly 64,000
disaster incidents last year alone and helped provide information to
thousands of families separated from loved ones by war or disaster.
The services that the American Red Cross provides go beyond disaster
relief. Its biomedical services program provides patients in more than
3,000
[[Page 41]]
hospitals nationwide with the latest in high-quality, state-of-the-art
blood and tissue services. Last year it provided more than 700,000
emergency and personal services for military personnel and their
families, including relaying messages from their families to the three
American servicemen held captive by Yugoslav forces. And in communities
across the Nation, more than 12 million people received Red Cross
instruction in lifesaving techniques last year, ranging from first aid
and CPR to water safety and boat handling.
Forming the backbone of the American Red Cross is a vast network of
nearly 4.5 million blood donors and 1.3 million dedicated volunteers who
ensure that help will be there when and where it is needed. Virtually
every community in the United States is served by an American Red Cross
chapter, Blood Services region, or both; and as we have seen
demonstrated so dramatically over time, no community is immune to the
sudden and devastating disasters that require the services and
stewardship of the American Red Cross. Each of us owes a lasting debt of
gratitude to this extraordinary organization that has given so much to
our people, our country, and our world.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America and Honorary Chairman of the American Red Cross, by virtue of
the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United
States, do hereby proclaim March 2000 as American Red Cross Month. I
urge all the people of the United States to demonstrate support for
their local Red Cross chapters and to become actively involved in
furthering the humanitarian mission of the American Red Cross.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
February, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7279 of March 1, 2000
Irish-American Heritage Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
More than two centuries ago, our founders envisioned a new Nation, a
land free from tyranny and filled with opportunity, prosperity, and
liberty for all. Many Irish people, faced with severe hardship in their
homeland, embraced the dream of a more promising future and left behind
Ireland's shores, their families, and their friends for a new beginning
in America. Each year during the month of March, we celebrate these
courageous men and women of Ireland and remember with pride their many
contributions to our Nation.
With strength, courage, wit, and creativity, Irish Americans have
flourished in our diverse Nation of immigrants. Writers such as Flannery
O'Connor and Eugene O'Neill have transformed our literature;
entrepreneurs like
[[Page 42]]
Henry Ford helped revolutionize American industry; performers such as
Gregory Peck and Helen Hayes have enriched the arts; patriots such as
Audie Murphy, our most decorated soldier of World War II, redefined the
meaning of courage; and social reformers such as suffragist Leonora
Barry and labor organizer Mary Kenney O'Sullivan fought for the rights
of others. Generations of Irish Americans have worked alongside their
fellow Americans to build a more perfect Union, and America is a
stronger Nation because of them.
During his visit to Ireland in 1963, President Kennedy reminded us that
``our two nations, divided by distance, have been united by history.''
Today, people on both sides of the Atlantic are united not only by
history, but also once again by a dream of a better way of life. In the
spring of 1998, the people of Ireland and Northern Ireland sought to
make that dream a reality at home when they voted overwhelmingly in
support of the Good Friday Accord. America remains committed to the
Irish people as they continue working to forge a brighter future in
their own land. The road ahead is long, but the promise of peace is
still within reach, and its rewards are great. This month, as we
celebrate Saint Patrick's Day and our shared heritage with Ireland, we
remember as well our common love of liberty, commitment to progress, and
quest for lasting peace, and we look toward a future as proud as our
past.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 2000 as Irish-
American Heritage Month. I call upon all the people of the United States
to observe this month with appropriate ceremonies, programs, and
activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of March,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7280 of March 6, 2000
Save Your Vision Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Sight is a precious gift that enables us to experience the wonder of the
world around us; but few of us think about what we would do if we lost
our vision. Unfortunately, millions of Americans must face this
challenge because of conditions like cataracts, glaucoma, diabetic eye
disease, or age-related macular degeneration.
Our most powerful tool in the battle against vision loss is early
detection. A dilated eye examination can reveal signs of many eye
diseases and disorders long before a patient experiences pain or any
other noticeable symptom. Through early intervention and treatment, the
vision loss accompanying such diseases can be reduced, postponed, or
even prevented. Pro
[[Page 43]]
tective eyewear can also play a vital role in saving vision,
particularly for individuals who use chemicals or operate machinery.
There is hope as well for people who suffer from low vision. Affecting 1
in 20 Americans, low vision is an impairment that cannot be corrected by
standard glasses, contact lenses, medicine, or surgery, and interferes
with one's ability to participate in everyday activities. While it can
occur in people of all ages and backgrounds, low vision primarily
affects the growing population of people over 65 years old; other higher
risk populations, including Hispanic and African Americans, are more
likely to develop low vision at an earlier age.
While vision loss usually cannot be restored, vision rehabilitation
techniques and products can make daily life much easier for people with
low vision. From improved lighting in stairways and closets to talking
clocks and computers to large-print labels on appliances, there are
numerous products and services that can help people with low vision
maintain their confidence and independence, and improve their overall
quality of life.
Every day, physicians and researchers make progress in the search for
better treatments--and ultimately a cure--for vision loss. In this new
century, emerging technologies will improve upon existing visual devices
and techniques, and new medications will ensure more effective treatment
of eye diseases and disorders. By investing in research and technology
and committing to regular comprehensive eye examinations, we can ensure
a brighter, healthier future for ourselves and our children.
To remind Americans of the importance of safeguarding their eyesight,
the Congress, by joint resolution approved December 30, 1963 (77 Stat.
629; 36 U.S.C. 138), has authorized and requested the President to
proclaim the first week in March of each year as ``Save Your Vision
Week.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim March 5 through March 11, 2000, as Save Your
Vision Week. I urge all Americans to participate by making eye care and
eye safety an important part of their lives and to ensure that dilated
eye examinations are included in their regular health maintenance
programs. I invite eye care professionals, the media, and all public and
private organizations dedicated to preserving eyesight to join in
activities that will raise awareness of the measures we can take to
protect and sustain our vision.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of March,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 44]]
Proclamation 7281 of March 17, 2000
National Poison Prevention Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Children face many dangers growing up, including some which we cannot
foresee or prevent. But the danger of accidental poisoning from
medicines, household chemicals, or other substances used routinely in
the home is something we can--and must--stop. Each year during National
Poison Prevention Week, we assess our progress in saving lives and
reaffirm our national commitment to preventing injuries or deaths from
poisoning.
We have indeed made progress in the nearly 4 decades since the Congress
first authorized this annual observance. In 1962, almost 450 children
died of poisoning after swallowing medicines or household chemicals. By
1996, that tragic statistic had been reduced to 47. Our goal is to
reduce it to zero.
The first and most effective means to achieving this goal is the proper
use of child-resistant packaging, which the Consumer Product Safety
Commission requires for many medicines and household chemicals. While
this special packaging is child-resistant, however, it is not
childproof; therefore, it is essential that adults keep potentially
poisonous substances locked away from children.
Our second line of defense is America's poison control centers, where
lifesaving information is only a phone call away. If a poisoning does
occur, parents or other caregivers can call one of these centers and
immediately learn the appropriate actions to take to mitigate the
poison's effects. Last month, I was proud to sign into law the Poison
Control Center Enhancement and Awareness Act, which authorizes $140
million over the next 5 years to fund our Nation's poison control
centers, to carry out a national public awareness campaign, and to
establish a national toll-free poison control hotline. Each year, more
than 2 million poisonings are reported, a million of which involve
children, and this new funding will ensure that callers have immediate
access to the vital services and information they need to save lives.
I thank the Poison Prevention Week Council, which brings together 35
national organizations to distribute poison prevention information to
pharmacies, public health departments, and safety organizations
nationwide, for its vital role in the progress Americans have made in
reducing accidental poisonings. By following its lead, properly using
child-resistant packaging, keeping poisonous substances locked away from
children, and keeping the number of a poison prevention center close by
the telephone, we can greatly reduce accidental poisonings.
To encourage the American people to learn more about the dangers of
accidental poisonings and to take responsible preventive measures, the
Congress, by joint resolution approved September 26, 1961 (75 Stat.
681), has authorized and requested the President to issue a proclamation
designating the third week of March of each year as ``National Poison
Prevention Week.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim the week beginning March 19, 2000,
[[Page 45]]
as National Poison Prevention Week. I call upon all Americans to observe
this week by participating in appropriate programs and activities and by
learning how to protect our children from poisonous substances.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventeenth day of
March, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7282 of March 24, 2000
Education and Sharing Day, U.S.A., 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we welcome a new millennium, America stands at a unique moment in
time. We can look back over the past century, where we experienced
profound advances in science, medicine, and technology that
fundamentally altered the world in which we live. At the same time, we
can look ahead to a new century filled with unparalleled promise and
unlimited possibilities for further progress.
Throughout our Nation's history, education has been at the heart of
achievement in America, and it is the key to meeting the challenges and
seizing the opportunities that lie before us. To succeed in the global
community of the 21st century, we must provide all our citizens with a
world-class, well-rounded education. We must ensure that every American
has not only the knowledge and the skills he or she needs to flourish,
but also a solid foundation of moral guidance and values. As the
technology revolution breaks down barriers of geography, culture, and
economic status, it is more crucial than ever that young people learn
the importance of tolerance, cooperation, and sharing. Imbued with these
values and enriched by a quality education, our children can look
forward to a bright future.
Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson, the Lubavitcher Rebbe, recognized
early the importance of such comprehensive learning. In addition to
being one of the world's highly respected religious leaders, he was also
an accomplished scholar in mathematics and science. Understanding that
both secular education and spiritual training contribute enormously to
human development, he sought to provide young people with fresh
opportunities for academic, social, and moral enrichment through the
more than 2,000 educational and social institutions he established
throughout our country and around the world. His efforts continue to
bear fruit today, helping a new generation to develop into responsible
and mature adults.
As we observe this special day, let us renew our commitment to
excellence in education and to nurturing our young people's academic and
spiritual development. Let us also remember the example of Rabbi
Schneerson and pass on to our children the values and knowledge that
have strengthened our Nation in the past and that will empower us to
face the challenges of the future.
[[Page 46]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 28, 2000, as
Education and Sharing Day, U.S.A. I invite Government officials,
educators, volunteers, and all the citizens of the United States to
observe this day with appropriate activities, programs, and ceremonies.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-fourth day
of March, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7283 of March 24, 2000
Greek Independence Day: A National Day of Celebration of Greek and
American Democracy, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Two thousand five hundred years ago, the birth of democracy in Greece
ushered in one of the true golden ages of Western civilization. The
flowering of political, social, and artistic innovation in Greece served
as the source of many of our most treasured gifts--the philosophy of
Plato and Socrates, the plays of Sophocles and Aristophanes, the heroic
individualism that rings in the epic poetry of Homer.
But Ancient Greece's greatest legacy is the establishment of democratic
government. America's founders were deeply influenced by the passion for
truth and justice that guided Greek political theory. In ratifying our
Constitution, they forever enshrined these principles in American law
and created a system of government based on the Hellenic belief that the
authority to govern derives directly from the people.
While our democracy has its roots in Greek thought, the friendship
between our two nations flows from our shared values, common goals, and
mutual respect. This kinship with the Greek people was reflected in the
enthusiasm with which America embraced modern Greece's fight for
independence 179 years ago. Many Americans fought alongside the Greeks,
while stirring speeches by President James Monroe and Daniel Webster led
the Congress to send funds and supplies to aid the Greeks in their
struggle for freedom.
Our alliance with Greece has remained strong. Together we have stood up
to the forces of oppression in conflicts from World War II to the
Persian Gulf, we have joined as strategic partners in NATO, and we have
worked to build peace, stability, and prosperity in the Balkans. Through
decades of challenge and change, our friendship has endured and
deepened, and together we have proved the fundamental truth of the Greek
proverb, ``The passion for freedom never dies.''
That passion for freedom has also beckoned generations of Greek men and
women to America's shores, and today we celebrate and give thanks for
the myriad contributions Greek Americans have made to our national life.
[[Page 47]]
More than a million citizens of Greek descent live in America today, and
their devotion to family, faith, community, and country has enriched our
society immeasurably.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim March 25, 2000, as
Greek Independence Day: A National Day of Celebration of Greek and
American Democracy. I call upon all Americans to observe this day with
appropriate ceremonies, activities, and programs.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-fourth day
of March, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7284 of March 31, 2000
Cancer Control Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Since the discovery of the DNA double helix in 1953, we have learned
much about the relationship between genetics and cancer, and researchers
have begun to isolate and study genes whose alteration and dysfunction
may cause the disease. In the last decade, increased understanding of
cancer and growing public awareness of its symptoms and risks have
helped us to reverse the upward trend in cancer rates in our Nation.
Cancer cases and death rates have declined slightly but steadily in the
United States; the 5-year survival rate has improved for all cancers;
and 8.4 million Americans are now cancer survivors.
Despite these encouraging trends, this is no time for complacency. Last
year alone, more than 1 million people were diagnosed with cancer, and
more than 560,000 died from it. And cancer rates are still
disproportionately high among certain racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic
groups. That is why my Administration remains committed to fighting this
deadly disease in every sector of our population. Since 1998, we have
boosted investment in biomedical research at the National Institutes of
Health by an unprecedented $4.1 billion, including a dramatic increase
in funding for the National Cancer Institute (NCI), the primary Federal
cancer research agency.
Early detection and preventative treatment remain the best weapons we
have in the battle against this disease, and several promising
initiatives at the NCI will improve our effectiveness in both areas. The
NCI recently issued a ``Director's Challenge'' to spur research
nationwide into defining key genetic changes that mark tumors as
malignant or precancerous. This information will improve the way tumors
are classified and lay the ground work for more precise molecular
diagnosis. The NCI is also developing and testing molecular markers
specific to certain cancers, as well as working on new technologies to
improve detection. This research will help doctors to intervene early,
with minimally invasive procedures, to prevent the disease from becoming
full-blown.
[[Page 48]]
Another powerful weapon in our crusade is information. Better
understanding of risk factors can help people make smarter choices--like
quitting smoking or undergoing needed cancer screening. The Cancer
Information Service (CIS), a free education service provided by the NCI,
acts as the public's link to clear and understandable cancer
information. I encourage Americans seeking information on the latest
cancer research and treatments to call CIS at 1-800-4-CANCER or to
access the NCI directly on the Internet at http://www.cancer.gov.
Finally, as we intensify our efforts to fight cancer, we must ensure
that no American is left behind. The NCI is working to implement cancer
control and prevention programs in minority and underserved communities,
as well as to increase minority participation in clinical trials and
research. As a result of these efforts, nearly 20 percent of the more
than 20,000 patients now entering clinical treatment trials are from an
ethnic minority group.
Investment in science and technology produced tremendous progress in
health care during the last century. In this new century, we must
reaffirm our dedication to the research, information sharing, and access
to care that will help us ultimately win the fight against cancer.
In 1938, the Congress of the United States passed a joint resolution (52
Stat. 148; 36 U.S.C. 103) requesting the President to issue an annual
proclamation declaring April as ``Cancer Control Month.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim April 2000 as Cancer Control Month. I invite
the Governors of the 50 States and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the
Mayor of the District of Columbia, and the appropriate officials of all
other areas under the American flag to issue similar proclamations. I
also call upon health care professionals, private industry, community
groups, insurance and managed care companies, and all other interested
organizations and individuals to unite in support of our Nation's
determined efforts to control cancer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirty-first day of
March, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7285 of March 31, 2000
National Child Abuse Prevention Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Children are our link to the future and our hope for a better tomorrow.
Within a few short years, we will look to today's children for the
vision, strength, creativity, and leadership to guide our Nation through
the challenges of this new century. If they are to grow into healthy,
happy adults and responsible citizens, we must provide our children with
the love, nurturing, and protection they need and deserve.
[[Page 49]]
However, many of America's children are not safe, even in their own
homes. The statistics are staggering. Every year, there are nearly one
million reported incidents of child abuse; and even more disturbing,
more than 2,000 of these incidents result in the child's death. Whether
suffering neglect, harsh physical punishment, sexual abuse, or
psychological trauma, the children who survive will carry the scars of
their abuse for the rest of their lives.
We now know that there are a variety of risk factors that contribute to
child abuse and neglect--including parental substance abuse, lack of
parenting skills and knowledge, domestic violence, or extreme stress--
and there are practical measures and programs we can use to mitigate
such factors. Social service providers can offer substance abuse
programs for adults with children; schools can offer educational
programs to teach parenting skills to teen mothers or instruct children
on how to protect themselves from sexual predators; faith organizations
can offer respite care for parents of children with special needs; and
employers can introduce family-friendly policies, from child care to
parental leave to flexible work schedules, to reduce the stress on
working families.
Keeping children safe is a community responsibility, and prevention must
be a community task. Every segment of society must be involved,
including health and law enforcement professionals, schools, businesses,
the media, government agencies, community and faith organizations, and
especially parents themselves. Teachers and physicians need to recognize
the symptoms of child abuse; parents need to ask for help in overcoming
addictions or controlling violent behavior; communities must be willing
to fund programs and services to protect children from abuse; and the
media needs to raise public awareness of the availability of those
programs and services.
My Administration is committed to doing its part to ensure the health
and well-being of all our Nation's children. We have worked to increase
funding at the State level for child protection programs and family
preservation services. Working with the Congress, we have enacted the
Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act and the Adoption and Safe
Families Act, and we have established the Safe and Stable Families
Program. Just a few weeks ago, I signed into law the Child Abuse
Prevention and Enforcement Act, which gives State and local officials
greater flexibility in using Department of Justice grant programs to
prevent child abuse and neglect. This new legislation will increase
funding to enforce child abuse and neglect laws, to enhance the
investigation of child abuse and neglect crimes, and to promote programs
to prevent such abuse and neglect. Through these and other measures, we
continue our efforts to create a society where every child is cherished
and no child bears the lasting scars of abuse or neglect.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 2000 as National
Child Abuse Prevention Month. I call upon all Americans to observe this
month by demonstrating our gratitude to those who work to keep our
children safe, and by taking action in our own communities to make them
healthy places where children can grow and thrive.
[[Page 50]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirty-first day of
March, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7286 of April 1, 2000
Census Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Every 10 years, as mandated by our Constitution, all persons living in
the United States are called upon to participate in the census. As the
foremost method of gathering information about our Nation, the census
plays a crucial role in helping us to maintain our democratic form of
government.
An accurate census helps to ensure that the rights and needs of every
person are recorded and recognized as we shape public policies,
programs, and services. Too often in the past, children, minorities, and
low-income individuals have not been counted and, as a result, have not
been fully and fairly served. Census data are also used to determine the
number of seats each State is allocated in the U.S. House of
Representatives, and State and local governments depend upon these data
to draw legislative districts that accurately represent their residents.
The census also serves as the basis for many public funding and private
investment decisions. Census results play a part in determining the
portion each State receives of more than $185 billion in funds
distributed by the Federal Government each year. State and local public
officials use census data to decide where to build public facilities
such as schools, roads, hospitals, and libraries. Census data also are a
valuable resource for businesses that are trying to identify where to
build stores, office buildings, or shopping centers.
The census is unique. It reaches every population group, from America's
long-time residents to its most recent immigrants, and every age group
from newborns to centenarians. The census touches every social class and
every racial and ethnic group. The census is truly a democratic process
in which we all can participate.
Census 2000 offers each of us an important opportunity to shape the
future of our Nation. By taking part, we help ensure the well-being of
our families and our communities, and we fulfill one of our fundamental
civic duties. The U.S. Census Bureau has taken unprecedented steps to
ensure full participation in this first census of the new millennium. At
the same time, the Bureau will continue its long tradition of protecting
the personal information of America's citizens, and no other Government
agency will be able to see any individual or family census form. I
strongly urge every man and woman living in the United States to fill
out and return his or her census form or to cooperate with census takers
who will help them do so.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitu
[[Page 51]]
tion and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 1, 2000, as
Census Day. I call upon all the people of the United States to observe
this day with ceremonies, activities, and programs that raise awareness
of the importance of participating in Census 2000.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of April,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7287 of April 7, 2000
National Volunteer Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year our Nation is blessed by the service of more than 100 million
Americans who take time out of their busy lives to reach out to those in
need. Volunteers come from every age group and walk of life, yet they
share a common conviction: that by giving of themselves, they can bridge
the divide between strangers, create stronger families, and build better
communities.
National Volunteer Week offers us a chance to thank the many volunteers
whose work and compassion add so much to the quality of our lives. It
also gives those who have never volunteered the opportunity to learn
more about the many organizations that would benefit from their time and
talents. People who enjoy sports can volunteer at a Special Olympics
event; those who love the arts can work as docents in a gallery or
historic home; those who love to read can share that love through a
literacy program.
Our success with the AmeriCorps program demonstrates the power and
promise of community service in America. Since we passed the National
and Community Service Trust Act in 1993, more than 150,000 young people
have served in AmeriCorps. They have taught or mentored more than 4
million children; helped to immunize more than a million people; worked
to build some 11,000 homes; and sparked a new spirit of community
service across our Nation. In my proposed budget for fiscal 2001, I have
included funding to reach our goal of 100,000 AmeriCorps members in
service each year. I have also outlined a new AmeriCorps Reserves
program that will allow us to call upon AmeriCorps alumni during times
of special need, such as following natural disasters. The Corporation
for National Service will commit $10 million to create a new ``E-
corps''--750 qualified AmeriCorps volunteers who will help to bring
digital opportunity to communities by providing technical support to
school computer systems, tutoring at Community Technology Centers, and
offering technical training for careers in the information technology
sector. Through a new Community Coaches program, we will place adults in
1,000 schools to help engage students in service programs that will
connect them to the wider community. And through new Youth Empowerment
Grants, we will reward social entrepreneurship among young people who
are seeking solutions to problems such as youth violence and alienation.
[[Page 52]]
Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., reminded us that ``everyone can be great
because anyone can serve.'' During National Volunteer Week, let us pause
to thank all who have responded to that call to greatness, and let each
of us make our own commitments to volunteer in our neighborhoods and
communities.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 9 through April 15,
2000, as National Volunteer Week. I call upon all Americans to observe
this week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities to
express appreciation to the volunteers among us for their commitment to
service and to encourage the spirit of volunteerism in our families and
communities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventh day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7288 of April 8, 2000
Pan American Day and Pan American Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
This year on Pan American Day and during Pan American Week, we
celebrate the springtime of a new century in which the fundamental
ideals of democracy and human rights are blossoming across our
hemisphere. We stand at the threshold of a new era of economic
development and prosperity with a common determination to meet the
challenges and seize the opportunities that face the Americas.
Building on the agreements forged at the last two Summits of the
Americas in Miami and Santiago, we are witnessing unprecedented
cooperation within our hemisphere. Efforts such as the negotiations on a
Free Trade Area of the Americas, now progressing toward a concrete
agreement in 2005, exemplify our commitment to building a self-
sustaining and widely shared prosperity. We continue to work creatively
through the Organization of American States to encourage constitutional
solutions to political crises such as those that occurred in Paraguay
and Ecuador. And we have witnessed elections in our region that were
models of civic participation and a testament to the strength and
vibrancy of democratic government in the Western Hemisphere. Such
achievements illustrate that the well-being of our neighbors is
fundamental to our own security and prosperity. We look forward to the
Third Summit of the Americas in Quebec City, where the democratically
elected leaders of 34 nations from North, Central, and South America
will gather to review our progress, identify new challenges, and further
enhance our cooperation.
Even with our significant progress, however, challenges remain. The
34 free and democratically elected nations of this hemisphere must work
to
[[Page 53]]
gether to ensure that Cuba, the only country that has not embraced our
common vision, becomes a member of our community of democracies. By
doing so, we can ensure that all the people in our hemisphere share in
the blessings of freedom and in the promise of the global economy,
living and working and raising their families in dignity and with hope
for the future.
NOW, THEREFORE I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States
of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution
and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Friday, April 14,
2000, as Pan American Day and April 9 through April 15, 2000 as Pan
American Week. I urge the Governors of the 50 States, the Governor of
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the officials of other areas under
the flag of the United States to honor these observances with
appropriate ceremonies and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7289 of April 8, 2000
National Former Prisoner of War Recognition Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we stand at the dawn of a new century, we reflect with pride on
all that our Nation has accomplished in the 224 years since we first
declared our independence. Today we enjoy unprecedented peace and
prosperity, and, as it has for generations, America shines as a beacon
of democracy, freedom, and opportunity for peoples around the world.
Yet the blessings we rejoice in today were won at great cost.
Millions of young Americans who stepped forward in times of crisis or
conflict to defend our Nation and uphold our values around the world
sacrificed their freedom and lost their lives. The century just past
will forever be known as the American century, not only because of our
economic strength, military might, and technological prowess, but also
because of the character, determination, and indomitable spirit our
people demonstrated time and again.
That character and spirit have never been more evident than when
Americans have been held captive as prisoners of war. Suffering hunger,
fear, isolation, and uncertainty, stripped of their freedom and often
subjected to physical and psychological torture, American POWs
nonetheless continued to serve our Nation with honor, dignity, and
remarkable courage. For many, the long, agonizing days stretched into
years, and the loss of freedom and the cruel separation from family,
home, and friends left scars that the passage of time can never erase.
We owe a profound debt of gratitude to these heroes who stood face
to face with the forces of tyranny and oppression, true to our country
and to the spirit of freedom even in captivity. We owe a debt as well to
their fami
[[Page 54]]
lies, whose faith and fortitude have been an unceasing source of
strength to our Nation in many of our darkest hours. As we observe this
special day for the first time in this new century, let us remember and
honor the sacrifices of America's prisoners of war and their families;
and let us keep faith with them by remaining resolute in defending
liberty and securing a just and peaceful world for the generations to
come.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United
States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the
Constitution and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 9,
2000, as National Former Prisoner of War Recognition Day. I call upon
all Americans to join me in remembering former American prisoners of war
who suffered the hardships of enemy captivity. I also call upon Federal,
State, and local government officials and private organizations to
observe this day with appropriate ceremonies, programs, and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7290 of April 10, 2000
National Crime Victims' Rights Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
This week marks the 20th anniversary of National Crime Victims'
Rights Week. Over the past two decades, we have made enormous progress
in our efforts to build safer communities and to reshape our criminal
justice system so that it better protects victims' rights and responds
more compassionately to their needs.
In the 7 years since I first proclaimed National Crime Victims'
Rights Week, my Administration has worked hard to achieve some of the
most progressive criminal justice reforms in our Nation's history.
Recognizing the urgent plea from millions of Americans to restore safety
and security to their neighborhoods, in 1994 I signed into law the
Violent Crime Control and Law Enforcement Act, which funds 100,000
additional police officers to fight crime and protect our citizens. In
Federal court cases, this law also gives victims of violent crime and
sexual abuse the right to speak out in court before sentencing,
providing them the opportunity to describe the impact such victimization
has had on their lives. To help protect our communities from gun
violence, we enacted the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act,
requiring background checks for potential handgun purchasers. Since its
passage, more than 500,000 attempted gun purchases by felons, fugitives,
and other prohibited persons have been prevented, saving an untold
number of lives. And we worked to pass the assault weapons ban to keep
these deadly firearms off our streets.
We also fought to pass the Violence Against Women Act, which
addresses the complex dynamics of gender-motivated violence and seeks to
ensure
[[Page 55]]
justice for women who live in daily fear for their safety and often for
their lives. By providing support services for victims of domestic
violence and sexual assault and empowering prosecutors with new tools to
target offenders, we have sent a clear message that our society will not
tolerate violence against women.
Thanks to the concerted efforts of crime victims' advocates, many of
whom are survivors themselves, government at all levels is focused on
ensuring victims' rights. Today, all States have enacted laws
safeguarding crime victims' rights in the criminal justice process, and
32 States have amended their constitutions accordingly.
Despite this progress, millions of Americans still fall prey to
criminals each year. In the past year alone, gun violence alone has
taken an enormous toll across our Nation. To address this, my
Administration has proposed the 21st Century Policing Initiative to
provide 50,000 more police officers for our streets, requested more
funding for our Safe Schools/Healthy Students Initiative to reduce
school and youth violence, and put forth the largest national gun
enforcement initiative in our Nation's history. I continue to call on
the Congress to strengthen our Nation's hate crime laws and to pass
commonsense gun legislation to keep guns out of the wrong hands; and we
should pass the Victims' Rights Amendment to the Constitution.
Criminal victimization is at its lowest level in 25 years, but we
can do more. As we observe National Crime Victims' Rights Week, as we
near the fifth anniversary of the tragic bombing in Oklahoma City and
the first anniversary of the shooting at Columbine High School, let us
vow to continue working together to prevent crime and violence. Let us
also pledge to honor the needs and rights of victims whose lives have
been forever altered by crime. And let us recognize the courage and
determination of the thousands of men and women across our country who
dedicate themselves daily to the protection of victims' rights.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United
States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the
Constitution and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 9
to April 15, 2000, as National Crime Victims' Rights Week. I urge all
Americans to remember crime victims and their families by working to
reduce violence, to assist those harmed by crime, and to make our
communities and homes safer places in which to live and raise our
families.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 56]]
Proclamation 7291 of April 12, 2000
National D.A.R.E. Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Children face many challenges in today's complex society. Peer pressure
to abuse drugs and alcohol; negative influences in films, music,
television, and videos; school violence; gang activities; fear and low
self-esteem--any or all of these pressures can lead young people to make
unwise choices that can jeopardize their future and even their lives.
Since 1983, however, there has been a strong positive influence in the
lives of America's children that is helping them to navigate safely
through these dangers and uncertainties: Drug Abuse Resistance Education
(D.A.R.E.).
D.A.R.E. was developed jointly by the Los Angeles Police Department and
the Los Angeles Unified School District and continues to draw its
strength from partnerships among law enforcement officials, schools,
parents, and communities. Under the program, specially trained police
officers conduct classroom lessons designed to teach children from
kindergarten through the 12th grade how to make healthy choices,
overcome negative influences, avoid destructive behavior, and resist the
lure of drugs, alcohol, and tobacco.
The D.A.R.E. curriculum has several components designed to meet the
changing needs of students as they mature. From the visitation program
for children in kindergarten and the early elementary school years to
the core curriculum for highly vulnerable fifth and sixth graders to
reinforcement programs for middle school, junior high, and senior high
students, D.A.R.E. helps young people of all ages develop the skills and
self-confidence to recognize and resist negative influences. And this
year, D.A.R.E. has pledged to use a specialized curriculum to reach out
to thousands of parents and help them talk to their children about
drugs.
My Administration is also taking forceful measures to help our young
people make the decision to reject drugs. We are continuing to expand
the unprecedented National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign in order to
change the attitudes of an entire generation of young people; a campaign
that is working across all race, gender, grade level, and income lines.
The campaign is already paying dividends for American families: studies
show that growing numbers of parents are talking to their children about
the dangers of drug use, and youth drug use is down 13 percent in just
one year. We have also expanded the Safe and Drug-Free Schools program
and the Drug-Free Communities program.
Through efforts like these and the commitment of programs like D.A.R.E.,
we can ensure that America's children have the skills, self-esteem, and
guidance they need to reject substance abuse and violence and to create
for themselves a bright and healthy future.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 13, 2000, as
National D.A.R.E. Day. I call upon our youth, parents, educators, and
all
[[Page 57]]
the people of the United States to observe this day with appropriate
programs and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twelfth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7292 of April 14, 2000
National Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Organ and tissue transplantation offers us the extraordinary opportunity
to share with others one of our most precious gifts--the gift of life.
By donating tissues and organs, living donors and the families who have
lost loved ones are rewarded with the knowledge that they have saved and
enhanced many lives. Thanks to donors' generosity and compassion,
transplant recipients across our country are able to work, care for
their families, and look forward to a brighter future. Thanks to donors'
selflessness, many children who were not expected to see their first
birthday are playing, learning to walk, and entering school.
The future of the thousands of Americans awaiting transplants, however,
depends on the willingness of their fellow citizens to become organ and
tissue donors. More than 68,000 patients are on the national organ
transplant waiting list; each day, 13 of them will die because the
organs they need have not been donated; and every 16 minutes, a new name
will be added to that waiting list.
To address this critical and growing need, Vice President Gore and
Secretary of Health and Human Services Shalala launched the National
Organ and Tissue Donation Initiative in December of 1997. This public-
private partnership was designed to raise awareness of the success of
organ and tissue transplantation and to educate our citizens about the
urgent need for increased donation. Working with partners such as health
care organizations, estate planning attorneys, faith communities,
educational organizations, the media, minority organizations, and
business leaders, the Initiative is reaching out to Americans of all
ages, backgrounds, and races, asking them to consider donation. In its
first year alone, the Initiative made a measurable impact, as organ
donation increased by 5.6 percent.
But donations are still falling short nationwide. As we observe National
Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week, I urge all Americans to consider
becoming donors. Becoming a prospective organ and tissue donor is an
easy, two-step process. Potential donors need only indicate their
intention on their driver's license or donor card, which is available
from a number of organizations by mail or on-line, and notify their
families and friends of their wish to donate. I also encourage organ and
tissue recipients to tell others how their lives and health have changed
because of the generosity of a donor and his or her family; and I join
the friends and families of do
[[Page 58]]
nors in remembering with pride and gratitude all those who gave of
themselves so that others might live.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 16 through April 22,
2000, as National Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week. I urge all
health care professionals, educators, the media, public and private
organizations concerned with organ donation and transplantation, and all
Americans to join me in promoting greater awareness and acceptance of
this humanitarian action.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7293 of April 14, 2000
National Park Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
We are fortunate to live in an era when the explosive growth of
technology has put at our fingertips an extraordinary array of
information. But even during this technological revolution, one of
America's richest and most fascinating educational resources is also
among its oldest: our national park system. Our national parks are
living libraries and laboratories, where all Americans can experience
the beauty and variety of nature and learn about our Nation's history
and culture.
Preserving the rare and unusual as well as the spectacular and
beautiful, our national parks provide botanists, wildlife biologists,
chemists, and other scientists the opportunity to conduct research into
the fragile ecosystems that affect the health of people, plants, and
animals around the world. Geologists and paleontologists find in our
national parks the story of our continent, from the Grand Canyon's
geologic formations to the ancient bones resting at Dinosaur National
Monument.
The national park system also captures America's more recent history. In
the National Historic Sites and along the National Historic Trails
maintained by the men and women of the National Park Service, we learn
about the lives and achievements of American heroes like Lewis and
Clark, Sojourner Truth, Abraham Lincoln, Frederick Douglass, Elizabeth
Cady Stanton, the Wright Brothers, and Thomas Edison. From Fort
Necessity in Pennsylvania, where a young George Washington saw action in
the French and Indian War, to the quiet acres of Gettysburg, where one
of the Civil War's bloodiest battles was fought, to the Edmund Pettus
Bridge in Selma, Alabama, where the modern civil rights movement reached
its emotional peak 35 years ago, Americans can see and touch their
history.
Today, we have 379 national parks, and each site offers a unique
opportunity to experience the wonder of nature, to stand in the
footprints of his
[[Page 59]]
tory, to learn about our culture and our society, to study the natural
world, and to look toward the future. As we observe National Park Week,
I join all Americans in thanking the men and women of the National Park
Service for their dedication in caring for these special places. We are
indebted to them for preserving and protecting our natural and cultural
heritage, not only for our enjoyment and education today, but also for
the benefit of generations to come.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 17 through April 23,
2000, as National Park Week.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7294 of April 14, 2000
National Recall Round-Up Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Every year, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) researches the
safety of more than 15,000 types of products used by the American people
and secures the recall of defective or potentially dangerous products.
Last year alone, the CPSC negotiated almost 300 recalls involving more
than 74 million individual consumer products that presented a
significant risk to the public. Despite these recalls and additional
safety alerts issued by the CPSC, many consumers are still using
products that may seriously injure or even kill them or their children,
and people are still able to purchase these products at flea markets,
secondhand stores, and garage or yard sales.
The CPSC estimates that some 29 million Americans will suffer injuries
involving consumer products this year, and 22,000 will lose their lives.
To reduce these tragic statistics, the CPSC is working to increase
public awareness of recalled products and to ensure that such
potentially hazardous products are removed from people's homes. As a
vital part of this effort, the CPSC is conducting the fourth annual
Recall Round-Up Campaign this year in partnership with the U.S. Postal
Service. With the cooperation and active involvement of State and local
officials, health and safety organizations, the media, and community
groups, this innovative public safety campaign will sponsor activities
in communities across the Nation to publicize the products that have
been recalled, to encourage Americans to repair, return, or destroy any
recalled products that may still be in their homes or businesses, and to
urge them to stay alert and informed about such products when purchasing
secondhand items.
This year's Recall Round-Up will focus on a number of previously
recalled consumer products that pose a threat to children in particular,
including
[[Page 60]]
certain infant car seats; swimming pool dive sticks that can cause
impalement injuries to young children; television carts that can tip
over; tubular metal cribs that can entrap children; and old cribs, hair
dryers, and children's drawstring jackets that fail to meet the most
current safety standards. Last year's campaign succeeded in reaching
some 55 million consumers; this year, with the assistance of the U.S.
Postal Service, the CPSC hopes to reach millions more--especially
parents and child care providers--with these lifesaving messages.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 18, 2000, as
National Recall Round-Up Day. I call upon all Americans to observe this
day by working with safety, health, and consumer agencies and other
appropriate community organizations to organize and conduct local round-
ups of dangerous and defective consumer products and to warn parents,
child care providers, and the general public about the hazards of using
recalled consumer products.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7295 of April 15, 2000
Establishment of the Giant Sequoia National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The rich and varied landscape of the Giant Sequoia National Monument
holds a diverse array of scientific and historic resources. Magnificent
groves of towering giant sequoias, the world's largest trees, are
interspersed within a great belt of coniferous forest, jeweled with
mountain meadows. Bold granitic domes, spires, and plunging gorges
texture the landscape. The area's elevation climbs from about 2,500 to
9,700 feet over a distance of only a few miles, capturing an
extraordinary number of habitats within a relatively small area. This
spectrum of ecosystems is home to a diverse array of plants and animals,
many of which are rare or endemic to the southern Sierra Nevada. The
monument embraces limestone caverns and holds unique paleontological
resources documenting tens of thousands of years of ecosystem change.
The monument also has many archaeological sites recording Native
American occupation and adaptations to this complex landscape, and
historic remnants of early Euroamerican settlement as well as the
commercial exploitation of the giant sequoias. The monument provides
exemplary opportunities for biologists, geologists, paleontologists,
archaeologists, and historians to study these objects.
Ancestral forms of giant sequoia were a part of the western North
American landscape for millions of years. Giant sequoias are the largest
trees ever to have lived, and are among the world's longest-lived trees,
reaching ages of more than 3,200 years or more. Because of this great
longevity, giant se
[[Page 61]]
quoias hold within their tree rings multi-millennial records of past
environmental changes such as climate, fire regimes, and consequent
forest response. Only one other North American tree species, the high-
elevation bristlecone pine of the desert mountain ranges east of the
Sierra Nevada, holds such lengthy and detailed chronologies of past
changes and events.
Sequoias and their surrounding ecosystems provide a context for
understanding ongoing environmental changes. For example, a century of
fire suppression has led to an unprecedented failure in sequoia
reproduction in otherwise undisturbed groves. Climatic change also has
influenced the sequoia groves; their present highly disjunct
distribution is at least partly due to generally higher summertime
temperatures and prolonged summer droughts in California from about
10,000 to 4,500 years ago. During that period, sequoias were rarer than
today. Only following a slight cooling and shortening of summer
droughts, about 4,500 years ago, has the sequoia been able to spread and
create today's groves.
These giant sequoia groves and the surrounding forest provide an
excellent opportunity to understand the consequences of different
approaches to forest restoration. These forests need restoration to
counteract the effects of a century of fire suppression and logging.
Fire suppression has caused forests to become denser in many areas, with
increased dominance of shade-tolerant species. Woody debris has
accumulated, causing an unprecedented buildup of surface fuels. One of
the most immediate consequences of these changes is an increased hazard
of wildfires of a severity that was rarely encountered in pre-
Euroamerican times. Outstanding opportunities exist for studying the
consequences of different approaches to mitigating these conditions and
restoring natural forest resilience.
The great elevational range of the monument embraces a number of
climatic zones, providing habitats for an extraordinary diversity of
plant species and communities. The monument is rich in rare plants and
is home to more than 200 plant species endemic to the southern Sierra
Nevada mountain range, arrayed in plant communities ranging from low-
elevation oak woodlands and chaparral to high-elevation subalpine
forest. Numerous meadows and streams provide an interconnected web of
habitats for moisture-loving species.
This spectrum of interconnected vegetation types provides essential
habitat for wildlife, ranging from large, charismatic animals to less
visible and less familiar forms of life, such as fungi and insects. The
mid-elevation forests are dominated by massive conifers arrayed in a
complex landscape mosaic, providing one of the last refugia for the
Pacific fisher in California. The fisher appears to have been extirpated
from the northern Sierra Nevada mountain range. The forests of the
monument are also home to great gray owl, American marten, northern
goshawk, peregrine falcon, spotted owl, and a number of rare amphibians.
The giant sequoias themselves are the only known trees large enough to
provide nesting cavities for the California condor, which otherwise must
nest on cliff faces. In fact, the last pair of condors breeding in the
wild was discovered in a giant sequoia that is part of the new monument.
The monument's giant sequoia ecosystem remains available for the return
and study of condors.
The physiography and geology of the monument have been shaped by
millions of years of intensive uplift, erosion, volcanism, and
glaciation. The monument is dominated by granitic rocks, most noticeable
as domes and
[[Page 62]]
spires in areas such as the Needles. The magnificent Kern Canyon forms
the eastern boundary of the monument's southern unit. The canyon follows
an ancient fault, forming the only major north-south river drainage in
the Sierra Nevada. Remnants of volcanism are expressed as hot springs
and soda springs in some drainages.
Particularly in the northern unit of the monument, limestone outcrops,
remnants of an ancient seabed, are noted for their caves. Subfossil
vegetation entombed within ancient woodrat middens in these caves has
provided the only direct evidence of where giant sequoias grew during
the Pleistocene Era, and documents substantial vegetation changes over
the last 50,000 or more years. Vertebrate fossils also have been found
within the middens. Other paleontological resources are found in meadow
sediments, which hold detailed records of the last 10 millennia of
changing vegetation, fire regimes, and volcanism in the Sierra Nevada.
The multi-millennial, annual- and seasonal-resolution records of past
fire regimes held in giant sequoia tree-rings are unique worldwide.
During the past 8,000 years, Native American peoples of the Sierra
Nevada have lived by hunting and fishing, gathering, and trading with
other people throughout the region. Archaeological sites such as lithic
scatters, food-processing sites, rock shelters, village sites,
petroglyphs, and pictographs are found in the monument. These sites have
the potential to shed light on the roles of prehistoric peoples,
including the role they played in shaping the ecosystems on which they
depended.
One of the earliest recorded references to giant sequoias is found in
the notes of the Walker Expedition of 1833, which described ``trees of
the redwood species, incredibly large . . . .'' The world became aware
of giant sequoias when sections of the massive trees were transported
east and displayed as curiosities for eastern audiences. Logging of
giant sequoias throughout the Sierra Nevada mountain range began in
1856. Logging has continued intermittently to this day on nonfederal
lands within the area of the monument. Early entrepreneurs, seeing
profit in the gigantic trees, began acquiring lands within the present
monument under the Timber and Stone Act in the 1880s. Today our
understanding of the history of the Hume Lake and Converse Basin areas
of the monument is supported by a treasure trove of historical
photographs and other documentation. These records provide a unique and
unusually clear picture of more than half a century of logging that
resulted in the virtual removal of most forest in some areas of the
monument. Outstanding opportunities exist for studying forest resilience
to large-scale logging and the consequences of different approaches to
forest restoration.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United States to
be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof parcels of land,
the limits of which in all cases, shall be confined to the smallest area
compatible with the proper care and management of the objects to be
protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Giant Sequoia
National Monument:
[[Page 63]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Giant Sequoia National Monument, for the
purpose of protecting the objects identified in the above preceding
paragraphs, all lands and interests in lands owned or controlled by the
United States within the boundaries of the area described on the map
entitled ``Proposed Giant Sequoia National Monument'' attached to and
forming a part of this proclamation. The Federal land and interests in
land reserved consist of approximately 327,769 acres, which is the
smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected as identified in the above preceding paragraphs.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from entry, location,
selection, sale, leasing, or other disposition under the public land
laws including, but not limited to, withdrawal from locating, entry, and
patent under the mining laws and from disposition under all laws
relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange that
furthers the protective purposes of the monument. Lands and interests in
lands within the boundaries of the monument not owned by the United
States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon acquisition of
title thereto by the United States.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Timber sales under contract as of the date of the proclamation and
timber sales with a decision notice signed after January 1, 1999, but
prior to December 31, 1999, may be completed consistent with the terms
of the decision notice and contract. No portion of the monument shall be
considered to be suited for timber production, and no part of the
monument shall be used in a calculation or provision of a sustained
yield of timber from the Sequoia National Forest. Removal of trees,
except for personal use fuel wood, from within the monument area may
take place only if clearly needed for ecological restoration and
maintenance or public safety.
The Secretary of Agriculture shall manage the monument, along with the
underlying Forest, through the Forest Service, pursuant to applicable
legal authorities, to implement the purposes and provisions of this
proclamation. The Secretary of Agriculture shall prepare, within 3 years
of this date, a management plan for this monument, and shall promulgate
such regulations for its management as deemed appropriate. The plan will
provide for and encourage continued public and recreational access and
use consistent with the purposes of the monument.
Unique scientific and ecological issues are involved in management of
giant sequoia groves, including groves located in nearby and adjacent
lands managed by the Bureau of Land Management and the National Park
Service. The Secretary, in consultation with the National Academy of
Sciences, shall appoint a Scientific Advisory Board to provide
scientific guidance during the development of the initial management
plan. Board membership shall represent a range of scientific disciplines
pertaining to the objects to be protected, including, but not
necessarily limited to, the physical, biological, and social sciences.
The Secretary, through the Forest Service, shall, in developing any
management plans and any management rules and regulations governing the
[[Page 64]]
monument, consult with the Secretary of the Interior, through the Bureau
of Land Management and the National Park Service. The final decision to
issue any management plans and any management rules and regulations
rests with the Secretary of Agriculture. Management plans or rules and
regulations developed by the Secretary of the Interior governing uses
within national parks or other national monuments administered by the
Secretary of the Interior shall not apply within the Giant Sequoia
National Monument.
The management plan shall contain a transportation plan for the monument
that provides for visitor enjoyment and understanding about the
scientific and historic objects in the monument, consistent with their
protection. For the purposes of protecting the objects included in the
monument, motorized vehicle use will be permitted only on designated
roads, and non-motorized mechanized vehicle use will be permitted only
on designated roads and trails, except for emergency or authorized
administrative purposes or to provide access for persons with
disabilities. No new roads or trails will be authorized within the
monument except to further the purposes of the monument. Prior to the
issuance of the management plan, existing roads and trails may be closed
or altered to protect the objects of interest in the monument, and
motorized vehicle use will be permitted on trails until but not after
December 31, 2000.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to diminish or enlarge the
jurisdiction of the State of California with respect to fish and
wildlife management.
There is hereby reserved, as of the date of this proclamation and
subject to valid existing rights, a quantity of water sufficient to
fulfill the purposes for which this monument is established. Nothing in
this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or reduction of
any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the United States on
or before the date of this proclamation.
Laws, regulations, and policies pertaining to administration by the
Department of Agriculture of grazing permits and timber sales under
contract as of the date of this proclamation on National Forest System
lands within the boundaries of the monument shall continue to apply to
lands within the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to affect existing special
use authorizations; existing uses shall be governed by applicable laws,
regulations, and management plans.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 65]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD25AP00.018
[[Page 66]]
Proclamation 7296 of April 21, 2000
Bicentennial of the Library of Congress
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The Library of Congress is truly America's library. Established on April
24, 1800, as the Congress prepared to transfer the Federal Government
from Philadelphia to Washington, D.C., it is our country's oldest
Federal cultural institution. With Thomas Jefferson's private library--
acquired in 1815--as its core, the Library of Congress has reflected
from its earliest days the breadth and variety of Jefferson's interests
and his love of democracy, expanding the store of human knowledge, and
helping ensure the free flow of ideas.
Two centuries later, the Library's collections remain diverse and
expansive, containing materials on virtually every subject, in virtually
every medium. The Library houses approximately 120 million items,
including more than 18 million books and some of the world's largest
collections of maps, manuscripts, photographs, prints, newspapers, sound
recordings, motion pictures, and other research materials. The Library
also offers wide-ranging services to the Government and the public,
serving simultaneously as a legislative library and the major research
arm of the United States Congress; the copyright agency of the United
States; the world's largest law library; and a major center for
preserving research materials and for digitizing documents, manuscripts,
maps, motion pictures, and other specialized materials for use on the
Internet.
Today, America's library is also the world's library. An international
resource of unparalleled reach, the Library of Congress provides
services through its 21 reading rooms in 3 buildings on Capitol Hill as
well as electronically through its web site, which registers more than 4
million transactions each workday from people around the globe. With its
remarkable collections and resources, the Library has truly fulfilled
its stated mission to make ``available and useful . . . and to sustain
and preserve a universal collection of knowledge and creativity for
future generations.''
Libraries have always enabled people, in the words of James Madison, to
``arm themselves with the power which knowledge gives.'' These words,
inscribed at the entrance of the James Madison Memorial Building of the
Library of Congress, are a tribute to the Library's past and a
sustaining goal as it embarks on its third century.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim April 24, 2000, as a time
to commemorate the Bicentennial of the Library of Congress. I call upon
the people of the United States to observe this occasion with
appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities that celebrate the many
contributions the Library of Congress has made to strengthening our
democracy and our national culture.
[[Page 67]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-first day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7297 of April 28, 2000
National Charter Schools Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Providing our children the high-quality education they need to succeed
is one of the greatest challenges we face as a Nation, and helping
communities establish public charter schools is one of the best ways we
can meet that challenge.
Charter schools--public schools that are started by parents, educators,
and communities working in partnership--are open to students of every
background and ability. They also afford greater autonomy and
flexibility in staffing decisions, curriculum design, and other areas
than traditional public schools do. In return for this flexibility,
charter schools must set and meet the highest standards, and they can
remain open only as long as they do so.
These schools are helping us to meet many of our Nation's most important
education goals. They are driving change in public schools across
America by showing the benefits of greater parent participation, longer
school years, higher academic standards, and character education.
Charter schools offer reform, innovation, and increased choice in public
education, and, by doing so, they spur improvement throughout our public
school system.
I am proud that my Administration has taken a leadership role in
promoting and funding public charter schools. When I took office almost
8 years ago, there was only one charter school in our Nation. By
September of last year, that number had grown to more than 1,600 in 30
States and the District of Columbia, with more than 250,000 students
enrolled and many more on waiting lists. Since 1994, the Federal
Government has invested almost $400 million in public charter schools.
Last August, I announced the release of almost $100 million in
Department of Education grants to develop, open, or expand charter
schools across the country. And my proposed budget for fiscal year 2001
includes $175 million for the Department of Education's Public Charter
Schools Program. These grants and funds will help cover the costs of
opening new schools and help existing charter schools hire more well-
trained teachers, buy more books, computers, and educational software,
and ensure that classrooms are safe and accessible for all students.
Finally, these funds will aid charter schools as they develop
accountability systems to measure whether they are meeting or exceeding
State standards.
During National Charter Schools Week, I commend the many dedicated
parents, educators, students, and other concerned citizens who, working
together, have started charter schools in their communities to meet the
grow
[[Page 68]]
ing demand for excellence, creativity, and choice in education. Because
of their vision and leadership, charter schools across our Nation are
helping to raise standards, expectations, and accountability in all of
America's public schools. By investing in charter schools, we are
investing in our Nation's future.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 1 through May 5, 2000,
as National Charter Schools Week. I encourage the American people to
mark this observance with appropriate programs and activities that raise
awareness of the many contributions that public charter schools make to
the education of our children and the success of our Nation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-eighth day
of April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7298 of April 28, 2000
Law Day, U.S.A., 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The freedom of America's citizens is sustained by American law. In
crafting the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, our Nation's founders
wisely understood that liberty and law are equally important to ensuring
human rights and preserving human dignity. Law without freedom becomes
tyranny; freedom without law becomes chaos.
The theme of this year's Law Day observance, ``Speak up for Democracy
and Diversity,'' reminds us of the vital role that the law and America's
legal community have played in protecting our freedoms and extending
them to an ever-widening circle of Americans. Many signal victories for
civil rights have been won in the courts by men and women of conscience
whose commitment to the Constitution and the rule of law compelled them
to speak out against bigotry and discrimination. Many Americans have
found champions among the legal profession to defend their rights and to
uphold our Nation's promise of equality and justice for all. From the
War for Independence to the War Between the States, from emancipation in
the 19th century to women's suffrage and the civil rights movement in
the 20th century, courageous Americans have risen to the challenge of
improving upon our laws and extending their protections to all of our
citizens.
Today, thanks in large measure to the efforts of our Nation's legal
community, people of all backgrounds, races, and religions are working,
living, and learning side by side. The doors of opportunity are open
wider than ever. But despite the advances we have made, we still see in
our society stubborn obstacles to true freedom and justice--obstacles
such as poverty, unemployment, and lingering discrimination. That is why
I have called America's legal community to action once again to lead the
fight for equal
[[Page 69]]
justice under law. Whether promoting racial diversity in our judicial
system and the legal profession, using their knowledge of the law to
help underserved communities increase homeownership and
entrepreneurship, or providing skilled representation to low-income
Americans to ensure the protection of their rights, our Nation's lawyers
can make important and lasting differences in preserving justice and
promoting freedom and equality.
I encourage all Americans to observe Law Day by reflecting on the impact
that our Nation's laws have had upon the quality of our lives and the
strength of our democracy. From the promise of a more perfect union
prescribed in the Preamble to the Constitution to the daily rulings of
our modern-day justice system, our Nation's system of laws has made real
our founders' vision and sustained their fundamental values. As we
continue to work for a more just society for all, let us celebrate our
legal heritage and reaffirm our reverence for the rule of law, which has
safeguarded our liberty and preserved our democracy for more than 200
years.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, in accordance with Public Law 87-20 of April 7, 1961, do hereby
proclaim May 1, 2000, as Law Day, U.S.A. I urge the people of the United
States to consider anew how our laws protect our freedoms and contribute
to our national well-being. I call upon members of the legal profession,
civic associations, educators, librarians, public officials, and the
media to promote the observance of this day with appropriate programs
and activities. I also call upon public officials to display the flag of
the United States on all government buildings throughout the day.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-eighth day
of April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7299 of April 29, 2000
Asian/Pacific American Heritage Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Over the last two centuries, Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders have
contributed immeasurably to the richness of our dynamic, multicultural
society. Whether recent immigrants or descendants of families who have
been here for generations, Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders embody
many of our Nation's core values, including devotion to family,
commitment to hard work, and pride in their heritage.
The people of this diverse and rapidly growing community have
contributed to every aspect of our national life--from engineering and
computer science to government, the arts, and sports. For example, Vinod
Dahm helped to revolutionize computer technology through the invention
of the pentium chip. Governors Benjamin Cayetano of Hawaii and Gary
Locke of Washington have devoted their lives to public service. The
talents of nov
[[Page 70]]
elist Amy Tan have delighted readers across our Nation, while architect
and sculptor Maya Lin's stirring memorials to the Vietnam War and the
Civil Rights Movement have uplifted and inspired all who have
experienced them. And diver Greg Louganis and football star Junior Seau
have thrilled sports fans everywhere with their skill and athleticism.
While many Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders today are thriving,
others are still struggling to overcome obstacles. Because of oppression
in their countries of origin, some new immigrants have arrived without
having completed their education; once here, some have encountered
language and cultural barriers and discrimination. Pacific Islanders,
too, must overcome barriers to opportunity caused by their geographic
isolation and the consequences of Western influences on their unique
culture. For these and other reasons, too many Asian Americans and
Pacific Islanders face low-paying jobs, inadequate health care, and lack
of educational opportunity.
To assist this community in meeting these challenges, last June I signed
an Executive order establishing the White House Initiative on Asian
Americans and Pacific Islanders. The Initiative's goal is to improve the
quality of life for Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders by increasing
their participation in Federal programs--including health, human
services, education, housing, labor, transportation, economic, and
community development programs--which may not have served them in the
past.
My Administration remains dedicated to building an America that
celebrates and draws strength from its diversity. Let us use this month
to reflect on the many gifts Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders have
brought to our nation and embrace the contributions that Americans of
all backgrounds make to our increasingly multicultural society.
To honor the accomplishments of Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders
and to recognize their many contributions to our Nation, the Congress,
by Public Law 102-450, has designated the month of May as ``Asian/
Pacific American Heritage Month.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 2000 as Asian/Pacific American Heritage
Month. I call upon the people of the United States to observe this
occasion with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7300 of April 29, 2000
Loyalty Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In the Declaration of Independence and in the Constitution, our Nation's
founders first articulated the enduring ideals that have sustained our
de
[[Page 71]]
mocracy--freedom, self-determination, justice, and equality. Each year
we set aside this special day to reaffirm our allegiance to those ideals
and to our beloved country.
The power and promise of our country's principles moved men and women
throughout the American colonies to declare their allegiance to a new
country and a new form of government that respected the rights of the
individual. Throughout the decades, millions of immigrants drawn to
America's freedom proved their loyalty to their adopted Nation in the
words of the oath of citizenship and in their daily lives--working hard,
striving to build a better future for their families and communities,
serving in our Armed Forces, upholding our laws, and participating in
our democracy.
Other Americans have showed their loyalty by courageously challenging
our Nation to live up to its ideals. We owe a profound debt to the
heroes and visionaries who opposed slavery, reformed labor practices,
won the right to vote for women, marched for civil rights, and spoke out
with conscience and conviction whenever we have failed to uphold the
highest standards of freedom and justice.
We find perhaps the strongest and most moving evidence of loyalty to
America in the service and sacrifice of our men and women in uniform.
From the War of Independence to today's peacekeeping missions around the
world, generations of Americans have shown their allegiance by defending
our Nation against tyrants and terrorists, protecting our national
interests wherever they are threatened, and promoting our values across
the globe.
On this first Loyalty Day of the 21st century, all Americans should give
thanks that we live in a Nation that inspires such fidelity. And we
should remember with pride the loyal patriots who have gone before us,
whose character and efforts built America, preserved it in times of
peril, and gave life to our founders' dreams.
Recognizing the importance of loyalty to the continued strength of our
country and success of our democracy, the Congress, by Public Law 85-
529, has designated May 1 of each year as ``Loyalty Day.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 1, 2000, as Loyalty Day. I urge all
Americans to recall the valor and selflessness of all those who made
this Nation worthy of our love and loyalty and to express our own
loyalty through appropriate patriotic programs, ceremonies, and
activities. I also call upon Government officials to display the flag of
the United States in support of this national observance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
April, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 72]]
Proclamation 7301 of May 2, 2000
Older Americans Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Older Americans are a treasured link to our past. With courage, hard
work, and unwavering devotion to family, community, and country, our
older citizens helped to make the 20th century the American century.
They preserved our freedom through the crucible of World War II; opposed
Communist aggression in Korea and through the long, dark years of the
Cold War; marched for labor reform and civil rights; raised their
families, volunteered in their communities, and often postponed their
own dreams to fulfill the dreams of their children. Their character,
values, and patriotism laid the foundation for the peace and prosperity
we enjoy today.
Older Americans have indeed contributed much to the story of our past;
and they have much still to offer our future. Today, people are living
longer, more active, and more independent lives than ever before, and
one in four Americans between the ages of 65 and 69 has a job, either
part-time or full-time. Many older Americans want to work, are able to
work, and have skills and experience that businesses need in today's
booming economy.
Recognizing the changing role of older men and women in our society,
this year the Congress unanimously passed, and I was pleased to sign
into law, the Senior Citizens' Freedom to Work Act of 2000, which ushers
in a new era of opportunity for older Americans. Before passage of this
landmark legislation, seniors who continued to work after age 65 risked
having some of their Social Security benefits withheld until they
stopped working or turned 70 years old. By eliminating this confusing
and outdated retirement earnings test, the new legislation will ensure
that millions of older workers who wish to continue working will be able
to keep their full Social Security benefits regardless of their age or
earning level.
It is appropriate that we enact this new law in the year when we
celebrate the 65th anniversary of Social Security and the 35th
anniversary of Medicare, Medicaid, and the Older Americans Act. Millions
of older citizens have been assisted by these programs, and, as the baby
boom generation ages, millions more will be relying on them in this new
century.
To recognize the profound debt our Nation owes its older citizens, and
to prepare wisely for the impact that increasing longevity will have on
nearly every aspect of our society in the coming years, we must reaffirm
our commitment to saving Social Security, strengthening Medicare--
including a prescription drug benefit--and modernizing, improving, and
reauthorizing the Older Americans Act. We must also enact my
Administration's long-term care initiative, which, among other important
measures, provides tax relief and support services to the millions of
family caregivers who devote countless hours to helping older loved ones
remain in their homes and communities. By doing so, we can both honor
the immeasurable contributions that older men and women bring to our
national life and ensure that they lead independent, active, fulfilling
lives for many years to come.
[[Page 73]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 2000 as Older
Americans Month. I urge Government officials, business people, community
leaders, educators, volunteers, and all the people of the United States
to celebrate the contributions older Americans have made, and continue
to make, to the progress and prosperity of our Nation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this second day of May,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7302 of May 2, 2000
Jewish Heritage Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
For centuries, Jews from every corner of the globe have come to America
seeking the right to worship in freedom and to pursue their individual
hopes and dreams in peace. For many, the journey was a desperate flight
from oppression and persecution to a new life in a new country.
Bolstered by powerful family and community ties and drawing strength and
hope from their ancient religious traditions, Jews in America not only
survived the difficult transition, but also thrived.
From science and the arts to business and the law; as teachers,
physicians, journalists, judges, musicians, and policymakers; from
neighborhood stores to the corridors of Congress; from the Armed Forces
to the Supreme Court, generations of American Jews have succeeded in
every sector of our society. And the rewards of that success are shared
by us all. Our Nation has benefited immeasurably from the character,
values, and achievements of our Jewish citizens.
Building on the Jewish tradition of hospitality toward strangers and
acutely aware of the long and tragic history of prejudice and
persecution against their people, Jews in America have committed
themselves to tolerance, justice, human rights, and the rule of law.
American Jews have shared their resources generously with health and
human services programs, civil rights groups, educational institutions,
arts organizations, and so many more. In communities across our Nation,
in small towns and big cities, synagogues and yeshivas have become
centers of community service and civic responsibility.
During Jewish Heritage Week, let us acknowledge and give thanks for the
many contributions that Jews have brought to our national life and
character, and let us celebrate the rich religious and ethnic threads
that Jewish men and women have woven into the tapestry that is America.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 7 through May
[[Page 74]]
14, 2000, as Jewish Heritage Week. I urge all Americans to observe this
week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this second day of May,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7303 of May 4, 2000
National Day of Prayer, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Throughout our Nation's history, Americans have come before God with
humble hearts to ask forgiveness, to seek wisdom, and to offer
thanksgiving and praise. The framers of our democracy, on a quest for
freedom and equality, were fueled by an abiding faith in a just and
loving God, to whom they turned often for guidance and strength.
Succeeding generations of Americans, striving to preserve that freedom
in the face of challenges posed by enemies abroad or conflict at home,
also turned their hearts and minds to God in prayer. Today, whether
celebrating the special moments in our lives, searching for strength and
meaning in the face of problems or grief, or simply giving thanks for
the blessing of a new day, Americans continue to use the powerful medium
of prayer.
Now more than ever, Americans treasure our religious freedom, which
embraces the many diverse communities of faith that have infused our
society and our cultural heritage through more than two centuries.
Millions of Americans gratefully sustain the tradition of prayer in
churches, synagogues, temples, mosques, and other houses of worship
across our country.
And we continue to rely on our faith as a pillar of strength, even in
this era of unprecedented peace and prosperity. We pray for the spirit
of reconciliation, so that we may overcome the divisions of race,
religion, culture, and background that have scarred our society in
recent years. We pray for the spirit of compassion so that we will reach
out to others who have not shared equally in this world's bounteous
blessings--those here at home who struggle for economic and educational
opportunity and those around the globe whose lives have been darkened by
the shadows of poverty, oppression, natural disaster, or disease. And we
must always pray for wisdom--the wisdom to raise children with strong
values and loving hearts; the wisdom to live in harmony with our
environment and to preserve its health and beauty for the benefit of
future generations; and the wisdom to keep America the world's greatest
hope for freedom, peace, and human dignity in the 21st century.
The Congress, by Public Law 100-307, has called on our citizens to
reaffirm the role of prayer in our society and to honor the religious
diversity our freedom permits by recognizing annually a ``National Day
of Prayer.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 4, 2000, as a National Day of
[[Page 75]]
Prayer. I encourage the citizens of this great Nation to pray, each in
his or her own manner, seeking strength from God to face today's
challenges, seeking guidance for tomorrow's uncertainties, and giving
thanks for the rich blessings that our country has enjoyed throughout
its history.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourth day of May,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7304 of May 5, 2000
Global Science and Technology Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
At its core, science is an international endeavor. The fundamental
workings of nature--the function of a gene, the quantum behavior of
matter and energy, the chemistry of the atmosphere--are not the sole
province of any one nation. At the same time, many of the greatest
challenges our Nation faces are of global concern. Issues such as
poverty, disease, pollution, and sustainable energy production transcend
national boundaries, and their solutions require international
collaboration. With the advent of the Internet and the revolution in
communications technology, such cooperation is more achievable--and more
productive--than ever before.
In recent years, America has participated in numerous scientific
endeavors that illustrate the feasibility and the benefits of
international cooperation. For example, as one of 16 participating
nations, we are advancing the frontiers of space exploration through a
partnership to build the International Space Station. Working together
in the unique environment of space, we will strive to solve crucial
problems in medicine and ecology and lay the foundations for developing
space-based commerce.
We are also participating in an international scientific effort to map
and sequence all human chromosomes. With the completion of the Human
Genome Project, we will have unprecedented knowledge about the cause of
such genetic diseases as muscular dystrophy and Alzheimer's and greater
hope of preventing them in the future.
Since the 1980s, under the auspices of the United Nations Environment
Program and the World Meteorological Organization, American scientists
have been working with hundreds of scientists around the world to
identify, understand, and raise public awareness about the threat to our
planet's ozone layer. Our collaborative efforts have led to an
international agreement to eliminate nearly all production of offending
chemicals in industrialized countries and to work to reduce their
production in developing countries.
Our Nation continues to reap rewards from these and other important
international scientific efforts. We benefit enormously from the large
and growing international scientific community within our borders. For
generations, the world's brightest scientists have come to our country
to study and con
[[Page 76]]
duct research, and many choose to remain here permanently. From Albert
Einstein to four of this year's Nobel laureates, foreign-born scientists
in America have made extraordinary contributions to science and
technology and have played a vital role in the unprecedented prosperity
and economic growth we have experienced in recent years.
The great French scientist Louis Pasteur noted more than a century ago
that ``science knows no country, because knowledge belongs to humanity,
and is the torch which illuminates the world.'' During Global Science
and Technology Week, America joins the world community in celebrating
the immeasurable benefits we have enjoyed from international scientific
collaboration and looks forward to a future of even greater
achievements.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 7 to May 13, 2000, as
Global Science and Technology Week. I call upon students, educators, and
all the people of the United States to learn more about the
international nature of science and technology and the contributions
that international scientists have made to our Nation's progress and
prosperity.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifth day of May,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7305 of May 10, 2000
Mother's Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
We are living in a new century and a new age, where the revolution in
communications technology is changing almost every aspect of human
experience. But even in this new era of global connections, there is
perhaps no more powerful link than the love between mother and child.
That bond is a child's first experience of the world, and that love is
often the deepest source of the self-esteem, courage, and character that
children need to thrive. Mothers are their children's first teachers;
they are their inspiring role models whose generosity, compassion, and
unconditional acceptance give children the strength and encouragement to
reach their fullest potential and to make their own contributions to
their families, communities, and country.
Even in this age of spectacular technological advances, mothers still
face the daunting challenges of balancing the responsibilities of home
and work and meeting the changing emotional, educational, and physical
needs of their children. Mothers strive to provide a safe and nurturing
environment. They help their children navigate the often stormy waters
of an increasingly complicated world. They teach their children to
approach conflict with words, not violence; to cherish the richness of
our diversity and reject prejudice in any form; and to believe in
themselves.
[[Page 77]]
Each year we set aside this special day to acknowledge all that our
mothers--whether biological or foster, adoptive or stepmothers--have
given us. It is a time to reflect on all we have gained from their
unwavering care, guidance, and sacrifice, and a time to express openly
our deep gratitude and abiding love. The Congress, by a joint resolution
approved May 8, 1914 (38 Stat. 770), has designated the second Sunday in
May of each year as ``Mother's Day'' and requested the President to call
for its appropriate observance.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 14, 2000, as Mother's Day. Whether we
are able to share this special day with our mothers in person or are
blessed only with our memories of their love, in our hearts they remain
with us always. I urge all Americans to express their love and respect
for their mothers on this day, to speak the words of appreciation we too
often neglect to say, and to observe this day with appropriate
ceremonies, activities, and programs.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of May,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7306 of May 11, 2000
National Equal Pay Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Long before President Kennedy signed into law the Equal Pay Act of 1963,
women had proved their ability to contribute to America's labor market.
During World War II, when labor shortages offered women an unprecedented
opportunity to work outside the home, women excelled at jobs
traditionally reserved for men. Yet, despite their enormous contribution
to maintaining American production lines, women in the workforce were
paid less than their male counterparts.
For most of our Nation's history, in fact, women have served within a
sharply segregated workforce, enjoying fewer educational and training
opportunities than men and struggling all too often to disprove
confining stereotypes about their roles and capabilities. But throughout
the decades, women of courage, energy, and determination have continued
to enter the workforce and open doors of opportunity for succeeding
generations. Today, more women are in the labor force than ever before;
the female unemployment rate is at its lowest in more than 40 years; the
poverty rate for households headed by women is the lowest ever recorded;
and the pay gap has narrowed substantially since 1963.
Despite these gains, the battle for equal pay for women is far from
over. Although 37 years have passed since the passage of the Equal Pay
Act, the average woman today must still work an additional 17 weeks a
year to earn what the average man earns. That pay gap grows wider as
women grow
[[Page 78]]
older, and it is widest for women of color. African American women earn
64 cents for every dollar earned by white men, and Hispanic women earn
just 55 cents. While some of these disparities can be attributed to
differences in education, experience, and occupation--which themselves
often reflect troubling inequities--several studies confirm that a
significant pay gap persists even after we account for these factors.
My Administration has worked hard to ensure that every American is
treated with fairness and dignity in the workplace, and this year I
proposed a $27 million equal pay initiative in my fiscal year 2001
budget to combat unfair pay practices against women. This initiative
includes $10 million in funding for the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) to identify more quickly and respond more effectively
to wage discrimination. The initiative would also enable the EEOC to
launch a public service campaign to educate employees and employers
about their rights and responsibilities under equal pay laws. In
addition, the initiative includes funding for the Department of Labor to
train women for jobs they have not traditionally held, such as those in
the high-paying technology sector, and to help employers recruit and
train qualified women for nontraditional occupations.
I have also urged the Congress to strengthen existing wage
discrimination laws by promptly passing the Paycheck Fairness Act. This
proposed legislation would provide increased penalties for equal pay
violations; prohibit employers from punishing employees who share salary
information with coworkers; and provide funding for research on wage
discrimination and for increased training for EEOC employees who work on
wage discrimination cases.
Throughout the decades, working women have persevered in their struggle
for equal pay, buoyed by an unshakable faith in their own skills and
self-worth and a firm commitment to the ideals of our democracy. On
National Equal Pay Day, I urge all Americans to join the crusade to
secure equal pay for women and to create a just and honorable work
environment in which all our citizens are rewarded fairly for their
talents, experience, and contributions.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States of America, do hereby proclaim May 11, 2000,
as National Equal Pay Day. I call upon government officials, law
enforcement agencies, business leaders, educators, and the American
people to recognize the full value of the skills and contributions of
women in the labor force. I urge all employers to review their wage
practices and ensure that all their employees are paid equitably for
their work.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 79]]
Proclamation 7307 of May 11, 2000
Peace Officers Memorial Day and Police Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
From our earliest days as a Nation, America has been blessed with
citizens of courage and character who have dedicated their lives to
keeping the peace in our communities. Five years after the creation of
the U.S. Marshals Service in 1789, U.S. Marshal Robert Forsyth was shot
and killed in the line of duty. He was the first of more than 14,000 law
enforcement personnel since that time to give his life to uphold the law
and protect the people he was sworn to serve.
Our Nation owes a lasting debt of gratitude to the men and women of our
law enforcement community who, each day, put their lives at risk to
protect us and ensure the safety of our families and homes. Because of
their skill, valor, and commitment, we have begun to turn the tide on
crime in America. The murder rate is at its lowest level in more than 30
years, and the overall crime rate is at its lowest point in 25 years.
There are many reasons for this progress, but police chiefs,
policymakers, and citizens alike agree that the dedication of our law
enforcement officers and the spread of community policing have been
critical factors. Today, in cities and communities across America,
residents and police officers are working in partnership, forming
neighborhood watch organizations, banding together against drug dealers
and gangs, and building connections that are the core of community life
and the foundation of a civil society.
Unfortunately, we need look no further than the tragic losses suffered
by law enforcement officers to recognize the risks that these brave men
and women face every day. Last year, 50 police officers were struck down
in the line of duty, and another 84 lost their lives in accidents. For
these heroes, the safety of their fellow citizens was their purpose and
passion, and they made the ultimate sacrifice to fulfill their duty.
We can never repay these gallant men and women for their service or
adequately comfort their families. We can only honor their memory--not
only in words and ceremony, but in our determination to promote justice,
uphold the law, and preserve the peace and safety they helped purchase
with their lives.
By a joint resolution approved October 1, 1962 (76 Stat. 676), the
Congress has authorized and requested the President to designate May 15
of each year as ``Peace Officers Memorial Day'' and the week in which it
falls as ``Police Week,'' and, by Public Law 103-322 (36 U.S.C. 136),
has directed that the flag be flown at half-staff on Peace Officers
Memorial Day.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 15, 2000, as Peace Officers Memorial Day
and May 14 through May 20, 2000, as Police Week. I call upon the people
of the United States to observe these occasions with appropriate
ceremonies, programs, and activities. I also request the Governors of
the United States and of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, as well as the
appropriate officials of all units of government, to direct that the
flag of the United States be flown at half-staff on Peace Officers
Memorial Day on all
[[Page 80]]
buildings, grounds, and naval vessels throughout the United States and
all areas under its jurisdiction and control. I also invite all
Americans to display the flag at half-staff from their homes on that
day.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eleventh day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7308 of May 15, 2000
National Defense Transportation Day and National
Transportation Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Throughout the past century, America's national transportation system
has played a crucial role in strengthening our economy, protecting our
safety, and improving the quality of life for all Americans.
Interconnecting networks of railroads, ports, and waterways have
transported millions of passengers and billions of dollars' worth of
freight. Our national highway system connected cities to rural
communities and people to jobs. The Wright Brothers' invention of the
airplane gave birth to a world-class aviation system that revolutionized
travel, created new industries, and brought the nations of the world
closer. The quality and versatility of all these modes of transportation
gave our Nation a powerful defense tool as well, enabling us to move
troops and materiel swiftly and efficiently in times of conflict and
crisis. Now, as we begin a new century, our national transportation
system must embrace exciting new possibilities and new challenges.
One of the most important of those challenges is safety. Advances in
technology offer us great hope for progress in reducing accidents and
fatalities. For example, the Federal Aviation Administration is working
in partnership with the airline industry, pilots, technicians, and air
traffic controllers to use improved forecasting and new communications
technology to detect severe weather sooner, to let pilots and passengers
know promptly about anticipated delays, and to centralize air traffic
decisionmaking during severe storms in order to reduce delays.
Automobile manufacturers are also using new technologies and design
innovations--from stronger metals to new safety lights to advanced brake
technology--to prevent accidents and save lives.
Another of our great transportation challenges is to develop alternative
fuels and clean energy sources that will not harm our environment.
Earlier this year, I signed an Executive Order to ensure the Federal
Government's leadership in reducing petroleum consumption and promoting
the use of alternative fuel vehicles (AFVs). By developing and using
AFVs, we can reduce greenhouse gases and other pollutants, enhance our
Nation's energy self-sufficiency by reducing the demand for imported
oil, and create new products and jobs.
[[Page 81]]
If we make wise and informed choices today and in the years to come, we
can make our communities more livable, give our citizens greater choice
and mobility, protect our environment, and help create a truly global
community. The 20th century was indeed a golden age for transportation;
the 21st century can be an even brighter one.
In recognition of the importance of our Nation's transportation system
to our national security and economic health, and in honor of the many
dedicated men and women who have ensured its continued excellence
through the years, the United States Congress, by joint resolution
approved May 16, 1957 (36 U.S.C. 120), has designated the third Friday
in May of each year as ``National Defense Transportation Day'' and, by
joint resolution approved May 14, 1962 (36 U.S.C. 133), declared that
the week during which that Friday falls be designated ``National
Transportation Week.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Friday, May 19, 2000, as National Defense
Transportation Day and May 14 through May 20, 2000, as National
Transportation Week. I urge all Americans to observe these occasions
with appropriate ceremonies, programs, and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7309 of May 18, 2000
National Safe Boating Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Living in a country bordered by oceans and blessed with abundant lakes
and rivers, Americans have made recreational boating one of our Nation's
most popular pastimes. Each year, more than 74 million Americans take to
the water with family and friends to relax and enjoy the beauty of the
natural world.
But each year, for too many Americans, boating ends in tragedy. Most
boating-related injuries and deaths are the result of human error and
poor judgment, caused, for example, by excessive speed, failure to
follow safe navigation rules, and drinking or taking drugs while
operating watercraft. These injuries could easily be prevented by using
common sense and making safety the first priority.
Boating accidents can occur at any time--whether the water is smooth or
turbulent and whether the boater is experienced or a novice. One of the
best ways to make a recreational boating experience safe and enjoyable
is to ensure that everyone on board always wears a life jacket. To
reinforce this lifesaving message, the National Safe Boating Campaign
has once again selected the theme ``Boat Smart from the Start! Wear Your
Life Jacket!'' for this year's observance. Recreational boating
organizations, including the National Safe Boating Council and the
National Association of State Boat
[[Page 82]]
ing Law Administrators, as well as the U.S. Coast Guard, other Federal
agencies, and State and local governments, are continuing to promote
safety through education by emphasizing the importance of wearing life
jackets and practicing boating and water safety.
In recognition of the importance of safe boating practices, the
Congress, by joint resolution approved June 4, 1958 (36 U.S.C. 131), as
amended, has authorized and requested the President to proclaim annually
the 7-day period ending on the last Friday before Memorial Day as
``National Safe Boating Week.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 20 through May 26, 2000, as National
Safe Boating Week. I encourage the governors of the 50 States and the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and officials of other areas subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States, to join in observing this occasion
and to urge all Americans to use safe boating practices throughout the
year.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighteenth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7310 of May 19, 2000
World Trade Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The prosperity the United States enjoys today is due, in no small part,
to our strong trading relationships with other nations. The World Trade
Organization, the North American Free Trade Agreement, and 270 other
agreements have helped us to open new markets for U.S. products and
services, create thousands of new jobs, and keep our economy growing
without inflation. The African Growth and Opportunity Act and the United
States-Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act that I signed into law this
week will build on this progress by lowering trade barriers and
strengthening our economic partnership with nations in sub-Saharan
Africa and the Caribbean basin.
The theme of World Trade Week this year, ``Working the Web of Trade,''
reflects the particular importance of the Internet as a new and rapidly
accelerating factor in world trade. The Internet holds enormous
commercial potential and brings extraordinary opportunities directly
into homes and workplaces across the United States and around the world.
Linking businesses and consumers more quickly and directly than ever
before, the worldwide web is a powerful tool, available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, that allows even the smallest company to conduct business
on a global scale.
My Administration has worked hard to encourage America's businesses and
workers to embrace this worldwide web of opportunity and its potential
to enhance productivity at home and access to markets abroad. By in
[[Page 83]]
vesting in research and development, improving the quality of science
and mathematics education in our schools, teaching workers new skills to
fill jobs in the technology sector, and keeping e-commerce fair, safe,
and competitive, we can stimulate our export industries, sustain this
remarkable period of growth and prosperity, and ensure America's
continued leadership in the global economy.
This week, when the Congress takes up legislation to grant Permanent
Normal Trade Relations status to the People's Republic of China, it will
have an opportunity to further the progress we have made in building
strong trading relationships. PNTR for China will increase America's
competitiveness in the global marketplace, reduce tariffs, and give
American workers and farmers unprecedented access to China's more than
one billion consumers.
World trade, whether conducted in person, on paper, or on line, remains
a cornerstone of American economic growth. But even more important,
trade plays a vital role in improving opportunity and prosperity around
the globe. Free and fair international trade is one of the most
effective tools we have to bring people together, raise living standards
in developed and developing nations alike, promote human dignity, and
improve long-term prospects for democracy, stability, and world peace.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 21 through May 27,
2000, as World Trade Week. I invite the people of the United States to
observe this week with events, trade shows, and educational programs
that celebrate the benefits of international trade to our economy and
our world.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this nineteenth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7311 of May 19, 2000
Small Business Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The men and women who own and operate our Nation's 25 million small
businesses have made, and continue to make, an indispensable
contribution to America's economic strength and success. These
entrepreneurs possess many of the characteristics that have always
defined the American spirit: a fierce independence, an extraordinary
work ethic, and an uncompromising commitment to building a better life.
Taking risks to fulfill their dreams, they have made a profound and
positive impact on the lives and futures of their fellow citizens.
America's small business owners represent more than 99 percent of all
employers, and they employ more than half of the private sector
workforce.
[[Page 84]]
They create 80 percent of the new jobs in our economy, and last year
they generated 51 percent of our Nation's gross national product--more
than $16 trillion. Small business owners are leaders in innovation,
creating a wellspring of new technology, new products, and more
effective business processes.
Recognizing the important role small businesses play in the life of our
Nation and in the vitality of our economy, my Administration is
committed to continuing and expanding their success so that more
Americans have the opportunity for prosperity and a secure future for
themselves and their families. By balancing the Federal budget, we freed
up capital for starting and expanding small businesses. We have put in
place policies and programs that grant tax and regulatory relief and
expand access to capital and overseas markets for small businesses. And
we have strengthened America's workforce through investment in
education, training, and improved benefits.
Through the Small Business Administration, we guaranteed more than $12
billion in loans to nearly 50 thousand companies last year alone; opened
the door to $4.2 billion in venture capital investment for 2,000
companies; and provided management and technical assistance to more than
900,000 small businesses. Through our New Markets Initiative and our
efforts to bridge the digital divide, my Administration is helping to
create opportunities for small businesses by promoting public and
private sector investment in underserved communities and expanding e-
commerce capability.
During Small Business Week, we salute America's millions of small
business owners; men and women of courage and initiative whose future is
limited only by their imagination and whose success has created better
lives for us all.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim May 21 through May 27,
2000, as Small Business Week. I call upon government officials and all
the people of the United States to observe this week with appropriate
ceremonies, activities, and programs that celebrate the achievements of
small business owners and encourage the development of new enterprises.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this nineteenth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7312 of May 22, 2000
National Maritime Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Americans have always looked to the sea as a source of prosperity and
security. Bounded by two oceans and the Gulf of Mexico, with the Great
[[Page 85]]
Lakes, the Saint Lawrence Seaway, scores of harbors, ports, and inlets,
and thousands of miles of inland river shorelines, our Nation has been
blessed with an unparalleled means of moving passengers and freight,
protecting our freedom, and linking our citizens with the world.
Today, 95 percent of our imports and exports are moved by water--more
than one billion metric tons of cargo--and our waterways currently
handle 140 million passengers a year. Our domestic fleet is one of our
most productive and cost-effective modes of transportation, moving 24
percent of the Nation's cargo at less than 2 percent of America's total
freight cost. The men and women of the U.S. Merchant Marine and the
thousands of other workers in our Nation's maritime industry have made
immeasurable contributions to our economic strength, standard of living,
and leadership in the global marketplace.
The U.S. Merchant Marine plays an equally important role in maintaining
our national security. In times of conflict or crisis, the Armed Forces
rely upon the Merchant Marine's sealift capability to transport
critically needed equipment and supplies. Time and again, American
mariners have demonstrated their willingness and ability to meet often
daunting challenges. From World War II to Korea to Vietnam, from Desert
Storm to the Balkans and in numerous incidents in between, the U.S.
Merchant Marine has responded with courage, patriotism, and a steadfast
devotion to duty.
The 21st century will hold new challenges for our maritime industry,
including an anticipated doubling of cargo and passenger traffic in the
next two decades. If we are to meet those challenges, we must maintain a
robust U.S.-flag fleet, crewed by American mariners. Last September, the
Secretary of Transportation presented to the Congress a blueprint for
modernizing our Marine Transportation System--the waterways, ports,
railways, and roads that move people and goods to, from, and on the
water. We must build more and better ships, modernize our shipyards,
create deeper ports for today's ever larger containerships and ocean
liners, and maintain a skilled maritime workforce. We must also ensure
that local, State, and Federal agencies, the U.S. military, the maritime
industry, shippers, labor unions, environmental groups, and other
concerned organizations work in partnership to carry out this blueprint.
As we celebrate National Maritime Day this year, we also mark the 50th
anniversary of the U.S. Maritime Administration. Throughout the past
five decades, the dedicated men and women of this agency have worked to
improve the competitiveness of our maritime industry in world markets
and to strengthen our ability to respond swiftly and effectively in
times of crisis. On behalf of a grateful Nation, I salute these
outstanding public servants for their commitment to the U.S. Merchant
Marine and to the shipbuilding, repair services, ports, and intermodal
water and land transportation systems they need to function efficiently.
In recognition of the importance of the U.S. Merchant Marine to our
Nation's prosperity and security, the Congress, by a joint resolution
approved May 20, 1933, has designated May 22 of each year as ``National
Maritime Day'' and has authorized and requested the President to issue
annually a proclamation calling for its appropriate observance.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 22, 2000, as National Maritime Day. I
urge all Americans to observe this day with appropriate programs,
[[Page 86]]
ceremonies, and activities and by displaying the flag of the United
States in their homes and in their communities. I also request that all
merchant ships sailing under the American flag dress ship on that day.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-second day
of May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7313 of May 24, 2000
Day of Honor, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Fifty-five years ago this month, the torch of freedom burned bright in
Europe once again as Nazi Germany surrendered to the Allied Forces. Four
months later, with the defeat of Imperial Japan, World War II--history's
bloodiest and most destructive conflict--finally came to an end.
That war's unprecedented threat to world peace, freedom, and human
rights called forth an unprecedented response from the American people.
United and determined after the attack on Pearl Harbor in 1941, American
men and women poured into factories and shipyards, working around the
clock to build ships, planes, tanks, and guns. Millions of others risked
their lives to defend our Nation and preserve the ideals of democracy.
By the war's end, some 15 million had served in our Armed Forces,
including more than 1,200,000 African Americans, 300,000 Hispanic
Americans, 50,000 Asian Americans, 20,000 Native Americans, 6,000 Native
Hawaiians and Pacific Islanders, and 3,000 Native Alaskans.
These minority members of our Armed Forces served with honor and
distinction in battles around the globe. Many of them--like the Tuskegee
Airmen, the Japanese American troops of the Army's ``Go For Broke''
regiment, and the Native American Code Talkers who played a vital role
in winning the war in the Pacific--were renowned for their bravery and
dedication. America's minority veterans fought other important battles
as well--battles against prejudice, ignorance, and discrimination. Many
gave their lives on foreign soil for the freedom they had never fully
shared at home. Many of those who survived returned home from the war
and worked to make real in America the ideals for which they had fought
so hard and for which so many of their comrades in arms had died.
On this Day of Honor, we have the opportunity--and the responsibility--
to acknowledge the contributions our minority veterans have made to the
peace and freedom we enjoy today. I ask my fellow citizens to join me in
saluting the African American, Hispanic American, Asian American, Native
American, Native Hawaiian, Pacific Islander, Native Alaskan, and other
minority members who served so valiantly in our Armed Forces during
World War II and to remember those who died in service to our country.
Their extraordinary devotion to duty is a reminder to us all that our
Nation's diversity is not a cause for division, but rather one of our
greatest strengths.
[[Page 87]]
The Congress, by Senate Joint Resolution 44, has authorized and
requested the President to issue a proclamation in recognition of the
minority veterans who served in World War II.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim May 25, 2000, as the Day of Honor, 2000. I
call upon all Americans to observe this day with appropriate programs,
ceremonies, and activities paying tribute to the service and sacrifice
of the minority veterans of our Armed Forces who served during World War
II.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-fourth day
of May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7314 of May 26, 2000
To Modify the Quantitative Limitations Applicable to Imports of Wheat
Gluten
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. On May 30, 1998, pursuant to section 203 of the Trade Act of 1974, as
amended (the ``Trade Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2253), I issued Proclamation
7103, which imposed quantitative limitations on certain wheat gluten
imports provided for in subheadings 1109.00.10 and 1109.00.90 of the
Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS) for a period of 3
years plus 1 day, with annual increases in such quota limits of 6
percent during the second and the third year. I exempted imports of
wheat gluten that is the product of certain countries, including
designated beneficiary countries under the Generalized System of
Preferences (``GSP countries''), from the application of the
quantitative limitations.
2. On December 1, 1999, the United States International Trade Commission
(USITC) issued a report, as required under section 204(a)(2) of the
Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2254(a)(2)), on the results of its monitoring of
developments with respect to the domestic wheat gluten industry. The
USITC report notes that in the 12-month period prior to the imposition
of the quota (June 1, 1997-May 31, 1998), 440,000 pounds of wheat gluten
entered the United States from Poland. During the first quota year (June
1, 1998-May 31, 1999), imports from Poland grew to 5,004,000 pounds, or
more than eleven times the amount of the previous year, accounting for
2.9 percent of total U.S. imports. The USITC report has been provided to
me (Investigation Number TA-204-2). More recent data from the United
States Customs Service indicate that in the first 10 months of the
second quota year (June 1999-March 2000), imports from Poland totaled
8,965,800 pounds, accounting for 6.9 percent of total U.S. imports.
3. Section 204(b)(1)(A) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2254(b)(1)(A))
authorizes the President, after taking into account the report of the
USITC required under section 204(a)(2) of the Trade Act and seeking
advice from the Sec
[[Page 88]]
retary of Commerce and the Secretary of Labor, to reduce, modify, or
terminate an action taken under section 203 of the Trade Act when the
President determines that changed economic circumstances so warrant.
4. After taking into account the information provided in the USITC's
report, and after receiving advice from the Secretary of Commerce and
the Secretary of Labor, I have determined, on the basis that increased
imports of wheat gluten the product of Poland have impaired the
effectiveness of the action I proclaimed in 1998 under section 203 of
the Trade Act, that changed economic circumstances warrant a
modification in the action. Accordingly, I have decided to include in
the action imports of wheat gluten the product of Poland, beginning June
1, 2000.
5. Pursuant to section 203(g) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2253(g)), I
have further determined to provide for the efficient and fair
administration of the quantitative limitation on imports of wheat gluten
by allocating on a quarterly basis the quantitative limitations
applicable during the third year of the action.
6. Pursuant to section 503(b)(2) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(b)(2)), no article shall be eligible for duty-free treatment
provided under section 501 of the Trade Act if that article is subject
to an action proclaimed under section 203.
7. Section 604 of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2483) authorizes the
President to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant provisions
of that Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment, and actions
thereunder, including the removal, modification, continuance, or
imposition of any rate of duty or other import restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including but not limited to
sections 204, 503, and 604 of the Trade Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to modify the scope of the quantitative limitations
applicable to imports of wheat gluten under HTS heading 1109, and to
allocate the quota quantities for the third quota year on a quarterly
basis, subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTS is modified as set forth
in the Annex to this proclamation.
(2) Such imported wheat gluten that is the product of Poland shall
be included within the scope of the quantitative limitations during the
third quota year, as provided in the Annex.
(3) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(4) Effective at the close of June 1, 2002, or such other date that
is 1 year from the close of the action taken under section 203 of the
Trade Act, as modified by this proclamation, HTS subheadings 9903.11.08
through 9903.11.11 and the superior text thereto shall be deleted from
the HTS.
(5) Pursuant to section 503(b)(2) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(b)(2)), duty-free treatment for certain wheat gluten that is the
product of beneficiary countries under the Generalized System of
Preferences (GSP) (Title V of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2461-
2467)), is suspended.
[[Page 89]]
(6) The modifications to the HTS made by this proclamation and the
Annex thereto shall be effective with respect to goods entered, or
withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after 12:01 a.m. EDT
June 1, 2000, and shall continue in effect through the close of June 1,
2001, unless such actions are earlier expressly modified or terminated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-sixth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
ANNEX
Section A
Effective with respect to goods entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for
consumption, on or after 12:00 a.m. EDT June 1, 2000, subheading
1109.00.10 and subheading 1109.00.90 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule
of the United States are each modified by deleting the symbol ``A'' in
the rates of duty 1-special subcolumn.
Section B
Effective with respect to goods entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for
consumption, on or after 12:00 a.m. EDT June 1, 2000, subheading
9903.11.07 is deleted and the following new subheadings and superior
text thereto are inserted in lieu thereof, with the superior text at the
same level of indentation as the article description of subheading
9903.11.06:
``:Wheat gluten, whether or not dried, except products of Canada, :
:of Mexico, of Israel, of beneficiary countries under the Caribbean :
:Basin Economic Recovery Act (as enumerated in general note 7 to :
:this schedule) or the Andean Trade Preference Act (as enumerated :
:in general note 11 to this schedule), or of countries (except Poland) :
:enumerated in general note 4(a) to this schedule as that note :
:existed on June 1, 1998 (provided for in subheadings 1109.00.10 :
:and 1109.00.90), if entered during the period from June 1, 2000, :
:through June 1, 2001, inclusive: :
9903.11.08 : If entered during the period from June 1, 2000, through :
: August 31, 2000, in the respective aggregate quantity of :
: goods the product of a foreign country specified below, :
: after which no wheat gluten the product of such country :
: may be entered during the remainder of such period: :
: Australia................................................... : 7,953,500 kg
: European Community.......................................... : 6,885,750 kg
: Other countries............................................. : 1,318,250 kg
9903.11.09 : If entered during the period from September 1, 2000, through :
: through November 30, 2000, in the respective aggregate :
[[Page 90]]
: quantity of goods the product of a foreign country specified :
: below, after which no wheat gluten the product of such :
: country may be entered during the remainder of such period: :
: Australia................................................... : 7,953,500 kg
: European Community.......................................... : 6,885,750 kg
: Other countries............................................. : 1,318,250 kg
9903.11.10 : If entered during the period from December 1, 2000, through :
: February 28, 2001, in the respective aggregate quantity of :
: goods the product of a foreign country specified below, after :
: which no wheat gluten the product of such country may be :
: entered during the remainder of such period: :
: Australia................................................... : 7,953,500 kg
: European Community.......................................... : 6,885,750 kg
: Other countries............................................. : 1,318,250 kg
9903.11.11 : If entered during the period from March 1, 2001, through :
: June 1, 2001, in the respective aggregate quantity of goods :
: the product of a foreign country specified below, after which :
: no wheat gluten the product of such country may be entered :
: during the remainder of such period: :
: Australia................................................... : 7,953,500 kg
: European Community.......................................... : 6,885,750 kg
: Other countries............................................. : 1,318,250 kg''
Proclamation 7315 of May 26, 2000
Prayer for Peace, Memorial Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
For many Americans, Memorial Day has come to signify the beginning of
summer, the opening of the neighborhood pool, and a time for picnics and
barbecues. In the midst of these festivities, however, we can too often
overlook the holiday's true meaning. Memorial Day was first observed in
1868 in remembrance of those who died in the Civil War; since then our
Nation has set this day aside as a solemn occasion on which to pay
tribute to all the men and women who have died in service to our
country.
[[Page 91]]
Throughout our Nation's history, brave Americans have donned our
country's uniform to defend our freedom and uphold our values, often far
from home and in the face of grave danger. From the battles of the
Revolutionary War through the epic struggles of World Wars I and II to
today's peacekeeping missions in a world with sophisticated weapons and
terrorist threats, the men and women of our Armed Forces have served
with skill and courage. While the challenges they face have changed with
each passing year, their devotion to duty and to country has remained
steadfast.
For more than a million Americans, that devotion cost them their lives
but secured for us priceless freedom, peace, and security. While we
should remember these patriots every day for the profound contribution
they have made to our Nation, we should honor them with special
gratitude on Memorial Day.
This year, to reaffirm the true meaning of Memorial Day, we begin a new
tradition by observing a ``National Moment of Remembrance.'' I ask all
Americans to unite on Memorial Day in acknowledging the service of
America's fallen heroes. Let us reflect on the profound debt we owe to
those brave men and women who gave their lives for our Nation, and let
us teach current and future generations that our freedom, peace, and
prosperity were achieved only through the sacrifice of those who came
before them.
In recognition of those courageous Americans, the Congress, by joint
resolution approved on May 11, 1950 (64 Stat. 158), has requested the
President to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United
States to observe each Memorial Day as a day of prayer for permanent
peace and designating a period on that day when the American people
might unite in prayer. In support of the new tradition of a National
Moment of Remembrance, the Congress has passed H.Con.Res. 302 calling on
the people of the United States to observe a National Moment of
Remembrance on Memorial Day.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Memorial Day, May 29, 2000, as a day of
prayer for permanent peace, and I designate 3:00 p.m. local time on that
day as the time to join in prayer and to observe the National Moment of
Remembrance. I urge the press, radio, television, and all other media to
participate in this observance.
I also request the Governors of the United States and the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico, and the appropriate officials of all units of
government, to direct that the flag be flown at half-staff until noon on
this Memorial Day on all buildings, grounds, and naval vessels
throughout the United States and in all areas under its jurisdiction and
control, and I request the people of the United States to display the
flag at half-staff from their homes for the customary forenoon period.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-sixth day of
May, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 92]]
Proclamation 7316 of June 2, 2000
Gay and Lesbian Pride Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Gay and lesbian Americans have made important and lasting contributions
to our Nation in every field of endeavor. Too often, however, gays and
lesbians face prejudice and discrimination; too many have had to hide or
deny their sexual orientation in order to keep their jobs or to live
safely in their communities.
In recent years, we have made some progress righting these wrongs. Since
the Stonewall uprising in New York City more than 30 years ago, the gay
and lesbian rights movement has united gays and lesbians, their families
and friends, and all those committed to justice and equality in a
crusade to outlaw discriminatory laws and practices and to protect gays
and lesbians from prejudice and persecution.
I am proud of the part that my Administration has played to achieve
these goals. Today, more openly gay and lesbian individuals serve in
senior posts throughout the Federal Government than during any other
Administration. To build on our progress, in 1998 I issued an Executive
Order to prohibit discrimination in the Federal civilian workforce based
on sexual orientation, and my Administration continues to fight for the
Employment Non-Discrimination Act, which would outlaw discrimination in
the workplace based on sexual orientation.
Yet many challenges still lie before us. As we have learned from recent
tragedies, prejudice against gays and lesbians can still erupt into acts
of hatred and violence. I continue to call upon the Congress to pass
meaningful hate crimes legislation to strengthen the Department of
Justice's ability to prosecute hate crimes committed due to the victim's
sexual orientation.
With each passing year the American people become more receptive to
diversity and more open to those who are different from themselves. Our
Nation is at last realizing that gays and lesbians must no longer be
``strangers among friends,'' as the civil rights pioneer David Mixner
once noted. Rather, we must finally recognize these Americans for what
they are: our colleagues and neighbors, daughters and sons, sisters and
brothers, friends and partners.
This June, recognizing the joys and sorrows that the gay and lesbian
movement has witnessed and the work that remains to be done, we observe
Gay and Lesbian Pride Month and celebrate the progress we have made in
creating a society more inclusive and accepting of gays and lesbians. I
hope that in this new millennium we will continue to break down the
walls of fear and prejudice and work to build a bridge to understanding
and tolerance, until gays and lesbians are afforded the same rights and
responsibilities as all Americans.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim June 2000 as Gay and
Lesbian Pride Month. I encourage all Americans to observe this month
with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities that celebrate our
di
[[Page 93]]
versity and recognize the gay and lesbian Americans whose many and
varied contributions have enriched our national life.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this second day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7317 of June 9, 2000
Establishment of the Canyons of the Ancients National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Containing the highest known density of archaeological sites in the
Nation, the Canyons of the Ancients National Monument holds evidence of
cultures and traditions spanning thousands of years. This area, with its
intertwined natural and cultural resources, is a rugged landscape, a
quality that greatly contributes to the protection of its scientific and
historic objects. The monument offers an unparalleled opportunity to
observe, study, and experience how cultures lived and adapted over time
in the American Southwest.
The complex landscape and remarkable cultural resources of the Canyons
of the Ancients National Monument have been a focal point for
archaeological interest for over 125 years. Archaeological and historic
objects such as cliff dwellings, villages, great kivas, shrines, sacred
springs, agricultural fields, check dams, reservoirs, rock art sites,
and sweat lodges are spread across the landscape. More than five
thousand of these archaeologically important sites have been recorded,
and thousands more await documentation and study. The Mockingbird Mesa
area has over forty sites per square mile, and several canyons in that
area hold more than three hundred sites per square mile.
People have lived and labored to survive among these canyons and mesas
for thousands of years, from the earliest known hunters crossing the
area 10,000 years ago or more, through Ancestral Puebloan farmers, to
the Ute, Navajo, and European settlers whose descendants still call this
area home. There is scattered evidence that Paleo-Indians used the
region on a sporadic basis for hunting and gathering until around 7500
B.C. During the Archaic period, generally covering the next six thousand
years, occupation of the Four Corners area was dominated by hunters and
gatherers.
By about 1500 B.C., the more sedentary Basketmakers spread over the
landscape. As Ancestral Northern Puebloan people occupied the area
around 750 A.D., farming began to blossom, and continued through about
1300 A.D., as the area became part of a much larger prehistoric cultural
region that included Mesa Verde to the southeast. Year-round villages
were established, originally consisting of pit house dwellings, and
later evolving to well-recognized cliff-dwellings. Many archaeologists
now believe that throughout this time span, the Ancestral Northern
Puebloan people periodi
[[Page 94]]
cally aggregated into larger communities and dispersed into smaller
community units. Specifically, during Pueblo I (about 700-900 A.D.) the
occupation and site density in the monument area increased. Dwellings
tended to be small, with three or four rooms. Then, during Pueblo II
(about 900-1150 A.D.), settlements were diminished and highly dispersed.
Late in Pueblo II and in early Pueblo III, around 1150 A.D., the size
and number of settlements again increased and residential clustering
began. Later pueblos were larger multi-storied masonry dwellings with
forty to fifty rooms. For the remainder of Pueblo III (1150-1300 A.D.),
major aggregation occurred in the monument, typically at large sites at
the heads of canyons. One of these sites includes remains of about 420
rooms, 90 kivas, a great kiva, and a plaza, covering more than ten acres
in all. These villages were wrapped around the upper reaches of canyons
and spread down onto talus slopes, enclosed year-round springs and
reservoirs, and included low, defensive walls. The changes in
architecture and site planning reflected a shift from independent
households to a more communal lifestyle.
Farming during the Puebloan period was affected by population growth and
changing climate and precipitation patterns. As the population grew, the
Ancestral Puebloans expanded into increasingly marginal areas. Natural
resources were compromised and poor soil and growing conditions made
survival increasingly difficult. When dry conditions persisted, Pueblo
communities moved to the south, southwest, and southeast, where
descendants of these Ancestral Puebloan peoples live today.
Soon after the Ancestral Puebloans left the monument area, the nomadic
Ute and Navajo took advantage of the natural diversity found in the
variable topography by moving to lower areas, including the monument's
mesas and canyons, during the cooler seasons. A small number of forked
stick hogans, brush shelters, and wickiups are the most obvious remnants
of this period of occupation.
The natural resources and spectacular land forms of the monument help
explain why past and present cultures have chosen to live in the area.
The geology of the monument evokes the very essence of the American
Southwest. Structurally part of the Paradox Basin, from a distance the
landscape looks deceptively benign. From the McElmo Dome in the southern
part of the monument, the land slopes gently to the north, giving no
indication of its true character. Once inside the area, however, the
geology becomes more rugged and dissected. Rising sharply to the north
of McElmo Creek, the McElmo Dome itself is buttressed by sheer sandstone
cliffs, with mesa tops rimmed by caprock, and deeply incised canyons.
The monument is home to a wide variety of wildlife species, including
unique herpetological resources. Crucial habitat for the Mesa Verde
nightsnake, long-nosed leopard lizard, and twin-spotted spiny lizard can
be found within the monument in the area north of Yellow Jacket Canyon.
Peregrine falcons have been observed in the area, as have golden eagles,
American kestrels, red-tailed hawks, and northern harriers. Game birds
like Gambel's quail and mourning dove are found throughout the monument
both in dry, upland habitats, and in lush riparian habitat along the
canyon bottoms.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of
[[Page 95]]
historic or scientific interest that are situated upon the lands owned
or controlled by the Government of the United States to be national
monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof parcels of land, the limits
of which in all cases shall be confined to the smallest area compatible
with the proper care and management of the objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Canyons of the
Ancients National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Canyons of the Ancients National Monument,
for the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands
and interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within
the boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Canyons of
the Ancients National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this
proclamation. The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of
approximately 164,000 acres, which is the smallest area compatible with
the proper care and management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or other disposition under the public land
laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location, entry, and
patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all laws
relating to mineral leasing, other than by exchange that furthers the
protective purposes of the monument, and except for oil and gas leasing
as prescribed herein.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, the
Secretary of the Interior shall prohibit all motorized and mechanized
vehicle use off road, except for emergency or authorized administrative
purposes.
Lands and interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by
the United States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon
acquisition of title thereto by the United States.
Because most of the Federal lands have already been leased for oil and
gas, which includes carbon dioxide, and development is already
occurring, the monument shall remain open to oil and gas leasing and
development; provided, the Secretary of the Interior shall manage the
development, subject to valid existing rights, so as not to create any
new impacts that interfere with the proper care and management of the
objects protected by this proclamation; and provided further, the
Secretary may issue new leases only for the purpose of promoting
conservation of oil and gas resources in any common reservoir now being
produced under existing leases, or to protect against drainage.
The Secretary of the Interior shall prepare a transportation plan that
addresses the actions, including road closures or travel restrictions,
necessary to protect the objects identified in this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities, to
implement the purposes of this proclamation.
[[Page 96]]
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Colorado with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
This proclamation does not reserve water as a matter of Federal law.
Nothing in this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or
reduction of any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the
United States on or before the date of this proclamation. The Bureau of
Land Management shall work with appropriate State authorities to ensure
that any water resources needed for monument purposes are available.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
rights of any Indian tribe.
Laws, regulations, and policies followed by the Bureau of Land
Management in issuing and administering grazing permits or leases on all
lands under its jurisdiction shall continue to apply with regard to the
lands in the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to affect the management of
Hovenweep National Monument by the National Park Service (Proclamation
1654 of March 2, 1923, Proclamation 2924 of May 1, 1951, and
Proclamation 2998 of November 26, 1952).
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 97]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD13JN00.001
[[Page 98]]
Proclamation 7318 of June 9, 2000
Establishment of the Cascade-Siskiyou National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
With towering fir forests, sunlit oak groves, wildflower-strewn meadows,
and steep canyons, the Cascade-Siskiyou National Monument is an
ecological wonder, with biological diversity unmatched in the Cascade
Range. This rich enclave of natural resources is a biological
crossroads--the interface of the Cascade, Klamath, and Siskiyou
ecoregions, in an area of unique geology, biology, climate, and
topography.
The monument is home to a spectacular variety of rare and beautiful
species of plants and animals, whose survival in this region depends
upon its continued ecological integrity. Plant communities present a
rich mosaic of grass and shrublands, Garry and California black oak
woodlands, juniper scablands, mixed conifer and white fir forests, and
wet meadows. Stream bottoms support broad-leaf deciduous riparian trees
and shrubs. Special plant communities include rosaceous chaparral and
oak-juniper woodlands. The monument also contains many rare and endemic
plants, such as Greene's Mariposa lily, Gentner's fritillary, and
Bellinger's meadowfoam.
The monument supports an exceptional range of fauna, including one of
the highest diversities of butterfly species in the United States. The
Jenny Creek portion of the monument is a significant center of fresh
water snail diversity, and is home to three endemic fish species,
including a long-isolated stock of redband trout. The monument contains
important populations of small mammals, reptile and amphibian species,
and ungulates, including important winter habitat for deer. It also
contains old growth habitat crucial to the threatened Northern spotted
owl and numerous other bird species such as the western bluebird, the
western meadowlark, the pileated woodpecker, the flammulated owl, and
the pygmy nuthatch.
The monument's geology contributes substantially to its spectacular
biological diversity. The majority of the monument is within the Cascade
Mountain Range. The western edge of the monument lies within the older
Klamath Mountain geologic province. The dynamic plate tectonics of the
area, and the mixing of igneous, metamorphic, and sedimentary geological
formations, have resulted in diverse lithologies and soils. Along with
periods of geological isolation and a range of environmental conditions,
the complex geologic history of the area has been instrumental in
producing the diverse vegetative and biological richness seen today.
One of the most striking features of the Western Cascades in this area
is Pilot Rock, located near the southern boundary of the monument. The
rock is a volcanic plug, a remnant of a feeder vent left after a volcano
eroded away, leaving an outstanding example of the inside of a volcano.
Pilot Rock has sheer, vertical basalt faces up to 400 feet above the
talus slope at its base, with classic columnar jointing created by the
cooling of its andesite composition.
The Siskiyou Pass in the southwest corner of the monument contains
portions of the Oregon/California Trail, the region's main north/south
travel route first established by Native Americans in prehistoric times,
and used
[[Page 99]]
by Peter Skene Ogden in his 1827 exploration for the Hudson's Bay
Company.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Cascade-Siskiyou
National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Cascade-Siskiyou National Monument, for
the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands and
interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within the
boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Cascade-Siskiyou
National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this proclamation.
The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of approximately
52,000 acres, which is the smallest area compatible with the proper care
and management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument.
There is hereby reserved, as of the date of this proclamation and
subject to valid existing rights, a quantity of water sufficient to
fulfill the purposes for which this monument is established. Nothing in
this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or reduction of
any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the United States on
or before the date of this proclamation.
The commercial harvest of timber or other vegetative material is
prohibited, except when part of an authorized science-based ecological
restoration project aimed at meeting protection and old growth
enhancement objectives. Any such project must be consistent with the
purposes of this proclamation. No portion of the monument shall be
considered to be suited for timber production, and no part of the
monument shall be used in a calculation or provision of a sustained
yield of timber. Removal of trees from within the monument area may take
place only if clearly needed for ecological restoration and maintenance
or public safety.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, the
Secretary of the Interior shall prohibit all motorized and mechanized
vehicle use off road and shall close the Schoheim Road, except for
emergency or authorized administrative purposes.
[[Page 100]]
Lands and interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by
the United States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon
acquisition of title thereto by the United States.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities
(including, where applicable, the Act of August 28, 1937, as amended (43
U.S.C. 1181a-1181j)), to implement the purposes of this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall prepare, within 3 years of this
date, a management plan for this monument, and shall promulgate such
regulations for its management as he deems appropriate. The management
plan shall include appropriate transportation planning that addresses
the actions, including road closures or travel restrictions, necessary
to protect the objects identified in this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall study the impacts of livestock
grazing on the objects of biological interest in the monument with
specific attention to sustaining the natural ecosystem dynamics.
Existing authorized permits or leases may continue with appropriate
terms and conditions under existing laws and regulations. Should grazing
be found incompatible with protecting the objects of biological
interest, the Secretary shall retire the grazing allotments pursuant to
the processes of applicable law. Should grazing permits or leases be
relinquished by existing holders, the Secretary shall not reallocate the
forage available under such permits or for livestock grazing purposes
unless the Secretary specifically finds, pending the outcome of the
study, that such reallocation will advance the purposes of the
proclamation.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Oregon with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 101]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD13JN00.002
[[Page 102]]
Proclamation 7319 of June 9, 2000
Establishment of the Hanford Reach National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The Hanford Reach National Monument is a unique and biologically diverse
landscape, encompassing an array of scientific and historic objects.
This magnificent area contains an irreplaceable natural and historic
legacy, preserved by unusual circumstances. Maintained as a buffer area
in a Federal reservation conducting nuclear weapons development and,
more recently, environmental cleanup activities, with limits on
development and human use for the past 50 years, the monument is now a
haven for important and increasingly scarce objects of scientific and
historic interest. Bisected by the stunning Hanford Reach of the
Columbia River, the monument contains the largest remnant of the shrub-
steppe ecosystem that once blanketed the Columbia River Basin. The
monument is also one of the few remaining archaeologically rich areas in
the western Columbia Plateau, containing well-preserved remnants of
human history spanning more than 10,000 years. The monument is equally
rich in geologic history, with dramatic landscapes that reveal the
creative forces of tectonic, volcanic, and erosive power.
The monument is a biological treasure, embracing important riparian,
aquatic, and upland shrub-steppe habitats that are rare or in decline in
other areas. Within its mosaic of habitats, the monument supports a
wealth of increasingly uncommon native plant and animal species, the
size and diversity of which is unmatched in the Columbia Basin.
Migrating salmon, birds, and hundreds of other native plant and animal
species rely on its natural ecosystems.
The monument includes the 51-mile long ``Hanford Reach,'' the last free-
flowing, nontidal stretch of the Columbia River. The Reach contains
islands, riffles, gravel bars, oxbow ponds, and backwater sloughs that
support some of the most productive spawning areas in the Northwest,
where approximately 80 percent of the upper Columbia Basin's fall
chinook salmon spawn. It also supports healthy runs of naturally-
spawning sturgeon and other highly-valued fish species. The loss of
other spawning grounds on the Columbia and its tributaries has increased
the importance of the Hanford Reach for fisheries.
The monument contains one of the last remaining large blocks of shrub-
steppe ecosystems in the Columbia River Basin, supporting an unusually
high diversity of native plant and animal species. A large number of
rare and sensitive plant species are found dispersed throughout the
monument. A recent inventory resulted in the discovery of two plant
species new to science, the Umtanum desert buckwheat and the White
Bluffs bladderpod. Fragile microbiotic crusts, themselves of biological
interest, are well developed in the monument and play an important role
in stabilizing soils and providing nutrients to plants.
The monument contains significant breeding populations of nearly all
steppe and shrub-steppe dependent birds, including the loggerhead
shrike, the sage sparrow, the sage thrasher, and the ferruginous hawk.
The Hanford Reach and surrounding wetlands provide important stop-over
habitat for
[[Page 103]]
migratory birds, as well as habitat for many resident species. The area
is important wintering habitat for bald eagles, white pelicans, and many
species of waterfowl such as mallards, green-winged teal, pintails,
goldeneye, gadwall, and buffleheads. The monument's bluff habitats
provide valuable nesting sites for several bird species, including
prairie falcons, and important perch sites for raptors such as peregrine
falcons.
Many species of mammals are also found within the monument, including
elk, beaver, badgers, and bobcats. Insect populations, though less
conspicuous, include species that have been lost elsewhere due to
habitat conversion, fragmentation, and application of pesticides. A
recent biological inventory uncovered 41 species and 2 subspecies of
insects new to science and many species not before identified in the
State of Washington. Such rich and diverse insect populations are
important to supporting the fauna in the monument.
In addition to its vital biological resources, the monument contains
significant geological and paleontological objects. The late-Miocene to
late-Pliocene Ringold Formation, known as the White Bluffs, was formed
from river and lake sediments deposited by the ancestral Columbia River
and its tributaries. These striking cliffs form the eastern bank of the
Columbia for nearly half of the length of the Reach, and are significant
for the mammalian fossils that they contain. Fossil remains from
rhinoceros, camel, and mastodon, among others, have been found within
these bluffs.
The Hanford Dune Field, located on the western shore of the Columbia in
the southeastern part of the monument, is also of geologic significance.
This active area of migrating barchan dunes and partially stabilized
transverse dunes rises 10 to 16 feet above the ground, creating sandy
habitats ranging from 2 to several hundred acres in size.
The monument also contains important archaeological and historic
information. More than 10,000 years of human activity in this largely
arid environment have left extensive archaeological deposits. Areas
upland from the river show evidence of concentrated human activity, and
recent surveys indicate extensive use of arid lowlands for hunting.
Hundreds of prehistoric archaeological sites have been recorded,
including the remains of pithouses, graves, spirit quest monuments,
hunting camps, game drive complexes, quarries, and hunting and kill
sites. A number of Native American groups still have cultural ties to
the monument. The monument also contains some historic structures and
other remains from more recent human activities, including homesteads
from small towns established along the riverbanks in the early 20th
century.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Hanford Reach
National Monument:
[[Page 104]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Hanford Reach National Monument, for the
purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands and
interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within the
boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Hanford Reach
National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this proclamation.
The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of approximately
195,000 acres, which is the smallest area compatible with the proper
care and management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, the
Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Energy shall prohibit all
motorized and mechanized vehicle use off road, except for emergency or
other federally authorized purposes, including remediation purposes.
There is hereby reserved, as of the date of this proclamation and
subject to valid existing rights, a quantity of water in the Columbia
River sufficient to fulfill the purposes for which this monument is
established. Nothing in this reservation shall be construed as a
relinquishment or reduction of any water use or rights reserved or
appropriated by the United States on or before the date of this
proclamation.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, the
Secretary of the Interior shall prohibit livestock grazing.
The monument shall be managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
under existing agreements with the Department of Energy, except that the
Department of Energy shall manage the lands within the monument that are
not subject to management agreements with the Service, and in developing
any management plans and rules and regulations governing the portions of
the monument for which the Department of Energy has management
responsibility, the Secretary of Energy shall consult with the Secretary
of the Interior.
As the Department of Energy and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
determine that lands within the monument managed by the Department of
Energy become suitable for management by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service will assume management by
agreement with the Department of Energy. All agreements between the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service and the Department of Energy shall be
consistent with the provisions of this proclamation.
Nothing in this proclamation shall affect the responsibility of the
Department of Energy under environmental laws, including the remediation
of hazardous substances or the restoration of natural resources at the
Hanford facility; nor affect the Department of Energy's statutory
authority to control public access or statutory responsibility to take
other measures for environmental remediation, monitoring, security,
safety, or emergency prepared
[[Page 105]]
ness purposes; nor affect any Department of Energy activities on lands
not included within the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Washington with respect to fish and
wildlife management.
Nothing in this proclamation shall enlarge or diminish the rights of any
Indian tribe.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall interfere with the operation and
maintenance of existing facilities of the Columbia Basin Reclamation
Project, the Federal Columbia River Transmission System, or other
existing utility services that are located within the monument. Existing
Federal Columbia River Transmission System facilities located within the
monument may be replaced, modified and expanded, and new facilities
constructed within the monument, as authorized by other applicable law.
Such replacement, modification, expansion, or construction of new
facilities shall be carried out in a manner consistent with proper care
and management of the objects of this proclamation, to be determined in
accordance with the management arrangements previously set out in this
proclamation.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 106]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD13JN00.003
[[Page 107]]
Proclamation 7320 of June 9, 2000
Establishment of the Ironwood Forest National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The landscape of the Ironwood Forest National Monument is swathed with
the rich, drought-adapted vegetation of the Sonoran Desert. The monument
contains objects of scientific interest throughout its desert
environment. Stands of ironwood, palo verde, and saguaro blanket the
monument floor beneath the rugged mountain ranges, including the Silver
Bell Mountains. Ragged Top Mountain is a biological and geological crown
jewel amid the depositional plains in the monument.
The monument presents a quintessential view of the Sonoran Desert with
ancient legume and cactus forests. The geologic and topographic
variability of the monument contributes to the area's high biological
diversity. Ironwoods, which can live in excess of 800 years, generate a
chain of influences on associated understory plants, affecting their
dispersal, germination, establishment, and rates of growth. Ironwood is
the dominant nurse plant in this region, and the Silver Bell Mountains
support the highest density of ironwood trees recorded in the Sonoran
Desert. Ironwood trees provide, among other things, roosting sites for
hawks and owls, forage for desert bighorn sheep, protection for saguaro
against freezing, burrows for tortoises, flowers for native bees, dense
canopy for nesting of white-winged doves and other birds, and protection
against sunburn for night blooming cereus.
The ironwood-bursage habitat in the Silver Bell Mountains is associated
with more than 674 species, including 64 mammalian and 57 bird species.
Within the Sonoran Desert, Ragged Top Mountain contains the greatest
richness of species. The monument is home to species federally listed as
threatened or endangered, including the Nichols turk's head cactus and
the lesser long-nosed bat, and contains historic and potential habitat
for the cactus ferruginous pygmy-owl. The desert bighorn sheep in the
monument may be the last viable population indigenous to the Tucson
basin.
In addition to the biological and geological resources, the area holds
abundant rock art sites and other archeological objects of scientific
interest. Humans have inhabited the area for more than 5,000 years. More
than 200 sites from the prehistoric Hohokam period (600 A.D. to 1450
A.D.) have been recorded in the area. Two areas within the monument have
been listed on the National Register of Historic Places, the Los Robles
Archeological District and the Cocoraque Butte Archeological District.
The archeological artifacts include rhyolite and brown chert chipped
stone, plain and decorated ceramics, and worked shell from the Gulf of
California. The area also contains the remnants of the Mission Santa
Ana, the last mission constructed in Pimeria Alta.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all
[[Page 108]]
cases shall be confined to the smallest area compatible with the proper
care and management of the objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Ironwood Forest
National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Ironwood Forest National Monument, for the
purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands and
interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within the
boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Ironwood Forest
National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this proclamation.
The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of approximately
128,917 acres, which is the smallest area compatible with the proper
care and management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument.
For the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, the
Secretary of the Interior shall prohibit all motorized and mechanized
vehicle use off road, except for emergency or authorized administrative
purposes.
Lands and interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by
the United States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon
acquisition of title thereto by the United States.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities, to
implement the purposes of this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall prepare a transportation plan that
addresses the actions, including road closures or travel restrictions,
necessary to protect the objects identified in this proclamation.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Arizona with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
This proclamation does not reserve water as a matter of Federal law.
Nothing in this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or
reduction of any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the
United States on or before the date of this proclamation. The Bureau of
Land Management shall work with appropriate State authorities to ensure
that any water resources needed for monument purposes are available.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
rights of any Indian tribe.
[[Page 109]]
Laws, regulations, and policies followed by the Bureau of Land
Management in issuing and administering grazing permits or leases on all
lands under its jurisdiction shall continue to apply with regard to the
lands in the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 110]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD13JN00.004
[[Page 111]]
Proclamation 7321 of June 9, 2000
Flag Day and National Flag Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Our long national journey has brought the United States safely to a new
century and to a position of unprecedented leadership in the world.
Throughout that journey, one symbol has endured as a badge of honor for
every American and a beacon of hope for the oppressed: the flag of the
United States.
For more than two centuries, ``Old Glory'' has challenged us to make
real the highest ideals of the patriots and visionaries who chose it as
our national symbol in the early days of our Republic. The flag of the
United States has inspired us in battle, reassured us in times of peace,
and comforted us at moments of great national grief. In its white
stripes, we recognize the sanctity of the American ideals on which our
Republic was founded: liberty, justice, equality, and the guarantee of
individual rights. In its red stripes, we salute the generations of
American patriots who have shed their blood to keep our flag flying over
a free Nation. And in the cluster of white stars on an unchanging blue
field, we read the story of America's remarkable evolution from 13 small
colonies to 50 great States, with millions of citizens from every race,
creed, and country united by the hopes and history we share as
Americans.
To commemorate the adoption of our flag, the Congress, by joint
resolution approved August 3, 1949 (63 Stat. 492), designated June 14 of
each year as ``Flag Day'' and requested the President to issue an annual
proclamation calling for a national observance and for the display of
the flag of the United States on all Federal Government buildings. In a
second joint resolution approved June 9, 1966 (80 Stat. 194), the
Congress requested the President also to issue annually a proclamation
designating the week during which June 14 falls as ``National Flag
Week'' and calling upon all citizens of the United States to display the
flag during that week.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim June 14, 2000, as Flag Day and the week
beginning June 11, 2000, as National Flag Week. I direct the appropriate
officials to display the flag on all Federal Government buildings during
that week, and I urge all Americans to observe Flag Day and National
Flag Week by flying the Stars and Stripes from their homes and other
suitable places.
I also call upon the people of the United States to observe with pride
and all due ceremony those days from Flag Day through Independence Day,
also set aside by the Congress (89 Stat. 211), as a time to honor our
Nation, to celebrate our heritage in public gatherings and activities,
and to recite publicly the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag of the
United States of America.
[[Page 112]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of June,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7322 of June 13, 2000
225th Anniversary of the United States Army
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
On June 14, 1775, the Second Continental Congress authorized the
enlistment of ten companies of riflemen in Maryland, Pennsylvania, and
Virginia as the first units of the Continental Army. Few could have
foreseen that this small band of citizen-soldiers would lay the
cornerstone of freedom for our Nation and the foundation for what would
become the finest army in the world.
For 225 years, in war and in peace, every generation of American
soldiers has served our Nation with unwavering courage, skill, and
commitment. The first soldiers of the Continental Army gave life to the
United States of America in 1776. In the following century, the Army
protected our new country's frontiers and preserved our Union through
the terrible strife of the Civil War. In the 20th century, American
soldiers fought and died in two World Wars to defend democracy and win
the global struggle against fascism. And, for the last half of the 20th
century, in Korea and Vietnam and throughout the dark decades of the
Cold War, our Army shielded the free world from the forces of communism
and ensured the triumph of democracy.
Today, the men and women of America's Army--Active, National Guard, and
Reserve--continue to advance our Nation's interests around the world.
Across the globe, in the face of aggression, tyranny, and despair, our
soldiers have responded as allies, liberators, and humanitarians. All
Americans rightly take pride in this truly American institution and its
enduring strength and vitality.
In the Roosevelt Room of the White House, the flag of the United States
Army stands proudly, bearing 173 streamers that mark the battles fought
and won. From Lexington in 1775 to Southwest Asia in 1991, these
colorful banners are a striking visual reminder of the U.S. Army's
glorious history and a silent tribute to the hundreds of thousands of
soldiers whose sacrifices have kept our Nation free. As we mark the
Army's 225th anniversary, I ask all Americans to join me in reflecting
with pride and gratitude on the contributions of the loyal and
courageous men and women who have served in the United States Army to
preserve our liberty, uphold our values, and advance our interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim June 14, 2000, as the 225th Anniversary of
the United States Army. I urge all Americans to observe this day with
appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities that celebrate the
history, heritage, and service of the United States Army.
[[Page 113]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirteenth day of
June, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7323 of June 16, 2000
Father's Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year, Americans set aside the third Sunday in June to pay special
tribute to our fathers, who for many of us are the first and most
important men in our lives. The role of father is a unique blessing and
a profound responsibility, one at the very heart of our Nation's
families and communities. When we are young, our father's nurturing
brings us comfort and security. As we grow, our dads are our teachers
and coaches--whether we are learning to read or to play a sport--and
they instill in us cherished values of honor, courage, hard work, and
respect for others. Later, as adults, we look to our fathers for advice
and friendship. On all the paths of life, our fathers encourage us when
we hesitate, support us when we falter, and cheer us when we succeed.
American fathers today must balance the demands of work and family. As
our growing economy has helped America's families meet their financial
needs, the pressure to maintain that balance has increased. For the
health of our families, it is important that fathers have the time, the
support, and the parenting skills necessary to fulfill their children's
moral and emotional needs as well as provide for their physical well-
being. Throughout our Administration, Vice President Gore and I have
encouraged fathers to take an active and responsible role in their
children's lives. This year, in recognition of Father's Day, I am
directing the Department of Health and Human Services, along with
certain other Federal agencies, to develop guidance for State and local
governments, community providers, and families on Federal resources that
are available to promote responsible fatherhood.
On this first Father's Day of the 21st century, let us honor our
fathers, both living and deceased, for believing in our dreams and
helping us to achieve them. Throughout the year, let us continue to
reflect on the importance of fathers--whether biological, foster,
adoptive, or stepfathers--as role models in our lives. And let us
express our gratitude for the many gifts they bring to our lives by
passing on their legacy of love and caring to our own children.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, in accordance with a joint resolution of the Congress approved
April 24, 1972 (36 U.S.C. 142a), do hereby proclaim Sunday, June 18,
2000, as Father's Day. I invite the States, communities across our
country, and all the citizens of the United States to observe this day
with appropriate ceremonies and activities that demonstrate our deep
appreciation and abiding love for our fathers.
[[Page 114]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixteenth day of
June, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7324 of June 23, 2000
50th Anniversary of the Korean War and National Korean War Veterans
Armistice Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Fifty years ago, on June 25, 1950, armed forces from North Korea
shattered the peace in the Land of the Morning Calm as they crossed the
38th Parallel and launched an invasion of South Korea. The communist
forces advanced rapidly and, at the outset, appeared close to easy
victory. President Truman, recognizing the threat to our South Korean
allies and their democracy, responded swiftly and decisively. Through
the United Nations Security Council, he marshaled international
opposition to the invasion and, on June 27, 1950, committed the first
U.S. forces to combat in South Korea.
On some of the world's harshest terrain, through the scorching heat of
summer and the numbing cold of winter, American troops fought with
steely determination and uncommon courage. As they gained ground,
pushing the North Koreans back toward the 38th parallel, American
families began to hope that our troops would be home by Christmas. But
in November, at the Yalu River in North Korean territory, American
forces encountered a new and daunting antagonist: Chinese forces had
joined their North Korean allies, and the tide of battle turned once
again.
Through months of attack and counterattack, falling back and regaining
ground, U.S. troops and our allies refused to succumb to enemy forces.
The war dragged into a bloody stalemate and long, bitter talks ensued.
Finally, negotiators signed an armistice agreement at Panmunjom on July
27, 1953. North Korea withdrew across the 38th parallel, and the
Republic of South Korea regained its status as a free, democratic
nation. For the first time in history, a world organization of nations
had taken up arms to oppose aggression and, thanks largely to the valor,
skill, and perseverance of almost 2,000,000 Americans, had succeeded.
In later years, the Korean War would sometimes be called ``the Forgotten
War.'' But we have not forgotten. We pay honor to the courage of our
veterans who fought in Korea and to the thousands who died there or
whose fate is still unknown. We recall the grief of their families and
the gratitude of the people of South Korea. We remember that, in the
Korean War, our soldiers' brave stand against communism laid the
foundations of peace and freedom that so many nations enjoy today.
Over the next 3-1/2 years, Americans will gather to observe the 50th
anniversary of the Korean War and honor our veterans. The Secretary of
Defense will help coordinate many of these events and will develop com
[[Page 115]]
memorative and educational materials to help inform the American public
about our veterans' many contributions and sacrifices.
The Congress, by Public Law 106-195, has authorized and requested the
President to issue a proclamation in observance of the 50th anniversary
of the Korean War, and by Public Law 104-19 (36 U.S.C. 127), the
Congress has designated July 27, 2000, as ``National Korean War Veterans
Armistice Day'' and has authorized and requested the President to issue
a proclamation in observance of that day.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby urge all Americans to observe the 50th Anniversary of
the Korean War and do hereby proclaim July 27, 2000, as National Korean
War Veterans Armistice Day. I call upon all Americans to observe these
periods with appropriate ceremonies and activities that honor and give
thanks to our distinguished Korean War veterans. I also ask Federal
departments and agencies and interested groups, organizations, and
individuals to fly the flag of the United States at half-staff on July
27, 2000, in memory of the Americans who died as a result of their
service in Korea.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-third day of
June, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7325 of June 29, 2000
To Modify Duty-Free Treatment Under the Generalized
System of Preferences and for Other Purposes
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Pursuant to sections 501, 503(a)(1)(A), and 503(c)(1) of title V of
the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``1974 Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2461,
2463(a)(1)(A), and 2463(c)(1)), the President may designate or withdraw
designation of specified articles provided for in the Harmonized Tariff
Schedule of the United States (HTS) as eligible for preferential tariff
treatment under the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) when
imported from designated beneficiary developing countries.
2. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(A) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(A)), beneficiary developing countries, except those
designated as least-developed beneficiary developing countries pursuant
to section 503(c)(2)(D) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2463(c)(2)(D)), are
subject to competitive need limitations on the preferential treatment
afforded under the GSP to eligible articles.
3. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(C) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(C)), a country that is no longer treated as a beneficiary
developing country with respect to an eligible article may be
redesignated as a beneficiary developing country with respect to such
article if imports of such article from such country did not exceed the
competitive need limitations in section 503(c)(2)(A) (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(A)) during the preceding calendar year.
[[Page 116]]
4. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(F) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(F)), the President may disregard the competitive need
limitation provided in section 503(c)(2)(A)(i)(II) of the 1974 Act (19
U.S.C. 2463(c)(2)(A)(i)(II)) with respect to any eligible article if the
appraised value of the total imports of such article into the United
States during the preceding calendar year does not exceed an amount set
forth in section 503(c)(2)(F)(ii) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(F)(ii)).
5. Pursuant to section 503(d) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2463(d)), the
President may waive the application of the competitive need limitations
in section 503(c)(2)(A) with respect to any eligible article from any
beneficiary developing country if certain conditions are met.
6. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(E) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(E)), section 503(c)(2)(A)(i)(II) shall not apply with respect
to any eligible article if a like or directly competitive article was
not produced in the United States on January 1, 1995.
7. Pursuant to sections 501 and 503(a)(1)(A) of the 1974 Act, and after
receiving advice from the International Trade Commission in accordance
with section 503(e), I have determined to designate certain articles,
previously designated under section 503(a)(1)(B), as eligible articles
when imported from any beneficiary developing country.
8. Pursuant to section 503(c)(1) of the 1974 Act, I have determined to
limit the application of duty-free treatment accorded to certain
articles from certain beneficiary developing countries.
9. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(A) of the 1974 Act, I have determined
that certain beneficiary countries should no longer receive preferential
tariff treatment under the GSP with respect to certain eligible articles
imported in quantities that exceed the applicable competitive need
limitation.
10. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(C) of the 1974 Act, I have determined
that certain countries should be redesignated as beneficiary developing
countries with respect to certain eligible articles that previously had
been imported in quantities exceeding the competitive need limitations
of section 503(c)(2)(A).
11. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(F) of the 1974 Act, I have determined
that the competitive need limitation provided in section
503(c)(2)(A)(i)(II) should be waived with respect to certain eligible
articles from certain beneficiary developing countries.
12. Pursuant to section 503(d) of the 1974 Act, I have determined that
the competitive need limitations of section 503(c)(2)(A) should be
waived with respect to certain eligible articles from certain
beneficiary developing countries. I have received the advice of the
International Trade Commission on whether any industries in the United
States are likely to be adversely affected by such waivers, and I have
determined, based on that advice and on the considerations described in
sections 501 and 502(c), that such waivers are in the national economic
interest of the United States.
13. Pursuant to section 503(c)(2)(E) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(c)(2)(E)), I have determined that the limitation provided for in
section 503(c)(2)(A)(i)(II) shall not apply with respect to HTS
subheading 3817.10.50 because no like or directly competitive article
was produced in the United States on January 1, 1995.
[[Page 117]]
14. Section 604 of the 1974 Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2483), authorizes
the President to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant
provisions of that Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment,
and actions thereunder, including the removal, modification,
continuance, or imposition of any rate of duty or other import
restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including but not limited to
title V and section 604 of the 1974 Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to provide that one or more countries that have not
been treated as beneficiary developing countries with respect to one or
more eligible articles should be designated as beneficiary developing
countries with respect to such article or articles for purposes of the
GSP, and that one or more countries should no longer be treated as
beneficiary developing countries with respect to one or more eligible
articles for purposes of the GSP, general note 4(d) to the HTS is
modified as provided in section A of Annex I to this proclamation.
(2)(a) In order to designate certain articles as eligible articles
for purposes of the GSP when imported from any beneficiary developing
country, the Rates of Duty 1-Special subcolumn for certain HTS
subheadings is modified as provided in section B(1) of Annex I to this
proclamation.
(b) In order to provide preferential tariff treatment under the GSP
to a beneficiary developing country that has been excluded from the
benefits of the GSP for certain eligible articles, the Rates of Duty 1-
Special subcolumn for each of the HTS subheadings enumerated in section
B(2) of Annex I to this proclamation is modified as provided in such
section.
(c) In order to provide that one or more countries should not be
treated as a beneficiary developing country with respect to certain
eligible articles for purposes of the GSP, the Rates of Duty 1-Special
subcolumn for each of the HTS subheadings enumerated in section B(3) of
Annex I to this proclamation is modified as provided in such section.
(3) A waiver of the application of section 503(c)(2)(A) of the 1974
Act shall apply to the eligible articles in the HTS subheadings and to
the beneficiary developing countries set forth in Annex II to this
proclamation.
(4) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive Orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(5)(a) The modifications made by Annex I to this proclamation shall
be effective with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from
warehouse for consumption, on or after July 1, 2000.
(b) The action taken in Annex II to this proclamation shall be
effective on the date of publication of this proclamation in the Federal
Register.
(c) The action taken in paragraph 13 of this proclamation shall be
effective on the date of publication of this proclamation in the Federal
Register.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
June, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 118]]
Annex I
Modifications to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States
(HTS)
Effective with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse
for consumption, on or after July 1, 2000.
Section A. General note 4(d) to the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the
United States (HTS) is modified by:
(1). deleting the following subheadings and the country set out opposite
such subheadings:
0811.20.40 Chile ........................... 7202.5
0.00
Russi
a
1701.91.10 Brazil ........................... ......
(2). adding, in numerical sequence, the following provisions and
countries set out opposite them:
0713.90.80 India .............. 5007.90.30 India
0714.90.45 Costa Rica .............. 5702.39.10 India
1102.90.30 El Salvador .............. 6302.99.10 India
2001.90.45 India .............. 7113.19.25 India
2008.19.25 Peru .............. 7113.20.25 India
2008.99.45 Dominican Republic .............. 7418.19.10 India
4010.19.50 Brazil .............. 8211.95.50 Pakistan
4104.39.20 India .............. 8450.90.20 Ecuador
4412.92.40 Ecuador .............. 8708.99.67 Brazil
(3). adding, in alphabetical order, the country or countries set out
opposite the following subheadings:
0714.20.10 Colombia ....... 2008.50.20 Turkey
1602.50.20 Brazil ....... 2905.42.00 Brazil
1702.30.22 Jamaica ....... 3212.90.00 Colombia
2004.10.40 Peru ....... 4106.20.30 Pakistan
2008.19.30 Turkey ....... 7801.99.30 Colombia
Section B. Each enumerated article's preferential tariff treatment under
the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) in the HTS is modified as
provided in this section.
(1). For subheadings 7202.99.10 and 8104.30.00, the Rates of Duty 1-
Special subcolumn is modified by deleting the symbol ``A+'' and
inserting an ``A'' in lieu thereof.
(2). For the following subheadings, the Rates of Duty 1-Special
subcolumn is modified by deleting the symbol ``A*'' and inserting an
``A'' in lieu thereof.
0811.20.40 ........................
1701.91.10 ........................
7202.50.00 ........................
(3). For the following provisions, the Rates of Duty 1-Special subcolumn
is modified by deleting the symbol ``A'' and inserting an ``A*'' in lieu
thereof:
[[Page 119]]
0713.90.80 2008.19.25 4412.92.40 7113.19.25 8450.90.20
0714.90.45 2008.99.45 5007.90.30 7113.20.25 8708.99.67
1102.90.30 4010.19.50 5702.39.10 7418.19.10
2001.90.45 4104.39.20 6302.99.10 8211.95.50
Annex II
Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS)
Subheadings and Countries Granted Waivers of the Application of Section
503(c)(2)(A) of the 1974 Act
HTS Subheading Country
7202.50.00 Russia
7202.99.10 Brazil
Proclamation 7326 of June 29, 2000
To Extend Nondiscriminatory Treatment (Normal Trade Relations Treatment)
to the Products of Albania and Kyrgyzstan
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Albania has made progress, since its emergence from communism, toward
democratic rule and the creation of a market economy. Further, I have
found Albania to be in full compliance with the freedom of emigration
requirements under title IV of the Trade Act of 1974 (the ``Trade Act'')
(19 U.S.C. 2431, et seq.). In 1998, Albania concluded a bilateral
investment treaty with the United States. Albania is in the process of
acceding to the World Trade Organization (WTO). The extension of
unconditional normal trade relations treatment to the products of
Albania will permit the United States to avail itself of all rights
under the WTO with respect to Albania when that country becomes a member
of the WTO.
2. Pursuant to section 301(b) of Public Law 106-200, 114 Stat. 289, and
having due regard for the findings of the Congress in section 301(a) of
that law, I hereby determine that title IV of the Trade Act should no
longer apply to Albania.
3. Since 1991, Kyrgyzstan has made great progress toward democratic rule
and toward creating a free-market economic system. Further, I have found
Kyrgyzstan to be in full compliance with the freedom of emigration
requirements under title IV of the Trade Act. In 1994, Kyrgyzstan
concluded a bilateral investment treaty with the United States, and in
1999 Kyrgyzstan became a member of the WTO. The extension of
unconditional normal trade relations treatment to the products of
Kyrgyzstan will permit the United States to avail itself of all rights
under the WTO with respect to Kyrgyzstan.
4. Pursuant to section 302(b) of Public Law 106-200, 114 Stat. 289-90,
and having due regard for the findings of the Congress in section 302(a)
of that
[[Page 120]]
law, I hereby determine that title IV of the Trade Act should no longer
apply to Kyrgyzstan.
NOW, THEREFORE, I WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, including but not limited to sections
301(b)(1)(B) and 302(b)(1)(B) of Public Law 106-200, do hereby proclaim
that:
(1) Nondiscriminatory treatment (normal trade relations treatment)
shall be extended to the products of Albania;
(2) The extension of nondiscriminatory treatment to the products of
Albania shall be effective as of the date of signature of this
proclamation;
(3) Nondiscriminatory treatment (normal trade relations treatment)
shall be extended to the products of Kyrgyzstan;
(4) The extension of nondiscriminatory treatment to the products of
Kyrgyzstan shall be effective as of the date of signature of this
proclamation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
June, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7327 of July 1, 2000
Spirit of the ADA Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The enactment of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) 10 years ago
this month signaled a transformation in our Nation's public policies
toward people with disabilities. America is now a dramatically
different--and better--country because of the ADA.
In the last 10 years, we have worked hard to eliminate harmful
stereotypes and have grown to understand disability as a natural part of
the human experience. We are taking steps, such as renovating and
constructing public accommodations to make them fully accessible, to
ensure that people with disabilities are fully integrated into our
communities and workplaces. And we have come to appreciate that people
with disabilities are a key element--and an untapped resource--in
sustaining our Nation's historic economic growth.
Throughout our Administration, Vice President Gore and I have worked
hard to achieve the ADA's core goals--equality of opportunity, full
participation, independent living, and economic self-sufficiency. Our
Administration has vigorously defended the ADA in court cases across the
Nation; we are collaborating with State Medicaid directors to implement
the Supreme Court's 1999 Olmstead decision, which prohibits unjustified
isolation of institutionalized persons with disabilities; we helped
ensure that 80 percent
[[Page 121]]
of America's public transit buses are now accessible; we are
implementing the Ticket to Work and Work Incentives Improvement Act,
which I proudly signed into law last December; we have worked closely
with schools and colleges to improve the enrollment, retention, and
graduation of students with disabilities; and my Task Force on
Employment of Adults with Disabilities is developing far-reaching
policies for a comprehensive, coordinated employment agenda.
We still have much to accomplish. Because the many barriers confronting
people with disabilities took generations to develop, breaking them down
requires consistent, coordinated, and farsighted effort. We must work
aggressively to increase the employment rates of people with
disabilities by attacking a range of work disincentives, including
barriers to education, health care, technology, housing, and
transportation. We must provide real choices for people with
disabilities to live and work in their communities with the necessary
services and supports. And we must be vigilant in protecting the rights
we have secured through decades of legal activism. I am encouraged that
the first 10 years of the ADA's life have provided us with a solid
foundation for meeting these challenges.
To mark the ADA's 10th anniversary and the 25th anniversary of the
Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), the American
Association of People with Disabilities has organized a nationwide
``Spirit of ADA'' Torch Relay. Twenty-four cities from coast to coast
are hosting official relay events, and hundreds of communities are
organizing additional local events as part of this national celebration.
The Spirit of ADA's organizing theme is ``Renew the Pledge'' to
encourage individuals, organizations, and government entities to
reaffirm their commitment to the principles of the ADA and IDEA. Vice
President Gore and I are proud to join in the celebration and to renew
our own pledge to help advance the cause of disability rights.
Promoting disability rights not only improves the lives of the 54
million Americans with disabilities, it improves all of our lives. As
President Franklin Roosevelt recognized more than 60 years ago, in words
that are now inscribed on the FDR Memorial in our Nation's capital: ``No
Country, however rich, can afford the waste of its human resources.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim July 2000 as Spirit of the
ADA Month, 2000. I urge government officials, business people, community
leaders, educators, and all the people of the United States, to
celebrate the contributions people with disabilities have made, and
continue to make, to the progress and prosperity of our Nation, and to
renew our commitment to upholding the nondiscrimination principles of
the ADA and IDEA.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of July,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fourth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 122]]
Proclamation 7328 of July 6, 2000
To Amend the Generalized System of Preferences
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Section 502(c)(7) of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``Trade
Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2462(c)(7)), provides that, in determining whether to
designate any country a beneficiary developing country under this
section, the President shall take into account whether that country has
taken or is taking steps to afford internationally recognized worker
rights to workers in that country. Section 502(d)(1) of the Trade Act
(19 U.S.C. 2462(d)(1)) provides that the President may withdraw,
suspend, or limit the application of duty-free treatment under the
Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) with respect to any designated
beneficiary developing country based on consideration of the factors set
forth in sections 501 and 502(c) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2461 and
2462(c)). Section 502(f)(2) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2462(f)(2))
requires the President to notify the Congress and the affected country,
at least 60 days before termination, of the President's intention to
terminate the affected country's designation as a beneficiary developing
country for purposes of the GSP.
2. Section 502(e) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2462(e)) provides that the
President shall terminate the designation of a country as a beneficiary
developing country if the President determines that such country has
become a ``high income'' country as defined by the official statistics
of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development.
Termination is effective on January 1 of the second year following the
year in which such determination is made.
3. Pursuant to section 502(d) of the Trade Act, and having considered
the factors set forth in sections 501 and 502(c), I have determined that
it is appropriate to suspend Belarus's GSP benefits because it has not
taken and is not taking steps to afford workers in that country
internationally recognized worker rights. In order to reflect the
suspension of benefits under the GSP for articles imported from Belarus,
I have determined that it is appropriate to modify general note 4(a) of
the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS).
4. Pursuant to section 502(e) of the Trade Act, I have determined that
Malta, French Polynesia, New Caledonia, and Slovenia meet the definition
of a ``high income'' country as defined by the official statistics of
the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Accordingly,
pursuant to section 502(e) of the Trade Act, I am terminating the
preferential treatment under the GSP for articles that are currently
eligible for such treatment and that are imported from Malta, French
Polynesia, New Caledonia, and Slovenia, effective January 1, 2002.
5. Section 604 of the Trade Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2483), authorizes
the President to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant
provisions of that Act, and of other Acts affecting import treatment,
and actions thereunder.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitu
[[Page 123]]
tion and the laws of the United States of America, including but not
limited to Title V and section 604 of the Trade Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to reflect the suspension of benefits under the GSP
with respect to Belarus, general note 4(a) of the HTS is modified by
deleting ``Belarus'' from the list of independent countries, effective
with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for
consumption, on or after 60 days after the date of publication of this
proclamation in the Federal Register.
(2) In order to terminate the designation of Malta, French
Polynesia, New Caledonia, and Slovenia as beneficiary developing
countries under the GSP, general note 4(a) of the HTS is modified by:
(a) deleting ``Malta'' and ``Slovenia'' from the list of
independent countries, and
(b) deleting ``French Polynesia'' and ``New Caledonia'' from the
list of nonindependent countries and territories, effective with respect
to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or
after January 1, 2002.
(3) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive Orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of July,
in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of the
United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7329 of July 7, 2000
President Lincoln and Soldiers' Home National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year from 1862 through 1864, President Abraham Lincoln and his
family left the White House to take up residence during the warm weather
months at Anderson Cottage, a home in northwest Washington, D.C., on the
grounds of a site then known as the Soldiers' Home. It is estimated that
President Lincoln spent one quarter of his presidency at this home,
riding out to it many evenings from late June until early November. The
house and surrounding land are now part of the U.S. Soldiers' and
Airmen's Home, a component of the Armed Forces Retirement Home, an
independent establishment in the executive branch. This house and its
grounds are objects of great historic significance and interest.
It was here, in September of 1862, that President Lincoln completed the
drafting of the Emancipation Proclamation. His second floor bedroom and
much of the rest of the house are configured as they were when he was in
residence, and original mantels, woodwork, and windows are retained. A
magnificent copper beech tree under which he read and relaxed is still
growing at the site. It was also from this house that, in July of 1864,
he
[[Page 124]]
traveled 2 miles north to view the battle of Fort Stevens, during which
he actually came under fire as he stood beside the Union troops
defending the capital. The house has been designated a National Historic
Landmark by the National Park Service.
The land was purchased by the Federal Government through the Soldiers'
Home Trust Fund in 1851 to establish a home for invalid and disabled
soldiers of the U.S. Army, the first such attempt to provide for members
of the regular army. The house was first used as a summer retreat by
President Buchanan from 1857 to 1860, and continued to be used as such
by several presidents, including President Hayes from 1877 to 1880 and
President Arthur from 1882 to 1884. It became known as Anderson Cottage
in honor of Major Robert Anderson, the Union commanding officer at Fort
Sumter at the outbreak of the Civil War.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of lands, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the President Lincoln
and Soldiers' Home National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, William J. Clinton, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the President Lincoln and Soldiers' Home
National Monument for the purpose of protecting the objects identified
above, all lands and interests in lands owned or controlled by the
United States within the boundaries of the area described on the map
entitled ``President Lincoln and Soldiers' Home National Monument''
attached to and forming a part of this proclamation. The Federal land
and interests in land reserved consist of approximately 2.3 acres, which
is the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of
the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land or other Federal laws, including but not limited to
withdrawal from location, entry, and patent under the mining laws, and
from disposition under all laws relating to mineral and geothermal
leasing.
The monument historically has been a part of the U.S. Soldiers' and
Airmen's Home, a facility administered by the Armed Forces Retirement
Home, an independent establishment of the Executive Branch. The Armed
Forces Retirement Home, through the U.S. Soldiers' and Airmen's Home,
shall manage the monument as an integral part of that surrounding
facility and consistent with the purposes and provisions of this
proclamation. In managing the monument, the Armed Forces Retirement Home
shall consult with the Secretary of the Interior through the National
Park Service.
[[Page 125]]
For the purpose of preserving, restoring, and enhancing the public's
appreciation of the monument, the Armed Forces Retirement Home shall
prepare, in consultation with the Secretary of the Interior through the
National Park Service, a management plan for this monument within 3
years of this date. Further, to the extent authorized, the Armed Forces
Retirement Home shall promulgate, in consultation with the Secretary of
the Interior through the National Park Service, regulations for the
proper care and management of the objects identified above.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation. Warning is hereby given to
all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove
any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the
lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventh day of
July, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 126]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD13JY00.050
[[Page 127]]
Proclamation 7330 of July 14, 2000
Captive Nations Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
When President Eisenhower signed the first Captive Nations Week
Proclamation in 1959, the fate of freedom around the world was still far
from certain. While the United States and our Allies had defeated Adolf
Hitler and the Axis Powers in World War II, a partitioned Berlin stood
as a bleak symbol of a divided Europe, and millions throughout Asia,
Africa, and South America continued to suffer under communist and
authoritarian regimes.
Today, as we embark on a new century, democracy is on the rise across
the globe. More than half the world's people live under governments of
their own choosing. The Iron Curtain has been lifted, allowing the light
of liberty into the nations of Central and Eastern Europe. Democratic
rule has swept through the countries of Latin America, replacing abusive
military regimes with elected civilian governments. And in Africa and
Asia, many nations have finally gained independence.
This rising tide of freedom is no accident of history; it was achieved
through the courage, determination, and sacrifice of millions of men and
women here in America and in captive nations around the world. Whether
speaking out in the halls of the United Nations for those silenced by
oppressive regimes, standing guard through frigid nights on the DMZ in
Korea, or sharing the fruits of liberty through the Peace Corps,
generations of Americans have made sure that our country is an ally and
source of hope for all people yearning for freedom and dignity. Around
the globe, freedom-loving people have risked and often sacrificed their
lives to end oppression, whether uniting against tyranny through the
Solidarity movement in Poland or defying intimidation and violence to
vote in free elections in El Salvador and Nicaragua.
The tide keeps turning toward democracy, human rights, and free market
economies. Yet there remain tyrants who use brutality, ethnic cleansing,
guns, and prisons to silence voices of reason and tolerance within their
countries. As a Nation born of the ideals of freedom, justice, and human
dignity, America has a solemn obligation to continue speaking out on
behalf of these still-captive nations and their people and lend them our
support. We draw strength for this task from the knowledge that our
cause is right and inspiration from the people of former captive nations
who are flourishing today.
The Congress, by Joint Resolution approved July 17, 1959 (73 Stat. 212),
has authorized and requested the President to issue a proclamation
designating the third week in July of each year as ``Captive Nations
Week.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim July 16 through July 22, 2000, as Captive
Nations Week. I call upon the people of the United States to observe
this week with appropriate ceremonies and activities and to rededicate
ourselves to the principles of freedom, human rights, and self-
determination for all the peoples of the world.
[[Page 128]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
July, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7331 of July 21, 2000
Parents' Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Parents play a crucial role in shaping our lives and the life of our
Nation. They nurture us as infants when we are unable to help ourselves,
protect us as toddlers when we wander into trouble, encourage us as
adolescents when we dream about the future, and guide us as adults as we
face the challenges and opportunities of our own families and careers.
It is through their care that we learn the invaluable lessons of love,
family, and community; and it is through their selflessness that we come
to understand the joy of making a difference in the life of another.
Throughout our Administration, Vice President Gore and I have strived to
provide parents with the tools they need to meet their responsibilities.
The Family and Medical Leave Act, which I signed in 1993, has allowed
more than 20 million Americans to take up to 12 weeks of unpaid leave to
care for a newborn or an ailing relative without fear of losing their
job. We have also worked to make child care safer, better, and more
affordable for millions of families, and we have expanded preschool and
after-school programs to give parents more flexibility in balancing the
demands of job and family. And we have worked hard for parents to make
the dream of a college education for their sons and daughters a
reality--with new HOPE scholarships, more work-study opportunities,
higher Pell grants, and more affordable student loans.
Parenting is a lifetime commitment and a lifetime challenge--it involves
balancing the demands of family, friends, career, and community. Yet
parenting is also one of life's greatest gifts. To hold one's sleeping
baby, watch one's children take their first tottering steps and hear
them say their first words, boast with pride about their first home run
or first music recital, and witness firsthand their journey into
adulthood--these are some of the most precious rewards of parenthood.
Only when we pass from childhood to adulthood can we appreciate the
value of our parents and the extent of their sacrifices. For these, we
owe our parents--whether biological or adoptive, stepparents or foster
parents-- a profound debt of gratitude. On Parents' Day and throughout
the year, let us pay tribute to America's parents, whose unconditional
love and constant devotion have helped create a bright future for the
next generation.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States and consistent with Public Law 103-362, do
hereby proclaim Sunday, July 23, 2000, as Parents' Day. I call upon
[[Page 129]]
all Americans to join together in observing this day with appropriate
ceremonies and activities to honor our Nation's parents.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-first day of
July, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7332 of August 1, 2000
Helsinki Human Rights Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Twenty-five years ago today, in a world marked by brutal divisions and
ideological conflict, the United States joined 33 European nations and
Canada in signing the Helsinki Final Act. That watershed event
established the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (CSCE)
and affirmed an international commitment to respect ``freedom of
thought, conscience, religion or belief, for all without distinction as
to race, sex, language, or religion.''
During the Cold War, the Helsinki Principles were the rallying point for
courageous men and women who confronted tyranny--often at great personal
risk--to win the fundamental freedoms set forth by the Final Act. Today,
citizens of our vast Euro-Atlantic community from Vancouver to
Vladivostok live by, or aspire to live, by those fundamental freedoms.
The Helsinki Final Act has been instrumental in the progress we have
made together toward building a Europe that is whole and free; a Europe
where our partnership for peace is overcoming the possibility of war.
The Helsinki Final Act continues to shape our vision for the future of
transatlantic cooperation, and the Helsinki accords remain the basic
definition of common goals and standards for how all countries in the
new Europe should treat their citizens and one another.
The evolution of the CSCE into the Organization for Security and
Cooperation in Europe (OSCE) reflects the changing face of Europe. The
OSCE's integrated structure of commitments in the areas of human rights,
economics, arms control, and conflict resolution provides a defining
framework for a free and undivided Europe. The United States will
continue to promote the OSCE's efforts to build security within and
cooperation among democratic societies; to defuse conflicts; to battle
corruption and organized crime; and to champion human rights,
fundamental freedoms, and the rule of law throughout the Euro-Atlantic
community. We remain committed to the OSCE's essential work of bringing
peace and civil society back to Bosnia and Kosovo, and we are grateful
to the many dedicated men and women engaged in the OSCE's field
missions, who in many ways are our front line of conflict prevention in
Europe.
Today, as we mark the 25th anniversary of the Helsinki Final Act, the
United States takes pride in remembering our role as one of its original
signatories--a ringing call for freedom and human dignity that played a
deci
[[Page 130]]
sive role in lifting the Iron Curtain and ending the tragic division of
Europe.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim August 1, 2000, as
Helsinki Human Rights Day and reaffirm our Nation's support for the full
implementation of the Helsinki Final Act. I urge the American people to
observe this anniversary with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and
activities that reflect our dedication to the noble principles of human
rights and democracy. I also call upon the governments and peoples of
all other signatory states to renew their commitment to comply with the
principles established and consecrated in the Helsinki Final Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of
August, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7333 of August 24, 2000
Minority Enterprise Development Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Today, America is enjoying the longest economic expansion in our
history, with 22 million new jobs created since my Administration took
office in 1993 and the lowest unemployment and inflation rates in more
than 30 years. The American people are looking to the future with
renewed hope and optimism, eager to embrace the exciting opportunities
and meet the new challenges of a dynamic and evolving global
marketplace.
If we are to extend this remarkable period of growth and sustain our
leadership of the world economy, we must use this time of extraordinary
prosperity to ensure that every citizen of our Nation plays a role in
our economic growth and benefits from its rewards. One of the surest
means of achieving that goal is to promote the full inclusion of
minority enterprises in the mainstream of our economy.
My Administration has encouraged the growth and success of minority
businesses by ensuring their participation in Government procurement;
introducing the New Markets Initiative to bring jobs and capital to
America's underserved communities; and strengthening the Community
Reinvestment Act. Over the last 8 years, the Small Business
Administration has guaranteed $18 billion in loans to more than 80,000
minority-owned firms. And the Department of Commerce's Minority Business
Development Agency (MBDA) has assisted more than 430,000 minority-owned
businesses with start-up and expansion financing. At Minority Business
Development Centers across the country, the MBDA also assists minority
clients by providing a variety of business services, including the
preparation of business plans, market research and development,
financial counseling, and bid preparation.
[[Page 131]]
All Americans stand to benefit from the success of our minority
entrepreneurs. With energy and determination, these hardworking men and
women create jobs, attract investment, bolster pride, and generate
revenue in communities across our Nation. People of different races,
people of diverse ethnic backgrounds, people with disabilities--all have
skills, new ideas, and fresh perspectives to bring to the marketplace.
Minority entrepreneurs have unique contributions to make to our economy
and the talent and imagination to produce goods and services that meet
the needs of their fellow Americans and of consumers around the world.
The unprecedented strength of America's free enterprise system
demonstrates that when people have access to the tools and opportunities
they need, there is no limit to what they can achieve. During Minority
Enterprise Development Week, let us reaffirm our national commitment to
equality in the economic as well as the civic life of our Nation by
providing minority entrepreneurs around the country with an equal
opportunity to use their abilities, creativity, and motivation to move
our Nation forward. By doing so, we will help preserve America's
leadership in the global economy.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 24 through
September 30, 2000, as Minority Enterprise Development Week. I call on
all Americans to join together with minority entrepreneurs across the
country in appropriate observances.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-fourth day
of August, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7334 of August 26, 2000
Women's Equality Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In March of 1776, 4 months before the signing of the Declaration of
Independence, Abigail Adams sent a letter to her husband John in
Philadelphia, where he was participating in the Second Continental
Congress. ``...[I]n the new Code of Laws which I suppose it will be
necessary for you to make,'' she wrote, ``I desire you would Remember
the Ladies, and be more generous and favourable to them than your
ancestors.'' Almost a century and a half would pass before her desire
was realized with the ratification of the 19th Amendment to the
Constitution, guaranteeing women's suffrage.
The road to civic, economic, and social equality for women in our Nation
has been long and arduous, marked by frustrations and setbacks, yet
inspired by the courageous actions of many heroic Americans, women and
men alike. Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Susan B. Anthony, Sojourner Truth,
Lucretia Mott, Frederick Douglass, Lucy Stone--these and so many others
[[Page 132]]
refused to remain silent in the face of injustice. Speaking out at
rallies, circulating pamphlets and petitions, lobbying State
legislatures, risking public humiliation and even incarceration,
suffragists slowly changed the minds of their fellow Americans and the
laws of our Nation.
Thanks to their efforts, by the mid-19th century some States recognized
the right of women to own property and to sign contracts independent of
their spouses. In 1890, Wyoming became the first State to recognize a
woman's right to vote. Thirty years later, the 19th Amendment made
women's suffrage the law of the land. But it would take another 40 years
to pass the Equal Pay Act of 1963, which promised women the same salary
for performing the same jobs as men, and the Civil Rights Act of 1964,
which outlawed employment discrimination based on gender. Another 8
years would pass before Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972
assured American women equal opportunity in education and sports
programs.
However, the promise of true equality has yet to be realized. Despite
historic changes in laws and attitudes, a significant wage gap between
men and women persists, in traditional sectors as well as in emerging
fields, such as information technology. While employment of computer
scientists, programmers, and operators has increased at a breathtaking
rate--by 80 percent since 1983--fewer than one in three of these high-
wage jobs is filled by a woman. A recent report by the Council of
Economic Advisers noted that, even after allowing for differences in
education, age, and occupation, the wage gap between men and women in
high-technology professions is still approximately 12 percent--a gap
similar to that estimated in the labor market at large--and that, in
both the old economy and the new, the gap is even wider for women of
color.
To combat unfair pay practices and to close the wage gap between men and
women once and for all, I have called on the Congress to support my
Administration's Equal Pay Initiative and to pass the Paycheck Fairness
Act. And in May of this year, I announced the creation of a new Equal
Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) Equal Pay Task Force to empower
EEOC field staff with the legal, technical, and investigatory support
they need to pursue charges of pay discrimination and to take
appropriate action whenever such discrimination occurs. I have also
proposed in my fiscal 2001 budget an initiative under which the National
Science Foundation will provide $20 million in grants to postsecondary
institutions and other organizations to promote the full participation
of women in the science and technology fields.
Today, a new century lies before us, offering us a fresh opportunity to
make real the promise that Abigail Adams dreamed of more than two
centuries ago. As we celebrate Women's Equality Day and the 80th
anniversary of the ratification of the 19th Amendment, let us keep faith
with our mothers, wives, sisters, and daughters by removing any
lingering barriers in their path to true equality.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim August 26, 2000, as
Women's Equality Day. I call upon the citizens of our great Nation to
observe this day with appropriate programs and activities.
[[Page 133]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-sixth day of
August, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7335 of August 27, 2000
To Modify Duty-Free Treatment Under the Generalized
System of Preferences
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Pursuant to sections 501 and 502 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended
(the ``1974 Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2461 and 2462), the President is
authorized to designate countries as beneficiary developing countries
for purposes of the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP).
2. Pursuant to sections 501 and 502 of the 1974 Act, and having due
regard for the eligibility criteria set forth therein, I have determined
that it is appropriate to designate Nigeria as a beneficiary developing
country for purposes of the GSP.
3. Section 604 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2483) authorizes the President
to embody in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS)
the substance of the relevant provisions of that Act, and of other acts
affecting import treatment, and actions thereunder, including the
removal, modification, continuance, or imposition of any rate of duty or
other import restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including but not limited to
title V and section 604 of the 1974 Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to reflect in the HTS the addition of Nigeria as a
beneficiary country under the GSP, general note 4(a) to the HTS is
modified by adding ``Nigeria'' to the list of independent countries,
effective with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse
for consumption, on or after the date of signature of this proclamation.
(2) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive Orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-seventh day
of August, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 134]]
Proclamation 7336 of August 31, 2000
America Goes Back to School, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
For America's students, the new school year is a time for learning
lessons, making friends, and setting goals. For America's parents, it is
a time to focus on the role education plays in their children's lives
and future. And for our Nation, it is a time to strengthen our efforts
to improve the quality of education and to make America's schools safe,
nurturing places where children can reach their full potential.
This year a record 53 million young people will fill our schools--the
highest enrollment in our Nation's history--and communities across the
country are struggling to provide adequate classroom space and to hire
qualified teachers to meet students' needs. To assist local school
districts in meeting these critical challenges, my Administration's
proposed education budget for fiscal 2001 includes tax credits and loans
to help communities build and modernize 6,000 schools and to make
emergency repairs to another 25,000. We have also requested an
additional $1.75 billion to meet our goal of hiring 100,000 qualified
teachers to reduce class size in the early grades and $1 billion in new
funds to recruit and train high-quality teachers for every grade level.
And we have proposed dramatic increases in the Federal investment in
after-school and summer school programs, safe and drug-free schools, and
support to help States and districts to turn around failing schools.
These critical investments, coupled with my Administration's ongoing
commitment to high standards and accountability, will help children
across the country reach their full potential.
While the Federal Government has an important role to play in improving
the quality of American education, it is the efforts of local school
boards, families, and communities, working together, that make the
crucial difference in preparing our children for the future. Parents who
read with their children, monitor homework and out-of-school activities,
demand high academic standards and challenging coursework, and encourage
greater community support and investment in school activities have an
enormous impact on their children's academic success. Similarly,
businesses with family-friendly leave policies, community organizations
that offer after-school programs, libraries that provide access to
computers and educational software, volunteers who help children read or
who serve as mentors--all of these people and programs help create
supportive environments that enable students to make the most of their
education.
America Goes Back to School is a nationwide initiative, in partnership
with the Department of Education, to encourage and support family and
community involvement in improving children's learning. The initiative's
theme, ``Challenge Our Students and They Will Soar,'' reflects the
importance of setting high expectations for America's young people and
reminds us that we each have a role to play in providing our Nation's
students with the schools, teachers, and standards they need to achieve
their dreams and succeed in this new century.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitu
[[Page 135]]
tion and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 4
through September 10, 2000, as a time when America Goes Back to School.
I encourage parents, schools, community and State leaders, businesses,
civic and religious organizations, and the people of the United States
to observe this period with appropriate ceremonies and activities
expressing support for high academic standards and promoting family and
community involvement in providing a quality education for every child.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirty-first day of
August, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7337 of September 5, 2000
Health in Aging Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
At the beginning of the 20th century, there were only 3 million older
Americans; today, at the dawn of the 21st century, there are 34 million
older citizens in our Nation, and we anticipate that, by the year 2050,
one in four Americans will be 65 or older. We can be grateful that
because of extraordinary advances in medicine, technology, and science,
as well as increased public awareness of the importance of good
nutrition and physical fitness, these older citizens are now living
longer, more active, more productive lives than any previous generation.
The dramatic increase in the life span of our citizens, however,
presents us with new challenges. While Americans are no longer dying
from many of the diseases that affected previous generations, they must
now contend with chronic conditions such as arthritis, osteoporosis,
heart and lung disease, dementia, and stroke. These conditions are major
causes of disability and death in our Nation, and their financial
impact, in terms of medication, treatment, and long-term care costs, can
be crushing. Older Americans now pay an average of more than $1,200 a
year for prescription drugs, up from $559 in 1992, and that amount is
projected to increase to more than $2,800 over the next decade. Millions
of these older citizens have no prescription drug coverage at all, and
millions more have expensive, inadequate coverage or are at risk of
losing what coverage they have.
My Administration has taken a number of important actions to meet these
new challenges. We have proposed a new affordable Medicare prescription
drug benefit option available to all beneficiaries. This new benefit
should ensure that every beneficiary, whether covered under Medicare,
managed care, or a retiree health plan, will be able to access
prescription drug coverage, including protection against catastrophic
drug costs. We have also proposed an initiative to assist millions of
older Americans and their families in meeting the financial challenges
of long-term care, including a $3,000 tax credit for people with long-
term care needs or their caregivers and improved equity in Medicaid
eligibility for people living in home- and community-based settings
rather than nursing facilities.
[[Page 136]]
We are continuing our research efforts into chronic conditions that
affect older Americans, such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's
disease, and diabetes, and I am proud that my proposed budget for fiscal
2001 includes a historic $1 billion increase in funding for the National
Institutes of Health. And, most important, we remain committed to
meeting the health and financial needs of older Americans by protecting
and strengthening Social Security and Medicare and modernizing,
improving, and reauthorizing the Older Americans Act.
But there is still much to do if we are to sustain the health and
quality of life of our increasingly aging population. We must raise
awareness of the unique needs of older Americans and ensure that
caregivers and health professionals are specially trained to treat the
elderly. We must expand our research efforts into chronic conditions
that affect older Americans. And we must improve health care financing,
delivery, and administrative structures so that health plans and
providers have the flexibility they need to reduce the prevalence of
chronic diseases, slow the rate of disability progression, and ensure
the continuity and quality of care.
The health of older Americans varies from individual to individual and
can depend on many factors, but we all recognize the critical importance
of quality medical care, financial security, and a caring support system
to sustaining a high quality of life. As our Nation's population ages,
let us work together to ensure that these essential components of good
health are available to every American.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 2000 as Health
in Aging Month, 2000. I urge government officials, health care
providers, business and community leaders, and the American people to
work together to promote healthy aging and to ensure that older citizens
enjoy fulfilling, independent, and productive lives.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7338 of September 14, 2000
National Hispanic Heritage Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
American society today embraces a remarkable breadth of cultures, and
Hispanics are an integral part of this diversity. The Hispanic American
community is a collage of distinct groups, including people with roots
in Central and South America, Mexico, the Caribbean, and Spain.
Hispanics have been an important part of the history and heritage of the
Americas since the earliest days of European colonization, and today
Hispanic Americans are the youngest and fastest-growing minority
community in our Na
[[Page 137]]
tion. Devoted to family, faith, country, and hard work, they bring
unique perspectives and experiences to our national community and
character.
The vibrant Hispanic influence can be seen in all aspects of American
life and culture, from distinctive cuisine to colorful festivals, and
from the rhythms and melodies of traditional music to the contagious
beat of today's most popular songs. Throughout our Nation, Hispanic men
and women have distinguished themselves in every endeavor and, with our
cultural and linguistic ties to our trading partners throughout the
Western Hemisphere, Hispanic Americans are crucial to maintaining our
Nation's competitiveness and prosperity in the global economy of the
21st century.
Not long ago I had the privilege of awarding the Presidential Medal of
Freedom, our Nation's highest civilian honor, to Cruz Reynoso, a man who
has devoted his life to promoting civil rights and championing equal
opportunity for all our people. A son of Mexican immigrants, he has
lived the American Dream, going to college and working his way up to
become the first Hispanic American to serve on the California Supreme
Court. A force for positive social change in our Nation, he is just one
of many talented Hispanic Americans enriching our national life.
Cruz Reynoso's success underscores what we already know: education and
equal opportunity are the keys to ensuring that people of Hispanic
heritage can take full advantage of America's promise. My Administration
has focused on improving educational opportunities for Hispanic children
through the Hispanic Education Action Plan, as well as by reducing class
sizes across our Nation, greatly expanding the Head Start program,
working to turn around failing schools, and making college more
affordable through tax incentives and scholarships. By expanding the
Earned Income Tax Credit, raising the minimum wage, and moving people
from welfare to work, my Administration has also helped expand economic
opportunity for Hispanic American working families. We have brought the
Hispanic unemployment rate to its lowest level on record and the
Hispanic poverty rate to a 20-year low. We have also worked hard to
create an Administration that truly reflects America, with the most
Hispanic appointees and the most Hispanic judicial nominees in our
Nation's history.
Even as Hispanic Americans grow in number and influence in our country,
they have not forgotten their roots; they have not forgotten the pain of
discrimination, of being ignored or left behind. Instead, millions of
courageous and compassionate Hispanic men and women across our country
are working to create a just and equal society, uniting around a firm
commitment to build One America in this new century.
In honor of the many contributions that Hispanic Americans have made and
continue to make to our Nation and culture, the Congress, by Public Law
100-402, has authorized and requested the President to issue annually a
proclamation designating September 15 through October 15 as ``National
Hispanic Heritage Month.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim September 15 through October 15, 2000, as
National Hispanic Heritage Month. I call upon all Americans to observe
this month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
[[Page 138]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7339 of September 14, 2000
National Historically Black Colleges and Universities Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Rooted in the segregated South of more than a century ago, Historically
Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs) for decades were the sole source
of higher education for African Americans. Generations of African
American educators, physicians, lawyers, scientists, and other
professionals found at HBCUs the knowledge, experience, and
encouragement they needed to reach their full potential. Over the years,
HBCUs have compiled an enviable record of achievement, educating almost
forty percent of our Nation's black college graduates. Today, building
on that tradition of excellence in education, HBCUs confer the majority
of bachelor's degrees and advanced degrees awarded to black students in
the physical sciences, mathematics, computer science, engineering, and
education.
And HBCUs have accomplished this record in the face of daunting
challenges--including limited financial resources and a relatively high
percentage of disadvantaged students--without resorting to high tuition
fees. The faculty and staff of HBCUs have created a nurturing
environment for their students, set high academic standards and
expectations, and served as inspiring role models for the young people
around them. As a result, the dropout rate at HBCUs is much lower than
for African American students at other educational institutions, and
enrollment remains high.
In addition to educating many of our Nation's most distinguished African
American professionals, HBCUs reach out to improve the quality of life
in surrounding communities. Whether renovating housing, providing job
training, instituting Head Start and senior citizen programs, mentoring
elementary and high school students, or teaching nutrition, the students
and faculty of HBCUs share their time, talents, and educational
resources to make a positive difference in thousands of lives. Just as
important, HBCUs serve as living repositories of African American
history and heritage, preserving the words and artifacts of proud
generations of African Americans and reminding us of the crucial part
these men and women have played in the history of our Nation.
For well over a century, HBCUs have made their mark as vital
institutions of higher learning. They have educated millions of young
people, and today they maintain their lead role in preparing African
Americans and students of all races for the challenges and opportunities
of this new century.
[[Page 139]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 17 through
September 23, 2000, as National Historically Black Colleges and
Universities Week. I call upon the people of the United States,
including government officials, educators, and administrators, to
observe this week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities
honoring America's Historically Black Colleges and Universities and
their graduates.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7340 of September 14, 2000
National POW/MIA Recognition Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
This year marks the 50th anniversary of the onset of the Korean War and
the 25th anniversary of the end of the war in Vietnam. For many
Americans, these milestones bring difficult memories; for former
prisoners of war and the families of those still missing in action,
these anniversaries evoke particularly painful memories and emotions.
In both of these conflicts, hundreds of thousands of brave Americans
left their homes and families to defend freedom and democracy in the
face of communist aggression. Thousands lost their lives in battle, and
the fate of 10,000 Americans is still unknown--they are missing in
action. We know that many Americans held captive were subjected to
unspeakable horrors, but throughout maintained their honor, strong faith
in our Nation, and indomitable spirit.
There are approximately 50,000 courageous former POWs living among us,
including those held captive during World War II. Many still cope with
the physical and emotional effects of their captivity. We owe a profound
debt of gratitude to these quiet heroes who served our Nation so well
and sacrificed so much. And to the families of those still missing in
action, we pledge our unwavering commitment to achieve the fullest
possible accounting for their loved ones and to seek the recovery,
repatriation, and identification of the remains of those who have died.
On September 15, 2000, the flag of the National League of Families of
American Prisoners of War and Missing in Southeast Asia, a black and
white banner symbolizing America's missing service members and our
unshakable resolve to ascertain their fate, will be flown over the White
House, the U.S. Capitol, the Departments of State, Defense, and Veterans
Affairs, the Selective Service System Headquarters, the Vietnam Veterans
Memorial, the Korean War Veterans Memorial, national cemeteries, and
other locations across our country--a powerful reminder to the world
that we will keep faith with those who so faithfully served America.
[[Page 140]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 15, 2000, as
National POW/MIA Recognition Day. I call upon all Americans to join me
in remembering former American prisoners of war who suffered the
hardships of enemy captivity and those missing in action whose fate is
still undetermined. I call upon Federal, State, and local government
officials and private organizations to observe this day with appropriate
ceremonies and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7341 of September 15, 2000
National Farm Safety and Health Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Throughout history, America's farmers and ranchers have worked our land
with skill, energy, and determination. They have endured floods and
droughts, survived bitter winters and scorching summers, seen crops
devastated by insects and livestock lost to disease. Through hard times
and good times alike they have labored, making American agriculture the
most efficient and productive source of food and fiber in the world.
Beyond the natural and economic challenges our Nation's agricultural
workers face each year are the daily physical hazards associated with
their profession, including handling livestock, using chemicals, and
operating powerful machinery. To reduce the level of preventable
workplace accidents that have taken such a toll on our country's
agricultural communities, engineers and manufacturers have worked
diligently to make farm equipment safer. Today, tractors and other farm
machinery come with standard safety features such as rollover
protection, bypass starting systems, and tamper-proof guarding and
shielding.
However, designing safer farm machinery is only part of the solution. We
must also ensure that agricultural workers are aware of the benefits of
new safety features and that they strive to use and maintain them.
Safety and health organizations are accomplishing this vital task by
offering hands-on, interactive training programs in farming and ranching
communities across the country. Through safety day camps and farm safety
programs targeted specifically for children and adolescents growing up
on farms and ranches, they are helping to protect the well-being of the
most vulnerable members of our agricultural communities.
My Administration is also working hard to improve the health and safety
of rural Americans. For example, we created the E-rate program, which,
among other things, secures low-cost Internet connections for rural
health clinics and hospitals. We have also urged the Congress to fund a
meaning
[[Page 141]]
ful Medicare prescription drug benefit that would provide affordable,
dependable coverage to all beneficiaries, including more than 9 million
Medicare beneficiaries in rural communities across the Nation. Compared
to their urban counterparts, rural beneficiaries have lower incomes and
more limited access to pharmacies, and are less likely to have any
prescription drug coverage. Rural beneficiaries generally pay more for
prescription drugs than urban beneficiaries and are more likely to go
without needed medication because of its expense. Meaningful drug
coverage for Medicare beneficiaries would help improve the health and
quality of life of millions of older members of our Nation's farming and
ranching communities.
All Americans owe a debt of gratitude to our country's farmers and
ranchers, whose hard work puts food on our tables and helps ensure our
Nation's leadership of the global economy. We can best acknowledge that
debt by recognizing the importance of continually improving the health
and safety of America's agricultural workers, not only during this
special observance, but also throughout the year.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 17 through
September 23, 2000, as National Farm Safety and Health Week. I call upon
government agencies, organizations, and businesses that serve our
agricultural sector to strengthen their efforts to promote safety and
health programs among our Nation's farm and ranch workers. I ask
agricultural workers to take advantage of the diverse educational and
training programs and technical advancements that can help them avoid
injury and illness. I also call upon our Nation to recognize Wednesday,
September 20, 2000, as a day to focus on the risks facing young people
on farms and ranches. Finally, I call upon the citizens of our Nation to
reflect on the bounty we enjoy thanks to the labor and dedication of
agricultural workers across our land.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7342 of September 15, 2000
Ovarian Cancer Awareness Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Ovarian cancer is one of the deadliest cancers affecting American women
today. This year alone, 14,000 women will die from ovarian cancer, and
more than 23,000 will be diagnosed with the disease. While ovarian
cancer is very treatable when detected early, currently 75 percent of
new cases are not diagnosed until the disease is in its late stages of
development, when treatment is less effective. With early detection,
women have a survival rate of over 90 percent; diagnosis in its later
stages, however, dramatically reduces the chances of survival to just 25
percent.
[[Page 142]]
Unfortunately, there is still no reliable and quick screening test for
ovarian cancer like the Pap smear for cervical cancer or the mammogram
for breast cancer. In addition, its symptoms--such as abdominal
discomfort or bloating, cramps, unaccountable weight gain or loss,
abnormal bleeding--can often be mistaken for signs of less serious
conditions. Consequently, raising awareness of risk factors for ovarian
cancer is a crucial weapon in our effort to save lives. While every
woman has the potential to develop ovarian cancer, the risk is higher
for those who have never given birth; who are over the age of 50; or who
have a family history of ovarian, breast, or colon cancer.
Research into the causes and treatment of ovarian cancer still offers us
the best hope for progress in defeating this disease that has taken such
a deadly toll on American families. The National Cancer Institute (NCI)
is currently sponsoring a large-scale cancer screening trial to explore,
among other issues, the usefulness of testing women's blood for
abnormally high levels of CA-125, a substance known as a tumor marker,
which is often discovered in higher than normal amounts in the blood of
women with ovarian cancer. Researchers are also evaluating the
effectiveness of ultrasound testing as a tool for early detection. To
learn more about the genetic causes of ovarian cancer, the NCI's Cancer
Genetics Network has established registries to track cancers within
families to identify possible inherited risks.
As with every disease, knowledge is crucial to overcoming ovarian
cancer. Ovarian Cancer Awareness Week offers us an invaluable
opportunity to educate Americans about the symptoms and risk factors of
the disease, to alert health care providers about the need for vigilance
in recognizing those symptoms and risks early, and to promote increased
funding for research into more effective methods of diagnosis and
treatment. The more we know about ovarian cancer, the more women and
their families can live out their lives free from the shadow of this
devastating disease.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 17 through
September 23, 2000, as Ovarian Cancer Awareness Week. I encourage the
American people to observe this week with appropriate ceremonies and
activities that raise awareness of the need for early diagnosis and
treatment of this deadly disease.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 143]]
Proclamation 7343 of September 17, 2000
Citizenship Day and Constitution Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In the spring of 1787, George Washington, Benjamin Franklin, Alexander
Hamilton, James Madison, and other prominent leaders gathered once again
in Philadelphia to offset a looming crisis in the life of our young
democracy. The Articles of Confederation, a blueprint for government
that they had hammered out in the Second Continental Congress in 1777,
had proved too weak and ineffective to achieve a balance of power
between the new Federal Government and the States. Rising to this fresh
challenge, our founders crafted a new charter of government--the United
States Constitution--that has proven to be a masterpiece of political
philosophy.
Wise about human nature and wary of unlimited power, the authors of our
Constitution created a government where power resides not with one
person or institution but with three separate and equal branches of
government. It guarantees for our citizens the right and responsibility
to choose leaders through free elections, giving Americans the means to
enact political change without resorting to violence, insurrection, or
revolution. And, with its carefully crafted system of checks and
balances, the Bill of Rights, and its process of amendment, the
Constitution maintains an inspired balance between authority and freedom
and between the ideals of unity and individual rights.
For more than 200 years the Constitution has provided our Nation with
the resilience to survive trying times and the flexibility to correct
past injustices. At every turning point in our history, the letter and
spirit of the Constitution have enabled us to reaffirm our union and
expand the meaning of liberty. Its success can be measured by the
millions of people who have left their homelands over the past two
centuries to become American citizens. Its influence can be measured by
the number and vigor of new democracies springing up across the globe.
In giving us the Constitution, our founders also gave us a powerful
example of citizenship. They were deeply involved in governing our
Nation and passionately committed to improving our society. The rights
we sometimes take for granted today were secured by their courage and by
the blood of patriots during the Revolutionary War. As we observe
Citizenship Day and Constitution Week, let us remember that with the
many gifts bestowed on us by the Constitution comes the responsibility
to be informed and engaged citizens; to take an active role in the civic
life of our communities and our country; and to uphold the ideals of
unity and liberty that have sustained us since our earliest days as a
Nation.
In commemoration of the signing of the Constitution and in recognition
of the importance of active, responsible citizenship in preserving the
Constitution's blessings for our Nation, the Congress, by joint
resolution of February 29, 1952 (36 U.S.C. 106), designated September 17
as ``Citizenship Day,'' and by joint resolution of August 2, 1956 (36
U.S.C. 108), requested that the President proclaim the week beginning
September 17 and ending September 23 of each year as ``Constitution
Week.''
[[Page 144]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim September 17, 2000, as Citizenship Day and
September 17 through September 23, 2000, as Constitution Week. I call
upon Federal, State, and local officials, as well as leaders of civic,
educational, and religious organizations, to conduct meaningful
ceremonies and programs in our schools, houses of worship, and other
community centers to foster a greater understanding and appreciation of
the Constitution and the rights and duties of citizenship. I also call
on all citizens to rededicate themselves to the principles of the
Constitution.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventeenth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7344 of September 22, 2000
Gold Star Mother's Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
America's Armed Forces have stood watch over our freedom for more than
two centuries. They have held posts on lonely ridges, spent long days
and nights at sea, and faced danger in the skies. They have sacrificed
their youth, their time, and even their lives to sustain the foundation
on which our country was built and to protect the democratic values that
keep our country strong and free.
The mothers of these courageous men and women have also bravely stood
watch--in homes once filled with the laughter of children--and waited
for word from their loved ones. When the guns of battle fell silent,
many mothers' homes were once again filled with the boisterous commotion
of their children returning from distant lands. But the homes of Gold
Star Mothers remained silent. Their children had made the ultimate
sacrifice for our Nation, and Gold Star Mothers were left with the
profound sorrow of their heartbreaking loss.
But America's Gold Star Mothers rose above their personal tragedy, and
today they continue to stand watch over our Nation. Reaching out to
improve the lives of others and to ensure that the noble contributions
of their sons and daughters are not forgotten, they are powerful
examples of service and sacrifice for us all. With dignity, courage, and
compassion, they have worked to promote patriotism, foster peace and
goodwill, and extend a helping hand to veterans and those in need. Their
generosity of spirit has touched the lives of countless Americans and
made certain that the selflessness their children demonstrated in
service to our country remains a prominent part of our national
character.
For their steadfast devotion to duty and their unwavering commitment to
carrying on the proud legacy of their children, we honor these Gold Star
Mothers each year. The Congress, by Senate Joint Resolution 115 of June
23, 1936 (49 Stat. 1895), has designated the last Sunday in September as
[[Page 145]]
``Gold Star Mother's Day'' and has authorized and requested the
President to issue a proclamation in observance of this day.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Sunday, September 24, 2000, as Gold Star
Mother's Day. I call upon all government officials to display the United
States flag over government buildings on this solemn day. I also
encourage the American people to display the flag and to hold
appropriate meetings in their homes, places of worship, or other
suitable places as a public expression of the sympathy and respect that
our Nation holds for our Gold Star Mothers.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-second day
of September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the
Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-
fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7345 of September 22, 2000
National Older Workers Employment Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As a Nation, we are growing older, and so is our workforce. Today, there
are 49 million workers in America aged 45 years or older--approximately
35 percent of America's labor force--and by 2008, that number will grow
to 62 million, or about 40 percent of the workforce. One in four
Americans between the ages of 65 and 69 has at least a part-time job,
and 80 percent of the ``baby boom'' generation intends to keep working
past the age of 65. Increasingly, older Americans want to work, and for
most, the opportunity to work adds not only to the length but also to
the quality of their lives.
The abilities, experience, and strong work ethic of these older
Americans are a precious resource for our Nation in today's strong
economy. With the unemployment rate at its lowest level in more than a
generation, businesses urgently need to hire more workers if they are to
keep pace with the demand for their products and services. Too often
overlooked or underutilized, older workers offer employers a broad and
diverse pool of talent.
Recognizing the importance of older workers to our Nation and our
economy, the Congress unanimously passed, and I was proud to sign into
law, the Senior Citizens' Freedom to Work Act of 2000. This legislation
eliminates the Social Security retirement earnings test, a provision
that withheld benefits from Americans working beyond the age of 65. It
allows older Americans to enjoy the extra income and personal
fulfillment that work offers without being penalized, and it ensures
that companies facing labor shortages will have a greater supply of
experienced workers. The Act will also help our economy grow without
inflation and encourage Americans to work longer, thus contributing more
to the tax base and to the Social Security trust fund at precisely the
time when the percentage of younger workers paying into the system will
be decreasing.
[[Page 146]]
Older Americans have contributed much to the life of our Nation and to
the extraordinary growth and prosperity we enjoy today. We owe them our
respect and gratitude; we also owe them the opportunity to continue
working as long as they desire. Through laws such as the Older Americans
Act, which I have called on the Congress to reauthorize and strengthen,
the Age Discrimination Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act,
and now the Senior Citizens' Freedom to Work Act, the United States
Government guarantees that opportunity. And, through the Senior
Community Service Employment Program at the Department of Labor and the
Administration on Aging at the Department of Health and Human Services,
older workers have access to the programs and services they need to
continue making their own vital contributions to the American workplace.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim September 24 through
September 30, 2000, as National Older Workers Employment Week. I urge
employers across the Nation to recognize the energy and ability of older
Americans and to develop new strategies for recruiting and utilizing
older workers. I also encourage public officials responsible for job
placement, training, and related services to intensify their efforts
throughout the year to assist older workers in finding suitable jobs and
training.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-second day
of September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the
Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-
fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7346 of September 29, 2000
National Breast Cancer Awareness Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we once again observe National Breast Cancer Awareness Month, we can
be heartened by the progress we have made in the battle against breast
cancer. Today we have a better under standing of what causes the
disease, and advances in research are leading to improvements in
detection and diagnosis and to treatments that are improving patients'
quality of life and chances of survival.
Two million Americans today are breast cancer survivors, thanks in large
part to earlier detection and more effective treatments. Statistics from
the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) show that nearly 70
percent of women aged 50 and older have had a mammogram in the past 2
years, compared with only 27 percent in 1987. While these increases were
found among women at all income levels, those with lower incomes are
still less likely to be screened than those at higher income levels. The
National Cancer Institute (NCI) and the Health Care Financing
Administration are working together to inform women aged 65 and older
that Medicare coverage is available for mammography screenings; and the
CDC's National
[[Page 147]]
Breast and Cervical Cancer Early Detection provides free or low-cost
mammograms to uninsured, low-income, and elderly women. And, to assist
the thousands of low-income uninsured women whose breast cancer was
detected through federally funded screening programs, my proposed budget
for fiscal 2001 includes a new Medicaid option to fund the lifesaving
follow-up treatment they need to increase their chances of survival.
Research is one of our most powerful tools in our effort to eradicate
breast cancer, and I am proud that my Administration has made historic
increases in funding for biomedical research. A number of Federal
agencies and programs are adding to our knowledge about the disease. The
National Toxicology Program (NTP), which is part of the National
Institute of Environmental Health Services, is studying chemical
compounds that may cause cancer in humans. Based on data from the NTP,
agencies such as the Environmental Protection Agency and the Food and
Drug Administration are working to reduce human exposure to environ
mental agents that might increase the risk for breast and other cancers.
The NCI, through the Long Island Breast Cancer Study Project and the
Triana Community Health Initiative, is exploring the possible
relationship between different sources of pollution and the incidence of
breast cancer. Findings from these studies will help researchers and
health care providers identify women who are at higher risk for breast
cancer and develop better strategies for preventing the disease.
The NCI's landmark Breast Cancer Prevention Trial (BCPT) focused on
tamoxifen, an anti-estrogen medication that helps reduce the chance that
women who are at higher risk for breast cancer will develop the disease.
Building on the success of the BCPT, a current study of tamoxifen and
raloxifene will determine whether raloxifene is as effective as
tamoxifen, with fewer side effects. The NCI is also sponsoring clinical
trials of sentinel node biopsy, a procedure where the surgical removal
of a small number of lymph nodes can determine whether cancer has spread
outside of the breast.
The American people have also played a role in funding research through
activities such as the purchase of the 40-cent breast cancer awareness
stamp from the U.S. Postal Service. The sale of this stamp has raised
millions of dollars for breast cancer research, and, on July 28 of this
year, I was proud to sign legislation authorizing the sale of this
special stamp for an additional 2 years.
We are gaining ground in our fight against breast cancer, but we cannot
become complacent. This year alone, more than 40,000 Americans will die
from the disease, and an estimated 184,200 new cases will be diagnosed.
We must continue to raise awareness among our friends, loved ones, and
fellow citizens about the importance of screening and early detection
and the need to support new research. By doing so, we will one day
triumph over this devastating disease and ensure a brighter, healthier
future for our children.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 2000 as National
Breast Cancer Awareness Month. I call upon government officials,
businesses, communities, health care professionals, educators,
volunteers,
[[Page 148]]
and all the people of the United States to publicly reaffirm our
Nation's strong and continuing commitment to controlling and curing
breast cancer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7347 of September 29, 2000
National Disability Employment Awareness Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
This year marks the 25th anniversary of the Individuals with
Disabilities Education Act and the 10th anniversary of the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA). These two landmark civil rights laws have
opened the doors of opportunity for people with disabilities and
increased our awareness of the enormous contributions that Americans
with disabilities can make to our national life.
A decade ago, when we were debating the Americans with Disabilities Act,
critics said that making workplaces, public transportation, public
facilities, and telecommunications more accessible would be too costly
and burdensome. But they have been proved wrong. Since passage of the
ADA in 1990, more than a million men and women with disabilities have
entered the labor force and, as taxpayers, consumers, and workers, they
are contributing to a period of unprecedented prosperity and record
employment in our country.
Throughout my Administration, we have worked hard to break down the
barriers that people with disabilities continue to face on a daily
basis. In 1998, I signed the Workforce Investment Act, requiring that
information technology purchased by the Federal Government be accessible
to people with disabilities. In 1999, I was proud to sign the Ticket to
Work and Work Incentives Improvement Act, which enables Americans with
disabilities to retain their Medicare or Medicaid coverage when they go
to work, because no one should have to choose between health care and a
job. We are also dramatically expanding the income students with
disabilities can earn while retaining access to disability benefits; and
to lead by example, we are hiring more people with disabilities
throughout the Federal Government.
Today's revolution in information and communications technology offers
us powerful new tools to expand employment and training opportunities
for people with disabilities. Whether translating web pages aloud for
people who are blind or visually impaired, creating captioning for those
who are deaf or hard of hearing, or enabling people with physical
disabilities to control a computer through eye movement and brain waves,
these technologies show enormous potential for increasing access to
employment and full participation in society. We are exploring ways that
Medicare and Medicaid can be enhanced to cover the cost of assistive
technology so that
[[Page 149]]
people can live and work more independently in the communities of their
choosing. And I was pleased to announce on September 21 that dozens of
corporate leaders from the technology sector and the presidents of many
of America's leading research universities have pledged to make their
products and services accessible to and usable by people with
disabilities.
A new generation of young people with disabilities is growing up in
America today--graduating from high school, going to college, and
preparing to participate fully in the workplace. They have a right to
make the most of their potential, and our Nation must make the most of
their intellect, talents, and abilities. By working together to break
down barriers for Americans with disabilities, we will keep our economy
growing, make a lasting investment in the future of our country, and
uphold our fundamental commitment to justice and equality for all our
people.
To recognize the enormous potential of individuals with disabilities and
to encourage all Americans to work toward their full integration into
the workforce, the Congress, by joint resolution approved August 11,
1945, as amended (36 U.S.C. 121), has designated October of each year as
``National Disability Employment Awareness Month.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim October 2000 as National Disability
Employment Awareness Month. I call upon Government officials, educators,
labor leaders, employers, and the people of the United States to observe
this month with appropriate programs and activities that reaffirm our
determination to fulfill the letter and spirit of the Americans with
Disabilities Act.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7348 of September 29, 2000
National Domestic Violence Awareness Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Domestic violence transcends all ethnic, racial, and socioeconomic
boundaries. Its perpetrators abuse their victims both physically and
mentally, and the effects of their attacks are far-reaching--weakening
the very core of our communities. Domestic violence is particularly
devastating because it so often occurs in the privacy of the home, which
is meant to be a place of shelter and security. During the month of
October, all Americans should contemplate the scars that domestic
violence leaves on our society and what each of us can do to prevent it.
Because domestic violence usually takes place in private, many Americans
may not realize how widespread it is. According to the National Violence
Against Women Survey, conducted jointly by the Centers for Disease Con
[[Page 150]]
trol and Prevention and the National Institute of Justice, each year in
the United States approximately 1.5 million women are raped and/or
physically assaulted by their current or former husbands, partners, or
boyfriends. Many of these women are victimized more than once over the
course of a year. As unsettling as these statistics are, it is also
disturbing to realize that the children of battered women frequently
witness these attacks, thus becoming victims themselves.
My Administration has worked hard to reduce domestic violence in our
Nation and to assist victims and their families. The cornerstone of our
efforts has been the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA), which the
Congress passed with bipartisan support in 1994 and which I signed into
law as part of our comprehensive crime control bill. This important
piece of legislation, which contains a broad array of ground-breaking
measures to combat violence against women, combines tough penalties with
programs to prosecute offenders and provide assistance to women who are
survivors of violence.
In the 6 years since I signed VAWA into law, the legislation has
provided more than $1.6 billion to support prosecutors, law enforcement
officials, courts, victim advocates, and intervention efforts. We have
quadrupled funding for battered women's shelters, created the National
Domestic Violence Hotline, and supported community outreach and
prevention programs, children's counseling, and child protection
services. The Department of Justice has awarded more than 900
discretionary grants and 280 STOP (Services, Training, Officers,
Prosecutors) Violence Against Women formula grants to help State,
tribal, and local governments and community-based organizations
establish specialized domestic violence and sexual assault units, train
personnel, enforce laws, develop policies, assist victims of violence,
and hold abusers accountable.
These VAWA programs are making a difference across the country. A recent
report by the Bureau of Justice Statistics shows that the number of
women experiencing violence at the hands of an intimate partner declined
21 percent from 1993 to 1998. I call on the Congress to reauthorize and
strengthen VAWA so that we may continue to build on the progress we have
made in combating domestic violence in our Nation.
Through VAWA and other initiatives and programs, we are striving to
create a responsive legal system in American communities that not only
prevents domestic violence and sexual assault, but also ensures that
every victim has immediate access to helpful information and emergency
assistance. By taking strong public action against this crime, we are
creating a society that promotes strong values, fosters a safe, loving
home environment for every family, and refuses to tolerate domestic
violence in any form.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 2000 as National
Domestic Violence Awareness Month. I call upon government officials, law
enforcement agencies, health professionals, educators, community
leaders, and the American people to join together to end the domestic
violence that threatens so many of our people.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Inde
[[Page 151]]
pendence of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-
fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7349 of September 29, 2000
Child Health Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As parents and as concerned citizens, we have a profound responsibility
to ensure that America's children not only receive a healthy start in
life, but also that they continue to grow and develop in a nurturing
environment where they have the opportunity to reach their full
potential.
Recognizing the importance of healthy, happy children to the future of
our Nation, my Administration has strived to offer America's families
the tools they need to fulfill their responsibilities. In 1997, I was
proud to sign into law the Child Health Insurance Program (CHIP), the
largest investment in children's health care since the creation of
Medicaid 35 years ago. This innovative program allows States to use
Federal funds to provide health insurance for children of working
families whose incomes are too high to qualify for Medicaid but too low
to afford private health insurance. Children with health insurance are
more likely to receive the immunizations and other preventive care they
need to avoid serious illnesses and to enjoy a healthier start in life.
In March of 1997, only 4 States provided such coverage for children.
Today, 30 States have plans approved to cover qualified children, and I
have proposed an additional $5.5 billion over the next 10 years to cover
even more children and to raise awareness of CHIP among families who may
not realize they are eligible.
In addition to quality health care, children need nutritious meals every
day. I am pleased that our national school lunch program provides
healthy lunches to more than 25 million students in more than 96,000
schools across our nation, ensuring that some of our most vulnerable
children can look forward to at least one healthy meal each day. We can
also be heartened to know that children enrolled in programs funded
under the Department of Agriculture's Special Supplemental Program for
Women, Infants, and Children not only receive the nutritious food they
need, but also are immunized earlier, perform better in school, and
spend less time in the doctor's office.
Since 1965, in addition to engaging parents in the early educational
development of their children, the Head Start program has provided
medical, mental health, nutrition, and dental services to more than 17
million children from birth to age 5. My Administration will continue
this investment by increasing Head Start funding in our proposed fiscal
2001 budget by $1 billion--the largest Head Start expansion in history.
It is also our responsibility to ensure that our children feel part of a
safe, strong, nurturing community. Through our Safe Schools/Healthy
Students initiative, my Administration is helping parents, school
principals, police,
[[Page 152]]
and mental health providers to collaborate on local solutions to school
and youth violence. My proposed budget for fiscal 2001 includes an
increase of more than $100 million for this program. I have also called
on the Congress to allow eligible workers under the Family and Medical
Leave Act to take up to 24 hours of additional leave each year to meet
family obligations, including school activities such as parent-teacher
conferences. America is enjoying a period of unprecedented economic
success today; but we will never be truly successful as a Nation until
we ensure that all families have the tools and opportunity they need in
order to raise healthy children. To acknowledge the importance of our
children's health, the Congress, by joint resolution approved May 18,
1928, as amended (36 U.S.C. 105), has called for the designation of the
first Monday in October as ``Child Health Day'' and has requested the
President to issue a proclamation in observance of this day.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Monday, October 2, 2000, as Child Health
Day. I call upon families, schools, communities, and governments to
dedicate themselves to promoting and protecting the health and well-
being of all our children.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
September, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7350 of October 2, 2000
To Implement the African Growth and Opportunity Act and To Designate
Eritrea as a Beneficiary Developing Country for Purposes of the
Generalized System of Preferences
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Section 111(a) of the African Growth and Opportunity Act (Title I of
Public Law 106-200) (AGOA) amends Title V of the Trade Act of 1974, as
amended (the ``1974 Act''), to provide, in new section 506A(a) (19
U.S.C. 2466a(a)), that the President is authorized to designate
countries listed in section 107 of the AGOA as ``beneficiary sub-Saharan
African countries.''
2. Section 112(a) of the AGOA (19 U.S.C. 3721(a)) provides that eligible
textile and apparel articles that are imported directly into the customs
territory of the United States from a beneficiary sub-Saharan African
country shall enter the United States free of duty and free of
quantitative limitations, provided that the country has satisfied the
requirements of section 113(a) of the AGOA (19 U.S.C. 3722(a)) relating
to the establishment of procedures to protect against unlawful
transshipments, and section 113(b)(1)(B) of the AGOA (19 U.S.C.
3722(b)(1)(B)) relating to the implementation of procedures and
requirements similar to those in chapter 5 of the North American Free
Trade Agreement (NAFTA).
[[Page 153]]
3. Section 112(b)(3)(B) of the AGOA (19 U.S.C. 3721(b)(3)(B)) provides
special rules for certain apparel articles imported from ``lesser
developed beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries.''
4. Section 112(c) of the AGOA (19 U.S.C. 3721(c)) provides that the
President shall eliminate the existing quotas on textile and apparel
articles imported into the United States (a) from Kenya within 30 days
after that country adopts an effective visa system to prevent unlawful
transshipment of textile and apparel articles and the use of counterfeit
documents relating to the importation of the articles into the United
States, and (b) from Mauritius within 30 days after that country adopts
such a visa system.
5. In order to implement the tariff treatment provided under the AGOA,
it is necessary to modify the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United
States (HTS), thereby incorporating the substance of the relevant
provisions of the AGOA.
6. Sections 501 and 502 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2461 and 2462)
authorize the President to designate countries as beneficiary developing
countries for purposes of the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP).
7. Section 604 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2483) authorizes the President
to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant provisions of that
Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment, and actions
thereunder, including the removal, modification, continuance, or
imposition of any rate of duty or other import restriction.
8. I have determined that it is appropriate to authorize the United
States Trade Representative (USTR) to perform the functions specified in
sections 112(c) and 113(b)(1)(B) of the AGOA and to make the findings
identified in section 113(a) of the AGOA and to perform certain
functions under section 604 of the 1974 Act.
9. For Sierra Leone, I have determined that it is appropriate to
authorize the USTR to determine the effective date of its designation as
a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, including section 301 of title 3, United
States Code, sections 111, 112, and 113 of the AGOA, and sections 501,
502, 506A, and 604 of the 1974 Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to provide for the preferential treatment provided for
in section 112(a) of the AGOA, the HTS is modified as provided in the
Annex to this proclamation.
(2) The following countries are designated as beneficiary sub-
Saharan African countries pursuant to section 506A(a) of the 1974 Act:
Republic of Benin
Republic of Botswana
Republic of Cape Verde
Republic of Cameroon
Central African Republic
Republic of Chad
[[Page 154]]
Republic of Congo
Republic of Djibouti
State of Eritrea
Ethiopia
Gabonese Republic
Republic of Ghana
Republic of Guinea
Republic of Guinea-Bissau
Republic of Kenya
Kingdom of Lesotho
Republic of Madagascar
Republic of Malawi
Republic of Mali
Islamic Republic of Mauritania
Republic of Mauritius
Republic of Mozambique
Republic of Namibia
Republic of Niger
Federal Republic of Nigeria
Republic of Rwanda
Democratic Republic of So Tom and Principe
Republic of Senegal
Republic of Seychelles
Republic of Sierra Leone
Republic of South Africa
United Republic of Tanzania
Republic of Uganda
Republic of Zambia
(3) For purposes of section 112(b)(3)(B) of the AGOA, the following
designated beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries shall be considered
lesser developed beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries:
Republic of Benin
Republic of Cape Verde
Republic of Cameroon
Central African Republic
Republic of Chad
Republic of Congo
[[Page 155]]
Republic of Djibouti
State of Eritrea
Ethiopia
Republic of Ghana
Republic of Guinea
Republic of Guinea-Bissau
Republic of Kenya
Kingdom of Lesotho
Republic of Madagascar
Republic of Malawi
Republic of Mali
Islamic Republic of Mauritania
Republic of Mozambique
Republic of Niger
Federal Republic of Nigeria
Republic of Rwanda
Democratic Republic of So Tom and Principe
Republic of Senegal
Republic of Sierra Leone
United Republic of Tanzania
Republic of Uganda
Republic of Zambia
(4) The USTR is authorized to determine whether each designated
beneficiary sub-Saharan African country has satisfied the requirements
of section 113(a) of the AGOA relating to the establishment of
procedures to protect against unlawful transshipments and section
113(b)(1)(B) of the AGOA relating to the implementation of procedures
and requirements similar in all material respects to the relevant
procedures and requirements under chapter 5 of the NAFTA. The
determination or determinations of the USTR under this paragraph shall
be set forth in a notice or notices that the USTR shall cause to be
published in the Federal Register. Such notice or notices shall modify
the HTS by listing the countries that satisfy the requirements of
sections 113(a) and 113(b)(1)(B) of the AGOA. To implement such
determination or determinations, the USTR is authorized to exercise the
authority provided to the President under section 604 of the 1974 Act to
embody modifications and technical or conforming changes in the HTS.
(5) The USTR is authorized to determine whether Kenya and Mauritius
have satisfied the requirements of section 112(c) of the AGOA. The
determination or determinations of the USTR under this paragraph shall
be set forth in a notice or notices that the USTR shall cause to be
published in the Federal Register. Within 30 days after any such
determination by the USTR, the USTR shall cause the existing quotas on
textile and apparel arti
[[Page 156]]
cles imported into the United States from such country to be eliminated
by direction to the appropriate agencies or departments. To implement
such determination or determinations, the USTR is authorized to exercise
the authority provided to the President under section 604 of the 1974
Act to embody modifications and technical or conforming changes in the
HTS.
(6) The USTR is authorized to determine the effective date of the
designation of the Republic of Sierra Leone as a beneficiary sub-Saharan
African country and, therefore, the date upon which Sierra Leone will be
considered a lesser developed beneficiary sub-Saharan African country.
The determination of the USTR under this paragraph shall be set forth in
a notice that the USTR shall cause to be published in the Federal
Register. To implement such determination, the USTR is authorized to
exercise the authority provided to the President under section 604 of
the 1974 Act to embody modifications and technical or conforming changes
in the HTS.
(7) Pursuant to sections 501 and 502 of the 1974 Act, Eritrea is
designated as a beneficiary developing country for purposes of the GSP.
(8) In order to reflect in the HTS the designation of Eritrea as a
beneficiary developing country under the GSP, general note 4(a) to the
HTS is modified by inserting in alphabetical sequence ``Eritrea'' in the
list of independent countries.
(9) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(10) This proclamation is effective on the date of signature of this
proclamation, except that (a) the modifications to the HTS made by the
Annex to this proclamation, as further modified by any notice to be
published in the Federal Register as described in paragraph 4 of this
proclamation, shall be effective on the date announced by the USTR in
such notice, and (b) the designation of the Republic of Sierra Leone as
a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country shall be effective on the date
announced by the USTR in the Federal Register.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this second day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 157]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.025
[[Page 158]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.026
[[Page 159]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.027
[[Page 160]]
Proclamation 7351 of October 2, 2000
To Implement the United States-Caribbean Basin Trade
Partnership Act
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Section 211 of the United States-Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership
Act (Title II of Public Law 106-200) (CBTPA), which amends section
213(b) of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act (CBERA) (19 U.S.C.
2703(b)), provides that certain preferential tariff treatment may be
provided to eligible articles that are the product of any country that
the President designates as a ``CBTPA beneficiary country'' pursuant to
section 213(b)(5)(B) of the CBERA (19 U.S.C. 2703(b)(5)(B)), provided
that the President determines that the country has satisfied the
requirements of section 213(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the CBERA (19 U.S.C.
2703(b)(4)(A)(ii)) relating to the implementation of procedures and
requirements similar to those in chapter 5 of the North American Free
Trade Agreement (NAFTA).
2. Section 211 of the CBTPA, which amends section 213(b) of the CBERA
(19 U.S.C. 2703(b)), provides that eligible textile and apparel articles
of a designated CBTPA beneficiary country shall enter the United States
free of duty and free of quantitative limitations, provided that the
President determines that the country has satisfied the requirements of
section 213(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the CBERA relating to the implementation of
procedures and requirements similar to those in chapter 5 of the NAFTA.
3. Section 212 of the CBTPA, which amends section 213(a) of the CBERA
(19 U.S.C. 2703(a)), provides duty-free treatment for certain liqueurs
and spirituous beverages produced in Canada from rum that originates in
a designated beneficiary country or the Virgin Islands of the United
States.
4. In order to implement the tariff treatment provided under the CBTPA,
it is necessary to modify the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United
States (HTS), thereby incorporating the substance of the relevant
provisions of the CBTPA.
5. Section 604 of the Trade Act of 1974 (the ``1974 Act'') (19 U.S.C.
2483) authorizes the President to embody in the HTS the substance of the
relevant provisions of that Act, and of other acts affecting import
treatment, and actions thereunder, including the removal, modification,
continuance, or imposition of any rate of duty or other import
restriction.
6. I have determined that it is appropriate to authorize the United
States Trade Representative (USTR) to perform the functions specified in
section 213(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the CBERA and certain functions under
section 604 of the 1974 Act.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, including section 301 of title 3, United
States Code, sections 211 and 212 of the CBTPA, section 213 of the
CBERA, and section 604 of the 1974 Act, do proclaim that:
[[Page 161]]
(1) In order to provide for the preferential treatment provided for
in section 213 of the CBERA (19 U.S.C. 2703), as amended by the CBTPA,
the HTS is modified as provided in the Annex to this proclamation.
(2) The following countries are designated as CBTPA beneficiary
countries pursuant to section 213(b)(5)(B) of the CBERA:
Antigua and Barbuda
Aruba
Bahamas
Barbados
Belize
Costa Rica
Dominica
Dominican Republic
El Salvador
Grenada
Guatemala
Guyana
Haiti
Honduras
Jamaica
Montserrat
Netherlands Antilles
Nicaragua
Panama
St. Kitts and Nevis
Saint Lucia
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Trinidad and Tobago
British Virgin Islands
(3) The USTR is authorized to determine whether each designated
beneficiary country has satisfied the requirements of section
213(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the CBERA relating to the implementation of
procedures and requirements similar in all material respects to the
relevant procedures and requirements under chapter 5 of the NAFTA. To
implement such determination or determinations, the USTR is authorized
to exercise the authority provided to the President under section 604 of
the 1974 Act to embody modifications and technical or conforming changes
in the HTS. The determination or determinations of the USTR under this
paragraph shall be set forth in a notice or notices that the USTR shall
cause to be published in the Federal Register. Such notice or notices
shall modify general note 17 of the HTS by listing the countries that
satisfy the requirements of section 213(b)(4)(A)(ii) of the CBERA.
[[Page 162]]
(4) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(5) This proclamation is effective on the date of signature of this
proclamation, except that the modifications to the HTS made by the Annex
to this proclamation, as further modified by any notice to be published
in the Federal Register as described in paragraph 3 of this
proclamation, shall be effective on the date announced by the USTR in
such notice.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this second day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 163]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.028
[[Page 164]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.029
[[Page 165]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.030
[[Page 166]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.031
[[Page 167]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.032
[[Page 168]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.033
[[Page 169]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD04OC00.034
[[Page 170]]
Proclamation 7352 of October 5, 2000
German-American Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we celebrate German-American Day and the many contributions that
German Americans have made to our national community, we also mark the
10th anniversary of German unification. The historic achievements of the
last 10 years are all the more remarkable when we remember the dark days
of the Cold War, a time when many citizens in Eastern Europe and around
the globe lived under governments of oppression and tyranny. Nowhere was
the threat more real than in West Berlin, where Americans and Germans
stood together in defense of democracy and commitment to freedom.
Ultimately, after almost three decades of division, the Berlin Wall came
down and the people of Germany were reunited. Today, Americans and
Germans are working together to ensure that democracy will be an abiding
legacy for future generations throughout Europe.
Our present efforts are only the latest chapter of our shared history.
In 1683, German Mennonites seeking religious tolerance landed near
Philadelphia. Their arrival marked the beginning of waves of German
immigration that would ebb and flow with the tides of history,
ultimately bringing more than 7 million people to our shores. Today,
nearly a quarter of all Americans can trace their ancestry back to their
Germanic roots, and they continue to enrich our Nation with a proud
heritage marked by a strong commitment to family, work, duty, and
country.
Many prominent German Americans have strengthened our society through
the years. Publisher Johann Peter Zenger championed freedom of the press
in the early 18th century, and Thomas Nast's powerful cartoons increased
public awareness of corruption within Tammany Hall in 19th-century New
York. During the American Revolution, Baron de Kalb and Friedrich von
Steuben fought valiantly for our freedom, just as Dwight Eisenhower and
Chester Nimitz did in World War II. German Americans who have enriched
America's cultural, scientific, and economic life include writers John
Steinbeck and Erich Maria Remarque; physicists Albert Einstein and Maria
Goeppert-Mayer; philosophers Hannah Arendt and Paul Tillich; and
industrialists and business leaders John D. Rockefeller and John
Wanamaker.
Behind the many well-known individuals who have played a prominent part
in our history are millions of German immigrants whose names are not
widely recognized, yet who profoundly shaped the America we know today.
Industrious German Americans helped settle our cities and frontiers;
defend democracy during times of conflict; promote our prosperity in
times of peace; and preserve the bonds of family and heritage that our
Nation shares with the people of Germany. As we celebrate German-
American Day and the 10th anniversary of German unification and look
ahead to the promise of a new century, America recognizes with pride and
gratitude the important role that German Americans continue to play in
the life of our Nation and celebrates the strength of our friendship
with Germany.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Friday, October
[[Page 171]]
6, 2000, as German-American Day. I encourage all Americans to remember
and celebrate the important contributions made to our country by our
millions of citizens of German descent and to celebrate our close ties
to the people of Germany.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7353 of October 6, 2000
Afterschool Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each weekday afternoon in America, the ringing of school bells signals
not just the end of the school day, but also the beginning of a period
when 8 to 15 million of our children are home alone. These so-called
``latchkey'' children can be found in every American community, whether
urban, suburban, or rural; they are the children of working parents who,
for a variety of reasons, are unable to arrange or afford a better
alternative. Not surprisingly, most juvenile crimes are committed and
most children are likely to become victims of crime during the 5 or 6
hours immediately after the school day ends.
Providing appropriate supervision for children after school is one of
the more difficult challenges that working parents face. Recognizing
this, my Administration has worked hard to provide parents with
alternative afternoon activities for their children. Through our 21st
Century Community Learning Centers program, under the leadership of
Education Secretary Richard Riley, we are providing schools and
community organizations with funding to create and expand learning
opportunities for children in a drug-free, supervised environment. This
program enables schools to stay open longer so that students have places
to do their homework, receive counseling about the dangers of substance
abuse, and participate with mentors in a wide array of academic and
recreational activities that challenge their imagination and broaden
their horizons.
In the 4 years since we created the 21st Century Community Learning
Centers program, hundreds of thousands of children across our country
have enrolled in safe and smart afterschool programs. My proposed budget
for fiscal 2001 will more than double the Federal commitment to this
program, enabling us to reach as many as 2.5 million students next year.
These community learning centers provide America's parents with the
comforting assurance that, while they are out earning a living, their
children are participating in engaging and constructive afterschool
activities.
To highlight the growing need for afterschool programs, the Afterschool
Alliance--a partnership of public, private, and nonprofit organizations
dedicated to raising awareness and expanding resources for afterschool
programs--has announced a nationwide project called ``Lights On
[[Page 172]]
Afterschool!'' On October 12 of this year, schools, community centers,
museums, libraries, and parks across the country will host activities to
inform families about the places currently open to children after school
and the need to provide additional centers where children can
participate in engaging, stimulating activities until their parents
return from work.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim the week of October 8 to
October 14, 2000, as Afterschool Week. I encourage parents, students,
educators, community and business leaders, and concerned citizens to
participate in ``Lights On Afterschool!'' activities on Thursday,
October 12. I also urge all Americans to recognize the importance of
providing afterschool programs in their communities to promote the
safety and well-being of our Nation's children.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7354 of October 6, 2000
Fire Prevention Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year, fire takes a heavy toll on the lives and property of
thousands of Americans. Approximately 100 firefighters and 4,000
civilians die in fires annually; some 25,000 civilians sustain injuries
and an average of $8 billion in property is destroyed. Last year alone,
America's fire departments responded to almost 2 million fires. Most of
these fires occurred in homes, as did 80 percent of last year's fire
fatalities. It is clear from these tragic statistics that if we can
better educate Americans about fire safety and prevention, we can save
thousands of lives every year.
The most important lesson we can teach about fire is how rapidly it can
spread. From the time a smoke alarm sounds in a typical home, a family
may have as little as 2 minutes to escape safely. Knowing how to use
those minutes wisely is the key to survival. I urge every American to
develop and practice regularly a home fire escape plan that identifies
two ways out of each room and establishes a meeting place where
household members can reunite outside the home. In addition, it is
crucial that smoke alarms be installed and properly maintained on every
level of the home.
To raise public awareness of the importance of home fire escape plans,
the National Fire Protection Association, in partnership with the
Federal Emergency Management Agency through its United States Fire
Administration and America's fire departments, launched a 3-year program
in 1998 called ``Fire Drills: The Great Escape!'' To date, this program
is credited with saving at least 58 lives. In support of this program,
on Wednesday, October 11, at 7:00 p.m. local time, fire departments in
communities across America
[[Page 173]]
will sound the alarm signaling the start of ``The Great Escape'' fire
drill to test the effectiveness of families' fire escape plans. I
encourage all Americans to participate in this important and potentially
lifesaving event.
As we observe this week, let us also express our pride in and gratitude
for the devoted service of our Nation's firefighters and emergency
response personnel. They uphold our country's finest values--commitment
and community, teamwork and trust, courage and sacrifice. Day in and day
out, these extraordinary men and women put their lives on the line to
protect our families and our property from the devastating effects of
fire, and many of them pay the ultimate price for their devotion. We
will honor their memory on Sunday, October 8, 2000, at the National
Fallen Firefighters Memorial Service in Emmitsburg, Maryland.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 8 through October
14, 2000, as Fire Prevention Week. I encourage the people of the United
States to take an active role in fire prevention not only during this
week, but also throughout the year. I call upon every citizen to pay
tribute to our firefighters and emergency response personnel who have
lost their lives or been injured in the line of duty and to those brave
men and women who carry on their noble tradition of service.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7355 of October 6, 2000
National School Lunch Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
One of the best ways we can move forward as a society is to meet our
obligations to our children. President Harry Truman recognized this
profound responsibility when he signed the National School Lunch Act
into law in 1946. The significance of this legislation went beyond the
daily meal that children would receive; the National School Lunch
Program firmly established the Federal Government's commitment to work
in partnership with States, schools, and the agricultural community to
administer a major program designed to improve children's diets and, in
turn, their overall health and well-being.
Today, more than 96,000 schools serve lunches to over 27 million
children every day--more than half of them for free or at a reduced
price, so that no schoolchild in America, regardless of family income,
need go hungry at lunchtime. We have also built on the program's success
by establishing a number of child nutrition initiatives administered by
the Department of Agriculture--from the School Breakfast Program, which
helps ensure eligible children are ready to learn; to the Summer Food
Service Program, which
[[Page 174]]
serves healthy meals and snacks to low-income children during long
school vacations; to the Child and Adult Care Food Program, which
provides nutritious meals and snacks to infants and young children in
day care and to adults with physical or mental disabilities who are
enrolled in adult day care. Most recently, we authorized funding through
the Child Nutrition Reauthorization Act of 1998 to make snacks available
to children and teenagers enrolled in after-school programs.
We can be proud that these school meal programs promote the well-being
of some of our Nation's most vulnerable children by providing them with
the nourishment they need to develop healthy bodies and sound minds.
Nutritious meals help students reach their full potential by keeping
them alert and attentive in the classroom. As both common sense and
extensive scientific research confirm, a hungry child cannot focus on
schoolwork as well as one who has been fed a nutritious meal.
The National School Lunch Program also offers us a valuable tool for
identifying children who are eligible for health insurance under
Medicaid or the State Children's Health Insurance Program. Since 60
percent of children who lack adequate health coverage participate in the
school lunch program, sharing eligibility information can improve our
outreach efforts and bring us closer to our goal of universal health
care for all of America's children. My proposed budget for fiscal 2001
sets aside $345 million over 10 years to help schools share information
with Medicaid and the State Children's Health Insurance Program so that
we can enhance our efforts to reach eligible children and their
families. In addition, this summer I announced an initiative to expand
the school lunch program to the developing world. This initiative will
make school lunches and breakfasts available in the poorest countries
for the poorest children, helping students whose deficiencies in
nutrition affect their cognitive development and attracting children who
otherwise might never attend school.
As we observe National School Lunch Week this year, let us pay tribute
to the thousands of State and local school food service professionals
across America whose hard work and dedication make these programs a
reality for our children; and let us acknowledge the important role
school lunches play in the healthy development of so many students.
In recognition of the contributions of the National School Lunch Program
to the health, education, and well-being of our Nation's children, the
Congress, by joint resolution of October 9, 1962 (Public Law 87-780),
has designated the week beginning the second Sunday in October of each
year as ``National School Lunch Week'' and has requested the President
to issue a proclamation in observance of this week.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim October 8 through October 14, 2000, as
National School Lunch Week. I call upon all Americans to recognize those
individuals whose efforts contribute so much to the success of our
national child nutrition programs, whether at the Federal, State, or
local level.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 175]]
Proclamation 7356 of October 6, 2000
National Children's Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Children hold a special place in our lives, and raising healthy, happy
children is the greatest success any parent can hope to achieve; it
should also be an important goal of every member of society, because
children are profoundly influenced by the people and environment around
them. The strongest influence, of course, is often child's family; but
good schools and nurturing communities also play a vital role in helping
children reach their full potential.
Over the past 7-1/2 years, my Administration has worked with families
and communities across the country to meet the needs of America's
children, and we can be proud of what we have accomplished together. We
have made education one of our highest priorities, to ensure that every
child is empowered with the knowledge and skills necessary to achieve
personal fulfillment and success. By expanding Head Start and Early Head
Start for preschoolers; promoting high academic standards, smaller class
sizes, teacher quality, and charter schools for primary and secondary
school students; and providing loans, scholarships, and tax credits so
that millions of young Americans can attend college, we are building a
world-class education system that will serve our children well.
We have achieved other important legislative victories for children and
families, including a $500 child tax credit, a $1 per hour increase in
the minimum wage, expanding the Earned Income Tax Credit, passing the
Family and Medical Leave Act, enacting the largest expansion of health
insurance for children ever, and creating incentives to move more
children from foster care to safe, loving, and permanent homes. As a
result of these victories, the child poverty rate in our country has
dropped by 22 percent since 1993; millions of working parents have taken
time off to care for a new child or sick relative; child immunization
rates are at an all-time high, with 90 percent of toddlers receiving
crucial vaccinations; and adoptions increased nearly 65 percent between
1996 and 1999.
We have shown our commitment to ensuring that every child grows up in a
safe and nurturing environment through additional measures such as teen
pregnancy prevention efforts, welfare reform that moves families from
economic dependency to self-sufficiency, expanded access to affordable
housing and homeownership, and responsible fatherhood initiatives to
ensure that fathers provide both the financial and emotional support
their children need. And, to help working families provide for their
children, we are continuing our efforts to improve access to high-
quality, safe, and affordable child care. We know that from infancy
through adolescence, in child-care settings and after-school programs,
children can learn and thrive with the right care, attention, and
education. We owe them no less.
As we observe National Children's Day this year, let us recommit
ourselves to using every resource in this time of unprecedented
prosperity to build a bright future for all our children. Let us show
our love for them not only through our words, but also by making the
tough decisions and important
[[Page 176]]
investments necessary to give them the opportunity to achieve their
dreams.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 8, 2000, as
National Children's Day. I urge all Americans to express their love and
appreciation for children on this day and every day throughout the year,
and to work within their communities to nurture, love, and teach all our
children. I invite Federal officials, State and local governments, and
particularly all American families to join together in observing this
day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities to honor our
Nation's children.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7357 of October 6, 2000
Columbus Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
During this first year of the new century, the American people have
devoted time and thought to the people and events of our Nation's past
so that we might better prepare for the challenges of the future. While
Christopher Columbus' epic voyage took place almost three centuries
before the founding of our democracy, his journey helped shape our
national experience and offers important lessons as we chart our own
course for the 21st century.
One of the most valuable of those lessons is the importance of
sustaining our spirit of adventure, our willingness to explore new
concepts and new horizons. Columbus, after careful study and planning,
rejected the conventional thinking of his time, sailed for the open
seas, and succeeded in opening up a New World for the people of Europe.
Like Columbus, our founders rejected the familiar paths of the past and
ventured boldly to create a new form of government that has profoundly
shaped world history. Explorers, pioneers, inventors, artists,
entrepreneurs--all have found a refuge in America and a chance to
achieve their dreams.
Today we have other worlds to explore--from the deepest oceans to the
outermost reaches of space to the genetic code of human life. The same
adventurous spirit that propelled Columbus' explorations will enable us
to challenge old assumptions, acquire new knowledge, and broaden the
horizons of humankind.
Columbus' story illustrates the importance of diversity. Columbus was
born and raised in Italy; he learned much of his seafaring knowledge and
experience from Portuguese sailors and navigators; and he put those
skills in service to the King and Queen of Spain, who funded his
explorations. By
[[Page 177]]
establishing a safe, reliable route between Europe and the New World,
Columbus opened the door for subsequent explorers from Spain, France,
and England and for the millions of immigrants who would be welcomed by
America in later centuries. But the encounters between Columbus and
other European explorers and the native peoples of the Western
Hemisphere also underscore what can happen when cultures clash and when
we are unable to understand and respect people who are different from
us.
While more than 500 years have passed since Christopher Columbus first
sailed to these shores, the lessons of his voyage are still with us.
Brave, determined, open to new ideas and new experiences, in many ways
he foreshadowed the character of the American people who honor him
today.
In tribute to Columbus' many achievements, the Congress, by joint
resolution of April 30, 1934 (48 Stat. 657), and an Act of June 28, 1968
(82 Stat. 250), has requested the President to proclaim the second
Monday in October of each year as ``Columbus Day.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim October 9, 2000, as Columbus Day. I call
upon the people of the United States to observe this day with
appropriate ceremonies and activities. I also direct that the flag of
the United States be displayed on all public buildings on the appointed
day in honor of Christopher Columbus.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7358 of October 6, 2000
Leif Erikson Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
This year, as we mark the beginning of a new millennium, we also
celebrate the 1000th anniversary of Europe's first contact with North
America. At the turn of the last millennium, the legendary explorer Leif
Erikson--son of Iceland, grandson of Norway--sailed across the cold
waters of the Atlantic from his home in Greenland to the eastern coast
of North America, completing the first documented voyage of Europeans to
the New World.
In the ensuing centuries, millions of other men and women followed the
lead of these brave Vikings--some seeking riches, some seeking
adventure, all in search of a new and better life. Families from
Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Sweden, and Norway would make their new homes
in communities like New Sweden, Delaware; Oslo, Minnesota; and Denmark,
Iowa, bringing with them a reverence for freedom and a deep love of
democracy that stemmed from their own egalitarian traditions. More than
10 million Americans today can trace their roots to the Nordic
countries, and their family ties, traditions, and values have
strengthened the warm friendship our Nation has always enjoyed with the
people of Scandinavia.
[[Page 178]]
In celebration of this friendship and our shared pride in Leif Erikson's
exploits, Americans have joined with the Nordic countries to commemorate
this special anniversary. The Smithsonian Institution sponsored a
traveling exhibit earlier this year to highlight the Viking explorations
of North America; the Library of Congress hosted an international
symposium on the ancient texts of the Icelandic Sagas, many of which
were displayed in the United States for the first time; and we joined
Iceland in creating our first jointly issued coin to commemorate Leif
Erikson's historic voyage.
These cultural initiatives reflect the strong ties and long history
between the United States and the Nordic countries, and we continue to
cooperate on many mutual goals. The Nordic countries are our full
partners in the Northern Europe Initiative (NEI), which we launched in
1997 to build on the dramatic progress toward a free Europe that
occurred following the break-up of the Soviet Union. Through the NEI, we
are working together to promote democracy, stability, and prosperity in
the Baltic nations and northwest Russia, to facilitate their fuller
integration into Western institutions, and to cooperate on such cross-
border issues as energy, health, law enforcement, and the environment.
In addition, many of the best and brightest entrepreneurs in America and
the Nordic countries are collaborating to encourage trade and the spread
of innovative ideas and technologies around the world. Americans and
Nordics alike value courage, independence, energy, and resourcefulness;
working together in this new millennium, we are charting a new course
for our people just as exciting and full of promise as the one Leif
Erikson traveled a thousand years ago.
In honor of Leif Erikson and of our Nordic American heritage, the
Congress, by joint resolution (Public Law 88-566) approved on September
2, 1964, has authorized and requested the President to proclaim October
9 of each year as ``Leif Erikson Day.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Monday, October 9, 2000, as Leif Erikson
Day. I call upon all Americans to observe this day with appropriate
ceremonies, activities, and programs to honor our rich Nordic American
heritage.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7359 of October 10, 2000
Suspension of Entry as Immigrants and Nonimmigrants of Persons Impeding
the Peace Process in Sierra Leone
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In light of the longstanding political and humanitarian crisis in Sierra
Leone, I have determined that it is in the interests of the United
States to restrict the entry into the United States as immigrants and
nonimmigrants
[[Page 179]]
of certain foreign nationals who plan, engage in, or benefit from
activities that support the Revolutionary United Front or that otherwise
impede the peace process in Sierra Leone, and the spouses, children of
any age, and parents of such persons.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, by the power vested in me as
President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of
America, including section 212(f) of the Immigration and Nationality Act
of 1952, as amended (8 U.S.C. 1182(f)), and section 301 of title 3,
United States Code, hereby find that the unrestricted immigrant and
nonimmigrant entry into the United States of persons described in
section 1 of this proclamation would, except as provided for in section
2 or 3 of this proclamation, be detrimental to the interests of the
United States. I therefore hereby proclaim that:
Section 1. The entry into the United States as immigrants and
nonimmigrants of persons who plan, engage in, or benefit from activities
that support the Revolutionary United Front or that otherwise impede the
peace process in Sierra Leone, and the spouses, children of any age, and
parents of such persons, is hereby suspended.
Sec. 2. Section 1 shall not apply with respect to any person otherwise
covered by section 1 where the entry of such person would not be
contrary to the interests of the United States.
Sec. 3. Persons covered by sections 1 and 2 shall be identified pursuant
to such procedures as the Secretary may establish under section 5 of
this proclamation.
Sec. 4. Nothing in this proclamation shall be construed to derogate from
United States obligations under applicable international agreements.
Sec. 5. The Secretary of State shall have responsibility to implement
this proclamation pursuant to such procedures as the Secretary may
establish.
Sec. 6. This proclamation is effective immediately and shall remain in
effect, in whole or in part, until such time as the Secretary of State
determines that it is no longer necessary and should be terminated, in
whole or in part. The Secretary of State's determination shall be
effective upon publication of such determination in the Federal
Register.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7360 of October 10, 2000
Eleanor Roosevelt Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Eleanor Roosevelt was one of the most influential figures of the 20th
century, and her life spanned some of the most dramatic and challenging
[[Page 180]]
events in modern history. Steadfast in her commitment to America,
democracy, and a world that honored human rights, she told Americans
across the Nation, ``We are on trial to show what democracy means.''
Through the Great Depression, two world wars, the Holocaust, the
creation of the United Nations, the Cold War, and the civil rights
movement, her singular integrity and clear moral vision helped forge a
better life for people around the world.
Eleanor Roosevelt was our longest-serving First Lady, and her dedicated
efforts as a political leader, humanitarian, social activist, and
journalist have made her an icon to millions. During the 12 years of
Franklin Delano Roosevelt's Administration, she traveled tirelessly
around the country, listening to the American people's problems,
concerns, joys, and fears. She saw firsthand the ravages that poverty,
greed, ignorance, and bigotry wreaked on the lives of ordinary
Americans. She advocated strongly for our Nation's disadvantaged--urging
an end to child labor, pushing for the establishment of a minimum wage,
speaking out for workers' rights, confronting racial discrimination in
New Deal programs, and encouraging greater power and independence for
women in the workplace.
But perhaps her greatest achievement would come in the years after her
husband's death. A delegate to the General Assembly of the newly created
United Nations from 1945 to 1951, Eleanor Roosevelt was elected
Chairperson of the U.N.'s Human Rights Commission in 1946. She played a
pivotal role in drafting the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and
its final language vividly reflects her humanitarian ideals and
uncompromising commitment to the inherent worth of every human being.
The first article of the Declaration, ``All human beings are born free
and equal in dignity and rights,'' set the standard by which all future
human rights charters would be judged.
Whether working for the United Nations, the NAACP, the Girl Scouts, the
Presidential Commission on the Status of Women, or the National
Conference of Christians and Jews, Eleanor Roosevelt devoted her
boundless energy to creating a world defined by respect for and
dedication to democratic values. She was a woman ahead of her time, and
her achievements transcend her generation. As we seek to chart a steady
course for America, democracy, and human rights in this new century, we
need only look to her values, character, and accomplishments to provide
us with an unfailing moral compass.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 11, 2000, the
anniversary of her birthday, as Eleanor Roosevelt Day. I call upon
government officials, educators, labor leaders, employers, diplomats,
human rights activists, and citizens of the United States to observe
this day with appropriate programs and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 181]]
Proclamation 7361 of October 10, 2000
General Pulaski Memorial Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Each year on October 11, we solemnly pause to honor the life and
achievements of Casimir Pulaski, a true hero whose devotion to liberty
has inspired the gratitude of the American people for more than 200
years.
Born to wealth and privilege in Poland, Pulaski sacrificed both by
joining his father and brothers in the fight against tyranny and foreign
oppression in his beloved homeland. His battlefield exploits earned him
a leading position among Polish patriotic forces as well as renown and
admiration throughout Europe. After years of braving insurmountable
odds, however, Pulaski and his fellow freedom fighters were overwhelmed
by enemy forces. Undaunted, he continued to battle for Poland's freedom
while in exile in Turkey and France.
Impressed by Pulaski's military record and reverence for freedom,
Benjamin Franklin wrote from his post in Paris to George Washington and
succeeded in helping Pulaski secure a commission in the Continental
Army. As a result of Pulaski's brave and able conduct at the battle of
Brandywine Creek in 1777, the Continental Congress granted him a
Brigadier General commission and the command of all Continental Army
cavalry forces. For the next 2 years, General Pulaski contributed much
to the American cause in the Revolutionary War through his battlefield
expertise, mastery of cavalry tactics, and extraordinary courage. On
October 9, 1779, Pulaski was gravely wounded at the siege of Savannah
while leading patriot forces against fire from enemy batteries. He died
2 days later, far from his beloved homeland and mourned by the brave
Americans whose cause he had made his own.
Today, as both the United States and Poland enjoy freedom and growing
prosperity and look forward to a bright future as friends and NATO
allies, we remember with profound appreciation Casimir Pulaski's resolve
and sacrifice and the generations of Poles and Americans like him who
valiantly fought to secure the peace and liberty we enjoy today.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Wednesday, October 11,
2000, as General Pulaski Memorial Day. I encourage all Americans to
commemorate this occasion with appropriate programs and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 182]]
Proclamation 7362 of October 12, 2000
Death of American Servicemembers Aboard the United States Ship Cole
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As a mark of respect for those who died on the United States Ship COLE,
I hereby order, by the authority vested in me as President of the United
States by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America,
that the flag of the United States shall be flown at half-staff upon all
public buildings and grounds, at all military posts and naval stations,
and on all naval vessels of the Federal Government in the District of
Columbia and throughout the United States and its Territories and
possessions until sunset, Monday, October 16, 2000. I also direct that
the flag shall be flown at half-staff for the same length of time at all
United States embassies, legations, consular offices, and other
facilities abroad, including all military facilities and naval vessels
and stations.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twelfth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7363 of October 12, 2000
100th Anniversary of the U.S. Navy Submarine Force, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
On October 12, 1900, the United States Navy commissioned its first
submarine, the U.S.S. Holland. Few people realized that this vessel
would be the first in a long line of innovative and technically
sophisticated ships that would launch a new era in our national defense.
Although early-20th century submarines were small, cramped, and somewhat
limited in use, a few visionary American naval leaders recognized their
great potential as both offensive and defensive weapons. By the end of
World War I, American submarines were patrolling our Nation's coasts and
supporting Allied efforts to keep the sea lanes open along the European
coast and around the British Isles. In the 1930s, thanks to the
determination of submarine force leaders and notable improvements by
ship designers and builders, U.S. submarines evolved into a powerful
offensive force, equipped with enough fuel, food, and weapons to sustain
long-range, independent, open-sea patrols.
In 1941, when Imperial Japanese forces destroyed much of the U.S. battle
fleet in the surprise attack on Pearl Harbor, the U.S. Navy Submarine
Force stepped into the breach and played a pivotal role in winning the
war in the Pacific. With submerged attacks during daylight hours and
surface at
[[Page 183]]
tacks at night, U.S. submarines inflicted a devastating toll on the
Japanese Imperial Navy and merchant marine. By war's end, our submarine
force had sunk 30 percent of the enemy's naval force and 60 percent of
their merchant ships. But this impressive victory came at a heavy price:
the submarine force suffered the highest casualty rate of any component
of the U.S. Armed Services. Of the 16,000 Americans who served in
submarines during the war, more than 3,500 gave their lives.
As the Cold War dawned, the U.S. Submarine Force once again helped to
turn the tide of history, this time by deterring war. In 1954, under the
leadership of Admiral Hyman G. Rickover, nuclear power was introduced to
the fleet on the U.S.S. Nautilus. Together with advances in hull design,
silencing techniques, and sonic detection, nuclear power dramatically
improved the speed, stealth, and range of U.S. submarines. By the 1960s,
when ballistic missiles were successfully launched from submerged
submarines, the U.S. Navy Submarine Force helped protect the Free World
from Soviet aggression by conducting reconnaissance missions and by
ensuring that the United States could retaliate effectively against any
nuclear attack from the Soviet Union or its allies.
The end of the Cold War, however, did not bring an end to the challenges
facing our submarine force, as the outbreak of regional disturbances
replaced the threat of all-out nuclear conflict. Modern submarines, with
their ability to remain submerged for long periods of time, excel at
gathering timely and accurate information about potential trouble spots
around the globe. Should the need arise, our submarine force can also
exercise powerful offensive capabilities, as it did during Operation
Desert Storm in Kuwait and Iraq and Operation Allied Force in Kosovo.
Today's submariners continue to build on a proud tradition of service by
protecting U.S. interests, defending our freedom and that of our allies,
and helping to shape a more peaceful world in the 21st century.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 12, 2000, as the
100th Anniversary of the U.S. Navy Submarine Force. I call upon all
Americans to observe this centennial celebration with appropriate
programs, ceremonies, and activities in honor of those patriots, past
and present, who have played a part in the rich history of the U.S. Navy
Submarine Force--from ship designers and builders to logisticians and
support personnel to submarine crews and their families--and in tribute
to those who gave their lives for our freedom. Because of the vision,
dedication, courage, and selflessness of generations of these brave
Americans, the United States today has a submarine force second to none,
whose unprecedented contributions to intelligence, deterrence, and
offensive military capability will continue to serve as a strong pillar
of our Nation's security in the years to come.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twelfth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 184]]
Proclamation 7364 of October 16, 2000
Amending Proclamation 7362, Display of the Flag at Half-Staff as a Mark
of Respect for Those Who Died on the United States Ship Cole
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, and in order
to extend the display of the flag at half-staff as a mark of respect for
those who died on the United States Ship COLE, it is hereby ordered that
Proclamation 7362 of October 12, 2000, is amended by deleting in the
first sentence the words ``Monday, October 16'' and inserting in their
place the words ``Wednesday, October 18.''
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixteenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7365 of October 14, 2000
National Character Counts Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The term ``character'' is derived from an ancient Greek word meaning
``to inscribe,'' reflecting the conviction that character is not innate,
but rather is instilled through the influence, example, and guidance of
the people around us. One of our greatest responsibilities as adults and
citizens, therefore, is to ensure that we teach our children, by word
and deed, the values that will help them develop into men and women of
strong character.
This vital endeavor begins with the family and particularly with
parents, who are their children's first teachers. The process continues
in our schools--not only in the classroom, but also in the hallways, in
the cafeteria, and on the playing field. We have many opportunities to
instill in our children the elements of good character--citizenship,
fairness, compassion, honesty, tolerance, and responsibility--and it is
up to every citizen and organization to make the most of these
opportunities.
My Administration has strived to assist parents, caregivers, teachers,
and religious and community leaders in this vital effort. We have worked
with the entertainment industry to increase educational programming on
television and to create a voluntary ratings system to help parents
reinforce the values they want to impart to their children. And 4 years
ago, I was proud to sign legislation that requires new televisions sold
in our country to include the V-chip, a device that allows parents to
control the programs that their children watch on television.
Recognizing the significant amount of
[[Page 185]]
time our children spend in school, we have also created partnerships
with States under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act to assist
school districts in developing curriculum materials, providing teacher
training, and integrating character education into the curriculum. We
have funded innovative after-school programs to offer young people
mentors and role models to inspire them and to engage them in productive
activities at the end of the school day.
We have also promoted citizen service--one of the greatest character-
building tools available to our society. Through initiatives such as
America Reads, the Corporation for National and Community Service, the
National Senior Service Corps, the Peace Corps, and AmeriCorps,
Americans of every age, background, gender, and race are experiencing
the rewards of helping others, and in the process becoming more
responsible citizens. We can also teach young Americans a vital lesson
about character by exercising our right to vote and participating in the
democratic process--a process that Americans of notable character
established more than two centuries ago.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 15 through October
21, 2000, as National Character Counts Week. I call upon the people of
the United States, government officials, educators, religious,
community, and business leaders to commemorate this week with
appropriate ceremonies, activities, and programs.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7366 of October 14, 2000
National Forest Products Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In the early years of the 20th century, President Theodore Roosevelt
challenged his fellow citizens to begin the vital task of conserving the
precious natural resources with which America has been so abundantly
blessed. As part of his notable conservation achievements, he
consolidated 65 million acres of Federal forest reserves into the
National Forest System and created the United States Forest Service to
provide wise stewardship of these lands for future generations.
Today, the National Forest System comprises more than 190 million acres
of forests and grasslands, a priceless remnant of the great wilderness
that once stretched across our country. Whether sustaining ecosystems,
supplying water, providing lumber, or offering recreation, these
precious areas benefit millions of Americans.
[[Page 186]]
We must continue to sustain the health and beauty of the forestlands
President Roosevelt first set aside for us so many decades ago. I am
proud that my Administration has made significant progress in improving
the management of Federal forestlands. With science-based planning and
research, we have sought to achieve a balance between strengthening
protections for wildlife and water quality and providing a steady,
sustainable supply of the building materials, paper products, and other
commodities we need to meet the challenges of our growing economy.
America's forests have always offered us unique and irreplaceable
benefits. They are a treasured inheritance, and we must ensure in this
new century that our policies and actions sustain this precious legacy
for the prosperity and well-being of generations to come.
To recognize the importance of our forests in ensuring the long-term
welfare of our Nation, the Congress, by Public Law 86-753 (36 U.S.C.
123), has designated the week beginning on the third Sunday in October
of each year as ``National Forest Products Week'' and has authorized and
requested the President to issue a proclamation in observance of this
week.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim October 15 through October 21, 2000, as
National Forest Products Week. I call upon all Americans to observe this
week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7367 of October 14, 2000
White Cane Safety Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Last month at the Olympic Games in Sydney, American runner Marla Runyan
made history in the women's 1500-meter race. She was not considered a
favorite in the event and won no medals, placing ninth in the final
competition. But as the first legally blind athlete ever to qualify for
and compete in an Olympic event, Marla set an extraordinary precedent
and proved to millions of people across the globe that disability need
not be a limitation on achievement or a barrier to success.
Marla Runyan's accomplishment reflects the spirit of two historic pieces
of legislation whose milestone anniversaries we celebrate this year. Ten
years ago, the Americans with Disabilities Act was signed into law to
guarantee access to public accommodations and services and to outlaw
workplace discrimination for people with disabilities. Twenty-five years
ago, the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act became law,
ensuring that people with disabilities have access to a free and
appropriate public education. Both of these laws have made a significant
impact on the lives of millions
[[Page 187]]
of Americans with disabilities by allowing them to pursue their dreams
and make their own contributions to our society.
But even before passage of these landmark laws, the white cane was
helping to open doors of opportunity for many blind and visually
impaired Americans. With proper training, people using the white cane
can enjoy greater mobility and safety by determining the location of
curbs, steps, uneven pavement, and other physical obstacles in their
path. The white cane has given them the freedom to travel independently
to their schools and workplaces and to participate more fully in the
life of their communities.
The white cane is a simple tool, but, like Marla Runyan's
accomplishments, it reminds us that the only barriers against people
with disabilities are discriminatory attitudes and practices that our
society has too often placed in their way. As we observe White Cane
Safety Day, let us reaffirm our commitment to building a society where
we embrace the talents, energy, and contributions of every individual.
To honor the many achievements of blind and visually impaired citizens
and to recognize the white cane's significance in advancing
independence, the Congress, by joint resolution approved October 6,
1964, has designated October 15 of each year as ``White Cane Safety
Day.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim October 15, 2000, as White Cane Safety Day.
I call upon the people of the United States, government officials,
educators, and business leaders to observe this day with appropriate
programs, ceremonies, and activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7368 of October 20, 2000
National Day of Concern About Young People and Gun Violence, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Every day in America, approximately 10 children are shot and killed.
Children 15 years old and younger are murdered with firearms at a higher
rate in this country than in 25 other industrialized countries combined.
These tragedies are an urgent reminder that we must not waver in our
national commitment to reduce gun violence and to make our society safer
for our children.
We are beginning to see some progress in our efforts. Since 1992, the
national violent crime rate has dropped by more than 20 percent; violent
crimes committed with firearms have dropped by 35 percent; and the
firearms homicide rate has fallen over 40 percent. We have achieved much
of
[[Page 188]]
this progress by embracing a collaborative, community-based approach to
gun crime prevention and reduction.
Gun violence issues differ in each community, and no single program or
approach works everywhere. In response to a directive I issued last year
to help reduce gun violence and save lives, United States Attorneys and
the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms Field Division Directors
for each of our Nation's 94 Federal judicial districts have developed
locally coordinated gun violence reduction strategies. Working closely
with local law enforcement, elected officials, and other community
leaders, they are tailoring plans to local needs and developing
strategies to prevent gun crimes from occurring and crack down on gun
criminals.
A major goal of our strategy to reduce gun violence and ensure the
safety of our children is to keep guns out of the wrong hands. We passed
the Brady Act to help accomplish this goal by requiring that every
person who purchases a firearm from a federally licensed dealer submit
to a background check. To date, Brady background checks have prevented
more than 536,000 felons and other prohibited individuals from acquiring
firearms. We also succeeded in banning assault weapons, making ``zero
tolerance'' for guns in schools the law of the land, and passing
legislation that prohibits juveniles from possessing handguns. However,
our determination to reduce gun violence must not stop there. I have
called on the Congress to build on these measures by passing legislation
that closes the gun show loophole, mandates child safety locks with
every handgun sold, and bans large-capacity ammunition clips.
We have also provided funding for more than 100,000 community police
officers; for the Safe Schools/Healthy Students initiative to reduce
youth violence through collaborative, community-based efforts; and for
the 21st Century Community Learning Centers--safe places where students
can go after school to participate in constructive activities and avoid
the dangers of guns, gangs, and drugs.
But none of these efforts can succeed without the commitment of
America's youth. It takes courage to resist negative peer pressure; it
takes character to settle disputes without resorting to violence; and it
takes a sense of personal responsibility to tell an adult when others
fail to live up to these standards. On this National Day of Concern, I
ask every young American to sign a Student Pledge Against Gun Violence,
which contains a solemn oath never to bring a gun to school, never to
use a gun to settle a dispute, and to use their influence to keep others
from using guns. By doing so, they will take an important, life-
affirming step toward a brighter and safer future.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 21, 2000, as a
National Day of Concern About Young People and Gun Violence. On this
day, I call upon young people in classrooms and communities across the
United States to voluntarily sign the Student Pledge Against Gun
Violence. I also call upon all Americans to commit themselves anew to
helping our Nation's young people reject violence and to make our
schools and neighborhoods safe places for learning and recreation.
[[Page 189]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twentieth day of
October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7369 of October 24, 2000
United Nations Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Fifty-five years ago, the United States played a leading role in
founding the United Nations, and the treaty creating the U.N. was signed
in San Francisco. Today, we are proud to serve as host country for the
United Nations, whose headquarters in New York City stands as an
enduring symbol of the promise of international peace and cooperation.
The United States remains fully committed to the principles of the
United Nations Charter, and we support efforts to make the U.N. a more
effective tool to meet the challenges of our changing world. Many of
those challenges--poverty, disease, ethnic violence, and regional
conflict--recognize no borders and can only be addressed by nations
working together with shared resources and common goals. The United
Nations is uniquely positioned to facilitate such collaborative efforts.
Today, more than half the world's people live under governments of their
own choosing, an achievement that reflects the role the U.N. has played
as a steadfast peacemaker and staunch advocate of international human
rights. But three- fourths of those people live in developing countries,
and more than a billion of them live in abject poverty. Through agencies
such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, the U.N. is
working to address this gap between the world's richest and poorest
countries by supporting comprehensive debt relief and providing billions
of dollars in loans and grants to developing nations for projects that
promote health, nutrition, education, entrepreneurship, and civil
society.
While the devastating world wars of the 20th century are now a part of
history, ethnic and regional conflicts continue to threaten global
stability and contribute to human misery. Millions of innocent people
have lost their lives in such conflicts, and millions of families have
been driven from their homelands to seek refuge in neighboring nations.
Through its international diplomacy efforts, peacekeeping operations,
and humanitarian assistance, the United Nations serves as a beacon of
hope for countries torn apart by ethnic, religious, or regional strife.
In September of this year, the leaders of 189 countries came together in
New York at the United Nations Millennium Summit. This unprecedented
gathering of international leaders reaffirmed that the importance of the
U.N.'s mission is undiminished after more than 5 decades of
extraordinary challenge and global change.
As we observe United Nations Day this year, let us celebrate the spirit
of international cooperation and dedication to peace enshrined in the
U.N.
[[Page 190]]
Charter. For 55 years, the United Nations has led the world in
addressing international security problems and promoting human rights
and human dignity. Today we reaffirm our commitment to this vital
institution and pledge to work with other member nations to ensure that
the U.N. is equipped with the resources it needs to remain a powerful
instrument of the international community and an effective force for the
common good.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim October 24, 2000, as
United Nations Day. I encourage all Americans to educate themselves
about the activities and accomplishments of the United Nations and to
observe this day with appropriate ceremonies, programs, and activities
devoted to enhancing international cooperation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-fourth day
of October, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the
Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-
fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7370 of November 5, 2000
National Family Caregivers Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
All Americans owe a debt of gratitude to the family caregivers among
us--the generous, compassionate individuals who daily face the challenge
of caring for loved ones who are frail, chronically ill, or living with
disabilities that restrict their independence. These everyday heroes,
living quietly among us in families and communities across the country,
are the major source of long-term care in America. By providing billions
of dollars' worth of caregiving services each year, they dramatically
reduce the demands on our Nation's health care system and make an
extraordinary contribution to the quality of life of their loved ones.
Caregivers often pay an emotional and physical price as well as a
financial one. Few enjoy any free time because they must juggle the
demands of home and work while meeting the special needs of the
individuals in their care. Many do not have the support of other family
members or friends and consequently experience depression, a sense of
isolation, and the stress of knowing they must carry out their important
duties alone. Studies have indicated that such caregiver stress can have
a physical consequence, contributing to a higher mortality rate among
elderly caregivers who themselves have a history of chronic illness.
But caregivers should not have to face their challenges alone, and my
Administration has worked hard to ensure that they will not have to do
so. I am pleased that the Congress has finally passed the Older
Americans Act Amendments of 2000, which will strengthen and improve the
services available to senior citizens in every State, from home-
delivered meals to transportation services to legal assistance. This
legislation also includes au
[[Page 191]]
thorization for our new National Family Caregiver Support Program, which
will provide quality respite care and other support services to hundreds
of thousands of families who are struggling to care for loved ones.
The Long-Term Care Security Act that I signed into law in September
authorizes the Office of Personnel Management to negotiate with private
insurers to offer more affordable, high-quality, long-term care
insurance policies to Federal employees, retirees, and their families.
This initiative will help some 13 million Americans better prepare for
the future and ease the fear of having to deplete their life savings to
care for a loved one.
We must also help families who need long-term care assistance right now.
I continue to call on the Congress to provide a $3,000 tax credit for
the millions of Americans with long-term care needs and the families who
care for them. Passage of a new, voluntary Medicare prescription drug
benefit would also go a long way toward easing the financial burden on
family caregivers.
Caregiving touches us all, either within our own families or within our
communities. As we observe National Family Caregivers Month, let us
thank the millions of devoted men and women across our Nation who enable
our loved ones who are frail, chronically ill, or living with
disabilities to live in dignity in the warmth and familiarity of home.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 2000 as National
Family Caregivers Month. I call upon all Americans to acknowledge and
honor the contributions of caregivers to the quality of our national
life.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7371 of November 7, 2000
National Adoption Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Families are the cornerstone of our Nation. Yet, today, tens of
thousands of America's children are living within our child welfare
system, without the sustained love and care of permanent families. For
many of these children, often shuttled from one living situation to
another, adoption opens the door to loving parents and permanent homes,
where they can put down roots and learn what it means to be part of a
safe, stable family. Adoption gives children who have been orphaned,
abandoned, or abused a precious second chance at happiness; a chance to
love and be loved and to reach their full potential in a secure,
supportive environment.
[[Page 192]]
While foster care offers children a safe temporary haven, adoption
allows children to have the permanent homes they deserve. That is why
increasing the chances of adoption for children in the foster care
system has been one of my Administration's chief goals. Over the last 8
years, we have worked with the Congress to craft legislation that makes
it easier, faster, and more affordable for parents to adopt children.
Adoptive parents--like all new parents--can now take time off to care
for their newly adopted children without fear of losing their jobs. We
have ensured health coverage for adopted children with special needs,
barred discrimination and delays of adoptions on the basis of race or
ethnicity, provided tax cuts to families adopting children, and offered
States financial incentives to move children more rapidly from foster
care into the permanent homes of loving families.
We are beginning to see dramatic results from these efforts. Last year
alone, 46,000 foster children were adopted--an increase of nearly 65
percent since 1996. All 50 States, as well as the District of Columbia
and Puerto Rico, have succeeded in increasing the number of children
adopted from their child welfare systems. This puts us well on the way
to meeting my goal of doubling the annual number of adoptions from
28,000 in 1996 to 56,000 in 2002.
Despite our efforts, nearly 20,000 18-year-olds still leave foster care
each year without the emotional, social, and financial support that
adoptive families provide. To help them make the challenging transition
to successful, independent adulthood, I signed the Foster Care
Independence Act last year. This legislation provides young people who
are growing too old for the foster care system with better educational
opportunities and access to health care, training, housing assistance,
counseling, and other services.
As we observe National Adoption Month, we should take pride in our
progress, but realize that there is more work to be done. Let us
recommit ourselves to giving our Nation's most vulnerable children what
every child deserves and needs--a safe, stable home and a loving family.
And let us also give thanks for the many generous and compassionate
families who, through adoption, have opened their hearts and homes and
changed a child's life forever.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 2000 as National
Adoption Month. I urge all Americans to observe this month with
appropriate programs and activities to honor adoptive families and to
participate in efforts to find permanent, loving homes for waiting
children.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventh day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 193]]
Proclamation 7372 of November 8, 2000
National American Indian Heritage Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
American Indians, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians are a special
part of the tapestry of our Nation's history. As keepers of a rich and
ancient cultural heritage, Native Americans share with all of us the
beauty of their art, the power of their songs, and the grace of their
people. As individuals, they have distinguished themselves in virtually
every field, from the arts to the sciences, from the world of sports to
the world of commerce.
This month, we celebrate the culture and contributions of the first
Americans. We also remember with sorrow the suffering they endured
because of past Federal actions and policies that had long-term and
often devastating consequences for Native Americans and their culture.
But, as the new millennium dawns, there is reason for optimism. During
my 1999 New Markets tour of the Pine Ridge reservation in South Dakota
and my visit to the Navajo Nation in New Mexico in April of this year, I
saw firsthand a strength of spirit and hope sweeping through Indian
Country. The Vice President and I have worked with tribes to foster this
hope--through economic development initiatives and improved education
and health care.
We still have much to accomplish, however. While my Administration has
worked hard to bridge the digital divide and bring the Information
Superhighway to Indian Country, some areas still do not have telephone
and power lines. We continue striving to provide American Indians with
the tools they need to strengthen family and community life by fighting
poverty, crime, alcohol and drug abuse, and domestic violence, and we
are working with tribes to improve academic achievement and strengthen
tribal colleges.
We are also seeking to ensure that tribal leaders have a voice equal to
that of Federal and State officials in addressing issues of concern to
all our citizens. I reaffirmed that commitment to tribal sovereignty and
self-determination by issuing this month a revised Executive Order on
Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments. This order
builds on prior actions and strengthens our government-to-government
relationship with Indian tribes by ensuring that all Executive
departments and agencies consult with Indian tribes and respect tribal
sovereignty as the agencies consider policy initiatives that affect
Indian communities.
This year, my Administration proposed the largest budget increase ever
for a comprehensive Native American initiative for health care,
education, infrastructure, and economic development. Just last month, as
part of the Department of the Interior appropriations legislation, I
signed into law one segment of this budget initiative that includes
significant investments for school construction in Indian Country and
the largest funding increase ever for the Indian Health Service. These
are the kinds of investments that will empower tribal communities to
address an array of needs and, ultimately, to achieve a better standard
of living.
Back in 1994, when I first met with the tribal leaders of more than 500
Indian nations at the White House, I saw the strength and determination
that
[[Page 194]]
have enabled Native Americans to overcome extraordinary barriers and
protect their hard-won civil and political rights. Since then, by
working together, we have established a new standard for Federal Indian
policy--one that promotes an effective government-to-government
relationship between the Federal Government and the tribes, and that
seeks to ensure greater prosperity, self-reliance, and hope for all
Native Americans. While we cannot erase the tragedies of the past, we
can create a future where all of our country's people share in America's
great promise.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 2000 as National
American Indian Heritage Month. I urge all Americans, as well as their
elected representatives at the Federal, State, local, and tribal levels,
to observe this month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and
activities.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7373 of November 9, 2000
Boundary Enlargement of the Craters of the Moon National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
The Craters of the Moon National Monument was established on May 2, 1924
(Presidential Proclamation 1694), for the purpose of protecting the
unusual landscape of the Craters of the Moon lava field. This ``lunar''
landscape was thought to resemble that of the Moon and was described in
the Proclamation as ``weird and scenic landscape peculiar to itself.''
The unusual scientific value of the expanded monument is the great
diversity of exquisitely preserved volcanic features within a relatively
small area. The expanded monument includes almost all the features of
basaltic volcanism, including the craters, cones, lava flows, caves, and
fissures of the 65-mile-long Great Rift, a geological feature that is
comparable to the great rift zones of Iceland and Hawaii. It comprises
the most diverse and geologically recent part of the lava terrain that
covers the southern Snake River Plain, a broad lava plain made up of
innumerable basalt lava flows that erupted during the past 5 million
years.
Since 1924, the monument has been expanded and boundary adjustments made
through four presidential proclamations issued pursuant to the
Antiquities Act (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431). Presidential Proclamation
1843 of July 23, 1928, expanded the monument to include certain springs
for water supply and additional features of scientific interest.
Presidential Proclamation 1916 of July 9, 1930, Presidential
Proclamation 2499 of July 18, 1941, and Presidential Proclamation 3506
of November 19, 1962, made further
[[Page 195]]
adjustments to the boundaries. In 1996, a minor boundary adjustment was
made by section 205 of the Omnibus Parks and Public Lands Management Act
of 1996 (Public Law 104-333, 110 Stat. 4093, 4106).
This Proclamation enlarges the boundary to assure protection of the
entire Great Rift volcanic zone and associated lava features, all
objects of scientific interest. The Craters of the Moon, Open Crack,
Kings Bowl, and Wapi crack sets and the associated Craters of the Moon,
Kings Bowl, and Wapi lava fields constitute this volcanic rift zone
system. Craters of the Moon is the largest basaltic volcanic field of
dominantly Holocene age (less than 10,000 years old) in the conterminous
United States. Each of the past eruptive episodes lasted up to several
hundred years in duration and was separated from other eruptive episodes
by quiet periods of several hundred years to about 3,000 years. The
first eruptive episode began about 15,000 years ago and the latest ended
about 2,100 years ago.
Craters of the Moon holds the most diverse and youngest part of the lava
terrain that covers the southern Snake River Plain of Idaho, a broad
plain made up of innumerable basalt lava flows during the past 5 million
years. The most recent eruptions at the Craters of the Moon took place
about 2,100 years ago and were likely witnessed by the Shoshone people,
whose legend speaks of a serpent on a mountain who, angered by
lightening, coiled around and squeezed the mountain until the rocks
crumbled and melted, fire shot from cracks, and liquid rock flowed from
the fissures as the mountain exploded. The volcanic field now lies
dormant, in the latest of a series of quiet periods that separate the
eight eruptive episodes during which the 60 lava flows and 25 cinder
cones of this composite volcanic field were formed. Some of the lava
flows traveled distances of as much as 43 miles from their vents, and
some flows diverged around areas of higher ground and rejoined
downstream to form isolated islands of older terrain surrounded by new
lava. These areas are called ``kipukas.''
The kipukas provide a window on vegetative communities of the past that
have been erased from most of the Snake River Plain. In many instances,
the expanse of rugged lava surrounding the small pocket of soils has
protected the kipukas from people, animals, and even exotic plants. As a
result, these kipukas represent some of the last nearly pristine and
undisturbed vegetation in the Snake River Plain, including 700-year-old
juniper trees and relict stands of sagebrush that are essential habitat
for sensitive sage grouse populations. These tracts of relict vegetation
are remarkable benchmarks that aid in the scientific study of changes to
vegetative communities from recent human activity as well as the role of
natural fire in the sagebrush steppe ecosystem.
The Kings Bowl lava field and the Wapi lava field are included in the
enlarged monument. The Kings Bowl field erupted during a single fissure
eruption on the southern part of the Great Rift about 2,250 years ago.
This eruption probably lasted only a few hours to a few days. The field
preserves explosion pits, lava lakes, squeeze-ups, basalt mounds, and an
ash blanket. The Wapi field probably formed from a fissure eruption
simultaneously with the eruption of the Kings Bowl field. With more
prolonged activity over a period of months to a few years, the Wapi
field formed a low shield volcano. The Bear Trap lava tube, located
between the Craters of the Moon and the Wapi lava fields, is a cave
system more than 15 miles long. The lava tube is remarkable for its
length and for the number of well
[[Page 196]]
preserved lava-cave features, such as lava stalactites and curbs, the
latter marking high stands of the flowing lava forever frozen on the
lava tube walls. The lava tubes and pit craters of the monument are
known for their unusual preservation of winter ice and snow into the hot
summer months, due to shielding from the sun and the insulating
properties of the basalt.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431),
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as an addition to the Craters of the Moon National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, William J. Clinton, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as an addition to the Craters of the Moon
National Monument, for the purpose of protecting the objects identified
above, all lands and interests in lands owned or controlled by the
United States within the boundaries of the area described on the map
entitled ``Craters of the Moon National Monument Boundary Enlargement''
attached to and forming a part of this proclamation. The Federal land
and interests in land reserved consist of approximately 661,287 acres,
which is the smallest area compatible with the proper care and
management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry, and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all
laws relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange
that furthers the protective purposes of the monument. For the purpose
of protecting the objects identified above, the Secretary shall prohibit
all motorized and mechanized vehicle use off road, except for emergency
or authorized administrative purposes.
Lands and interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by
the United States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon
acquisition of title thereto by the United States.
The Secretary of the Interior shall prepare a transportation plan that
addresses the actions, including road closures or travel restrictions,
necessary to protect the objects identified in this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the area being added to the
monument through the Bureau of Land Management and the National Park
Service, pursuant to legal authorities, to implement the purposes of
this proclamation. The National Park Service and the Bureau of Land
Management shall manage the monument cooperatively and shall prepare an
agreement to share, consistent with applicable laws, whatever resources
are necessary to manage properly the monument; however, the National
Park Service shall have primary management authority over the portion of
the monu
[[Page 197]]
ment that includes the exposed lava flows, and shall manage the area
under the same laws and regulations that apply to the current monument.
The Bureau of Land Management shall have primary management authority
over the remaining portion of the monument, as indicated on the map
entitled, ``Craters of the Moon National Monument Boundary
Enlargement.''
Wilderness Study Areas included in the monument will continue to be
managed under section 603(c) of the Federal Land Policy and Management
Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1701-1782).
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Idaho with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
This proclamation does not reserve water as a matter of Federal law.
Nothing in this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or
reduction of any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the
United States on or before the date of this proclamation. The Secretary
shall work with appropriate State authorities to ensure that water
resources needed for monument purposes are available.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
rights of any Indian tribe.
Laws, regulations, and policies followed by the Bureau of Land
Management in issuing and administering grazing permits or leases on all
lands under its jurisdiction shall continue to apply with regard to the
lands in the monument administered by the Bureau of Land Management.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation.
Warning is hereby given to all unauthorized persons not to appropriate,
injure, destroy, or remove any feature of this monument and not to
locate or settle upon any of the lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 198]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD15NO00.001
[[Page 199]]
Proclamation 7374 of November 9, 2000
Vermilion Cliffs National Monument
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Amid the sandstone slickrock, brilliant cliffs, and rolling sandy
plateaus of the Vermilion Cliffs National Monument lie outstanding
objects of scientific and historic interest. Despite its arid climate
and rugged isolation, the monument contains a wide variety of biological
objects and has a long and rich human history. Full of natural splendor
and a sense of solitude, this area remains remote and unspoiled,
qualities that are essential to the protection of the scientific and
historic objects it contains.
The monument is a geological treasure. Its centerpiece is the majestic
Paria Plateau, a grand terrace lying between two great geologic
structures, the East Kaibab and the Echo Cliffs monoclines. The
Vermilion Cliffs, which lie along the southern edge of the Paria
Plateau, rise 3,000 feet in a spectacular escarpment capped with
sandstone underlain by multicolored, actively eroding, dissected layers
of shale and sandstone. The stunning Paria River Canyon winds along the
east side of the plateau to the Colorado River. Erosion of the
sedimentary rocks in this 2,500 foot deep canyon has produced a variety
of geologic objects and associated landscape features such as
amphitheaters, arches, and massive sandstone walls.
In the northwest portion of the monument lies Coyote Buttes, a
geologically spectacular area where crossbeds of the Navajo Sandstone
exhibit colorful banding in surreal hues of yellow, orange, pink, and
red caused by the precipitation of manganese, iron, and other oxides.
Thin veins or fins of calcite cut across the sandstone, adding another
dimension to the landscape. Humans have explored and lived on the
plateau and surrounding canyons for thousands of years, since the
earliest known hunters and gatherers crossed the area 12,000 or more
years ago. Some of the earliest rock art in the Southwest can be found
in the monument. High densities of Ancestral Puebloan sites can also be
found, including remnants of large and small villages, some with intact
standing walls, fieldhouses, trails, granaries, burials, and camps.
The monument was a crossroad for many historic expeditions. In 1776, the
Dominguez-Escalante expedition of Spanish explorers traversed the
monument in search of a safe crossing of the Colorado River. After a
first attempt at crossing the Colorado near the mouth of the Paria River
failed, the explorers traveled up the Paria Canyon in the monument until
finding a steep hillside they could negotiate with horses. This took
them out of the Paria Canyon to the east and up into the Ferry Swale
area, after which they achieved their goal at the Crossing of the
Fathers east of the monument. Antonio Armijo's 1829 Mexican trading
expedition followed the Dominguez route on the way from Santa Fe to Los
Angeles.
Later, Mormon exploring parties led by Jacob Hamblin crossed south of
the Vermilion Cliffs on missionary expeditions to the Hopi villages.
Mormon pioneer John D. Lee established Lee's Ferry on the Colorado River
just south of the monument in 1871. This paved the way for homesteads in
the monument, still visible in remnants of historic ranch structures and
associ
[[Page 200]]
ated objects that tell the stories of early settlement. The route taken
by the Mormon explorers along the base of the Paria Plateau would later
become known as the Old Arizona Road or Honeymoon Trail. After the
temple in St. George, Utah was completed in 1877, the Honeymoon Trail
was used by Mormon couples who had already been married by civil
authorities in the Arizona settlements, but also made the arduous trip
to St. George to have their marriages solemnized in the temple. The
settlement of the monument area by Mormon pioneers overlapped with
another historic exploration by John Wesley Powell, who passed through
the monument during his scientific surveys of 1871.
The monument contains outstanding biological objects that have been
preserved by remoteness and limited travel corridors. The monument's
vegetation is a unique combination of cold desert flora and warm desert
grassland, and includes one threatened species, Welsh's milkweed. This
unusual plant, known only in Utah and Arizona, colonizes and stabilizes
shifting sand dunes, but is crowded out once other vegetation
encroaches.
Despite sporadic rainfall and widely scattered ephemeral water sources,
the monument supports a variety of wildlife species. At least twenty
species of raptors have been documented in the monument, as well as a
variety of reptiles and amphibians. California condors have been
reintroduced into the monument in an effort to establish another wild
population of this highly endangered species. Desert bighorn sheep,
pronghorn antelope, mountain lion, and other mammals roam the canyons
and plateaus. The Paria River supports sensitive native fish, including
the flannelmouth sucker and the speckled dace.
Section 2 of the Act of June 8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431)
authorizes the President, in his discretion, to declare by public
proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures,
and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated
upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United
States to be national monuments, and to reserve as a part thereof
parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to
the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the
objects to be protected.
WHEREAS it appears that it would be in the public interest to reserve
such lands as a national monument to be known as the Vermilion Cliffs
National Monument:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, William J. Clinton, President of the United States of
America, by the authority vested in me by section 2 of the Act of June
8, 1906 (34 Stat. 225, 16 U.S.C. 431), do proclaim that there are hereby
set apart and reserved as the Vermilion Cliffs National Monument, for
the purpose of protecting the objects identified above, all lands and
interests in lands owned or controlled by the United States within the
boundaries of the area described on the map entitled ``Vermilion Cliffs
National Monument'' attached to and forming a part of this proclamation.
The Federal land and interests in land reserved consist of approximately
293,000 acres, which is the smallest area compatible with the proper
care and management of the objects to be protected.
All Federal lands and interests in lands within the boundaries of this
monument are hereby appropriated and withdrawn from all forms of entry,
location, selection, sale, or leasing or other disposition under the
public land laws, including but not limited to withdrawal from location,
entry,
[[Page 201]]
and patent under the mining laws, and from disposition under all laws
relating to mineral and geothermal leasing, other than by exchange that
furthers the protective purposes of the monument. For the purpose of
protecting the objects identified above, the Secretary shall prohibit
all motorized and mechanized vehicle use off road, except for emergency
or authorized administrative purposes.
Lands and interests in lands within the proposed monument not owned by
the United States shall be reserved as a part of the monument upon
acquisition of title thereto by the United States.
The Secretary of the Interior shall manage the monument through the
Bureau of Land Management, pursuant to applicable legal authorities, to
implement the purposes of this proclamation.
The Secretary of the Interior shall prepare a transportation plan that
addresses the actions, including road closures or travel restrictions,
necessary to protect the objects identified in this proclamation.
The establishment of this monument is subject to valid existing rights.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to enlarge or diminish the
jurisdiction of the State of Arizona with respect to fish and wildlife
management.
This proclamation does not reserve water as a matter of Federal law.
Nothing in this reservation shall be construed as a relinquishment or
reduction of any water use or rights reserved or appropriated by the
United States on or before the date of this proclamation. The Secretary
shall work with appropriate State authorities to ensure that any water
resources needed for monument purposes are available.
Laws, regulations, and policies followed by the Bureau of Land
Management in issuing and administering grazing permits or leases on all
lands under its jurisdiction shall continue to apply with regard to the
lands in the monument.
Nothing in this proclamation shall be deemed to revoke any existing
withdrawal, reservation, or appropriation; however, the national
monument shall be the dominant reservation. Warning is hereby given to
all unauthorized persons not to appropriate, injure, destroy, or remove
any feature of this monument and not to locate or settle upon any of the
lands thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this ninth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 202]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD15NO00.002
[[Page 203]]
Proclamation 7375 of November 10, 2000
Veterans Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
On this day, in ceremonies across our Nation and around the world,
Americans gather to pay tribute to our veterans. In community centers
and church halls, at VFW posts and U.S. embassies, in quiet cemeteries
and on battlefields fallen silent, we pause to honor the brave men and
women of our Armed Forces whose devotion to duty and willingness to
serve have sustained our country for more than two centuries.
Over the course of our history, some 41 million Americans have served--
and more than a million have died--so that we might live in freedom. We
are the beneficiaries of their courage, their sacrifice, and their
vigilance; and so are countless freedom-loving people around the world.
In the past century alone, through two world wars and the long, tense
struggle of the Cold War; on the front lines in Korea, Vietnam, Beirut,
Grenada, Panama, Somalia, Haiti, the Persian Gulf, and the Balkans, our
brave men and women in uniform have risked their lives to protect U.S.
interests, assist our allies, promote peace, and advance our ideals.
Thanks to their extraordinary record of service, more people now live
under democratic rule than at any other time in history. And today,
America is a stronger Nation in a more secure world because of our
veterans.
President Kennedy once said, ``Democracy is never a final achievement.
It is a call to untiring effort, to continual sacrifice and to the
willingness, if necessary, to die in its defense.'' Today we give thanks
to the veterans of our Armed Forces for showing that willingness.
Whether serving on bases and in ports at home or deployed across the
globe, they have endured hardship and danger to protect our Nation and
assist our allies. The story of America has been written, in large part,
by the deeds of our veterans--deeds that bind us to our past, inspire us
in the present, and strengthen us to meet the challenges of the future.
In honor of those who have served in our Armed Forces, the Congress has
provided (5 U.S.C. 6103 (a)) that November 11 of each year shall be set
aside as a legal public holiday to honor America's veterans. On Veterans
Day, we pay tribute to all those who have served in our Armed Forces,
and we remember with deep respect those who paid the ultimate price for
our freedom. America's veterans have answered the highest calling of
citizenship, and they continue to inspire us with the depth of their
patriotism and the generosity of their service.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim Saturday, November 11, 2000, as Veterans
Day. I urge all Americans to acknowledge the courage and sacrifice of
our veterans through appropriate public ceremonies and private prayers.
I call upon Federal, State, and local officials to display the flag of
the United States and to encourage and participate in patriotic
activities in their communities. I invite civic and fraternal
organizations, places of worship, schools, businesses, unions, and the
media to support this national observance with suitable commemorative
expressions and programs.
[[Page 204]]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this tenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7376 of November 13, 2000
International Education Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Today we live in a global community, where all countries must work as
partners to promote peace and prosperity and to resolve international
problems. One of the surest ways to develop and strengthen such
partnerships is through international education programs.
These programs enable students to learn other languages, experience
other cultures, develop a broader understanding of global issues, and
make lasting friendships with their peers in other countries who will
one day guide the political, cultural, and economic development of their
nations. Some of America's staunchest friends abroad are those who have
experienced our country firsthand as exchange students or who have been
exposed to American values through contact with American students and
scholars studying overseas.
Since World War II, the Federal Government has worked in partnership
with colleges, universities, and other educational organizations to
sponsor programs that help our citizens gain the international
experience and skills needed to meet the challenges of an increasingly
interdependent world. At the same time, American educational
institutions have developed study programs that attract students from
all over the world to further their education in the United States.
One of the largest and most renowned of these international education
initiatives is the Fulbright Program, which was founded by Senator J.
William Fulbright more than half a century ago. Since its inception, the
program has provided nearly a quarter of a million participants from the
United States and 140 other nations--participants chosen for their
academic and professional qualifications and leadership potential--with
the opportunity to study and teach abroad and to gain knowledge of
global political, economic, and cultural institutions. As Senator
Fulbright envisioned, this program has proved to be a vital and positive
force for peace and understanding around the world.
To build on this tradition of excellence in international education, I
signed a memorandum in April of this year directing the heads of
Executive departments and agencies to work with educational
institutions, State and local governments, private organizations, and
the business community to develop a coordinated national policy on
international education. We must reaffirm our national commitment to
encouraging students from other countries to study in the United States,
promote study abroad by U.S. students, and support the exchange of
teachers, scholars, and citizens at all
[[Page 205]]
levels of society. By doing so, we can expand our citizens' intellectual
and cultural horizons, strengthen America's economic competitiveness,
increase under standing between nations and peoples, and, as Senator
Fulbright so eloquently stated, direct ``the enormous power of human
knowledge to the enrichment of our own lives and to the shaping of a
rational and civilized world order.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States
of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution
and laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 13 through
November 17, 2000, as International Education Week. I urge all Americans
to observe this week with events and programs that celebrate the
benefits of international education to our citizens, our economy, and
the world.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirteenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7377 of November 15, 2000
America Recycles Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As we look forward to Thanksgiving, our annual celebration of America's
great bounty, it is appropriate to observe America Recycles Day and
focus on how to preserve that bounty for the benefit of future
generations.
Recycling waste and purchasing products made from recycled materials are
among the easiest and most effective measures every American can take to
conserve our resources and create a cleaner environment. Currently, our
country recovers more than 28 percent of the billions of pounds of waste
generated by Americans annually--an effort that translates into enough
savings to supply the energy needs of 9 million U.S. households. But the
recycling process succeeds only when recovered materials are returned to
retailers as new products that are purchased by consumers; otherwise,
the recycled products themselves must be disposed of as waste.
Buying recycled products conserves resources, reduces water and air
pollution and greenhouse gas emissions, and saves energy. While
beneficial for the environment, the recycling process is good for our
economy as well. By promoting the development of markets for recycled
products, we are also creating new jobs, many of which are in America's
inner cities, where job creation is particularly critical. It is
estimated that while incinerating 10,000 tons of waste creates 1 job,
and landfilling the same amount creates 6 jobs, recycling the same
10,000 tons creates 36 jobs. Nationwide, recycling and remanufacturing
provide 1 million jobs and $100 billion in revenue.
To ensure the Federal Government's leadership in the recycling effort, I
signed an Executive Order in 1998 directing all Federal agencies to
expand
[[Page 206]]
and strengthen their commitment to recycling and buying recycled-content
and environmentally preferable products. The Federal Government now
purchases more than $350 million in recycled-content products annually--
an increase of $112 million a year, or 30 percent, from just a decade
ago.
America Recycles Day helps us to build on this progress by uniting
environmental and community organizations, business and industry, and
agencies at all levels of government as partners in the vital effort to
keep recycling working. By encouraging every business and consumer in
America to start or enhance recycling efforts and to buy recycled-
content products, we can sustain our economy, improve our environment,
and preserve our precious natural resources for the sake of generations
to come.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 15, 2000, as
America Recycles Day. I urge all Americans to observe this day with
appropriate ceremonies and activities and to take personal
responsibility for the environment not only by recycling, but also by
choosing to purchase and use products made from recycled materials.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7378 of November 15, 2000
National Great American Smokeout Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In the 24 years since the American Cancer Society organized the first
Great American Smokeout, our country has made encouraging progress in
our battle to reduce the devastating human and economic toll that
tobacco products take on our society. Today we have a more comprehensive
understanding of the dangers of tobacco use and the sophisticated
marketing tactics used by tobacco companies, and we have developed more
effective methods for helping people break their addiction to tobacco
products.
Despite the progress we have made, tobacco remains the leading cause of
preventable death in our Nation, with more than 400,000 casualties from
tobacco-related illness each year. Since the first report of the Surgeon
General on smoking and health was issued in 1964, 10 million Americans
have died from causes attributed to smoking. More than 50 million
Americans are currently addicted to tobacco. Every day, another 3,000
young Americans become regular smokers; of these, nearly 1,000 will die
prematurely.
A recent study funded by the National Institutes of Health has shown
that young people become addicted to nicotine much more quickly than we
previously thought. Adolescents who smoke as infrequently as once a
month still experience symptoms of addiction. That is why my
Administration has urged the Congress to raise the tax on cigarettes and
grant authority to the
[[Page 207]]
Food and Drug Administration to limit tobacco marketing and sales to
youth. I have also called on all the States to devote a substantial
portion of their tobacco settlement funds to reduce youth smoking.
Currently, tobacco companies are spending nearly $7 billion a year to
market their products, dramatically more than the Federal Government and
all 50 States combined are spending on tobacco prevention and cessation
programs.
My Administration has also joined with the American Cancer Society and
other public health organizations in calling for public and private
health plans to provide coverage for and access to proven tobacco
cessation methods. We know that helping people quit smoking produces
immediate and long-term health benefits--saving money and saving lives.
National Great American Smokeout Day presents all of us with the
opportunity to reaffirm our commitment to the health and safety of all
Americans. Smokers who quit smoking for the duration of the day can lead
by example and take the first crucial step toward better health.
Nonsmokers can teach children about the dangers of using tobacco and
strengthen our Nation's efforts to eliminate young people's exposure to
secondhand smoke.Through efforts like the Great American Smokeout and
the implementation of proven tobacco prevention programs, we are moving
toward my Administration's goal of cutting smoking rates among teens and
adults in half within the decade.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 16, 2000, as
national Great American Smokeout Day. I call upon all Americans to join
together in an effort to educate our children about the dangers of
tobacco use and to take this opportunity to practice a healthy lifestyle
that sets a positive example for young people.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fifteenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7379 of November 16, 2000
National Farm-City Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Since our earliest days as a Nation, farmers have tilled the rich soil
of this great land, feeding their families, our country, and people
around the world. While America has changed from an agricultural to an
industrial society, the American farm has remained a vital thread in the
fabric of our national life. Farmers and ranchers exemplify the values
on which our country was founded--hard work, faith, family, and devotion
to community and to the land--and they have made American agriculture a
leading global industry and a source of pride for our Nation.
[[Page 208]]
By providing their fellow Americans with an abundant supply of safe,
high-quality food and fiber, our country's farmers and ranchers help
sustain a quality of life that is unmatched around the world. In this
new century, their role is becoming even more important as they strive
to meet the challenge of feeding the world's people while preserving our
fertile land, clean water, and other precious natural resources.
Farmers and ranchers, however, do not accomplish these crucial tasks
alone. Farm workers, shippers, inspectors, processors, agribusiness
companies, marketers, grocers, and many others play vital roles in the
extraordinary productivity of America's agricultural industry. These
farm-city partnerships strengthen our free enterprise system and remind
us that the talents, energy, and hard work of millions of Americans have
contributed to the unprecedented prosperity we enjoy today.
This week, as we gather with our families in thanks for the bounty
bestowed upon us, let us remember with gratitude the hardworking men and
women in rural and urban communities who devote their lives to
producing, processing, and delivering the world's safest, most abundant
supply of food and fiber.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 17 through
November 23, 2000, as National Farm-City Week. I call upon all
Americans, in rural and urban communities alike, to join in recognizing
the achievements of all those who work together to promote America's
agricultural abundance.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixteenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7380 of November 17, 2000
National Family Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Our families are perhaps the strongest influence in our lives. Anyone
who grows up in a strong, nurturing family, grounded in the values of
love and responsibility, will have a distinct advantage in achieving the
most important tasks of adulthood--living fully, working productively,
contributing to society, and forming one's own strong, stable family.
Our Nation, too, draws its strength and character from America's
families, so as citizens we must do everything we can to support their
well-being and self-sufficiency. Over the past 8 years, my
Administration has strived to create an economic and social climate
where families can flourish. We have strengthened the economy; enacted a
higher minimum wage; expanded tax credits for working families; created
greater access to higher education, quality health care, and affordable
child care; and, with passage
[[Page 209]]
of the Family and Medical Leave Act, made it easier for working adults
to take leave to care for an ailing family member without putting their
jobs at risk. We have also been successful in moving thousands of
children from temporary homes in foster care to permanent families where
they can grow and flourish.
We are fortunate to be members of a larger family as well, composed not
only of our immediate relatives, but also of our neighbors, colleagues,
communities, and fellow citizens. As members of this extended family, we
must learn to appreciate the value and diversity of other families'
traditions; we must reach out to help those families who are still in
need; and we must share responsibility for the care and development of
all our Nation's children. In this season of Thanksgiving, let us be
grateful for the knowledge that America is a Nation of families,
standing together to make our country a better place in which to live
and to make the future a brighter one for our children.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim November 19 through
November 25, 2000, as National Family Week. I call upon Federal, State,
and local officials to honor American families with appropriate programs
and activities. I encourage educators, community organizations, and
religious leaders to celebrate the strength and values we draw from
family relationships, and I urge all the people of the United States to
reaffirm their own family ties and to reach out to other families in
friendship and goodwill.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventeenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7381 of November 17, 2000
Thanksgiving Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
We have much to be grateful for this Thanksgiving Day. Our Nation is
free, prosperous, and at peace. The remarkable growth in human knowledge
and technological innovation offers real hope for defeating the age-old
enemies of humanity: poverty, famine, and disease. Our dynamic economy
continues to generate millions of new jobs, and, as wages rise and
unemployment falls to its lowest level in more than a generation,
millions of American families are sharing in the bounty of this great
land for the first time.
Sharing in God's blessings is at the heart of Thanksgiving and at the
core of the American spirit. At Plymouth in 1621, the Pilgrims
celebrated their first harvest in the New World thanks to the generosity
of their Native American neighbors. In return, the Pilgrims invited
these tribal members to share in their harvest festival. At Thanksgiving
this year and every year,
[[Page 210]]
in worship services and family celebrations across our country,
Americans carry on that tradition of giving, sharing not only with
family and friends, but also with those in need throughout their
communities.
Every generation of Americans has benefited from the generosity,
talents, efforts, and contributions of their fellow citizens. All of us
have been enriched by the diverse cultures, traditions, and beliefs of
the millions of people who, by birth or choice, have come to call
America their home. All of us are beneficiaries of our founders' wisdom
and of the service and sacrifice of our men and women in uniform. While
Americans are an independent people, we are interdependent as well, and
our greatest achievements are those we have accomplished together.
As we celebrate Thanksgiving, let us remember with gratitude that
despite our differences in background, age, politics, or race, each of
us is a member of our larger American family and that, working together,
there is nothing we cannot accomplish in this promising new century.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Thursday, November 23,
2000, as a National Day of Thanksgiving. I encourage all the people of
the United States to assemble in their homes, places of worship, and
community centers to share the spirit of fellowship and prayer and to
reinforce the ties of family and community; to express heartfelt thanks
to God for our many blessings; and to reach out in gratitude and
friendship to our brothers and sisters across this land who, together,
comprise our great American family.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventeenth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7382 of November 30, 2000
World AIDS Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
As the global community observes the 13th annual World AIDS Day, we
remember with sorrow our friends, loved ones, neighbors, and colleagues
who have lost their lives to AIDS, and we reaffirm our shared commitment
to carry on the fight until our battle against this devastating disease
is won.
We can be proud of our efforts over the past 8 years. My Administration
has worked aggressively to increase funding for AIDS research; to find
better treatments, a vaccine, and a cure; to enhance HIV prevention
efforts; and to help ensure that those living with HIV and AIDS receive
the health care they need. Federal funding for such activities has
doubled on the national front and tripled internationally, reaching
nearly $11 billion last year alone, and I recently named a Presidential
Envoy for AIDS Cooperation.
[[Page 211]]
Building on this commitment, last month I signed into law the Ryan White
CARE Act Amendments of 2000, improving the Federal Government's most
comprehensive program for providing services to Americans living with
HIV/AIDS. Our investment is producing results and, thanks to new
treatments, many people with AIDS are living longer and experiencing a
better quality of life than ever before.
But our battle is far from over. Last year, 3 million people died from
HIV/AIDS--the highest global total reported since the pandemic began.
Current estimates indicate that more than 50 million people have been
infected with HIV since the virus was first identified more than 15
years ago, and some 21.8 million people have died from HIV/AIDS. The
number of children orphaned as a result of HIV/AIDS is estimated to be
more than 13.2 million.
Because the spread of HIV has reached catastrophic proportions in many
areas of our global community, AIDS has become a national and
international security threat. The United States is working hard to
develop partnerships with other nations and to mobilize a greatly
expanded global response to address HIV/AIDS through our Leadership and
Investment in Fighting an Epidemic Initiative. And this week, we will
host a White House Summit of Religious Leaders to underscore the
important role the world's faith communities play in preventing the
spread of HIV and in caring for those affected by HIV. Many care and
treatment programs around the world are operated by religious-based
organizations, and often these groups provide the only available source
of care. The summit will highlight successful efforts and raise
awareness of our moral obligations in addressing HIV and AIDS.
Our goals are clear, and our resolve is firm. Working with our partners
at home and abroad, we will triumph over the tragedy of HIV/AIDS and
ensure a bright, healthy future for our children.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim December 1, 2000, as World
AIDS Day. I invite the Governors of the States and the Commonwealth of
Puerto Rico, officials of the other territories subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States, and the American people to join me in
reaffirming our commitment to defeating HIV and AIDS. I encourage every
American to participate in appropriate commemorative programs and
ceremonies in workplaces, houses of worship, and other community
centers, to reach out to protect and educate our people, and to provide
hope and help to all who are living with HIV and AIDS.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this thirtieth day of
November, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 212]]
Proclamation 7383 of December 1, 2000
To Implement Title V of the Trade and Development Act of 2000 and To
Modify the Generalized System of Preferences
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Title V of the Trade and Development Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-200)
(the ``Act'') modifies the tariff treatment of certain imported wool
articles.
2. Section 501(a)(1) of the Act amends the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of
the United States (HTS) to create a new heading, 9902.51.11, for imports
of certain worsted wool fabrics with average fiber diameters greater
than 18.5 microns. Section 501(d) of the Act limits the quantity of
imports under heading 9902.51.11, on an annual basis, to 2,500,000
square meter equivalents or such other quantity proclaimed by the
President pursuant to section 504(b)(3) of the Act.
3. Section 501(b)(1) of the Act amends the HTS to create a new heading,
9902.51.12, for imports of certain worsted wool fabrics with average
fiber diameters of 18.5 microns or less. Section 501(d) of the Act
limits the quantity of imports under heading 9902.51.12, on an annual
basis, to 1,500,000 square meter equivalents or such other quantity
proclaimed by the President pursuant to section 504(b)(3) of the Act.
4. Section 501(b)(2) of the Act authorizes the President to proclaim a
reduction in the rate of duty applicable to imports of worsted wool
fabrics classified under heading 9902.51.12 of the HTS that is necessary
to equalize such rate of duty with the most favored nation rate of duty
applicable to imports of such worsted wool fabrics into Canada.
5. Section 501(e) of the Act provides that in implementing the
limitation on the quantity of imports of worsted wool fabrics under
headings 9902.51.11 and 9902.51.12 of the HTS, the President, consistent
with U.S. international obligations, shall take such action as he
determines appropriate to ensure that such fabrics are fairly allocated
to persons who cut and sew men's and boys' worsted wool suits and suit-
type jackets and trousers in the United States and who apply for an
allocation based on the amount of such suits cut and sewn during the
prior calendar year.
6. Section 503(a) of the Act requires the President to proclaim 8-digit
tariff categories for certain wool yarn and wool fabrics with an average
fiber diameter of 18.5 microns or less, and men's or boys' suits, suit-
type jackets, and trousers of worsted wool fabric, made of wool yarn
with an average diameter of 18.5 microns or less. Section 503(b) of the
Act authorizes the President to make conforming changes in the HTS to
take into account the new tariff categories proclaimed under section
503(a).
7. Section 504(a) of the Act requires the President to monitor market
conditions in the United States, including domestic demand, domestic
supply, and increases in domestic production, of worsted wool fabrics
and their components in the market for (i) men's or boys' worsted wool
suits, suit-type jackets, and trousers, (ii) worsted wool fabrics and
yarn used in the manufacture of such apparel articles, and (iii) wool
used in the production of such fabrics and yarn.
[[Page 213]]
8. Section 504(b)(1) requires the President, on an annual basis, to
consider requests from domestic manufacturers of apparel products made
of worsted wool fabrics described in section 504(a) to modify the
limitation on the quantity of imports of worsted wool fabrics under
headings 9902.51.11 and 9902.51.12 of the HTS.
9. Section 504(b)(3) of the Act authorizes the President, after taking
into account the market conditions set forth in section 504(b)(2) of the
Act, to modify the limitation on the quantity of imports of worsted wool
fabrics under headings 9902.51.11 and 9902.51.12 of the HTS, provided
that any such modification shall not exceed 1,000,000 square meter
equivalents annually for each heading, and to proclaim any such
modifications.
10. Section 504(c) requires the President to issue regulations to
implement the provisions of section 504.
11. I have determined that it is appropriate to authorize the Secretary
of Commerce (Secretary) to perform certain functions specified in
sections 501(e) and 504(b) of the Act.
12. I have determined that it is appropriate to authorize the United
States Trade Representative (USTR) to perform certain functions
specified in section 504(a) of the Act.
13. Sections 501 and 502 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the
``1974 Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2461 and 2462), authorize the President to
designate countries as beneficiary developing countries and as least-
developed beneficiary developing countries for purposes of the
Generalized System of Preferences (GSP).
14. Pursuant to Executive Order 11888 of November 24, 1975, Western
Samoa was designated as a beneficiary developing country for purposes of
the GSP. I have determined that the designation of Western Samoa as a
beneficiary developing country under the GSP should be modified so that
the designation applies to Samoa. Furthermore, pursuant to section 502
of the 1974 Act, and having due regard for the eligibility criteria set
forth therein, I have determined that it is appropriate to designate
Samoa as a least-developed beneficiary developing country for purposes
of the GSP.
15. Proclamation 6425 of April 29, 1992, suspended the application of
duty-free treatment under the GSP for certain handloomed cotton fabrics
imported from India. On September 14, 2000, the United States Government
and the Government of India entered into a Memorandum of Understanding
in which the United States agreed to restore GSP treatment for certain
handloomed cotton fabrics. Pursuant to section 501 of the 1974 Act, I
have determined that it is appropriate to restore GSP treatment for
these articles to give effect to the Memorandum of Understanding.
16. Section 604 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2483) authorizes the
President to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant provisions
of that Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment, and actions
thereunder, including the removal, modification, continuance, or
imposition of any rate of duty or other import restriction.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including section 301
[[Page 214]]
of title 3, United States Code, title V of the Act, and sections 501,
502, and 604 of the 1974 Act, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to provide separate tariff treatment for the articles
specified in section 503(a) of the Act, the HTS is modified as provided
in section A of the Annex to this proclamation.
(2) In order to make conforming changes to take into account the new
permanent tariff categories established in section A of the Annex to
this proclamation, the HTS is further modified as provided in section B
of the Annex to this proclamation.
(3) The Secretary is authorized to exercise the authority set forth
in section 501(e) of the Act to allocate the quantity of imports of
worsted wool fabrics under headings 9902.51.11 and 9902.51.12. Any
determination by the Secretary under this paragraph shall be set forth
in a notice or notices that the Secretary shall cause to be published in
the Federal Register.
(4) The Secretary is authorized to monitor the most favored nation
rate of duty applicable to imports into Canada of worsted wool fabrics
of the kind classified under heading 9902.51.12 of the HTS and shall
notify the President of any reduction, effective on or after May 18,
2000, in the Canadian most favored nation rate of duty on such imports.
The Secretary shall cause to be published in the Federal Register a
notice describing any such reduction.
(5) The Secretary is authorized to exercise the authority set forth
in section 504(b)(1) of the Act to consider, on an annual basis,
requests from domestic manufacturers of apparel products made of worsted
wool fabrics described in section 504(a) to modify the limitation on the
quantity of imports of worsted wool fabrics under headings 9902.51.11
and 9902.51.12 of the HTS.
(6) The Secretary is authorized to determine, under section
504(b)(3) of the Act, whether the limitation on the quantity of imports
of worsted wool fabrics under headings 9902.51.11 and 9902.51.12 of the
HTS should be modified and to recommend to the President that
appropriate modifications be made.
(7) The Secretary is authorized to issue regulations to implement
the provisions of sections 501 and 504(b) of the Act, the implementation
of which have been delegated to the Secretary pursuant to paragraphs 3,
4, 5, and 6 of this proclamation.
(8) The USTR is authorized to exercise the authority set forth in
section 504(a) of the Act to monitor market conditions in the United
States for the worsted wool articles specified in that section.
(9) In order to reflect a change in the name of a designated
beneficiary developing country for purposes of the GSP, general note
4(a) to the HTS is modified by striking ``Western Samoa'' and by
inserting in alphabetical sequence in lieu thereof ``Samoa'' in the
enumeration of independent beneficiary developing countries.
(10) Samoa is designated as a least-developed beneficiary developing
country for purposes of the GSP and title V of the 1974 Act. In order to
reflect such designation, general note 4(b)(i) to the HTS, enumerating
those countries designated as least-developed beneficiary developing
countries
[[Page 215]]
for purposes of the GSP, is modified by inserting in alphabetical
sequence ``Samoa.''
(11) In order to provide that India is again treated as a
beneficiary developing country with respect to certain certified
handloomed cotton fabrics for purposes of the GSP program, the HTS is
modified as provided in section C of the Annex to this proclamation.
(12) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive Orders
that are inconsistent with the actions taken in this proclamation are
superseded to the extent of such inconsistency.
(13) This proclamation is effective on the date of signature of this
proclamation, except that the designation of Samoa as a least-developed
beneficiary developing country shall be effective with respect to
articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or
after the date that is 60 days from the date of publication of this
proclamation in the Federal Register.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this first day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 216]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD06DE00.030
[[Page 217]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD06DE00.031
[[Page 218]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD06DE00.032
[[Page 219]]
Proclamation 7384 of December 4, 2000
National Drunk and Drugged Driving Prevention Month, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
Driving is an integral part of American culture and daily living; but it
is also a privilege that carries great responsibility. To protect
ourselves and others, we must always be safe, sober, and drug-free
behind the wheel.
As a Nation, we have made steady progress in reducing alcohol-related
deaths through stronger laws, tougher enforcement, and increased public
awareness. Last year, alcohol-related traffic fatalities reached a
historic low. But even one death is still one too many; that is why I
was pleased to sign into law this October a nationwide impaired-driving
standard of .08 blood alcohol content (BAC). Once all 50 States set
their BAC limits to .08, we can save hundreds of lives and prevent
thousands of injuries each year on America's streets and highways.
There are other measures we are taking to reduce the incidence of drunk
driving. Last December, the Department of Transportation unveiled the
``You Drink and Drive. You Lose.'' campaign, an effort to promote
greater public awareness of the dangers of impaired driving. In just 1
year, hundreds of communities and law enforcement agencies have joined
the campaign, helping to reach nearly 100 million Americans with this
simple but lifesaving message.
In memory of the thousands of victims who have lost their lives to
alcohol- and drug-impaired drivers, I ask all motorists to participate
in ``National Lights On for Life Day'' on December 15, 2000, by driving
with their vehicle headlights illuminated. By doing so, we will call
attention to this devastating national problem and remind others on the
road of their responsibility to drive sober and drug-free.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim December 2000 as National
Drunk and Drugged Driving Prevention Month. I urge all Americans to
acknowledge the dangers of impaired driving, to make the right choice by
designating a sober driver, to prevent impaired family members and
friends from getting behind the wheel, and to help teach our young
drivers the importance of alcohol- and drug-free driving. I also call on
all State, county, and local leaders to make safety a top priority and
to work together to make our Nation's transportation system the safest
it can be.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 220]]
Proclamation 7385 of December 6, 2000
National Pearl Harbor Remembrance Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
While the bitter winds of war raged across much of the world on the
morning of December 7, 1941, the United States was still at peace. At
Pearl Harbor, the 130 vessels of the U.S. Pacific Fleet lay tranquil in
the Sunday silence. Then, at 7:55 a.m., that silence was shattered by
the sound of falling bombs and the rattle of machine-gun fire, as the
war came home to America.
In making such a devastating preemptive strike, the forces of Imperial
Japan sought to weaken our national spirit and cripple our military
might. But our attackers would soon learn that they had seriously
misjudged the character of the American people and the strength of our
democracy. Though 21 ships were sunk or badly damaged, 347 aircraft
destroyed or in need of significant repair, and some 3,500 Americans
dead or injured, the attack on Pearl Harbor galvanized our Nation into
action, reaffirmed our commitment to freedom, and strengthened our
resolve to prevail.
Following the attack on Pearl Harbor, millions of Americans volunteered
to serve in the Armed Forces. Millions of others filled factories and
shipyards as the great industrial engine of our free enterprise system
was harnessed to produce the planes, tanks, ships, and guns that armed
the forces of freedom. Many of the ships sunk during the attack on Pearl
Harbor were raised and repaired to sail once again with the U.S. Pacific
Fleet--the same fleet that in September of 1945 would witness the
surrender of Imperial Japan.
On Veterans Day this year, America celebrated the groundbreaking for a
memorial in our Nation's capital dedicated to our World War II veterans.
This memorial will stand as a testament to the countless brave Americans
who responded to the attack on Pearl Harbor and the threat to our
freedom by answering the call to service; both at home and overseas. It
will also stand as testament to the spirit of a Nation that believes
profoundly in the ideals upon which it was founded, and it will serve as
an enduring reminder of what Americans can accomplish when we work
together to achieve our common goals.
The outpouring of support for this memorial, from young and old alike,
shows that the American people's deep conviction in our Nation's values
has not diminished in the intervening years. We will never forget the
men and women who took up arms in the greatest struggle humanity has
ever known; nor will we forget the lessons they taught us: that we must
remain ever vigilant, determined, and ready to advance the cause of
freedom whenever and wherever it is threatened.
The Congress, by Public Law 103-308, has designated December 7, 2000, as
``National Pearl Harbor Remembrance Day.''
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim December 7, 2000, as National Pearl Harbor
Remembrance Day. I urge all Americans to observe this day with
[[Page 221]]
appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities in honor of the
Americans who served at Pearl Harbor. I also ask all Federal departments
and agencies, organizations, and individuals to fly the flag of the
United States at half- staff on this day in honor of those Americans who
died as a result of the attack on Pearl Harbor.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this sixth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7386 of December 9, 2000
Human Rights Day, Bill of Rights Day, and Human Rights Week, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
On December 15, 1791, the Bill of Rights was ratified. A century and a
half later, on December 10, 1948, the United Nations General Assembly
adopted the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Though separated by
more than 150 years, these two documents are not dusty relics of a
distant past--the ideas they so powerfully express continue to shape the
destiny of individuals and nations across the globe.
Because the rights guaranteed by these documents, such as freedom of
conscience, freedom of speech, freedom of assembly, and freedom from
arbitrary arrest, are such an inherent part of America's history and
national character, we at times may take them for granted. We sometimes
forget that people elsewhere in the world are suffering, struggling, and
even dying because these rights are denied them by oppressive
governments. In countries such as Afghanistan, Burma, and the Sudan, men
and women are harassed, arrested, and executed for worshipping according
to their conscience. In many corners of the world, modern-day slavery
still exists, with criminals trafficking in women and children and
profiting from their servitude.
But there is hope for the future. Globalization and the revolution in
information technology are helping to break down the former barriers of
geography and official censorship. People fighting for human rights in
disparate places around the world can talk to one another, learn from
one another, and shine the light of public scrutiny on the dark corners
of the world. Free nations can work in concert to combat human rights
abuses, as the United States did last spring when we joined with the
Philippines and more than 20 other Asian and Pacific nations to develop
a regional action plan to combat trafficking in persons and protect
trafficking victims.
The Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr., once said that the arc of the
moral universe is long, but it bends toward justice. We have seen the
truth of that statement in the history of America, where each generation
has strived to live up to our founders' vision of human dignity: that we
are all created equal and that we all have the right to life, liberty,
and the pursuit of happiness. But that statement holds true for the
world's history as well; in our
[[Page 222]]
own lifetime, we have seen the fall of the Berlin Wall and the triumph
of democracy in the Cold War. More people live in freedom today than at
any other time in history.
But that march toward freedom is not inevitable; it is advanced by
individual acts of courage and will; by the strong voices of people
refusing to be silenced by their oppressors; by the willingness of free
people and free nations to defend the rights of men, women, and
children. Heroes like Lech Walesa in Poland, Vaclav Havel in the Czech
Republic, Nelson Mandela in South Africa, and Aung San Suu Kyi in Burma
are powerful reminders of how precious our human rights are and how high
the cost is to sustain them. The Bill of Rights and the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights that we celebrate this week are not merely
proud words preserved on paper; they are a pledge written on our
consciences and to oppressed people everywhere, so that they too will
some day know the meaning of dignity and the blessing of human rights.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim December 10, 2000, as
Human Rights Day; December 15, 2000, as Bill of Rights Day; and the week
beginning December 10, 2000, as Human Rights Week. I call upon the
people of the United States to celebrate these observances with
appropriate activities, ceremonies, and programs that demonstrate our
national commitment to the Bill of Rights, the Universal Declaration of
Human Rights, and promotion and protection of human rights for all
people.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this Ninth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7387 of December 14, 2000
Wright Brothers Day, 2000
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
In 1903, Orville and Wilbur Wright were poised on the brink of one of
history's most remarkable advances. For years, the two brothers had been
mesmerized by the principle of flight and had studied birds to
understand how these fascinating creatures rose, fell, and darted
through the air. The Wright Brothers' studies affirmed what they had
long believed: that powered, controlled human flight was possible. After
much research and experimentation and many trials and failures, the
brothers tested their prototype biplane on the windy dunes of Kitty
Hawk, North Carolina. On December 17, their efforts were rewarded and
their dream realized when the Wright Flyer rose through the air, soaring
for 12 seconds and traveling 120 feet.
While it took humanity thousands of years to reach that pivotal moment,
we have achieved stunning advances in aviation in the past century
alone. Less than 25 years after the Wright Brothers' inaugural flight,
Charles Lind
[[Page 223]]
bergh conquered the Atlantic Ocean flying nonstop aboard The Spirit of
St. Louis; in less than 50 years, Chuck Yeager broke the sound barrier;
and in less than 70 years, the United States reached the heavens and
landed two men on the Moon. Today, we continue to explore the frontiers
of space as the International Space Station orbits the Earth.
The creative vision, ingenuity, and indomitable spirit that sparked the
Wright Brothers' achievement still power our Nation's aviation
accomplishments today. Air travel is a vital part of life in America,
and people across the country depend on our air transportation system to
link them with one another and to sustain our growing economy. Last year
alone, U.S. airlines safely transported almost 700 million passengers on
13 million flights.
The gift of flight has immeasurably strengthened our Nation and enriched
the lives of people around the world. It is only fitting that we should
remember on December 17 the two visionary Americans whose scientific
curiosity, independent thinking, and technical genius began a new era
that has taken us to the threshold of space and beyond.
The Congress, by a joint resolution approved December 17, 1963 (77 Stat.
402; 36 U.S.C. 143), has designated December 17 of each year as ``Wright
Brothers Day'' and has authorized and requested the President to issue
annually a proclamation inviting the people of the United States to
observe that day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, do hereby proclaim December 17, 2000, as Wright Brothers Day.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this fourteenth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
Proclamation 7388 of December 18, 2000
To Modify Duty-Free Treatment Under the Generalized System of
Preferences for Sub-Saharan African Countries and for Other Purposes
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. Section 506A(b)(1) of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``1974
Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2466a(b)(1)), as added by section 111(a) of the
African Growth and Opportunity Act (Title I of Public Law 106-200)
(AGOA), authorizes the President to provide duty-free treatment under
the Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) to any article described in
section 503(b)(1)(B) through (G) of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C.
2463(b)(1)(B)-(G)) that is the growth, product, or manufacture of a
designated beneficiary sub-Saharan African country, if, after taking
into account the advice of the United States International Trade
Commission (USITC), the President determines that such ar
[[Page 224]]
ticle is not import-sensitive in the context of imports from beneficiary
sub-Saharan African countries.
2. Proclamation 7350 of October 2, 2000, designated certain countries
listed in section 107 of the AGOA as beneficiary sub-Saharan African
countries.
3. Pursuant to section 506A(b)(1) of the 1974 Act, and having taken into
account the advice of the USITC, I have determined that certain articles
are not import-sensitive in the context of imports from beneficiary sub-
Saharan African countries. I have determined to designate those articles
as eligible for duty-free treatment under the GSP. I have decided to
designate these articles by inserting the symbol ``D'' in the Rates of
Duty 1-Special subcolumn of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United
States (HTS) for subheadings covering such articles.
4. Section 213(b)(3)(A) of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act
(CBERA) (19 U.S.C. 2703(b)(3)(A)), as amended by section 211(a) of the
United States-Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act (Title II of Public
Law 106-200) (CBTPA), provides that the tariff treatment accorded at any
time during the transition period defined in section 213(b)(5)(D) of the
CBERA (19 U.S.C. 2703(b)(5)(D)), as amended by section 211(a) of the
CBTPA, to certain articles that are originating goods of designated
CBTPA beneficiary countries shall be identical to the tariff treatment
that is accorded at such time under Annex 302.2 of the North American
Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) to an article described in the same 8-digit
subheading of the HTS that is a good of Mexico and is imported into the
United States. Such articles are described in section 213(b)(1)(B)
through (F) of the CBERA (19 U.S.C. 2703(b)(1)(B)-(F)), as amended by
section 211(a) of the CBTPA.
5. Proclamation 7351 of October 2, 2000, designated certain countries as
CBTPA beneficiary countries and reflected in the HTS the tariff
treatment provided under the CBTPA, which became effective on that date
with respect to those CBTPA beneficiary countries enumerated in a
Federal Register notice issued by the United States Trade
Representative. The Annex to Proclamation 7351 designated certain HTS
subheadings covering articles described in section 213(b)(1)(B) through
(F) of the CBERA as eligible for the tariff treatment authorized by
section 213(b)(3)(A) of the CBERA. Certain HTS provisions covering
watches and watch parts and footwear were inadvertently omitted. I have
determined that these provisions should be designated as covering
articles eligible for the tariff treatment authorized by section
213(b)(3)(A) of the CBERA.
6. Proclamation 7351 incorporated into the HTS the provisions of the
CBTPA concerning the tariff treatment of certain textile and apparel
articles imported into the United States from designated CBTPA
beneficiary countries, pursuant to section 213(b)(2) of the CBERA (19
U.S.C. 2703(b)(2)), as amended by section 211(a) of the CBTPA. I have
determined that a technical error in one of the legal notes to chapter
98 of the HTS created by the Annex to that proclamation should be
corrected.
7. Section 604 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2483) authorizes the President
to embody in the HTS the substance of the relevant provisions of that
Act, and of other acts affecting import treatment, and actions
thereunder, including the removal, modification, continuance, or
imposition of any rate of duty or other import restriction.
[[Page 225]]
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States of America, including title V and section
604 of the 1974 Act, section 111 of the AGOA, section 211 of the CBTPA,
and section 213 of the CBERA, do proclaim that:
(1) In order to provide duty-free treatment under the GSP to certain
articles when imported from designated beneficiary sub-Saharan African
countries, the HTS is modified as provided in Annex I to this
proclamation.
(2) In order to accord, at any time during the transition period, to
certain watches and watch parts described in section 213(b)(1)(E) of the
CBERA, when such watches and watch parts are CBTPA originating goods,
the identical tariff treatment that is accorded at such time under Annex
302.2 of the NAFTA to an article described in the same 8-digit
subheading of the HTS that is a good of Mexico and is imported into the
United States, chapter 91 of the HTS is modified as provided in Annex II
to this proclamation.
(3) In order to make a technical correction in U.S. note 2(c) to
subchapter XX of chapter 98 of the HTS, such note is modified as
provided in Annex II to this proclamation.
(4) Any provisions of previous proclamations and Executive orders
that are inconsistent with this proclamation are superseded to the
extent of such inconsistency.
(5)(a) The modifications made by Annex I to this proclamation shall
be effective with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from
warehouse for consumption, on or after the date of publication of this
proclamation in the Federal Register.
(b) The modifications made by Annex II to this proclamation shall be
effective with respect to articles entered, or withdrawn from warehouse
for consumption, on or after October 2, 2000.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this eighteenth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 226]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.009
[[Page 227]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.010
[[Page 228]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.011
[[Page 229]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.012
[[Page 230]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.013
[[Page 231]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.014
[[Page 232]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.015
[[Page 233]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD21DE00.016
[[Page 234]]
Proclamation 7389 of December 29, 2000
To Extend Nondiscriminatory Treatment (Normal Trade Relations Treatment)
to the Products of the Republic of Georgia
By the President of the United States of America
A Proclamation
1. The Republic of Georgia (Georgia) has made progress, since its
emergence from communism, toward democratic rule and the creation of a
free market economy. Georgia has also made considerable progress toward
respecting fundamental human rights consistent with the objectives of
title IV of the Trade Act of 1974 (the ``Trade Act'') (19 U.S.C. 2431,
et seq.). Further, I have found Georgia to be in full compliance with
the freedom of emigration requirements under the Trade Act. In 1993,
Georgia concluded a bilateral trade agreement with the United States and
in 1994 concluded a bilateral investment treaty with the United States.
Georgia acceded to the World Trade Organization (WTO) on June 14, 2000.
The extension of unconditional normal trade relations treatment to the
products of Georgia will permit the United States to avail itself of all
rights under the WTO with respect to Georgia.
2. Pursuant to section 3002 of Public Law 106-476, 114 Stat. 2101, 2175,
and having due regard for the findings of the Congress in section 3001
of that law, I hereby determine that title IV of the Trade Act should no
longer apply to Georgia.
NOW, THEREFORE, I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of
America, acting under the authority vested in me by the Constitution and
the laws of the United States, including but not limited to section 3002
of Public Law 106-476, do hereby proclaim that:
(1) Nondiscriminatory treatment (normal trade relations treatment)
shall be extended to the products of Georgia; and
(2) The extension of nondiscriminatory treatment to the products of
Georgia shall be effective as of the date of signature of this
proclamation.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this twenty-ninth day of
December, in the year of our Lord two thousand, and of the Independence
of the United States of America the two hundred and twenty-fifth.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
[[Page 235]]
________________________________________________________________________
EXECUTIVE ORDERS
________________________________________________________________________
Executive Order 13145 of February 8, 2000
To Prohibit Discrimination in Federal Employment Based on Genetic
Information
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is ordered
as follows:
Section 1. Nondiscrimination in Federal Employment on the Basis of
Protected Genetic Information.
1-101. It is the policy of the Government of the United States to
provide equal employment opportunity in Federal employment for all
qualified persons and to prohibit discrimination against employees based
on protected genetic information, or information about a request for or
the receipt of genetic services. This policy of equal opportunity
applies to every aspect of Federal employment.
1-102. The head of each Executive department and agency shall extend
the policy set forth in section 1-101 to all its employees covered by
section 717 of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (42
U.S.C. 2000e-16).
1-103. Executive departments and agencies shall carry out the
provisions of this order to the extent permitted by law and consistent
with their statutory and regulatory authorities, and their enforcement
mechanisms. The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission shall be
responsible for coordinating the policy of the Government of the United
States to prohibit discrimination against employees in Federal
employment based on protected genetic information, or information about
a request for or the receipt of genetic services.
Sec. 2. Requirements Applicable to Employing Departments and Agencies.
1-201. Definitions.
(a) The term ``employee'' shall include an employee, applicant for
employment, or former employee covered by section 717 of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2000e-16).
[[Page 236]]
(b) Genetic monitoring means the periodic examination of employees
to evaluate acquired modifications to their genetic material,
such as chromosomal damage or evidence of increased occurrence of
mutations, that may have developed in the course of employment
due to exposure to toxic substances in the workplace, in order to
identify, evaluate, respond to the effects of, or control adverse
environmental exposures in the workplace.
(c) Genetic services means health services, including genetic tests,
provided to obtain, assess, or interpret genetic information for
diagnostic or therapeutic purposes, or for genetic education or
counseling.
(d) Genetic test means the analysis of human DNA, RNA, chromosomes,
proteins, or certain metabolites in order to detect disease-related
genotypes or mutations. Tests for metabolites fall within the
definition of ``genetic tests'' when an excess or deficiency of the
metabolites indicates the presence of a mutation or mutations. The
conducting of metabolic tests by a department or agency that are not
intended to reveal the presence of a mutation shall not be
considered a violation of this order, regardless of the results of
the tests. Test results revealing a mutation shall, however, be
subject to the provisions of this order.
(e) Protected genetic information.
(1) In general, protected genetic information means:
(A) information about an individual's genetic tests;
(B) information about the genetic tests of an
individual's family members; or
(C) information about the occurrence of a disease, or
medical condition or disorder in family members of
the individual.
(2) Information about an individual's current health status
(including information about sex, age, physical exams, and
chemical, blood, or urine analyses) is not protected
genetic information unless it is described in subparagraph
(1).
1-202. In discharging their responsibilities under this order,
departments and agencies shall implement the following nondiscrimination
requirements.
(a) The employing department or agency shall not discharge, fail or
refuse to hire, or otherwise discriminate against any employee with
respect to the compensation, terms, conditions, or privileges of
employment of that employee, because of protected genetic
information with respect to the employee, or because of information
about a request for or the receipt of genetic services by such
employee.
(b) The employing department or agency shall not limit, segregate, or
classify employees in any way that would deprive or tend to deprive
any employee of employment opportunities or otherwise adversely
affect that employee's status, because of protected genetic
information with respect to the employee or because of information
about a request for or the receipt of genetic services by such
employee.
(c) The employing department or agency shall not request, require,
collect, or purchase protected genetic information with respect to
an employee, or information about a request for or the receipt of
genetic services by such employee.
[[Page 237]]
(d) The employing department or agency shall not disclose protected
genetic information with respect to an employee, or information
about a request for or the receipt of genetic services by an
employee except:
(1) to the employee who is the subject of the information, at
his or her request;
(2) to an occupational or other health researcher, if the
research conducted complies with the regulations and
protections provided for under part 46 of title 45, of the
Code of Federal Regulations;
(3) if required by a Federal statute, congressional subpoena, or
an order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, except
that if the subpoena or court order was secured without the
knowledge of the individual to whom the information refers,
the employer shall provide the individual with adequate
notice to challenge the subpoena or court order, unless the
subpoena or court order also imposes confidentiality
requirements; or
(4) to executive branch officials investigating compliance with
this order, if the information is relevant to the
investigation.
(e) The employing department or agency shall not maintain protected
genetic information or information about a request for or the
receipt of genetic services in general personnel files; such
information shall be treated as confidential medical records and
kept separate from personnel files.
Sec. 3. Exceptions.
1-301. The following exceptions shall apply to the nondiscrimination
requirements set forth in section 1-202.
(a) The employing department or agency may request or require
information defined in section 1-201(e)(1)(C) with respect to an
applicant who has been given a conditional offer of employment or
to an employee if:
(1) the request or requirement is consistent with the
Rehabilitation Act and other applicable law;
(2) the information obtained is to be used exclusively to
assess whether further medical evaluation is needed to
diagnose a current disease, or medical condition or disorder,
or under the terms of section 1-301(b) of this order;
(3) such current disease, or medical condition or disorder
could prevent the applicant or employee from performing the
essential functions of the position held or desired; and
(4) the information defined in section 1-201(e)(1)(C) of this
order will not be disclosed to persons other than medical
personnel involved in or responsible for assessing whether
further medical evaluation is needed to diagnose a current
disease, or medical condition or disorder, or under the terms
of section 1-301(b) of this order.
(b) The employing department or agency may request, collect, or
purchase protected genetic information with respect to an employee,
or any information about a request for or receipt of genetic
services by such employee if:
[[Page 238]]
(1) the employee uses genetic or health care services provided
by the employer (other than use pursuant to section 1-301(a)
of this order);
(2) the employee who uses the genetic or health care services
has provided prior knowing, voluntary, and written
authorization to the employer to collect protected genetic
information;
(3) the person who performs the genetic or health care services
does not disclose protected genetic information to anyone
except to the employee who uses the services for treatment of
the individual; pursuant to section 1-202(d) of this order;
for program evaluation or assessment; for compiling and
analyzing information in anticipation of or for use in
a civil or criminal legal proceeding; or, for payment or
accounting purposes, to verify that the service was performed
(but in such cases the genetic information itself cannot be
disclosed);
(4) such information is not used in violation of sections 1-202(a)
or 1-202(b) of this order.
(c) The employing department or agency may collect protected genetic
information with respect to an employee if the requirements of part
46 of title 45 of the Code of Federal Regulations are met.
(d) Genetic monitoring of biological effects of toxic substances in the
workplace shall be permitted if all of the following conditions are
met:
(1) the employee has provided prior, knowing, voluntary, and
written authorization;
(2) employee is notified when the results of the monitoring are
available and, at that time, the employer makes any protected
genetic information that may have been acquired during the
monitoring available to the employee and informs the employee
how to obtain such information;
(3) the monitoring conforms to any genetic monitoring regulations
that may be promulgated by the Secretary of Labor; and
(4) the employer, excluding any licensed health care professionals
that are involved in the genetic monitoring program, receives
results of the monitoring only in aggregate terms that do not
disclose the identity of specific employees.
(e) This order does not limit the statutory authority of a Federal
department or agency to:
(1) promulgate or enforce workplace safety and health laws and
regulations;
(2) conduct or sponsor occupational or other health research that
is conducted in compliance with regulations at part 46 of
title 45, of the Code of Federal Regulations; or
(3) collect protected genetic information as a part of a lawful
program, the primary purpose of which is to carry out
identification purposes.
Sec. 4. Miscellaneous.
1-401. The head of each department and agency shall take appropriate
action to disseminate this policy and, to this end, shall designate a
high level official responsible for carrying out its responsibilities
under this order.
1-402. Nothing in this order shall be construed to:
[[Page 239]]
(a) limit the rights or protections of an individual under the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701, et seq.), the Privacy
Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), or other applicable law; or
(b) require specific benefits for an employee or dependent under the
Federal Employees Health Benefits Program or similar program.
1-403. This order clarifies and makes uniform Administration policy
and does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law by a party against the United States, its officers or
employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
February 8, 2000.
Executive Order 13146 of February 29, 2000
President's Council on the Future of Princeville,
North Carolina
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to develop
recommendations for Federal agency actions to address the future of
Princeville, North Carolina, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. Princeville, North Carolina (Princeville) has a
unique place in American history. This small city in eastern North
Carolina was the first city in the United States founded by ex-slaves.
In its history, Princeville has been damaged by floods many times.
Recently, it was devastated by floods caused by Hurricane Floyd. In
response to the damage, appropriate Federal agencies have already begun
repair and recovery efforts to assist Princeville. However, it is the
policy of this Administration to do more to help this city that occupies
such a significant place in our history. Therefore, this order will
create an interagency council to develop recommendations for further
actions to address the future of Princeville.
Sec. 2. Establishment. (a) There is established the ``President's
Council on the Future of Princeville, North Carolina'' (Council). The
Council shall comprise the Secretaries of Defense, Agriculture,
Commerce, Labor, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban
Development, Transportation, the Director of the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB), the Administrator of the Environmental Protection
Agency, the Commander of the Army Corps of Engineers, the Administrator
of the Small Business Administration, the Director of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency, the Assistant to the President for Domestic
Policy, the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, and the
Assistant to the President for Intergovernmental Affairs, or their
designees, and such other executive department and agency (agencies)
representatives as the President may deem appropriate. The Council shall
consult with other agencies and State and local governments, as
appropriate.
(b) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, or his
designee, shall serve as Chair of the Council.
[[Page 240]]
Sec. 3. Functions. The Council shall develop recommendations for the
President on further agency and legislative actions that can be
undertaken to address the future of Princeville. In developing the
recommendations, the Council shall consider, among other things: (a) the
unique historic and cultural importance of Princeville in American
history; (b) the views and recommendations of the relevant State and
local governments, the private sector, citizens, community groups, and
non-profit organizations, on actions that they all could take to enhance
the future of Princeville and its citizens; and (c) agency assessments
andrecommendations to repair and rebuild Princeville, and, to the extent
practicable, protect Princeville from future floods. The Council,
through its Chair, shall submit its recommendations to the President.
Where appropriate, the Council's recommendations shall include draft
legislation requesting additional funding or other authorities to aid in
the reconstruction and protection of Princeville.
Sec. 4. Coordination. At the request of the Chair, agencies shall
cooperate with and provide information to the Council.
Sec. 5. Judicial Review. This order is not intended to, nor does it
create, any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law by a party against the United States, it agencies, its officers or
employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
February 29, 2000.
Executive Order 13147 of March 7, 2000
White House Commission on Complementary and Alternative Medicine Policy
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Federal Advisory
Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), and in order to establish the
White House Commission on Complementary and Alternative Medicine Policy,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Establishment. There is established in the Department of
Health and Human Services (Department) the White House Commission on
Complementary and Alternative Medicine Policy (Commission). The
Commission shall be composed of not more than 15 members appointed by
the President from knowledgeable representatives in health care practice
and complementary and alternative medicine. The President shall
designate a Chair from among the members of the Commission. The
Secretary of Health and Human Services (Secretary) shall appoint an
Executive Director for the Commission.
Sec. 2. Functions. The Commission shall provide a report, through the
Secretary, to the President on legislative and administrative
recommendations for assuring that public policy maximizes the benefits
to Americans of complementary and alternative medicine. The
recommendations shall address the following:
[[Page 241]]
(a) the education and training of health care practitioners in
complementary and alternative medicine;
(b) coordinated research to increase knowledge about complementary
and alternative medicine practices and products;
(c) the provision to health care professionals of reliable and
useful information about complementary and alternative medicine that can
be made readily accessible and understandable to the general public; and
(d) guidance for appropriate access to and delivery of complementary
and alternative medicine.
Sec. 3. Administration. (a) To the extent permitted by law, the heads of
executive departments and agencies shall provide the Commission, upon
request, with such information and assistance as it may require for the
purpose of carrying out its functions.
(b) Each member of the Commission shall receive compensation at a
rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate specified for
Level 1V of the Executive Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5315) for each day during
which the member is engaged in the performance of the duties of the
Commission. While away from their homes or regular places of business in
the performance of the duties of the Commission, members shall be
allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as
authorized by law for persons serving intermittently in Government
service (5 U.S.C. 5701-5707).
(c) The Department shall provide the Commission with funding and
with administrative services, facilities, staff, and other support
services necessary for the performance of the Commission's functions.
(d) In accordance with guidelines issued by the Administrator of
General Services, the Secretary shall perform the functions of the
President under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C.
App.), with respect to the Commission, except that of reporting to the
Congress.
(e) The Commission shall terminate 2 years from the date of this
order unless extended by the President prior to such date.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
March 7, 2000.
Executive Order 13148 of April 21, 2000
Greening the Government Through Leadership in
Environmental Management
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Emergency Planning
and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986 (42 U.S.C. 11001-11050) (EPCRA),
the Pollution Prevention Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 13101-13109) (PPA), the
Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) (CAA), and section 301 of title 3,
United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
PART 1--PREAMBLE
[[Page 242]]
Section 101. Federal Environmental Leadership. The head of each Federal
agency is responsible for ensuring that all necessary actions are taken
to integrate environmental accountability into agency day-to-day
decisionmaking and long-term planning processes, across all agency
missions, activities, and functions. Consequently, environmental
management considerations must be a fundamental and integral component
of Federal Government policies, operations, planning, and management.
The head of each Federal agency is responsible for meeting the goals and
requirements of this order.
PART 2--GOALS
Sec. 201. Environmental Management. Through development and
implementation of environmental management systems, each agency shall
ensure that strategies are established to support environmental
leadership programs, policies, and procedures and that agency senior
level managers explicitly and actively endorse these strategies.
Sec. 202. Environmental Compliance. Each agency shall comply with
environmental regulations by establishing and implementing environmental
compliance audit programs and policies that emphasize pollution
prevention as a means to both achieve and maintain environmental
compliance.
Sec. 203. Right-to-Know and Pollution Prevention. Through timely
planning and reporting under the EPCRA, Federal facilities shall be
leaders and responsible members of their communities by informing the
public and their workers of possible sources of pollution resulting from
facility operations. Each agency shall strive to reduce or eliminate
harm to human health and the environment from releases of pollutants to
the environment. Each agency shall advance the national policy that,
whenever feasible and cost-effective, pollution should be prevented or
reduced at the source. Funding for regulatory compliance programs shall
emphasize pollution prevention as a means to address environmental
compliance.
Sec. 204. Release Reduction: Toxic Chemicals. Through innovative
pollution prevention, effective facility management, and sound
acquisition and procurement practices, each agency shall reduce its
reported Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) releases and off-site transfers
of toxic chemicals for treatment and disposal by 10 percent annually, or
by 40 percent overall by December 31, 2006.
Sec. 205. Use Reduction: Toxic Chemicals and Hazardous Substances and
Other Pollutants. Through identification of proven substitutes and
established facility management practices, including pollution
prevention, each agency shall reduce its use of selected toxic
chemicals, hazardous substances, and pollutants, or its generation of
hazardous and radioactive waste types at its facilities by 50 percent by
December 31, 2006. If an agency is unable to reduce the use of selected
chemicals, that agency will reduce the use of selected hazardous
substances or its generation of other pollutants, such as hazardous and
radioactive waste types, at its facilities by 50 percent by December 31,
2006.
Sec. 206. Reductions in Ozone-Depleting Substances. Through evaluating
present and future uses of ozone-depleting substances and maximizing the
purchase and the use of safe, cost effective, and environmentally
preferable alternatives, each agency shall develop a plan to phase out
the procurement
[[Page 243]]
of Class I ozone-depleting substances for all nonexcepted uses by
December 31, 2010.
Sec. 207. Environmentally and Economically Beneficial Landscaping. Each
agency shall strive to promote the sustainable management of Federal
facility lands through the implementation of cost-effective,
environmentally sound landscaping practices, and programs to reduce
adverse impacts to the natural environment.
PART 3--PLANNING AND ACCOUNTABILITY
Sec. 301. Annual Budget Submission. Federal agencies shall place high
priority on obtaining funding and resources needed for implementation of
the Greening the Government Executive Orders, including funding to
address findings and recommendations from environmental management
system audits or facility compliance audits conducted under sections 401
and 402 of this order. Federal agencies shall make such requests as
required in Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-11.
Sec. 302. Application of Life Cycle Assessment Concepts. Each agency
with facilities shall establish a pilot program to apply life cycle
assessment and environmental cost accounting principles. To the maximum
extent feasible and cost-effective, agencies shall apply those
principles elsewhere in the agency to meet the goals and requirements of
this order. Such analysis shall be considered in the process established
in the OMB Capital Programming Guide and OMB Circular A-11. The
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), in coordination with the
Workgroup established in section 306 of this order, shall, to the extent
feasible, assist agencies in identifying, applying, and developing tools
that reflect life cycle assessment and environmental cost accounting
principles and provide technical assistance to agencies in developing
life cycle assessments and environmental cost accounting assessments
under this Part.
Sec. 303. Pollution Prevention to Address Compliance. Each agency shall
ensure that its environmental regulatory compliance funding policies
promote the use of pollution prevention to achieve and maintain
environmental compliance at the agency's facilities. Agencies shall
adopt a policy to preferentially use pollution prevention projects and
activities to correct and prevent noncompliance with environmental
regulatory requirements. Agency funding requests for facility compliance
with Federal, State, and local environmental regulatory requirements
shall emphasize pollution prevention through source reduction as the
means of first choice to ensure compliance, with reuse and recycling
alternatives having second priority as a means of compliance.
Sec. 304. Pollution Prevention Return-on-Investment Programs. Each
agency shall develop and implement a pollution prevention program at its
facilities that compares the life cycle costs of treatment and/or
disposal of waste and pollutant streams to the life cycle costs of
alternatives that eliminate or reduce toxic chemicals or pollutants at
the source. Each agency shall implement those projects that are life-
cycle cost-effective, or otherwise offer substantial environmental or
economic benefits.
Sec. 305. Policies, Strategies, and Plans.
(a) Within 12 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
ensure that the goals and requirements of this order are incorporated
into existing agency environmental directives, policies, and documents
affected by the
[[Page 244]]
requirements and goals of this order. Where such directives and policies
do not already exist, each agency shall, within 12 months of the date of
this order, prepare and endorse a written agency environmental
management strategy to achieve the requirements and goals of this order.
Agency preparation of directives, policies, and documents shall reflect
the nature, scale, and environmental impacts of the agency's activities,
products, or services. Agencies are encouraged to include elements of
relevant agency policies or strategies developed under this part in
agency planning documents prepared under the Government Performance and
Results Act of 1993, Public Law 103-62.
(b) By March 31, 2002, each agency shall ensure that its facilities
develop a written plan that sets forth the facility's contribution to
the goals and requirements established in this order. The plan should
reflect the size and complexity of the facility. Where pollution
prevention plans or other formal environmental planning instruments have
been prepared for agency facilities, an agency may elect to update those
plans to meet the requirements and goals of this section.
(c) The Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) Council shall develop
acquisition policies and procedures for contractors to supply agencies
with all information necessary for compliance with this order. Once the
appropriate FAR clauses have been published, agencies shall use them in
all applicable contracts. In addition, to the extent that compliance
with this order is made more difficult due to lack of information from
existing contractors, or concessioners, each agency shall take practical
steps to obtain the information needed to comply with this order from
such contractors or concessioners.
Sec. 306. Interagency Environmental Leadership Workgroup. Within 4
months of the date of this order, EPA shall convene and chair an
Interagency Environmental Leadership Workgroup (the Workgroup) with
senior-level representatives from all executive agencies and other
interested independent Government agencies affected by this order. The
Workgroup shall develop policies and guidance required by this order and
member agencies shall facilitate implementation of the requirements of
this order in their respective agencies. Workgroup members shall
coordinate with their Agency Environmental Executive (AEE) designated
under section 301(d) of Executive Order 13101 and may request the
assistance of their AEE in resolving issues that may arise among members
in developing policies and guidance related to this order. If the AEEs
are unable to resolve the issues, they may request the assistance of the
Chair of the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ).
Sec. 307. Annual Reports. Each agency shall submit an annual progress
report to the Administrator on implementation of this order. The reports
shall include a description of the progress that the agency has made in
complying with all aspects of this order, including, but not limited to,
progress in achieving the reduction goals in sections 502, 503, and 505
of this order. Each agency may prepare and submit the annual report in
electronic format. A copy of the report shall be submitted to the
Federal Environmental Executive (FEE) by EPA for use in the biennial
Greening the Government Report to the President prepared in accordance
with Executive Order 13101. Within 9 months of the date of this order,
EPA, in coordination with the Workgroup established under section 306 of
this order, shall prepare guidance regarding the information and timing
for the annual re
[[Page 245]]
port. The Workgroup shall coordinate with those agencies responsible for
Federal agency reporting guidance under the Greening the Government
Executive orders to streamline reporting requirements and reduce agency
and facility-level reporting burdens. The first annual report shall
cover calendar year 2000 activities.
PART 4--PROMOTING ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP
Sec. 401. Agency and Facility Environmental Management Systems. To
attain the goals of section 201 of this order:
(a) Within 18 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
conduct an agency-level environmental management system self assessment
based on the Code of Environmental Management Principles for Federal
Agencies developed by the EPA (61 Fed. Reg. 54062) and/or another
appropriate environmental management system framework. Each assessment
shall include a review of agency environmental leadership goals,
objectives, and targets. Where appropriate, the assessments may be
conducted at the service, bureau, or other comparable level.
(b) Within 24 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
implement environmental management systems through pilot projects at
selected agency facilities based on the Code of Environmental Management
Principles for Federal Agencies and/or another appropriate environmental
management system framework. By December 31, 2005, each agency shall
implement an environmental management system at all appropriate agency
facilities based on facility size, complexity, and the environmental
aspects of facility operations. The facility environmental management
system shall include measurable environmental goals, objectives, and
targets that are reviewed and updated annually. Once established,
environmental management system performance measures shall be
incorporated in agency facility audit protocols.
Sec. 402. Facility Compliance Audits. To attain the goals of section 202
of this order:
(a) Within 12 months of the date of this order, each agency that
does not have an established regulatory environmental compliance audit
program shall develop and implement a program to conduct facility
environmental compliance audits and begin auditing at its facilities
within 6 months of the development of that program.
(b) An agency with an established regulatory environmental
compliance audit program may elect to conduct environmental management
system audits in lieu of regulatory environmental compliance audits at
selected facilities.
(c) Facility environmental audits shall be conducted periodically.
Each agency is encouraged to conduct audits not less than every 3 years
from the date of the initial or previous audit. The scope and frequency
of audits shall be based on facility size, complexity, and the
environmental aspects of facility operations. As appropriate, each
agency shall include tenant, contractor, and concessioner activities in
facility audits.
(d) Each agency shall conduct internal reviews and audits and shall
take such other steps, as may be necessary, to monitor its facilities'
compliance with sections 501 and 504 of this order.
[[Page 246]]
(e) Each agency shall consider findings from the assessments or
audits conducted under Part 4 in program planning under section 301 of
this order and in the preparation and revisions to facility plans
prepared under section 305 of this order.
(f) Upon request and to the extent practicable, the EPA shall
provide technical assistance in meeting the requirements of Part 4 by
conducting environmental management reviews at Federal facilities and
developing policies and guidance for conducting environmental compliance
audits and implementing environmental management systems at Federal
facilities.
Sec. 403. Environmental Leadership and Agency Awards Programs.
(a) Within 12 months of the date of this order, the Administrator
shall establish a Federal Government environmental leadership program to
promote and recognize outstanding environmental management performance
in agencies and facilities.
(b) Each agency shall develop an internal agency-wide awards program
to reward and highlight innovative programs and individuals showing
outstanding environmental leadership in implementing this order. In
addition, based upon criteria developed by the EPA in coordination with
the Workgroup established in section 306 of this order, Federal
employees who demonstrate outstanding leadership in implementation of
this order may be considered for recognition under the White House
awards program set forth in section 803 of Executive Order 13101 of
September 14, 1998.
Sec. 404. Management Leadership and Performance Evaluations.
(a) To ensure awareness of and support for the environmental
requirements of this order, each agency shall include training on the
provisions of the Greening the Government Executive orders in standard
senior level management training as well as training for program
managers, contracting personnel, procurement and acquisition personnel,
facility managers, contractors, concessioners, and other personnel as
appropriate. In coordination with the Workgroup established under
section 306 of this order, the EPA shall prepare guidance on
implementation of this section.
(b) To recognize and reinforce the responsibilities of facility and
senior headquarters program managers, regional environmental
coordinators and officers, their superiors, and, to the extent
practicable and appropriate, others vital to the implementation of this
order, each agency shall include successful implementation of pollution
prevention, community awareness, and environmental management into its
position descriptions and performance evaluations for those positions.
Sec. 405. Compliance Assistance.
(a) Upon request and to the extent practicable, the EPA shall
provide technical advice and assistance to agencies to foster full
compliance with environmental regulations and all aspects of this order.
(b) Within 12 months of the date of this order, the EPA shall
develop a compliance assistance center to provide technical assistance
for Federal facility compliance with environmental regulations and all
aspects of this order.
(c) To enhance landscaping options and awareness, the United States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) shall provide information on the
suitability, propagation, and the use of native plants for landscaping
to all
[[Page 247]]
agencies and the general public by USDA in conjunction with the center
under subsection (b) of this section. In implementing Part 6 of this
order, agencies are encouraged to develop model demonstration programs
in coordination with the USDA.
Sec. 406. Compliance Assurance.
(a) In consultation with other agencies, the EPA may conduct such
reviews and inspections as may be necessary to monitor compliance with
sections 501 and 504 of this order. Each agency is encouraged to
cooperate fully with the efforts of the EPA to ensure compliance with
those sections.
(b) Whenever the Administrator notifies an agency that it is not in
compliance with section 501 or 504 of this order, the agency shall
provide the EPA a detailed plan for achieving compliance as promptly as
practicable.
(c) The Administrator shall report annually to the President and the
public on agency compliance with the provisions of sections 501 and 504
of this order.
Sec. 407. Improving Environmental Management. To ensure that government-
wide goals for pollution prevention are advanced, each agency is
encouraged to incorporate its environmental leadership goals into its
Strategic and Annual Performance Plans required by the Government
Performance and Results Act of 1993, Public Law 103-62, starting with
performance plans accompanying the FY 2002 budget.
PART 5--EMERGENCY PLANNING, COMMUNITY RIGHT-TO-KNOW, AND POLLUTION
PREVENTION
Sec. 501. Toxics Release Inventory/Pollution Prevention Act Reporting.
To attain the goals of section 203 of this order:
(a) Each agency shall comply with the provisions set forth in
section 313 of EPCRA, section 6607 of PPA, all implementing regulations,
and future amendments to these authorities, in light of applicable EPA
guidance.
(b) Each agency shall comply with these provisions without regard to
the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) or North American
Industrial Classification System (NAICS) delineations. Except as
described in subsection (d) of this section, all other existing
statutory or regulatory limitations or exemptions on the application of
EPCRA section 313 to specific activities at specific agency facilities
apply to the reporting requirements set forth in subsection (a) of this
section.
(c) Each agency required to report under subsection (a) of this
section shall do so using electronic reporting as provided in EPA's
EPCRA section 313 guidance.
(d) Within 12 months of the date of this order, the Administrator
shall review the impact on reporting of existing regulatory exemptions
on the application of EPCRA section 313 at Federal facilities. Where
feasible, this review shall include pilot studies at Federal facilities.
If the review indicates that application of existing exemptions to
Federal Government reporting under this section precludes public
reporting of substantial amounts of toxic chemicals under subsection
501(a), the EPA shall prepare guidance, in coordination with the
Workgroup established under section 306 of this order, clarifying
application of the exemptions at Federal facilities. In developing the
guidance, the EPA should consider similar application of such regulatory
limitations and exemptions by the private sector. To the extent
[[Page 248]]
feasible, the guidance developed by the EPA shall be consistent with the
reasonable application of such regulatory limitations and exemptions in
the private sector. The guidance shall ensure reporting consistent with
the goal of public access to information under section 313 of EPCRA and
section 6607 of PPA. The guidance shall be submitted to the AEEs
established under section 301(d) of Executive Order 13101 for review and
endorsement. Each agency shall apply any guidance to reporting at its
facilities as soon as practicable but no later than for reporting for
the next calendar year following release of the guidance.
(e) The EPA shall coordinate with other interested Federal agencies
to carry out pilot projects to collect and disseminate information about
the release and other waste management of chemicals associated with the
environmental response and restoration at their facilities and sites.
The pilot projects will focus on releases and other waste management of
chemicals associated with environmental response and restoration at
facilities and sites where the activities generating wastes do not
otherwise meet EPCRA section 313 thresholds for manufacture, process, or
other use. Each agency is encouraged to identify applicable facilities
and voluntarily report under subsection (a) of this section the releases
and other waste management of toxic chemicals managed during
environmental response and restoration, regardless of whether the
facility otherwise would report under subsection (a). The releases and
other waste management of chemicals associated with environmental
response and restoration voluntarily reported under this subsection will
not be included in the accounting established under sections 503(a) and
(c) of this order.
Sec. 502. Release Reduction: Toxic Chemicals. To attain the goals of
section 204 of this order:
(a) Beginning with reporting for calendar year 2001 activities, each
agency reporting under section 501 of this order shall adopt a goal of
reducing, where cost effective, the agency's total releases of toxic
chemicals to the environment and off-site transfers of such chemicals
for treatment and disposal by at least 10 percent annually, or by 40
percent overall by December 31, 2006. Beginning with activities for
calendar year 2001, the baseline for measuring progress in meeting the
reduction goal will be the aggregate of all such releases and off-site
transfers of such chemicals for treatment and disposal as reported by
all of the agency's facilities under section 501 of this order. The list
of toxic chemicals applicable to this goal is the EPCRA section 313 list
as of December 1, 2000. If an agency achieves the 40 percent reduction
goal prior to December 31, 2006, that agency shall establish a new
baseline and reduction goal based on agency priorities.
(b) Where an agency is unable to pursue the reduction goal
established in subsection (a) for certain chemicals that are mission
critical and/or needed to protect human health and the environment or
where agency off-site transfer of toxic chemicals for treatment is
directly associated with environmental restoration activities, that
agency may request a waiver from the EPA for all or part of the
requirement in subsection (a) of this section. As appropriate, waiver
requests must provide: (1) an explanation of the mission critical use of
the chemical; (2) an explanation of the nature of the need for the
chemical to protect human health; (3) a description of efforts to
identify a less harmful substitute chemical or alternative processes to
reduce the release and transfer of the chemical in question; and (4) a
description of the off-site transfers of toxic chemicals for treatment
directly associ
[[Page 249]]
ated with environmental restoration activities. The EPA shall respond to
the waiver request within 90 days and may grant such a waiver for no
longer than 2 years. An agency may resubmit a request for waiver at the
end of that period. The waiver under this section shall not alter
requirements to report under section 501 of this order.
(c) Where a specific component (e.g., bureau, service, or command)
within an agency achieves a 75 percent reduction in its 1999 reporting
year publicly reported total releases of toxic chemicals to the
environment and off-site transfers of such chemicals for treatment and
disposal, based on the 1994 baseline established in Executive Order
12856, that agency may independently elect to establish a reduction goal
for that component lower than the 40 percent target established in
subsection (a) of this section. The agency shall formally notify the
Workgroup established in section 306 of this order of the elected
reduction target.
Sec. 503. Use Reduction: Toxic Chemicals, Hazardous Substances, and
Other Pollutants. To attain the goals of section 205 of this order:
(a) Within 18 months of the date of this order, each agency with
facilities shall develop and support goals to reduce the use at such
agencies' facilities of the priority chemicals on the list under
subsection (b) of this section for identified applications and purposes,
or alternative chemicals and pollutants the agency identifies under
subsection (c) of this section, by at least 50 percent by December 31,
2006.
(b) Within 9 months of the date of this order the Administrator, in
coordination with the Workgroup established in section 306 of this
order, shall develop a list of not less than 15 priority chemicals used
by the Federal Government that may result in significant harm to human
health or the environment and that have known, readily available, less
harmful substitutes for identified applications and purposes. In
addition to identifying the applications and purposes to which such
reductions apply, the Administrator, in coordination with the Workgroup
shall identify a usage threshold below which this section shall not
apply. The chemicals will be selected from listed EPCRA section 313
toxic chemicals and, where appropriate, other regulated hazardous
substances or pollutants. In developing the list, the Administrator, in
coordination with the Workgroup shall consider: (1) environmental
factors including toxicity, persistence, and bio-accumulation; (2)
availability of known, less environmentally harmful substitute chemicals
that can be used in place of the priority chemical for identified
applications and purposes; (3) availability of known, less
environmentally harmful processes that can be used in place of the
priority chemical for identified applications and purposes; (4) relative
costs of alternative chemicals or processes; and (5) potential risk and
environmental and human exposure based upon applications and uses of the
chemicals by Federal agencies and facilities. In identifying
alternatives, the Administrator should take into consideration the
guidance issued under section 503 of Executive Order 13101.
(c) If an agency, which has facilities required to report under
EPCRA, uses at its facilities less than five of the priority chemicals
on the list developed in subsection (b) of this section for the
identified applications and purposes, the agency shall develop, within
12 months of the date of this order, a list of not less than five
chemicals that may include priority chemicals under subsection (b) of
this section or other toxic chemicals, hazardous
[[Page 250]]
substances, and/or other pollutants the agency uses or generates, the
release, transfer or waste management of which may result in significant
harm to human health or the environment.
(d) In lieu of requirements under subsection (a) of this section, an
agency may, upon concurrence with the Workgroup established under
section 306 of this order, develop within 12 months of the date of this
order, a list of not less than five priority hazardous or radioactive
waste types generated by its facilities. Within 18 months of the date of
this order, the agency shall develop and support goals to reduce the
agency's generation of these wastes by at least 50 percent by December
31, 2006. To the maximum extent possible, such reductions shall be
achieved by implementing source reduction practices.
(e) The baseline for measuring reductions for purposes of achieving
the 50 percent reduction goal in subsections (a) and (d) of this section
for each agency is the first calendar year following the development of
the list of priority chemicals under subsection (b) of this section.
(f) Each agency shall undertake pilot projects at selected
facilities to gather and make publicly available materials accounting
data related to the toxic chemicals, hazardous substances, and/or other
pollutants identified under subsections (b), (c), or (d) of this
section.
(g) Within 12 months of the date of this order, the Administrator
shall develop guidance on implementing this section in coordination with
the Workgroup. The EPA shall develop technical assistance materials to
assist agencies in meeting the 50 percent reduction goal of this
section.
(h) Where an agency can demonstrate to the Workgroup that it has
previously reduced the use of a priority chemical identified in
subsection 503(b) by 50 percent, then the agency may elect to waive the
50 percent reduction goal for that chemical.
Sec. 504. Emergency Planning and Reporting Responsibilities. Each agency
shall comply with the provisions set forth in sections 301 through 312
of the EPCRA, all implementing regulations, and any future amendments to
these authorities, in light of any applicable guidance as provided by
the EPA.
Sec. 505. Reductions in Ozone-Depleting Substances. To attain the goals
of section 206 of this order:
(a) Each agency shall ensure that its facilities: (1) maximize the
use of safe alternatives to ozone-depleting substances, as approved by
the EPA's Significant New Alternatives Policy (SNAP) program; (2)
consistent with subsection (b) of this section, evaluate the present and
future uses of ozone-depleting substances, including making assessments
of existing and future needs for such materials, and evaluate use of,
and plans for recycling, refrigerants, and halons; and (3) exercise
leadership, develop exemplary practices, and disseminate information on
successful efforts in phasing out ozone-depleting substances.
(b) Within 12 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
develop a plan to phase out the procurement of Class I ozone-depleting
substances for all nonexcepted uses by December 31, 2010. Plans should
target cost effective reduction of environmental risk by phasing out
Class I ozone depleting substance applications as the equipment using
those substances
[[Page 251]]
reaches its expected service life. Exceptions to this requirement
include all exceptions found in current or future applicable law,
treaty, regulation, or Executive order.
(c) Each agency shall amend its personal property management
policies and procedures to preclude disposal of ozone depleting
substances removed or reclaimed from its facilities or equipment,
including disposal as part of a contract, trade, or donation, without
prior coordination with the Department of Defense (DoD). Where the
recovered ozone-depleting substance is a critical requirement for DoD
missions, the agency shall transfer the materials to the DoD. The DoD
will bear the costs of such transfer.
PART 6--LANDSCAPING MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
Sec. 601. Implementation.
(a) Within 12 months from the date of this order, each agency shall
incorporate the Guidance for Presidential Memorandum on Environmentally
and Economically Beneficial Landscape Practices on Federal Landscaped
Grounds (60 Fed. Reg. 40837) developed by the FEE into landscaping
programs, policies, and practices.
(b) Within 12 months of the date of this order, the FEE shall form a
workgroup of appropriate Federal agency representatives to review and
update the guidance in subsection (a) of this section, as appropriate.
(c) Each agency providing funding for nonfederal projects involving
landscaping projects shall furnish funding recipients with information
on environmentally and economically beneficial landscaping practices and
work with the recipients to support and encourage application of such
practices on Federally funded projects.
Sec. 602. Technical Assistance and Outreach. The EPA, the General
Services Administration (GSA), and the USDA shall provide technical
assistance in accordance with their respective authorities on
environmentally and economically beneficial landscaping practices to
agencies and their facilities.
PART 7--ACQUISITION AND PROCUREMENT
Sec. 701. Limiting Procurement of Toxic Chemicals, Hazardous Substances,
and Other Pollutants.
(a) Within 12 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
implement training programs to ensure that agency procurement officials
and acquisition program managers are aware of the requirements of this
order and its applicability to those individuals.
(b) Within 24 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
determine the feasibility of implementing centralized procurement and
distribution (e.g., ``pharmacy'') programs at its facilities for
tracking, distribution, and management of toxic or hazardous materials
and, where appropriate, implement such programs.
(c) Under established schedules for review of standardized
documents, DoD and GSA, and other agencies, as appropriate, shall review
their standardized documents and identify opportunities to eliminate or
reduce their use of chemicals included on the list of priority chemicals
developed by the EPA under subsection 503(b) of this order, and make
revisions as appropriate.
[[Page 252]]
(d) Each agency shall follow the policies and procedures for toxic
chemical release reporting in accordance with FAR section 23.9 effective
as of the date of this order and policies and procedures on Federal
compliance with right-to-know laws and pollution prevention requirements
in accordance with FAR section 23.10 effective as of the date of this
order.
Sec. 702. Environmentally Benign Adhesives. Within 12 months after
environmentally benign pressure sensitive adhesives for paper products
become commercially available, each agency shall revise its
specifications for paper products using adhesives and direct the
purchase of paper products using those adhesives, whenever technically
practicable and cost effective. Each agency should consider products
using the environmentally benign pressure sensitive adhesives approved
by the U.S. Postal Service (USPS) and listed on the USPS Qualified
Products List for pressure sensitive recyclable adhesives.
Sec. 703. Ozone-Depleting Substances. Each agency shall follow the
policies and procedures for the acquisition of items that contain, use,
or are manufactured with ozone-depleting substances in accordance with
FAR section 23.8 and other applicable FAR provisions.
Sec. 704. Environmentally and Economically Beneficial Landscaping
Practices.
(a) Within 18 months of the date of this order, each agency shall
have in place acquisition and procurement practices, including provision
of landscaping services that conform to the guidance referred to in
section 601 of this order, for the use of environmentally and
economically beneficial landscaping practices. At a minimum, such
practices shall be consistent with the policies in the guidance referred
to in section 601 of this order.
(b) In implementing landscaping policies, each agency shall purchase
environmentally preferable and recycled content products, including EPA-
designated items such as compost and mulch, that contribute to
environmentally and economically beneficial practices.
PART 8--EXEMPTIONS
Sec. 801. National Security Exemptions. Subject to subsection 902(c) of
this order and except as otherwise required by applicable law, in the
interest of national security, the head of any agency may request from
the President an exemption from complying with the provisions of any or
all provisions of this order for particular agency facilities, provided
that the procedures set forth in section 120(j)(1) of the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended (42 U.S.C. 9620(j)(1)), are followed, with the following
exceptions: (a) an exemption issued under this section will be for a
specified period of time that may exceed 1 year; (b) notice of any
exemption granted under this section for provisions not otherwise
required by law is only required to the Director of OMB, the Chair of
the CEQ, and the Director of the National Security Council; and (c) an
exemption under this section may be issued due to lack of
appropriations, provided that the head of the agency requesting the
exemption shows that necessary funds were requested by the agency in its
budget submission and agency plan under Executive Order 12088 of October
13, 1978, and were not contained in the President's budget request or
the Congress failed to make available the requested appropriation. To
the maximum extent practicable, and without compromising national
security, each agency shall strive to comply with the purposes, goals,
and implemen
[[Page 253]]
tation steps in this order. Nothing in this order affects limitations on
the dissemination of classified information pursuant to law, regulation,
or Executive order.
Sec. 802. Compliance. After January 1, 2002, OMB, in consultation with
the Chair of the Workgroup established by section 306 of this order, may
modify the compliance requirements for an agency under this order, if
the agency is unable to comply with the requirements of the order. An
agency requesting modification must show that it has made substantial
good faith efforts to comply with the order. The cost-effectiveness of
implementation of the order can be a factor in OMB's decision to modify
the requirements for that agency's compliance with the order.
PART 9--GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 901. Revocation. Executive Order 12843 of April 21, 1993, Executive
Order 12856 of August 3, 1993, the Executive Memorandum on
Environmentally Beneficial Landscaping of April 26, 1994, Executive
Order 12969 of August 8, 1995, and section 1-4. ``Pollution Control
Plan'' of Executive Order 12088 of October 13, 1978, are revoked.
Sec. 902. Limitations.
(a) This order is intended only to improve the internal management
of the executive branch and is not intended to create any right,
benefit, or trust responsibility, substantive or procedural, enforceable
at law by a party against the United States, its agencies, its officers,
or any other person.
(b) This order applies to Federal facilities in any State of the
United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, the
Northern Mariana Islands, and any other territory or possession over
which the United States has jurisdiction. Each agency with facilities
outside of these areas, however, is encouraged to make best efforts to
comply with the goals of this order for those facilities.
(c) Nothing in this order alters the obligations under EPCRA, PPA,
and CAA independent of this order for Government-owned, contractor-
operated facilities and Government corporations owning or operating
facilities or subjects such facilities to EPCRA , PPA, or CAA if they
are otherwise excluded. However, each agency shall include the releases
and other waste management of chemicals for all such facilities to meet
the agency's reporting responsibilities under section 501 of this order.
(d) Nothing in this order shall be construed to make the provisions
of CAA sections 304 and EPCRA sections 325 and 326 applicable to any
agency or facility, except to the extent that an agency or facility
would independently be subject to such provisions.
Sec. 903. Community Outreach. Each agency is encouraged to establish a
process for local community advice and outreach for its facilities
relevant to aspects of this and other related Greening the Government
Executive orders. All strategies and plans developed under this order
shall be made available to the public upon request.
PART 10--DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this order:
[[Page 254]]
Sec. 1001. General. Terms that are not defined in this part but that are
defined in Executive Orders 13101 and 13123 have the meaning given in
those Executive orders. For the purposes of Part 5 of this order all
definitions in EPCRA and PPA and implementing regulations at 40 CFR
Parts 370 and 372 apply.
Sec. 1002. ``Administrator'' means the Administrator of the EPA.
Sec. 1003. ``Environmental cost accounting'' means the modification of
cost attribution systems and financial analysis practices specifically
to directly track environmental costs that are traditionally hidden in
overhead accounts to the responsible products, processes, facilities or
activities.
Sec. 1004. ``Facility'' means any building, installation, structure,
land, and other property owned or operated by, or constructed or
manufactured and leased to, the Federal Government, where the Federal
Government is formally accountable for compliance under environmental
regulation (e.g., permits, reports/records and/or planning requirements)
with requirements pertaining to discharge, emission, release, spill, or
management of any waste, contaminant, hazardous chemical, or pollutant.
This term includes a group of facilities at a single location managed as
an integrated operation, as well as government owned contractor operated
facilities.
Sec. 1005. ``Environmentally benign pressure sensitive adhesives'' means
adhesives for stamps, labels, and other paper products that can be
easily treated and removed during the paper recycling process.
Sec. 1006. ``Ozone-depleting substance'' means any substance designated
as a Class I or Class II substance by EPA in 40 CFR Part 82.
Sec. 1007. ``Pollution prevention'' means ``source reduction,'' as
defined in the PPA, and other practices that reduce or eliminate the
creation of pollutants through: (a) increased efficiency in the use of
raw materials, energy, water, or other resources; or (b) protection of
natural resources by conservation.
Sec. 1008. ``Greening the Government Executive orders'' means this order
and the series of orders on greening the government including Executive
Order 13101 of September 14, 1998, Executive Order 13123 of June 3,
1999, Executive Order 13134 of August 12, 1999, and other future orders
as appropriate.
Sec. 1009. ``Environmental aspects'' means the elements of an
organization's activities, products, or services that can interact with
the environment.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
April 21, 2000.
Executive Order 13149 of April 21, 2000
Greening the Government Through Federal Fleet and
Transportation Efficiency
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Energy Policy and
Conserva
[[Page 255]]
tion Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6201 et seq.), the Energy Policy Act of
1992 (Public Law 102-486), section 301 of title 3, United States Code,
and the Energy Conservation Reauthorization Act of 1998 (Public Law 105-
388), it is hereby ordered as follows:
PART 1 PREAMBLE
Section 101. Federal Leadership. The purpose of this order is to ensure
that the Federal Government exercises leadership in the reduction of
petroleum consumption through improvements in fleet fuel efficiency and
the use of alternative fuel vehicles (AFVs) and alternative fuels.
Reduced petroleum use and the displacement of petroleum by alternative
fuels will help promote markets for more alternative fuel and fuel
efficient vehicles, encourage new technologies, enhance the United
States' energy self-sufficiency and security, and ensure a healthier
environment through the reduction of greenhouse gases and other
pollutants in the atmosphere.
PART 2 GOALS
Sec. 201. Reduced Petroleum Fuel Consumption. Each agency operating 20
or more motor vehicles within the United States shall reduce its entire
vehicle fleet's annual petroleum consumption by at least 20 percent by
the end of FY 2005, compared with FY 1999 petroleum consumption levels.
Sec. 202. Performance Strategies. Agencies have numerous options for
developing a strategy to meet the petroleum reduction levels established
in section 201 of this order. Measures include: the use of alternative
fuels in light, medium, and heavy-duty vehicles; the acquisition of
vehicles with higher fuel economy, including hybrid vehicles; the
substitution of cars for light trucks; an increase in vehicle load
factors; a decrease in vehicle miles traveled; and a decrease in fleet
size. Each agency will need a strategy that includes most, if not all,
of these measures, but can develop a strategy that fits its unique fleet
configuration and mission requirements. As part of the strategy, each
agency should attempt to accelerate the introduction of vehicles meeting
Tier 2 standards. Where feasible, agencies should also consider
procurement of innovative vehicles, such as hybrid electric vehicles,
capable of large improvements in fuel economy. The strategy should also
attempt to minimize costs in achieving the objectives of this order. In
developing its strategy, each agency shall include the following:
(a) AFV Acquisition and Use of Alternative Fuels. Each agency shall
fulfill the acquisition requirements for AFVs established by section 303
of the Energy Policy Act of 1992. Agencies shall use alternative fuels
to meet a majority of the fuel requirements of those motor vehicles by
the end of FY 2005. Section 402 of this order addresses related issues
of alternative fuel infrastructure availability and the ability to track
alternative fuel usage data; and
(b) Acquisition of Higher Fuel Economy Vehicles. Agencies shall
increase the average EPA fuel economy rating of passenger cars and light
trucks acquired by at least 1 mile per gallon (mpg) by the end of FY
2002 and at least 3 mpg by the end of FY 2005 compared to FY 1999
acquisitions.
PART 3 ORGANIZATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY
Sec. 301. Leadership Responsibilities. The Office of Management and
Budget (OMB), the Department of Energy (DOE), the Environmental
Protection
[[Page 256]]
Agency (EPA), and the General Services Administration (GSA) shall be
responsible for providing leadership to the other Federal agencies in
implementing programs to meet the goals of this order. Therefore, they
shall perform the following activities:
(a) OMB shall:
(1) designate a senior official to assume the responsibility for
coordinating the collection of agency budget and data submissions pursuant
to this order;
(2) amend and issue budget guidance to the agencies that requires each
agency to identify in its annual budget submission the funding necessary to
meet the requirements of this order;
(3) review annual agency budget submissions to determine adequacy in
meeting the goal of this order and to balance requests for increased
funding to support achievement of the goals against other mission
priorities for the agency; and
(4) review agency submissions for the annual report to the Congress, after
budget decisions are made.
(b) DOE shall:
(1) issue guidance to agencies, within 90 days of the issuance of this
order, on preparation and submission of agency strategies for complying
with this order and the collection and annual reporting of data to
demonstrate compliance with this order;
(2) review and evaluate agency strategies prior to their submission to OMB;
(3) provide OMB with copies of the agency strategy evaluations;
(4) provide whatever other support OMB requires to facilitate performance
of OMB's role;
(5) establish the data collection and reporting system outlined in the DOE
guidance for collecting annual agency performance data on meeting the goals
of this order and other applicable statutes and policies;
(6) educate personnel from other agencies on the requirements of this
order, the data collection and reporting system, best practices for
improving fleet fuel efficiency, and methods for successfully acquiring and
using AFVs;
(7) review agencies' annual data submissions for accuracy and produce a
scorecard of agency and overall Federal compliance with this order and
other applicable statutes and policies; and
(8) report to the President annually on compliance with the order,
including the scorecard and level of performance in meeting the goals of
the agencies' strategies.
(c) EPA shall support DOE and GSA in their efforts to assist the
agencies in the accelerated purchase of Tier 2 vehicles.
(d) GSA shall develop and implement strategies that will ease
agencies' financial and administrative burdens associated with the
acquisition of AFVs, including:
(1) Agencies shall be allowed to replace their conventionally-fueled
vehicles with AFVs by making an initial lump-sum payment for the addi
[[Page 257]]
tional acquisition cost of the AFV and shall be allowed to contribute to
the higher replacement costs of the AFV incrementally over the term of the
lease, and have the option of averaging AFV incremental costs across the
agency fleet as provided by the Energy Policy Act of 1992.
(2) Within 120 days of this order, the Administrator of GSA, in
consultation with other agencies, shall:
(A) provide a summary of agency AFV acquisition plans to
potential AFV manufacturers to assist in their production
planning. At least 4 months in advance of agency vehicle ordering
cycles, GSA must provide to agencies the best available
information on the production plans of AFV manufacturers;
(B) develop, in coordination with DOE and EPA, methods that
will help Federal fleet managers to select vehicles to improve
fleet fuel efficiency and to meet Tier 2 vehicle standards; and
(C) collaborate with its customer agencies and their
procurement staff and officials to discuss and plan efforts to
ensure that the GSA-leased fleet is making progress toward the
goals of this order.
Sec. 302. Designation of Senior Agency Official. Within 90 days of the
date of this order, the head of each agency shall designate a senior
official to assume responsibility for the agency's AFV and fleet fuel
efficiency programs, and for meeting the requirements of this order.
Each senior agency official designated by an agency shall be responsible
for:
(a) preparing an agency strategy for meeting the goals of this
order, in accordance with guidance issued by DOE;
(b) submitting the agency strategy to DOE within 180 days of the
issuance of this order for evaluation and submission to OMB;
(c) implementing the data collection and reporting system outlined
in the DOE guidance for collecting annual agency performance data on
meeting the goals of this order and reporting the data to DOE;
(d) ensuring the agency's strategy for meeting the goals of this
order is incorporated in the annual budget submission to OMB; and
(e) assembling the appropriate team and resources in the agency
necessary to attain the goals of this order.
Sec. 303. Management and Government Performance. Agencies may use the
following management strategies to assist them in meeting the goals of
this order:
(a) Awards. Agencies may use employee incentive programs to reward
exceptional performance in implementing this order.
(b) Performance Evaluations. Agencies shall, where appropriate,
include successful implementation of the provisions of this order in the
position descriptions and performance evaluations of agency heads, the
senior official, fleet managers, their superiors, and other relevant
employees.
Sec. 304. Applicability. This order applies to each agency operating 20
or more motor vehicles within the United States. Agency means an
executive agency as defined in 5 U.S.C. 105. For the purpose of this
order, military departments, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 102, are covered
under the auspices of the Department of Defense.
PART 4 IMPLEMENTATION
[[Page 258]]
Sec. 401. Vehicle Reporting Credits. When preparing the annual report to
DOE and OMB, each agency acquisition of an alternative fuel light-duty
vehicle, regardless of geographic placement, shall count as one credit
towards fulfilling the AFV acquisition requirements of the Energy Policy
Act of 1992. Agencies shall receive one additional credit for each
light-duty AFV that exclusively uses an alternative fuel and for each
Zero Emission Vehicle of any size. Agencies shall receive three credits
for dedicated medium-duty AFVs and four credits for dedicated heavy-duty
AFVs. Agencies can also receive one credit for every 450 gallons of pure
bio-diesel used in diesel vehicles.
Sec. 402. Infrastructure. To support the use of alternative fuel in
AFVs, agencies should arrange for fueling at commercial facilities that
offer alternative fuels for sale to the public.
(a) Agencies should team with State, local, and private entities to
support the expansion and use of public access alternative fuel
refueling stations;
(b) Agencies should use the authority granted to them in section 304
of the Energy Policy Act of 1992 to establish nonpublic access
alternative fuel infrastructure for fueling Federal AFVs where public
fueling is unavailable.
(c) Agencies are encouraged to work with DOE and GSA to resolve
alternative fuel usage tracking issues with alternative and petroleum
fuel providers.
Sec. 403. Procurement of Environmentally Preferable Motor Vehicle
Products.
(a) Consistent with Executive Order 13101 and section 6002 of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6962, effective
6 months after the date of this order, no Federal agency shall purchase,
sell, or arrange for the purchase of virgin petroleum motor vehicle
lubricating oils when re-refined motor vehicle lubricating oils are
reasonably available and meet the vehicle manufacturer's recommended
performance standards.
(b) Consistent with Executive Order 13101 and RCRA section 6962, in
acquiring and maintaining motor vehicles, agencies shall acquire and use
United States EPA-designated Comprehensive Procurement Guideline items,
including but not limited to retread tires, when such products are
reasonably available and meet applicable performance standards. In
addition, Federal agencies should consider acquiring other recycled
content products, such as tires containing a minimum of 5-10 percent
post-consumer recovered rubber.
(c) Consistent with Executive Order 13101, Federal agencies are
encouraged to use biobased motor vehicle products when such products are
reasonably available and meet applicable performance standards.
PART 5 GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec. 501. Revocation. Executive Order 13031 of December 13, 1996, is
revoked.
Sec. 502. Statutory Authority. Agencies must carry out the provisions of
this order to the extent consistent with their statutory authority.
Sec. 503. Limitations. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch and is not intended to
create any
[[Page 259]]
right, benefit, or trust responsibility, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law by a party against the United States, its agencies,
its officers, or any other person.
Sec. 504. Independent Agencies. Independent agencies and agencies
excepted from coverage by section 304 are encouraged to comply with the
provisions of this order.
Sec. 505. Government-Owned Contractor-Operated Vehicles. Agencies must
ensure that all Government-owned contractor-operated vehicles comply
with all applicable goals and other requirements of this order and that
these goals and requirements are incorporated into each contractor's
management contract.
Sec. 506. Exemptions for Military Tactical, Law Enforcement, and
Emergency Vehicles. Department of Defense military tactical vehicles are
exempt from this order. Law enforcement, emergency, and any other
vehicle class or type determined by OMB, in consultation with DOE, are
exempted from this order's requirements for Federal fleet fuel
efficiency and alternative fuel vehicle acquisition. Agencies claiming
vehicle exemptions must provide information on the number of each class
or type of vehicle claimed as exempt as well as an estimate of total
fuel consumption of exempt vehicles on an annual basis. Agencies should
examine options for increasing fuel efficiency in these exempt vehicles
and should report actions taken to increase fuel efficiency in these
vehicles or fleets. All information required by this section must be
submitted annually under Part 3 of this order.
Sec. 507. Compliance. (a) If an agency fails to meet requirements of the
Energy Policy Act of 1992 or this order, its report to the DOE and OMB
under section 302(c) must include an explanation for such failure and an
updated strategy for achieving compliance using the agency's current and
requested budgets.
(b) OMB, in consultation with DOE, may modify the compliance
requirements for an agency under Part 2 of this order, if the agency is
unable to comply with the requirements of that part. An agency
requesting modification must show that it has made substantial good
faith efforts to comply with that part. The availability and costs of
alternative fuels and AFVs can be a factor in OMB's decision to modify
the agency's compliance with Part 2 of this order.
Sec. 508. Definitions. Terms used in this order shall have the same
definitions as those in the Energy Policy Act of 1992 and Executive
Order 13101, unless specifically changed in guidance to be issued by DOE
under section 301(b) of this order.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
April 21, 2000.
[[Page 260]]
Executive Order 13150 of April 21, 2000
Federal Workforce Transportation
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Transportation
Equity Act for the 21st Century (Public Law 105-178), section 1911 of
the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Public Law 102-486), section 531(a)(1) of
the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 (26 U.S.C. 132), and the Federal
Employees Clean Air Incentives Act (Public Law 103-172), and in order to
reduce Federal employees' contribution to traffic congestion and air
pollution and to expand their commuting alternatives, it is hereby
ordered as follows:
Section 1. Mass Transportation and Vanpool Transportation Fringe Benefit
Program. (a) By no later than October 1, 2000, Federal agencies shall
implement a transportation fringe benefit program that offers qualified
Federal employees the option to exclude from taxable wages and
compensation, consistent with section 132 of title 26, United States
Code, employee commuting costs incurred through the use of mass
transportation and vanpools, not to exceed the maximum level allowed by
law (26 U.S.C. 132 (f)(2)). These agency programs shall comply with the
requirements of Internal Revenue Service regulations for qualified
transportation fringe benefits under section 1.132-9 of title 26, Code
of Federal Regulations, and other guidance.
(b) Federal agencies are encouraged to use any nonmonetary incentive
that the agencies may otherwise offer under any other provision of law
or other authority to encourage mass transportation and vanpool use, as
provided for in section 7905(b)(2)(C) of title 5, United States Code.
Sec. 2. Federal Agencies in the National Capital Region. Federal
agencies in the National Capital Region shall implement a ``transit
pass'' transportation fringe benefit program for their qualified Federal
employees by no later than October 1, 2000. Under this program, agencies
shall provide their qualified Federal employees, in addition to current
compensation, transit passes as defined in section 132(f)(5) of title
26, United States Code, in amounts approximately equal to employee
commuting costs, not to exceed the maximum level allowed by law (26
U.S.C. 132(f)(2)). The National Capital Region is defined as the
District of Columbia; Montgomery, Prince George's, and Frederick
Counties in Maryland; Arlington, Fairfax, Loudon, and Prince William
Counties in Virginia; and all cities now or hereafter existing in
Maryland or Virginia within the geographic area bounded by the outer
boundaries of the combined area of said counties.
Sec. 3. Nationwide Pilot Program. The Department of Transportation, the
Environmental Protection Agency, and the Department of Energy shall
implement a ``transit pass'' transportation fringe benefit program, as
described in section 2 of this order, for all of their qualified Federal
employees as a 3 year pilot program by no later than October 1, 2000.
Before determining whether the program should be extended to other
Federal employees nationwide, it shall be analyzed by an entity
determined by the agencies identified in section 4 of this order to
ascertain, among other things, if it is effective in reducing single
occupancy vehicle travel and local area traffic congestion.
[[Page 261]]
Sec. 4. Guidance. Federal agencies shall develop plans to implement this
order in consultation with the Department of the Treasury, the
Department of Transportation, the Environmental Protection Agency, the
Office of Personnel Management, the General Services Administration, and
the Office of Management and Budget. Federal agencies that currently
have more generous programs or benefits in place may continue to offer
those programs or benefits. Agencies shall absorb the costs of
implementing this order within the sums received pursuant to the
President's FY 2001 budget request to the Congress.
Sec. 5. Judicial Review. This order is not intended to and does not
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law by any party against the United States, its agencies or
instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
April 21, 2000.
Executive Order 13151 of April 27, 2000
Global Disaster Information Network
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to establish a Global
Disaster Information Network to use information technology more
effectively to reduce loss of life and property from natural and man-
made disasters, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. (a) It is the policy of this Administration to use
information technology more effectively to coordinate the Federal
Government's collection and dissemination of information to appropriate
response agencies and State governments to prepare for and respond to
natural and man-made disasters (disasters). As a result of changing
population demographics in our coastal, rural, and urban areas over the
past decades, the loss of life and property (losses) from disasters has
nearly doubled. One of the ways the Federal Government can reduce these
losses is to use technology more effectively to coordinate its
collection and dissemination (hereafter referred to collectively as
``provision'') of information which can be used in both planning for and
recovering from disasters. While many agencies provide disaster-related
information, they may not always provide it in a coordinated manner. To
improve the provision of disaster-related information, the agencies
shall, as set out in this order, use information technology to
coordinate the Federal Government's provision of information to prepare
for, respond to, and recover from domestic disasters.
(b) It is also the policy of this Administration to use information
technology and existing channels of disaster assistance to improve the
Federal Government's provision of information that could be helpful to
foreign governments preparing for or responding to foreign disasters.
Currently, the United States Government provides disaster-related
information to foreign governments and relief organizations on
humanitarian grounds at the request of foreign governments and where
appropriate. This information is
[[Page 262]]
supplied by Federal agencies on an ad hoc basis. To increase the
effectiveness of our response to foreign disasters, agencies shall,
where appropriate, use information technology to coordinate the Federal
Government's provision of disaster-related information to foreign
governments.
(c) To carry out the policies in this order, there is established
the Global Disaster Information Network (Network). The Network is
defined as the coordinated effort by Federal agencies to develop a
strategy and to use existing technical infrastructure, to the extent
permitted by law and subject to the availability of appropriations and
under the guidance of the Interagency Coordinating Committee and the
Committee Support Office, to make more effective use of information
technology to assist our Government, and foreign governments where
appropriate, by providing disaster-related information to prepare for
and respond to disasters.
Sec. 2. Establishment. (a) There is established an Interagency
Coordinating Committee (Committee) to provide leadership and oversight
for the development of the Network. The Office of the Vice President,
the Department of Commerce through the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, and the Department of State, respectively, shall
designate a representative to serve as Co-chairpersons of the Committee.
The Committee membership shall comprise representatives from the
following departments and agencies:
(1) Department of State;
(2) Department of Defense;
(3) Department of the Interior;
(4) Department of Agriculture;
(5) Department of Commerce;
(6) Department of Transportation;
(7) Department of Energy;
(8) Office of Management and Budget;
(9) Environmental Protection Agency;
(10) National Aeronautics and Space Administration;
(11) United States Agency for International Development;
(12) Federal Emergency Management Agency; and
(13) Central Intelligence Agency.
At the discretion of the Co-chairpersons of the Committee, other
agencies may be added to the Committee membership. The Committee shall
include an Executive Secretary to effect coordination between the Co-
chairpersons of the Committee and the Committee Support Office.
(b) There is established a Committee Support Office (Support Office)
to assist the Committee by developing plans and projects that would
further the creation of the Network. The Support Office shall, at the
request of the Co-chairpersons of the Committee, carry out tasks taken
on by the Committee.
(c) The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration shall
provide funding and administrative support for the Committee and the
Support Of
[[Page 263]]
fice. To the extent permitted by law, agencies may provide support to
the Committee and the Support Office to assist them in their work.
Sec. 3. Responsibilities. (a) The Committee shall:
(1) serve as the United States Government's single entity for all
matters, both national and international, pertaining to the
development and establishment of the Network;
(2) provide leadership and high-level coordination of Network
activities;
(3) provide guidance for the development of Network strategies, goals,
objectives, policies, and legislation;
(4) represent and advocate Network goals, objectives, and processes to
their respective agencies and departments;
(5) provide manpower and material support for Network development
activities;
(6) develop, delegate, and monitor interagency opportunities and ideas
supporting the development of the Network; and
(7) provide reports, through the Co-chairpersons of the Committee, to
the President as requested or at least annually.
(b) The Support Office shall:
(1) provide management and administrative support for the Committee;
(2) develop Network strategies, goals, objectives, policies, plans, and
legislation in accordance with guidance provided by the Committee;
(3) consult with agencies, States, nongovernment organizations, and
international counterparts in developing Network development tasks;
(4) develop and make recommendations concerning Network activities to
the agencies as approved by the Committee; and
(5) participate in projects that promote the goals and objectives of the
Network.
Sec. 4. Implementation. (a) The Committee, with the assistance of the
Support Office, shall address national and international issues
associated with the development of the Network within the context of:
(1) promoting the United States as an example and leader in the
development and dissemination of disaster information, both domestically
and abroad, and, to this end, seeking cooperation with foreign
governments and international organizations;
(2) striving to include all appropriate stakeholders in the
development of the Network; and
(3) facilitating the creation of a framework that involves public
and private stakeholders in a partnership for sustained operations of
the Network.
(b) Intelligence activities, as determined by the Director of the
Central Intelligence Agency, as well as national security-related
activities of the Department of Defense and of the Department of Energy,
are exempt from compliance with this order.
Sec. 5. Tribal Governments. This order does not impose any requirements
on tribal governments.
[[Page 264]]
Sec. 6. Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or
benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable by law, by a party
against the United States, its officers, its employees, or any other
person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
April 27, 2000.
Executive Order 13152 of May 2, 2000
Further Amendment to Executive Order 11478, Equal Employment Opportunity
in Federal Government
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States, and in order to provide for a uniform policy
for the Federal Government to prohibit discrimination based on an
individual's status as a parent, it is hereby ordered that Executive
Order 11478, as amended, is further amended as follows:
Section 1. Amend the first sentence of section 1 by substituting
``sexual orientation, or status as a parent.'' for ``or sexual
orientation.''
Sec. 2. Insert the following new sections 6 and 7 after section 5:
``Sec. 6. `Status as a parent' refers to the status of an individual
who, with respect to an individual who is under the age of 18 or who is
18 or older but is incapable of self-care because of a physical or
mental disability, is:
(a) a biological parent;
(b) an adoptive parent;
(c) a foster parent;
(d) a stepparent;
(e) a custodian of a legal ward;
(f) in loco parentis over such an individual; or
(g) actively seeking legal custody or adoption of such an individual.
``Sec. 7. The Office of Personnel Management shall be authorized to
develop guidance on the provisions of this order prohibiting
discrimination on the basis of an individual's sexual orientation or
status as a parent.''
Sec. 3. Amend section 4 by substituting ``and appropriate to carry out
its responsibilities under this Order.'' for ``appropriate to carry out
this Order.''
Sec. 4. Renumber current sections 6, 7, and 8 as sections 8, 9, and 10,
respectively.
Sec. 5. Add a section 11 to read as follows:
``Sec. 11. This Executive Order does not confer any right or benefit
enforceable in law or equity against the United States or its
representatives.''
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 2, 2000.
[[Page 265]]
Executive Order 13153 of May 3, 2000
Actions To Improve Low-Performing Schools
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Elementary and
Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA), the Department of Education
Appropriations Act, 2000 (as contained in Public Law 106-113), and in
order to take actions to improve low-performing schools, it is hereby
ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. Since 1993, this Administration has sought to raise
standards for students and to increase accountability in public
education while investing more resources in elementary and secondary
schools. While much has been accomplished--there has been progress in
math and reading achievement, particularly for low-achieving students
and students in our highest poverty schools--much more can be done,
especially for low-performing schools.
Sec. 2. Technical Assistance and Capacity Building. (a) The Secretary of
Education (``Secretary'') shall work with State and local educational
agencies (``LEAs'') to develop and implement a comprehensive strategy
for providing technical assistance and other assistance to States and
LEAs to strengthen their capacity to improve the performance of schools
identified as low performing. This comprehensive strategy shall include
a number of steps, such as:
(1) providing States, school districts, and schools receiving funds from
the school improvement fund established by Public Law 106-113, as well as
other districts and schools identified for school improvement or corrective
action under Title I of the ESEA, with access to the latest research and
information on best practices, including research on instruction and
educator professional development, and with the opportunity to learn from
exemplary schools and exemplary State and local intervention strategies and
from each other, in order to improve achievement for all students in the
low-performing schools;
(2) determining effective ways of providing low-performing schools with
access to resources from other Department of Education programs, such as
funds from the Comprehensive School Reform Demonstration Program, the
Reading Excellence Act, the Eisenhower Professional Development Program,
the Class Size Reduction Program, and the 21st Century Community Learning
Centers Program, and to make effective use of these funds and Title I
funds;
(3) providing States and LEAs with information on effective strategies to
improve the quality of the teaching force, including strategies for
recruiting and retaining highly qualified teachers in high-poverty schools,
and implementing research-based professional development programs aligned
with challenging standards;
(4) helping States and school districts build partnerships with technical
assistance providers, including, but not limited to, federally funded
laboratories and centers, foundations, businesses, community-based
organizations, institutions of higher education, reform model providers,
and other organizations that can help local schools improve;
[[Page 266]]
(5) identifying previously low-performing schools that have made
significant achievement gains, and States and school districts that have
been effective in improving the achievement of all students in low-
performing schools, which can serve as models and resources;
(6) providing assistance and information on how to effectively involve
parents in the school-improvement process, including effectively involving
and informing parents at the beginning of the school year about improvement
goals for their school as well as the goals for their own children, and
reporting on progress made in achieving these goals;
(7) providing States and LEAs with information on effective approaches to
school accountability, including the effectiveness of such strategies as
school reconstitution, peer review teams, and financial rewards and
incentives;
(8) providing LEAs with information and assistance on the design and
implementation of approaches to choice among public schools that create
incentives for improvement throughout the local educational agency,
especially in the lowest-performing schools, and that maximize the
opportunity of students in low-performing schools to attend a higher-
performing public school;
(9) exploring the use of well-trained tutors to raise student achievement
through initiatives such as ``America Reads,'' ``America Counts,'' and
other work-study opportunities to help low-performing schools;
(10) using a full range of strategies for disseminating information about
effective practices, including interactive electronic communications;
(11) working with the Department of Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs
(BIA), to provide technical assistance to BIA-funded low-performing
schools; and
(12) taking other steps that can help improve the quality of teaching and
instruction in low-performing schools.
(b) The Secretary shall, to the extent permitted by law, take
whatever steps the Secretary finds necessary and appropriate to redirect
the resources and technical assistance capability of the Department of
Education (``Department'') to assist States and localities in improving
low-performing schools, and to ensure that the dissemination of research
to help turn around low-performing schools is a priority of the
Department.
Sec. 3. School Improvement Report. To monitor the progress of LEAs and
schools in turning around failing schools, including those receiving
grants from the School Improvement Fund, the Secretary shall prepare an
annual School Improvement Report, to be published in September of each
year, beginning in 2000. The report shall:
(a) describe trends in the numbers of LEAs and schools identified as
needing improvement and subsequent changes in the academic performance
of their students;
(b) identify best practices and significant research findings that
can be used to help turn around low-performing LEAs and schools; and
(c) document ongoing efforts as a result of this order and other
Federal efforts to assist States and local school districts in
intervening in low-per
[[Page 267]]
forming schools, including improving teacher quality. This report shall
be publicly accessible.
Sec. 4. Compliance Monitoring System. Consistent with the implementation
of the School Improvement Fund, the Secretary shall strengthen the
Department's monitoring of ESEA requirements for identifying and turning
around low-performing schools, as well as any new requirements
established for the School Improvement Fund by Public Law 106-113. The
Secretary shall give priority to provisions that have the greatest
bearing on identifying and turning around low-performing schools,
including sections 1116 and 1117 of the ESEA, and to developing an
ongoing, focused, and systematic process for monitoring these
provisions. This improved compliance monitoring shall be designed to:
(a) ensure that States and LEAs comply with ESEA requirements;
(b) assist States and LEAs in implementing effective procedures and
strategies that reflect the best research available, as well as the
experience of successful schools, school districts, and States as they
address similar objectives and challenges; and
(c) assist States, LEAs, and schools in making the most effective
use of available Federal resources.
Sec. 5. Consultation. The Secretary shall, where appropriate, consult
with executive agencies, State and local education officials, educators,
community-based groups, and others in carrying out this Executive order.
Sec. 6. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch and is not intended to, and
does not create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law or equity by a party against the United States, its
agencies or instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or any other
person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 3, 2000.
Executive Order 13154 of May 3, 2000
Establishing the Kosovo Campaign Medal
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including my authority as
Commander in Chief of the Armed Forces of the United States, it is
hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Kosovo Campaign Medal. There is hereby established the Kosovo
Campaign Medal with suitable appurtenances. Except as limited in section
2 of this order, and under uniform regulations to be prescribed by the
Secretaries of the Military Departments and approved by the Secretary of
Defense, or under regulations to be prescribed by the Secretary of
Transportation with respect to the Coast Guard when it is not operating
as a service in the Navy, the Kosovo Campaign Medal shall be awarded to
members of the Armed Forces of the United States who serve or have
served in Kosovo or contiguous waters or airspace, as defined by such
regulations, after
[[Page 268]]
March 24, 1999, and before a terminal date to be prescribed by the
Secretary of Defense.
Sec. 2. Relationship to Other Awards. Notwithstanding section 3 of
Executive Order 10977 of December 4, 1961, establishing the Armed Forces
Expeditionary Medal and section 3 of Executive Order 12985 of January
11, 1996, establishing the Armed Forces Service Medal, any member who
qualified for those medals by reasons of service in Kosovo between March
24, 1999, and May 1, 2000, shall remain qualified for those medals. Upon
application, any such member may be awarded the Kosovo Campaign Medal in
lieu of the Armed Forces Expeditionary Medal or the Armed Forces Service
Medal, but no person may be awarded more than one of these three medals
by reason of service in Kosovo, and no person shall be entitled to more
than one award of the Kosovo Campaign Medal.
Sec. 3. Posthumous Award. The Kosovo Campaign Medal may be awarded
posthumously to any person covered by and under regulations prescribed
in accordance with the first section of this order.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 3, 2000.
Executive Order 13155 of May 10, 2000
Access to HIV/AIDS Pharmaceuticals and Medical
Technologies
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including sections 141 and chapter
1 of title III of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2171,
2411-2420), section 307 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
2421), and section 104 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended
(22 U.S.C. 2151b), and in accordance with executive branch policy on
health-related intellectual property matters to promote access to
essential medicines, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. (a) In administering sections 301-310 of the Trade
Act of 1974, the United States shall not seek, through negotiation or
otherwise, the revocation or revision of any intellectual property law
or policy of a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country, as determined by
the President, that regulates HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals or medical
technologies if the law or policy of the country:
(1) promotes access to HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals or medical
technologies for affected populations in that country; and
(2) provides adequate and effective intellectual property protection
consistent with the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual
Property Rights (TRIPS Agreement) referred to in section 101(d)(15) of
the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (19 U.S.C. 3511(d)(15)).
(b) The United States shall encourage all beneficiary sub-Saharan
African countries to implement policies designed to address the
underlying causes
[[Page 269]]
of the HIV/AIDS crisis by, among other things, making efforts to
encourage practices that will prevent further transmission and infection
and to stimulate development of the infrastructure necessary to deliver
adequate health services, and by encouraging policies that provide an
incentive for public and private research on, and development of,
vaccines and other medical innovations that will combat the HIV/AIDS
epidemic in Africa.
Sec. 2. Rationale: (a) This order finds that:
(1) since the onset of the worldwide HIV/AIDS epidemic,
approximately 34 million people living in sub-Saharan Africa have been
infected with the disease;
(2) of those infected, approximately 11.5 million have died;
(3) the deaths represent 83 percent of the total HIV/AIDS-related
deaths worldwide; and
(4) access to effective therapeutics for HIV/AIDS is determined by
issues of price, health system infrastructure for delivery, and
sustainable financing.
(b) In light of these findings, this order recognizes that:
(1) it is in the interest of the United States to take all
reasonable steps to prevent further spread of infectious disease,
particularly HIV/AIDS;
(2) there is critical need for effective incentives to develop new
pharmaceuticals, vaccines, and therapies to combat the HIV/AIDS crisis,
including effective global intellectual property standards designed to
foster pharmaceutical and medical innovation;
(3) the overriding priority for responding to the crisis of HIV/AIDS
in sub-Saharan Africa should be to improve public education and to
encourage practices that will prevent further transmission and
infection, and to stimulate development of the infrastructure necessary
to deliver adequate health care services;
(4) the United States should work with individual countries in sub-
Saharan Africa to assist them in development of effective public
education campaigns aimed at the prevention of HIV/AIDS transmission and
infection, and to improve their health care infrastructure to promote
improved access to quality health care for their citizens in general,
and particularly with respect to the HIV/AIDS epidemic;
(5) an effective United States response to the crisis in sub-Saharan
Africa must focus in the short term on preventive programs designed to
reduce the frequency of new infections and remove the stigma of the
disease, and should place a priority on basic health services that can
be used to treat opportunistic infections, sexually transmitted
infections, and complications associated with HIV/AIDS so as to prolong
the duration and improve the quality of life of those with the disease;
(6) an effective United States response to the crisis must also
focus on the development of HIV/AIDS vaccines to prevent the spread of
the disease;
(7) the innovative capacity of the United States in the commercial
and public pharmaceutical research sectors is unmatched in the world,
and the participation of both these sectors will be a critical element
in any successful program to respond to the HIV/AIDS crisis in sub-
Saharan Africa;
[[Page 270]]
(8) the TRIPS Agreement recognizes the importance of promoting
effective and adequate protection of intellectual property rights and
the right of countries to adopt measures necessary to protect public
health;
(9) individual countries should have the ability to take measures to
address the HIV/AIDS epidemic, provided that such measures are
consistent with their international obligations; and
(10) successful initiatives will require effective partnerships and
cooperation among governments, international organizations,
nongovernmental organizations, and the private sector, and greater
consideration should be given to financial, legal, and other incentives
that will promote improved prevention and treatment actions.
Sec. 3. Scope. (a) This order prohibits the United States Government
from taking action pursuant to section 301(b) of the Trade Act of 1974
with respect to any law or policy in beneficiary sub-Saharan African
countries that promotes access to HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals or medical
technologies and that provides adequate and effective intellectual
property protection consistent with the TRIPS Agreement. However, this
order does not prohibit United States Government officials from
evaluating, determining, or expressing concern about whether such a law
or policy promotes access to HIV/AIDS pharmaceuticals or medical
technologies or provides adequate and effective intellectual property
protection consistent with the TRIPS Agreement. In addition, this order
does not prohibit United States Government officials from consulting
with or otherwise discussing with sub-Saharan African governments
whether such law or policy meets the conditions set forth in section
1(a) of this order. Moreover, this order does not prohibit the United
States Government from invoking the dispute settlement procedures of the
World Trade Organization to examine whether any such law or policy is
consistent with the Uruguay Round Agreements, referred to in section
101(d) of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act.
(b) This order is intended only to improve the internal management
of the executive branch and is not intended to, and does not create, any
right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or
equity by a party against the United States, its agencies or
instrumentalities, its officers or employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 10, 2000
Executive Order 13156 of May 17, 2000
Amendment to Executive Order 12871 Regarding the
National Partnership Council
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to provide for a
uniform policy for the Federal Government relating to labor-management
partnerships, it is hereby ordered that Executive Order 12871, as
amended by Executive Order 12983, is further amended as follows:
[[Page 271]]
Section 1. Section 1(a)(10) of the order is amended by striking ``two''
and inserting ``three.''
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 17, 2000.
Executive Order 13157 of May 23, 2000
Increasing Opportunities for Women-Owned Small Businesses
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Small Business Act,
15 U.S.C. 631, et seq., section 7106 of the Federal Acquisition
Streamlining Act of 1994 (Public Law 103-355), and the Office of Federal
Procurement Policy, 41 U.S.C. 403, et seq., and in order to strengthen
the executive branch's commitment to increased opportunities for women-
owned small businesses, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Executive Branch Policy. In order to reaffirm and strengthen
the statutory policy contained in the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C.
644(g)(1), it shall be the policy of the executive branch to take the
steps necessary to meet or exceed the 5 percent Government-wide goal for
participation in procurement by women-owned small businesses (WOSBs).
Further, the executive branch shall implement this policy by
establishing a participation goal for WOSBs of not less than 5 percent
of the total value of all prime contract awards for each fiscal year and
of not less than 5 percent of the total value of all subcontract awards
for each fiscal year.
Sec. 2. Responsibilities of Federal Departments and Agencies. Each
department and agency (hereafter referred to collectively as ``agency'')
that has procurement authority shall develop a long-term comprehensive
strategy to expand opportunities for WOSBs. Where feasible and
consistent with the effective and efficient performance of its mission,
each agency shall establish a goal of achieving a participation rate for
WOSBs of not less than 5 percent of the total value of all prime
contract awards for each fiscal year and of not less than 5 percent of
the total value of all subcontract awards for each fiscal year. The
agency's plans shall include, where appropriate, methods and programs as
set forth in section 4 of this order.
Sec. 3. Responsibilities of the Small Business Administration. The Small
Business Administration (SBA) shall establish an Assistant Administrator
for Women's Procurement within the SBA's Office of Government
Contracting. This officer shall be responsible for:
(a) working with each agency to develop and implement policies to
achieve the participation goals for WOSBs for the executive branch
and individual agencies;
(b) advising agencies on how to implement strategies that will increase
the participation of WOSBs in Federal procurement;
[[Page 272]]
(c) evaluating, on a semiannual basis, using the Federal Procurement
Data System (FPDS), the achievement of prime and subcontract goals
and actual prime and subcontract awards to WOSBs for each agency;
(d) preparing a report, which shall be submitted by the Administrator of
the SBA to the President, through the Interagency Committee on
Women's Business Enterprise and the Office of Federal Procurement
Policy (OFPP), on findings based on the FPDS, regarding prime
contracts and subcontracts awarded to WOSBs;
(e) making recommendations and working with Federal agencies to expand
participation rates for WOSBs, with a particular emphasis on
agencies in which the participation rate for these businesses is
less than 5 percent;
(f) providing a program of training and development seminars and
conferences to instruct women on how to participate in the SBA's
8(a) program, the Small Disadvantaged Business (SDB) program, the
HUBZone program, and other small business contracting programs for
which they may be eligible;
(g) developing and implementing a single uniform Federal Government-wide
website, which provides links to other websites within the Federal
system concerning acquisition, small businesses, and women-owned
businesses, and which provides current procurement information for
WOSBs and other small businesses;
(h) developing an interactive electronic commerce database that allows
small businesses to register their businesses and capabilities as
potential contractors for Federal agencies, and enables contracting
officers to identify and locate potential contractors; and
(i) working with existing women-owned business organizations, State and
local governments, and others in order to promote the sharing of
information and the development of more uniform State and local
standards for WOSBs that reduce the burden on these firms in
competing for procurement opportunities.
Sec. 4. Other Responsibilities of Federal Agencies. To the extent
permitted by law, each Federal agency shall work with the SBA to ensure
maximum participation of WOSBs in the procurement process by taking the
following steps:
(a) designating a senior acquisition official who will work with the SBA
to identify and promote contracting opportunities for WOSBs;
(b) requiring contracting officers, to the maximum extent practicable,
to include WOSBs in competitive acquisitions;
(c) prescribing procedures to ensure that acquisition planners, to the
maximum extent practicable, structure acquisitions to facilitate
competition by and among small businesses, HUBZone small businesses,
SDBs, and WOSBs, and providing guidance on structuring acquisitions,
including, but not limited to, those expected to result in multiple
award contracts, in order to facilitate competition by and among
these groups;
(d) implementing mentor-protege programs, which include women-owned
small business firms; and
[[Page 273]]
(e) offering industry-wide as well as industry-specific outreach,
training, and technical assistance programs for WOSBs including,
where appropriate, the use of Government acquisitions forecasts, in
order to assist WOSBs in developing their products, skills, business
planning practices, and marketing techniques.
Sec. 5. Subcontracting Plans. The head of each Federal agency, or
designated representative, shall work closely with the SBA, OFPP, and
others to develop procedures to increase compliance by prime contractors
with subcontracting plans proposed under section 8(d) of the Small
Business Act (15 U.S.C. 637(d)) or section 834 of Public Law 101-189, as
amended (15 U.S.C. 637 note), including subcontracting plans involving
WOSBs.
Sec. 6. Action Plans. If a Federal agency fails to meet its annual goals
in expanding contract opportunities for WOSBs, it shall work with the
SBA to develop an action plan to increase the likelihood that
participation goals will be met or exceeded in future years.
Sec. 7. Compliance. Independent agencies are requested to comply with
the provisions of this order.
Sec. 8. Consultation and Advice. In developing the long-term
comprehensive strategies required by section 2 of this order, Federal
agencies shall consult with, and seek information and advice from, State
and local governments, WOSBs, other private-sector partners, and other
experts.
Sec. 9. Judicial Review. This order is for internal management purposes
for the Federal Government. It does not create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers, its employees, or
any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 23, 2000.
Executive Order 13158 of May 26, 2000
Marine Protected Areas
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America and in furtherance of the purposes
of the National Marine Sanctuaries Act (16 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.),
National Wildlife Refuge System Administration Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C.
668dd-ee), National Park Service Organic Act (16 U.S.C. 1 et seq.),
National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 et seq.), Wilderness
Act (16 U.S.C. 1131 et seq.), Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and
Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), Coastal Zone Management Act (16
U.S.C. 1451 et seq.), Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et
seq.), Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1362 et seq.), Clean
Water Act of 1977 (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), National Environmental
Policy Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), Outer Continental Shelf
Lands Act (42 U.S.C. 1331 et seq.), and other pertinent statutes, it is
ordered as follows:
Section 1. Purpose. This Executive Order will help protect the
significant natural and cultural resources within the marine environment
for the ben
[[Page 274]]
efit of present and future generations by strengthening and expanding
the Nation's system of marine protected areas (MPAs). An expanded and
strengthened comprehensive system of marine protected areas throughout
the marine environment would enhance the conservation of our Nation's
natural and cultural marine heritage and the ecologically and
economically sustainable use of the marine environment for future
generations. To this end, the purpose of this order is to, consistent
with domestic and international law: (a) strengthen the management,
protection, and conservation of existing marine protected areas and
establish new or expanded MPAs; (b) develop a scientifically based,
comprehensive national system of MPAs representing diverse U.S. marine
ecosystems, and the Nation's natural and cultural resources; and (c)
avoid causing harm to MPAs through federally conducted, approved, or
funded activities.
Sec. 2. Definitions. For the purposes of this order: (a) ``Marine
protected area'' means any area of the marine environment that has been
reserved by Federal, State, territorial, tribal, or local laws or
regulations to provide lasting protection for part or all of the natural
and cultural resources therein.
(b) ``Marine environment'' means those areas of coastal and ocean
waters, the Great Lakes and their connecting waters, and submerged lands
thereunder, over which the United States exercises jurisdiction,
consistent with international law.
(c) The term ``United States'' includes the several States, the
District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands of the United States, American Samoa, Guam, and the Commonwealth
of the Northern Mariana Islands.
Sec. 3. MPA Establishment, Protection, and Management. Each Federal
agency whose authorities provide for the establishment or management of
MPAs shall take appropriate actions to enhance or expand protection of
existing MPAs and establish or recommend, as appropriate, new MPAs.
Agencies implementing this section shall consult with the agencies
identified in subsection 4(a) of this order, consistent with existing
requirements.
Sec. 4. National System of MPAs. (a) To the extent permitted by law and
subject to the availability of appropriations, the Department of
Commerce and the Department of the Interior, in consultation with the
Department of Defense, the Department of State, the United States Agency
for International Development, the Department of Transportation, the
Environmental Protection Agency, the National Science Foundation, and
other pertinent Federal agencies shall develop a national system of
MPAs. They shall coordinate and share information, tools, and
strategies, and provide guidance to enable and encourage the use of the
following in the exercise of each agency's respective authorities to
further enhance and expand protection of existing MPAs and to establish
or recommend new MPAs, as appropriate:
(1) science-based identification and prioritization of natural and
cultural resources for additional protection;
(2) integrated assessments of ecological linkages among MPAs,
including ecological reserves in which consumptive uses of resources are
prohibited, to provide synergistic benefits;
[[Page 275]]
(3) a biological assessment of the minimum area where consumptive
uses would be prohibited that is necessary to preserve representative
habitats in different geographic areas of the marine environment;
(4) an assessment of threats and gaps in levels of protection
currently afforded to natural and cultural resources, as appropriate;
(5) practical, science-based criteria and protocols for monitoring
and evaluating the effectiveness of MPAs;
(6) identification of emerging threats and user conflicts affecting
MPAs and appropriate, practical, and equitable management solutions,
including effective enforcement strategies, to eliminate or reduce such
threats and conflicts;
(7) assessment of the economic effects of the preferred management
solutions; and
(8) identification of opportunities to improve linkages with, and
technical assistance to, international marine protected area programs.
(b) In carrying out the requirements of section 4 of this order, the
Department of Commerce and the Department of the Interior shall consult
with those States that contain portions of the marine environment, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands of the United States,
American Samoa, Guam, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana
Islands, tribes, Regional Fishery Management Councils, and other
entities, as appropriate, to promote coordination of Federal, State,
territorial, and tribal actions to establish and manage MPAs.
(c) In carrying out the requirements of this section, the Department
of Commerce and the Department of the Interior shall seek the expert
advice and recommendations of non-Federal scientists, resource managers,
and other interested persons and organizations through a Marine
Protected Area Federal Advisory Committee. The Committee shall be
established by the Department of Commerce.
(d) The Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of the Interior
shall establish and jointly manage a website for information on MPAs and
Federal agency reports required by this order. They shall also publish
and maintain a list of MPAs that meet the definition of MPA for the
purposes of this order.
(e) The Department of Commerce's National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration shall establish a Marine Protected Area Center to carry
out, in cooperation with the Department of the Interior, the
requirements of subsection 4(a) of this order, coordinate the website
established pursuant to subsection 4(d) of this order, and partner with
governmental and nongovernmental entities to conduct necessary research,
analysis, and exploration. The goal of the MPA Center shall be, in
cooperation with the Department of the Interior, to develop a framework
for a national system of MPAs, and to provide Federal, State,
territorial, tribal, and local governments with the information,
technologies, and strategies to support the system. This national system
framework and the work of the MPA Center is intended to support, not
interfere with, agencies' independent exercise of their own existing
authorities.
(f) To better protect beaches, coasts, and the marine environment
from pollution, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), relying upon
exist
[[Page 276]]
ing Clean Water Act authorities, shall expeditiously propose new
science-based regulations, as necessary, to ensure appropriate levels of
protection for the marine environment. Such regulations may include the
identification of areas that warrant additional pollution protections
and the enhancement of marine water quality standards. The EPA shall
consult with the Federal agencies identified in subsection 4(a) of this
order, States, territories, tribes, and the public in the development of
such new regulations.
Sec. 5. Agency Responsibilities. Each Federal agency whose actions
affect the natural or cultural resources that are protected by an MPA
shall identify such actions. To the extent permitted by law and to the
maximum extent practicable, each Federal agency, in taking such actions,
shall avoid harm to the natural and cultural resources that are
protected by an MPA. In implementing this section, each Federal agency
shall refer to the MPAs identified under subsection 4(d) of this order.
Sec. 6. Accountability. Each Federal agency that is required to take
actions under this order shall prepare and make public annually a
concise description of actions taken by it in the previous year to
implement the order, including a description of written comments by any
person or organization stating that the agency has not complied with
this order and a response to such comments by the agency.
Sec. 7. International Law. Federal agencies taking actions pursuant to
this Executive Order must act in accordance with international law and
with Presidential Proclamation 5928 of December 27, 1988, on the
Territorial Sea of the United States of America, Presidential
Proclamation 5030 of March 10, 1983, on the Exclusive Economic Zone of
the United States of America, and Presidential Proclamation 7219 of
September 2, 1999, on the Contiguous Zone of the United States.
Sec. 8. General. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed as
altering existing authorities regarding the establishment of Federal
MPAs in areas of the marine environment subject to the jurisdiction and
control of States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico, the Virgin Islands of the United States, American Samoa, Guam, the
Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and Indian tribes.
(b) This order does not diminish, affect, or abrogate Indian treaty
rights or United States trust responsibilities to Indian tribes.
(c) This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or
procedural, enforceable in law or equity by a party against the United
States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 26, 2000.
[[Page 277]]
Executive Order 13159 of June 21, 2000
Blocking Property of the Government of the Russian Federation Relating
to the Disposition of Highly Enriched Uranium Extracted From Nuclear
Weapons
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the International
Emergency Economic Powers Act (IEEPA) (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.), the
National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), and section 301 of
title 3, United States Code.
I, WILLIAM J. CLINTON, President of the United States of America, in
view of the policies underlying Executive Order 12938 of November 14,
1994, and Executive Order 13085 of May 26, 1998, find that the risk of
nuclear proliferation created by the accumulation of a large volume of
weapons-usable fissile material in the territory of the Russian
Federation constitutes an unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security and foreign policy of the United States, and hereby
declare a national emergency to deal with that threat.
I hereby order:
Section 1. A major national security goal of the United States is to
ensure that fissile material removed from Russian nuclear weapons
pursuant to various arms control and disarmament agreements is dedicated
to peaceful uses, subject to transparency measures, and protected from
diversion to activities of proliferation concern. As reflected in
Executive Order 13085, the full implementation of the Agreement Between
the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the
Russian Federation Concerning the Disposition of Highly Enriched Uranium
Extracted from Nuclear Weapons, dated February 18, 1993, and related
contracts and agreements (collectively, the ``HEU Agreements'') is
essential to the attainment of this goal. The HEU Agreements provide for
the conversion of approximately 500 metric tons of highly enriched
uranium contained in Russian nuclear weapons into low-enriched uranium
for use as fuel in commercial nuclear reactors. In furtherance of our
national security goals, all heads of departments and agencies of the
United States Government shall continue to take all appropriate measures
within their authority to further the full implementation of the HEU
Agreements.
Sec. 2. Government of the Russian Federation assets directly related to
the implementation of the HEU Agreements currently may be subject to
attachment, judgment, decree, lien, execution, garnishment, or other
judicial process, thereby jeopardizing the full implementation of the
HEU Agreements to the detriment of U.S. foreign policy. In order to
ensure the preservation and proper and complete transfer to the
Government of the Russian Federation of all payments due to it under the
HEU Agreements, and except to the extent provided in regulations,
orders, directives, or licenses that may hereafter be issued pursuant to
this order, all property and interests in property of the Government of
the Russian Federation directly related to the implementation of the HEU
Agreements that are in the United States, that hereafter come within the
United States, or that are or hereafter come within the possession or
control of United States persons, including their overseas branches, are
hereby blocked and may not be transferred,
[[Page 278]]
paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in. Unless licensed or
authorized pursuant to this order, any attachment, judgment, decree,
lien, execution, garnishment, or other judicial process is null and void
with respect to any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to
this order.
Sec. 3. For the purposes of this order: (a) The term ``person'' means an
individual or entity;
(b) The term ``entity'' means a partnership, association, trust,
joint venture, corporation, or other organization;
(c) The term ``United States person'' means any United States
citizen; permanent resident alien; juridical person organized under the
laws of the United States or any jurisdiction within the United States,
including foreign branches; or any person in the United States; and
(d) The term ``Government of the Russian Federation'' means the
Government of the Russian Federation, any political subdivision, agency,
or instrumentality thereof, and any person owned or controlled by, or
acting for or on behalf of, the Government of the Russian Federation.
Sec. 4. (a) The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the
Secretary of State, the Secretary of Energy, and, as appropriate, other
agencies, is hereby authorized to take such actions, including the
promulgation of rules and regulations, and to employ all powers granted
to me by IEEPA, as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this
order. The Secretary of the Treasury may redelegate any of these
functions to other officers and agencies of the United States
Government. All agencies of the United States Government are hereby
directed to take all appropriate measures within their statutory
authority to carry out the provisions of this order.
(b) Nothing contained in this order shall relieve a person from any
requirement to obtain a license or other authorization from any
department or agency of the United States Government in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations subject to the jurisdiction of the
department or agency.
Sec. 5. This order is not intended to create, nor does it create, any
right, benefit, or privilege, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law by a party against the United States, its agencies, officers, or any
other person.
Sec. 6. (a) This order is effective at 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time
on June 22, 2000.
(b) This order shall be transmitted to the Congress and published in
the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
June 21, 2000.
[[Page 279]]
Executive Order 13160 of June 23, 2000
Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Race, Sex, Color, National Origin,
Disability, Religion, Age, Sexual Orientation, and Status as a Parent in
Federally Conducted Education and Training Programs
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including sections 921-932 of
title 20, United States Code; section 2164 of title 10, United States
Code; section 2001 et seq., of title 25, United States Code; section
7301 of title 5, United States Code; and section 301 of title 3, United
States Code, and to achieve equal opportunity in Federally conducted
education and training programs and activities, it is hereby ordered as
follows:
Section 1. Statement of policy on education programs and activities
conducted by executive departments and agencies.
1-101. The Federal Government must hold itself to at least the same
principles of nondiscrimination in educational opportunities as it
applies to the education programs and activities of State and local
governments, and to private institutions receiving Federal financial
assistance. Existing laws and regulations prohibit certain forms of
discrimination in Federally conducted education and training programs
and activities--including discrimination against people with
disabilities, prohibited by the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.
701 et seq., as amended, employment discrimination on the basis of race,
color, national origin, sex, or religion, prohibited by Title VII of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000e-17, as amended, discrimination
on the basis of race, color, national origin, or religion in educational
programs receiving Federal assistance, under Title VI of the Civil
Rights Acts of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000d, and sex-based discrimination in
education programs receiving Federal assistance under Title IX of the
Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. 1681 et seq. Through this
Executive Order, discrimination on the basis of race, sex, color,
national origin, disability, religion, age, sexual orientation, and
status as a parent will be prohibited in Federally conducted education
and training programs and activities.
1-102. No individual, on the basis of race, sex, color, national origin,
disability, religion, age, sexual orientation, or status as a parent,
shall be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or
be subjected to discrimination in, a Federally conducted education or
training program or activity.
Sec. 2. Definitions.
2-201. ``Federally conducted education and training programs and
activities'' includes programs and activities conducted, operated, or
undertaken by an executive department or agency.
2-202. ``Education and training programs and activities'' include, but
are not limited to, formal schools, extracurricular activities, academic
programs, occupational training, scholarships and fellowships, student
internships, training for industry members, summer enrichment camps, and
teacher training programs.
[[Page 280]]
2-203. The Attorney General is authorized to make a final determination
as to whether a program falls within the scope of education and training
programs and activities covered by this order, under subsection 2-202,
or is excluded from coverage, under section 3.
2-204. ``Military education or training programs'' are those education
and training programs conducted by the Department of Defense or, where
the Coast Guard is concerned, the Department of Transportation, for the
primary purpose of educating or training members of the armed forces or
meeting a statutory requirement to educate or train Federal, State, or
local civilian law enforcement officials pursuant to 10 U.S.C. Chapter
18.
2-205. ``Armed Forces'' means the Armed Forces of the United States.
2-206. ``Status as a parent'' refers to the status of an individual who,
with respect to an individual who is under the age of 18 or who is 18 or
older but is incapable of self-care because of a physical or mental
disability, is:
(a) a biological parent;
(b) an adoptive parent;
(c) a foster parent;
(d) a stepparent;
(e) a custodian of a legal ward;
(f) in loco parentis over such an individual; or
(g) actively seeking legal custody or adoption of such an individual.
Sec. 3. Exemption from coverage.
3-301. This order does not apply to members of the armed forces,
military education or training programs, or authorized intelligence
activities. Members of the armed forces, including students at military
academies, will continue to be covered by regulations that currently bar
specified forms of discrimination that are now enforced by the
Department of Defense and the individual service branches. The
Department of Defense shall develop procedures to protect the rights of
and to provide redress to civilians not otherwise protected by existing
Federal law from discrimination on the basis of race, sex, color,
national origin, disability, religion, age, sexual orientation, or
status as a parent and who participate in military education or training
programs or activities conducted by the Department of Defense.
3-302. This order does not apply to, affect, interfere with, or modify
the operation of any otherwise lawful affirmative action plan or
program.
3-303. An individual shall not be deemed subjected to discrimination by
reason of his or her exclusion from the benefits of a program
established consistent with federal law or limited by Federal law to
individuals of a particular race, sex, color, disability, national
origin, age, religion, sexual orientation, or status as a parent
different from his or her own.
3-304. This order does not apply to ceremonial or similar education or
training programs or activities of schools conducted by the Department
of the Interior, Bureau of Indian Affairs, that are culturally relevant
to the children represented in the school. ``Culturally relevant''
refers to any class, program, or activity that is fundamental to a
tribe's culture, customs, traditions, heritage, or religion.
3-305. This order does not apply to (a) selections based on national
origin of foreign nationals to participate in covered education or
training programs, if such programs primarily concern national security
or foreign pol
[[Page 281]]
icy matters; or (b) selections or other decisions regarding
participation in covered education or training programs made by entities
outside the executive branch. It shall be the policy of the executive
branch that education or training programs or activities shall not be
available to entities that select persons for participation in violation
of Federal or State law.
3-306. The prohibition on discrimination on the basis of age provided in
this order does not apply to age-based admissions of participants to
education or training programs, if such programs have traditionally been
age-specific or must be age-limited for reasons related to health or
national security.
Sec. 4. Administrative enforcement.
4-401. Any person who believes himself or herself to be aggrieved by a
violation of this order or its implementing regulations, rules,
policies, or guidance may, personally or through a representative, file
a written complaint with the agency that such person believes is in
violation of this order or its implementing regulations, rules,
policies, or guidance. Pursuant to procedures to be established by the
Attorney General, each executive department or agency shall conduct an
investigation of any complaint by one of its employees alleging a
violation of this Executive Order.
4-402. (a) If the office within an executive department or agency that
is designated to investigate complaints for violations of this order or
its implementing rules, regulations, policies, or guidance concludes
that an employee has not complied with this order or any of its
implementing rules, regulations, policies, or guidance, such office
shall complete a report and refer a copy of the report and any relevant
findings or supporting evidence to an appropriate agency official. The
appropriate agency official shall review such material and determine
what, if any, disciplinary action is appropriate.
(b) In addition, the designated investigating office may provide
appropriate agency officials with a recommendation for any corrective
and/or remedial action. The appropriate officials shall consider such
recommendation and implement corrective and/or remedial action by the
agency, when appropriate. Nothing in this order authorizes monetary
relief to the complainant as a form of remedial or corrective action by
an executive department or agency.
4-403. Any action to discipline an employee who violates this order or
its implementing rules, regulations, policies, or guidance, including
removal from employment, where appropriate, shall be taken in compliance
with otherwise applicable procedures, including the Civil Service Reform
Act of 1978, Public Law No. 95-454, 92 Stat. 1111.
Sec. 5. Implementation and Agency Responsibilities.
5-501. The Attorney General shall publish in the Federal Register such
rules, regulations, policies, or guidance, as the Attorney General deems
appropriate, to be followed by all executive departments and agencies.
The Attorney General shall address:
a. which programs and activities fall within the scope of education and
training programs and activities covered by this order, under
subsection 2-202, or excluded from coverage, under section 3 of this
order;
[[Page 282]]
b. examples of discriminatory conduct;
c. applicable legal principles;
d. enforcement procedures with respect to complaints against employees;
e. remedies;
f. requirements for agency annual and tri-annual reports as set forth
in section 6 of this order; and
g. such other matters as deemed appropriate.
5-502. Within 90 days of the publication of final rules, regulations,
policies, or guidance by the Attorney General, each executive department
and agency shall establish a procedure to receive and address complaints
regarding its Federally conducted education and training programs and
activities. Each executive department and agency shall take all
necessary steps to effectuate any subsequent rules, regulations,
policies, or guidance issued by the Attorney General within 90 days of
issuance.
5-503. The head of each executive department and agency shall be
responsible for ensuring compliance within this order.
5-504. Each executive department and agency shall cooperate with the
Attorney General and provide such information and assistance as the
Attorney General may require in the performance of the Attorney
General's functions under this order.
5-505. Upon request and to the extent practicable, the Attorney General
shall provide technical advice and assistance to executive departments
and agencies to assist in full compliance with this order.
Sec. 6. Reporting Requirements.
6-601. Consistent with the regulations, rules, policies, or guidance
issued by the Attorney General, each executive department and agency
shall submit to the Attorney General a report that summarizes the number
and nature of complaints filed with the agency and the disposition of
such complaints. For the first 3 years after the date of this order,
such reports shall be submitted annually within 90 days of the end of
the preceding year's activities. Subsequent reports shall be submitted
every 3 years and within 90 days of the end of each 3-year period.
Sec. 7. General Provisions.
7-701. Nothing in this order shall limit the authority of the Attorney
General to provide for the coordinated enforcement of nondiscrimination
requirements in Federal assistance programs under Executive Order 12250.
Sec. 8. Judicial Review.
8-801. This order is not intended, and should not be construed, to
create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at
law by a party against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or
its employees. This order is not intended, however, to preclude judicial
review of final decisions in accordance with the Administrative
Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 701, et seq.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
June 23, 2000.
[[Page 283]]
Executive Order 13161 of June 29, 2000
Establishment of the Presidential Medal of Valor for Public Safety
Officers
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, it is ordered:
Section 1. The Presidential Medal of Valor for Public Safety Officers
(Medal) is established for the purpose of recognizing those public
safety officers adjudged to have shown extraordinary valor above and
beyond the call of duty in the exercise of their official duties. As
used in this section, the term ``public safety officer'' means a person
serving a public agency with or without compensation:
(1) as a law enforcement officer, including police, correctional,
probation, or parole officers;
(2) as a firefighter or emergency responder; and
(3) who is employed by the Government of the United States, any
State of the United States, any officially recognized elective body
within a State of the United States, or any Federally recognized tribal
organization.
Sec. 2. Eligible recipients generally will be recommended to the
President by the Attorney General by April 1 of each year. Pursuant to
36 U.S.C. 136-137, the President designates May 15 of each year as
``Peace Officers Memorial Day'' and the week in which it falls as
``Police Week.'' Presentation of the Medal shall occur at an appropriate
time during the commemoration of Police Week, as far as is practicable.
Sec. 3. The President may select for the Medal up to ten persons
annually from among those persons recommended to the President by the
Attorney General. In submitting recommendations to the President, the
Attorney General may consult with experts representing all segments of
the public safety sector, including representatives from law
enforcement, firefighters, and emergency services.
Sec. 4. Those chosen for recognition shall receive a medal and a
certificate, the designs of which shall be submitted by the Attorney
General for the President's approval no later than December 1, 2000. The
medal and certificate shall be prepared by the Department of Justice.
Sec. 5. The Medal may be given posthumously.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
June 29, 2000.
Executive Order 13162 of July 6, 2000
Federal Career Intern Program
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including sections 3301 and 3302
of title
[[Page 284]]
5, United States Code, and in order to provide for the recruitment and
selection of exceptional employees for careers in the public sector, it
is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. There is hereby constituted the Federal Career Intern Program
(Program). The purpose of the Program is to attract exceptional men and
women to the Federal workforce who have diverse professional
experiences, academic training, and competencies, and to prepare them
for careers in analyzing and implementing public programs. ``Career
Intern'' is a generic term, and agencies may use occupational titles as
appropriate.
Sec. 2. The Program is another step in the Administration's effort to
recruit the highest caliber people to the Federal Government, develop
their professional abilities, and retain them in Federal departments and
agencies. Cabinet secretaries and agency administrators should view the
Program as complementary to existing programs that provide career
enhancement opportunities for Federal employees, and departments and
agencies are encouraged to identify and make use of those programs, as
well as the new Program, to meet department and agency needs.
Sec. 3. (a) The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) shall develop
appropriate merit-based procedures for the recruitment, screening,
placement, and continuing career development of Career Interns.
(b) In developing those procedures, the OPM shall provide for such
actions as deemed appropriate to assure equal employment opportunity and
the application of appropriate veterans' preference criteria.
Sec. 4. (a) A successful candidate shall be appointed to a position in
Schedule B of the excepted service at the GS-5, 7, or 9 (and equivalent)
or other trainee level appropriate for the Program, unless otherwise
approved by the OPM. The appointment shall not exceed 2 years unless
extended by the Federal department or agency, with the concurrence of
the OPM, for up to 1 additional year.
(b) Tenure for a Career Intern shall be governed by the following
principles and policies:
(1) Assigned responsibilities shall be consistent with a Career Intern's
competencies and career interests, and the purposes of the Program.
(2) Continuation in the Program shall be contingent upon satisfactory
performance by the Career Intern throughout the internship period.
(3) Except as provided in subsections (4) and (5) of this section,
service as a Career Intern confers no rights to further Federal
employment in either the competitive or excepted service upon the
expiration of the internship period.
(4) Competitive civil service status may be granted to a Career Intern
who satisfactorily completes the internship and meets all other
requirements prescribed by the OPM.
(5) Within an agency, an employee who formerly held a career or career-
conditional appointment immediately before entering the Career
Intern Program, and who fails to complete the Career Intern Program
for reasons unrelated to misconduct or suitability, shall be placed
in a career or career-conditional position in the current agency at
no lower grade or pay than the one the employee left to accept the
position in the Career Intern Program.
Sec. 5. A Career Intern shall participate in a formal program of
training and job assignments to develop competencies that the OPM
identifies as core
[[Page 285]]
to the Program, and the employing agency identifies as appropriate to
the agency's mission and needs.
Sec. 6. The OPM shall prescribe such regulations as it determines
necessary to carry out the purpose of this order.
Sec. 7. The OPM shall provide oversight of the Program.
Sec. 8. Executive Order 12596 of May 7, 1987, is revoked.
Sec. 9. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch. It does not create any
right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable in law or
equity, by a party against the United States, its agencies, its officers
or employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
July 6, 2000.
Executive Order 13163 of July 26, 2000
Increasing the Opportunity for Individuals With Disabilities To Be
Employed in the Federal Government
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to promote an
increase in the opportunities for individuals with disabilities to be
employed at all levels and occupations of the Federal Government, and to
support the goals articulated in section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Increasing the Federal Employment Opportunities for
Individuals with Disabilities. (a) Recent evidence demonstrates that,
throughout the United States, qualified persons with disabilities have
been refused employment despite their availability and qualifications,
and many qualified persons with disabilities are never made aware of
available employment opportunities. Evidence also suggests that
increased efforts at outreach, and increased understanding of the
reasonable accommodations available for persons with disabilities, will
permit persons with disabilities to compete for employment on a more
level playing field.
(b) Based on current hiring patterns and anticipated increases from
expanded outreach efforts and appropriate accommodations, the Federal
Government, over the next 5 years, will be able to hire 100,000
qualified individuals with disabilities. In furtherance of such efforts,
Federal agencies shall:
(1) Use available hiring authorities, consistent with statutes,
regulations, and prior Executive orders and Presidential Memoranda;
(2) Expand their outreach efforts, using both traditional and
nontraditional methods; and
(3) Increase their efforts to accommodate individuals with disabilities.
[[Page 286]]
(c) As a model employer, the Federal Government will take the lead
in educating the public about employment opportunities available for
individuals with disabilities.
(d) This order does not require agencies to create new positions or
to change existing qualification standards for any position.
Sec. 2. Implementation. Each Federal agency shall prepare a plan to
increase the opportunities for individuals with disabilities to be
employed in the agency. Each agency shall submit that plan to the Office
of Personnel Management within 60 days from the date of this order.
Sec. 3. Authority to Develop Guidance. The Office of Personnel
Management shall develop guidance on the provisions of this order to
increase the opportunities for individuals with disabilities employed in
the Federal Government.
Sec. 4. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch and does not create any
right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or
equity by a party against the United States, its agencies, its officers,
its employees, or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
July 26, 2000.
Executive Order 13164 of July 26, 2000
Requiring Federal Agencies To Establish Procedures To
Facilitate the Provision of Reasonable Accommodation
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 701 et seq.), as amended, and in order to promote a
model Federal workplace that provides reasonable accommodation for (1)
individuals with disabilities in the application process for Federal
employment; (2) Federal employees with disabilities to perform the
essential functions of a position; and (3) Federal employees with
disabilities to enjoy benefits and privileges of employment equal to
those enjoyed by employees without disabilities, it is hereby ordered as
follows:
Section 1. Establishment of Effective Written Procedures to Facilitate
the Provision of Reasonable Accommodation. (a) Each Federal agency shall
establish effective written procedures for processing requests for
reasonable accommodation by employees and applicants with disabilities.
The written procedures may allow different components of an agency to
tailor their procedures as necessary to ensure the expeditious
processing of requests.
(b) As set forth in Re-charting the Course: The First Report of the
Presidential Task Force on Employment of Adults with Disabilities
(1998), effective written procedures for processing requests for
reasonable accommodation should include the following:
(1) Explain that an employee or job applicant may initiate a request for
reasonable accommodation orally or in writing. If the agency requires an
[[Page 287]]
applicant or employee to complete a reasonable accommodation request form
for recordkeeping purposes, the form must be provided as an attachment to
the agency's written procedures;
(2) Explain how the agency will process a request for reasonable
accommodation, and from whom the individual will receive a final decision;
(3) Designate a time period during which reasonable accommodation requests
will be granted or denied, absent extenuating circumstances. Time limits
for decision making should be as short as reasonably possible;
(4) Explain the responsibility of the employee or applicant to provide
appropriate medical information related to the functional impairment at
issue and the requested accommodation where the disability and/or need for
accommodation is not obvious;
(5) Explain the agency's right to request relevant supplemental medical
information if the information submitted does not clearly explain the
nature of the disability, or the need for the reasonable accommodation, or
does not otherwise clarify how the requested accommodation will assist the
employee to perform the essential functions of the job or to enjoy the
benefits and privileges of the workplace;
(6) Explain the agency's right to have medical information reviewed by a
medical expert of the agency's choosing at the agency's expense;
(7) Provide that reassignment will be considered as a reasonable
accommodation if the agency determines that no other reasonable
accommodation will permit the employee with a disability to perform the
essential functions of his or her current position;
(8) Provide that reasonable accommodation denials be in writing and specify
the reasons for denial;
(9) Ensure that agencies' systems of recordkeeping track the processing of
requests for reasonable accommodation and maintain the confidentiality of
medical information received in accordance with applicable law and
regulations; and
(10) Encourage the use of informal dispute resolution processes to allow
individuals with disabilities to obtain prompt reconsideration of denials
of reasonable accommodation. Agencies must also inform individuals with
disabilities that they have the right to file complaints in the Equal
Employment Opportunity process and other statutory processes, as
appropriate, if their requests for reasonable accommodation are denied.
Sec. 2. Submission of Agency Reasonable Accommodation Procedures to the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC). Within 1 year from the
date of this order, each agency shall submit its procedures to the EEOC.
Each agency shall also submit to the EEOC any modifications to its
reasonable accommodation procedures at the time that those modifications
are adopted.
Sec. 3. Collective Bargaining Obligations. In adopting their reasonable
accommodation procedures, agencies must honor their obligations to
notify their collective bargaining representatives and bargain over such
procedures to the extent required by law.
Sec. 4. Implementation. The EEOC shall issue guidance for the
implementation of this order within 90 days from the date of this order.
[[Page 288]]
Sec. 5. Construction and Judicial Review. (a) Nothing in this order
limits the rights that individuals with disabilities may have under the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended.
(b) This order is intended only to improve the internal management
of the executive branch and does not create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers, its employees, or
any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
July 26, 2000.
Executive Order 13165 of August 9, 2000
Creation of the White House Task Force on Drug Use in Sports and
Authorization for the Director of the Office of National Drug Control
Policy To Serve as the United States Government's Representative on the
Board of the World Anti-Doping Agency
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Office of National
Drug Control Reauthorization Act of 1998, (21 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.), and
in order to develop recommendations for Federal agency actions to
address the use of drugs in sports, in particular among young people, it
is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. The use of drugs in sports has reached a level that
endangers not just the legitimacy of athletic competition but also the
lives and health of athletes--from the elite ranks to youth leagues. The
National Household Survey on Drug Abuse issued in 1999 found that in
just 1 year's time the rate of steroid use among young people rose
roughly 50 percent among both sexes and across all age groups. It is the
policy of my Administration to take the steps needed to help eliminate
illicit or otherwise banned drug use and doping in sports at the State,
national, and international level.
Sec. 2. Establishment of a White House Task Force on Drug Use in Sports.
(a) There is established a White House Task Force on Drug Use in Sports
(Task Force). The Task Force shall comprise the co-vice chairs of the
White House Olympic Task Force (the ``Olympic Task Force Vice Chairs''),
and representatives designated by the Office of National Drug Control
Policy, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of
Labor, the President's Council on Physical Fitness and Sports, the
Office of Management and Budget, the National Security Council, the
Department of State, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of
Education, the Department of Justice, the Department of Transportation,
the National Institute on Drug Abuse, and the Substance Abuse and Mental
Health Services Administration.
(b) The Task Force shall develop recommendations for the President
on further executive and legislative actions that can be undertaken to
address
[[Page 289]]
the problem of doping and drug use in sports. In developing the
recommendations, the Task Force shall consider, among other things: (i)
the health and safety of America's athletes, in particular our Nation's
young people; (ii) the integrity of honest athletic competition; and
(iii) the views and recommendations of State and local governments, the
private sector, citizens, community groups, and nonprofit organizations,
on actions to address this threat. The Task Force, through its Chairs,
shall submit its recommendations to the President.
(c) The Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy (the
Director), the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services,
and the Olympic Task Force Vice Chairs or their designees shall serve as
the Task Force Chairs.
(d) To the extent permitted by law and at the request of the Chairs,
agencies shall cooperate with and provide information to the Task Force.
Sec. 3. Participation in the World Anti-Doping Agency. (a) As part of my
Administration's efforts to address the problem of drug use in sports,
the United States has played a leading role in the formation of a World
Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) by the Olympic and sports community and the
nations of the world. Through these efforts, the United States has been
selected to serve as a governmental representative on the board of the
WADA. This order will authorize the Director to serve as the United
States Government's representative on the WADA board.
(b) Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 1701 et seq., the Director, or in his
absence his designee, is hereby authorized to take all necessary and
proper actions to execute his responsibilities as United States
representative to the WADA.
(c) To assist the Director in carrying out these responsibilities as
the United States Government representative to the WADA and to the
extent permitted by law, Federal employees may serve in their official
capacity, inter alia, on WADA Committees or WADA advisory committees,
serving as experts to the WADA.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
August 9, 2000.
Executive Order 13166 of August 11, 2000
Improving Access to Services for Persons With Limited English
Proficiency
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and to improve access to federally
conducted and federally assisted programs and activities for persons
who, as a result of national origin, are limited in their English
proficiency (LEP), it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Goals.
The Federal Government provides and funds an array of services that
can be made accessible to otherwise eligible persons who are not
proficient in
[[Page 290]]
the English language. The Federal Government is committed to improving
the accessibility of these services to eligible LEP persons, a goal that
reinforces its equally important commitment to promoting programs and
activities designed to help individuals learn English. To this end, each
Federal agency shall examine the services it provides and develop and
implement a system by which LEP persons can meaningfully access those
services consistent with, and without unduly burdening, the fundamental
mission of the agency. Each Federal agency shall also work to ensure
that recipients of Federal financial assistance (recipients) provide
meaningful access to their LEP applicants and beneficiaries. To assist
the agencies with this endeavor, the Department of Justice has today
issued a general guidance document (LEP Guidance), which sets forth the
compliance standards that recipients must follow to ensure that the
programs and activities they normally provide in English are accessible
to LEP persons and thus do not discriminate on the basis of national
origin in violation of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as
amended, and its implementing regulations. As described in the LEP
Guidance, recipients must take reasonable steps to ensure meaningful
access to their programs and activities by LEP persons.
Sec. 2. Federally Conducted Programs and Activities.
Each Federal agency shall prepare a plan to improve access to its
federally conducted programs and activities by eligible LEP persons.
Each plan shall be consistent with the standards set forth in the LEP
Guidance, and shall include the steps the agency will take to ensure
that eligible LEP persons can meaningfully access the agency's programs
and activities. Agencies shall develop and begin to implement these
plans within 120 days of the date of this order, and shall send copies
of their plans to the Department of Justice, which shall serve as the
central repository of the agencies' plans.
Sec. 3. Federally Assisted Programs and Activities.
Each agency providing Federal financial assistance shall draft title
VI guidance specifically tailored to its recipients that is consistent
with the LEP Guidance issued by the Department of Justice. This agency-
specific guidance shall detail how the general standards established in
the LEP Guidance will be applied to the agency's recipients. The agency-
specific guidance shall take into account the types of services provided
by the recipients, the individuals served by the recipients, and other
factors set out in the LEP Guidance. Agencies that already have
developed title VI guidance that the Department of Justice determines is
consistent with the LEP Guidance shall examine their existing guidance,
as well as their programs and activities, to determine if additional
guidance is necessary to comply with this order. The Department of
Justice shall consult with the agencies in creating their guidance and,
within 120 days of the date of this order, each agency shall submit its
specific guidance to the Department of Justice for review and approval.
Following approval by the Department of Justice, each agency shall
publish its guidance document in the Federal Register for public
comment.
Sec. 4. Consultations.
In carrying out this order, agencies shall ensure that stakeholders,
such as LEP persons and their representative organizations, recipients,
and other appropriate individuals or entities, have an adequate
opportunity to provide input. Agencies will evaluate the particular
needs of the LEP persons they and their recipients serve and the burdens
of compliance on the agen
[[Page 291]]
cy and its recipients. This input from stakeholders will assist the
agencies in developing an approach to ensuring meaningful access by LEP
persons that is practical and effective, fiscally responsible,
responsive to the particular circumstances of each agency, and can be
readily implemented.
Sec. 5. Judicial Review.
This order is intended only to improve the internal management of
the executive branch and does not create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers or employees, or
any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
August 11, 2000.
Executive Order 13167 of September 15, 2000
Amendment to Executive Order 13147, Increasing the Membership of the
White House Commission on Complementary and Alternative Medicine Policy
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Federal Advisory
Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), and in order to increase the
membership of the White House Commission on Complementary and
Alternative Medicine Policy from not more than 15 members to up to 20
members, it is hereby ordered that the second sentence of section 1 of
Executive Order 13147 of May 7, 2000, is amended by deleting ``not more
than 15'' and inserting ``up to 20'' in lieu thereof.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
September 15, 2000.
Executive Order 13168 of September 22, 2000
President's Commission on Improving Economic Opportunity in Communities
Dependent on Tobacco Production While Protecting Public Health
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Federal Advisory
Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), it is hereby ordered as
follows:
Section 1. Establishment. (a) There is established the ``President's
Commission on Improving Economic Opportunity in Communities Dependent on
Tobacco Production while Protecting Public Health'' (the
``Commission''). The Commission shall be composed of not more than 10
members to be selected by the Secretary of Agriculture, in consultation
with the President.
[[Page 292]]
The members may include tobacco producers and quota holders; public
health experts; Federal, State, and local government representatives;
and experts in agricultural economics and economic development.
(b) Two co-chairs shall be selected by the Secretary of Agriculture
from the membership of the Commission. The co-chairs shall report to the
President through the Secretary of Agriculture and the Secretary of
Health and Human Services.
Sec. 2. Purpose. The Commission shall advise the President on changes
occurring in the tobacco farming economy and recommend such measures as
may be necessary to improve economic opportunity and development in
communities that are dependent on tobacco production, while protecting
consumers, particularly children, from hazards associated with smoking.
Sec. 3. Functions. (a) The Commission shall collect and review
information about changes in the tobacco farming economy and Federal,
State, and local initiatives intended to help tobacco growers, tobacco
quota holders, and communities dependent on tobacco production pursue
new economic opportunities. The Commission may make recommendations
concerning these, and any other, changes and initiatives that may be
necessary to improve economic opportunity in communities dependent on
tobacco production. It shall also consider the public health
implications of such changes and initiatives, including the efforts to
reduce youth smoking and tobacco-related health consequences in the
United States and abroad.
(b) For the purpose of carrying out its functions, the Commission
may hold hearings, establish subcommittees, and convene and act at such
times and places as the Commission may find advisable.
Sec. 4. Reports. The Commission shall make a preliminary report to the
President by December 31, 2000. A final report shall be submitted to the
President 6 months after the Commission's first meeting.
Sec. 5. Administration. (a) To the extent permitted by law, the heads of
executive departments and agencies shall provide the Commission, upon
request, with such information as it may require for the purposes of
carrying out its functions.
(b) While engaged in the work of the Commission, members appointed
from among private citizens of the United States may be allowed travel
expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by
law for persons serving intermittently in the Government service (5
U.S.C. 5701-5707) to the extent funds are available for such purposes.
(c) To the extent permitted by law and subject to the availability
of appropriations, the Department of Agriculture shall provide the
Commission with administrative services, funds, facilities, staff, and
other support services necessary for the performance of the Commission's
functions. Notwithstanding any other Executive Order, the functions of
the President under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended,
except that of reporting to the Congress, that are applicable to the
Committee shall be performed by the Secretary of Agriculture in
accordance with guidelines that have been issued by the Administration
of General Services.
[[Page 293]]
Sec. 6. General. The Commission shall terminate 30 days after submitting
its final report, but not later than 2 years from the date of this
order, unless extended by the President.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
September 22, 2000.
Executive Order 13169 of October 6, 2000
Assistance to Small Business Exporters and Dislocated
Workers
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Small Business Act,
15 U.S.C. 631 et seq., the Workforce Investment Act, 29 U.S.C. 2801 et
seq., and the Trade Act of 1974, 19 U.S.C. 2271 et seq., and in order to
assist small businesses, including businesses headed by underserved
populations, in participating in the export of products, and to expedite
the delivery of adjustment assistance to dislocated workers, it is
hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. By its accession to the World Trade Organization, the
People's Republic of China will be required to open its markets to a
wide range of products and services provided by Americans. In addition,
the United States has recently enacted a new law to facilitate trade
with the countries of Sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean Basin.
Federal agencies should take steps to assist small businesses, including
businesses headed by underserved populations, in capitalizing on these
new opportunities. The agencies should also take steps to assist workers
who lose their jobs as a result of competition from imports in their
efforts to secure adjustment assistance benefits for which they are
eligible.
Sec. 2. Interagency Task Force on Small Business Exports. (a) The
Secretaries of Commerce and Labor, the Administrator of the Small
Business Administration, the United States Trade Representative, and the
Chairman of the Export-Import Bank shall, within 60 days from the date
of this order, establish an interagency task force through the Trade
Promotion Coordinating Committee (TPCC). The task force shall facilitate
exports by United States small businesses, including businesses headed
by underserved populations, particularly with respect to the People's
Republic of China and the countries of Sub-Saharan Africa and the
Caribbean Basin. The TPCC shall submit an annual report to the President
on the functions carried out by this task force during the preceding
year. As part of its work, the task force shall assess the extent to
which the establishment of permanent normal trade relations with the
People's Republic of China, and the United States enactment of the
African Growth and Opportunity Act, 19 U.S.C.A. 3701 et seq., and the
United States- Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act, 19 U.S.C.A. 2701
note, may contribute to the creation of export opportunities for small
businesses including businesses headed by underserved populations.
[[Page 294]]
(b) For the purposes of this order, ``businesses headed by
underserved populations'' means businesses headed by women or
minorities, and/or located in rural communities.
Sec. 3. Expedited Response to Worker Dislocation. (a) The Secretary of
Labor shall expedite the Federal response to worker dislocation through
the Workforce Investment Act and the Trade Adjustment Assistance program
by proactively seeking information, from a variety of sources, on actual
or prospective layoffs, including the media and community and labor
union members, and by sharing such information with appropriate state
workforce officials. In addition, the Department of Labor (Labor) shall
undertake a number of proactive steps to support public outreach
activities aimed at workers, employers, the media, local officials, the
community, and labor organizations and their members to improve
awareness of the adjustment assistance available through Labor programs,
including, but not limited to:
(1) developing a set of methods to inform employers of the services
available through Labor workforce programs, which will explain the
requirements of the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification
Act, 29 U.S.C. 2101 et seq., and provide information on worker
adjustment programs, including the Trade Adjustment Assistance and
the basic dislocated worker programs, emphasizing the importance of
early intervention to minimize the affects of work layoffs;
(2) improving websites and other modes of communication to provide basic
information on dislocated worker and Trade Adjustment Assistance
program contacts at the State and local level;
(3) developing a National Toll-Free Help Line to provide universal,
accurate, and easy access to information about public workforce
services to workers and employers;
(4) providing on-site technical assistance, in partnership with other
Federal agencies, when there are layoffs or closures with multi-
State impact, or when there are dislocations with significant
community impact (such as areas that have been affected by numerous
layoffs of apparel and textile workers);
(5) informing States directly when a secondary worker impact has been
affirmed by Labor; and
(6) to the extent permitted by law, and subject to the availability of
appropriations, providing funding or an outreach campaign for
secondary workers (i.e., individuals indirectly affected by
increased imports from other countries).
(b) The Secretary of Labor, in consultation with the Secretary of
Commerce and the United States Trade Representative, shall report
annually on the employment effects of the establishment of permanent
normal trade relations with the People's Republic of China.
Sec. 4. Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or
benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party
against the United States, its officers, its employees, or any other
person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 6, 2000.
[[Page 295]]
Executive Order 13170 of October 6, 2000
Increasing Opportunities and Access for Disadvantaged Businesses
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Small Business Act
(15 U.S.C. 631 et seq.), section 7102 of the Federal Acquisition
Streamlining Act of 1994 (Public Law 103-355, 15 U.S.C. 644 note), the
Office of Federal Procurement Policy Act (41 U.S.C. 403 et seq.),
Executive Order 11625, and to provide for increased access for
disadvantaged businesses to Federal contracting opportunities, it is
hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. It is the policy of the executive branch to ensure
nondiscrimination in Federal procurement opportunities for businesses in
the Small Disadvantaged Business Program (SDBs), businesses in the
section 8(a) Business Development program of the Small Business
Administration (8(a)s), and Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) as
defined in section 6 of Executive Order 11625, of October 13, 1971, and
to take affirmative action to ensure inclusion of these businesses in
Federal contracting. These businesses are of vital importance to job
growth and the economic strength of the United States but have faced
historic exclusion and underutilization in Federal procurement. All
agencies within the executive branch with procurement authority are
required to take all necessary steps, as permitted by law, to increase
contracting between the Federal Government and SDBs, 8(a)s, and MBEs.
Sec. 2. Responsibilities of Executive Departments and Agencies with
Procurement Authority. The head of each executive department and agency
shall carry out the terms of this order and shall designate, where
appropriate, his or her Deputy Secretary or equivalent to implement the
terms of this order.
(a) Each department and agency with procurement authority shall:
(i) aggressively seek to ensure that 8(a)s, SDBs, and MBEs are aware of
future prime contracting opportunities through wide dissemination of
contract announcements, including sources likely to reach 8(a)s, SDBs,
other small businesses, and MBEs. Each department and agency shall use all
available forms of communication to implement this provision, including the
Internet, speciality press, and trade press;
(ii) work with the Small Business Administration (SBA) to ensure that
information regarding sole source contracts awarded through the section
8(a) program receives the widest dissemination possible to 8(a)s;
(iii) ensure that the price evaluation preference programs authorized by
the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act of 1994 are used to the maximum
extent permitted by law in areas of economic activity in which SDBs have
historically been underused;
(iv) aggressively use the firms in the section 8(a) program, particularly
in the developmental stage of the program, so that these firms have an
opportunity to overcome artificial barriers to Federal contracting and gain
access to the Federal procurement arena;
[[Page 296]]
(v) ensure that department and agency heads take all reasonable steps so
that prime contractors meet or exceed Federal subcontracting goals, and
enforce subcontracting commitments as required by the Small Business Act
(15 U.S.C. 637(d)) and other related laws. In particular, they shall ensure
that prime contractors actively solicit bids for subcontracting
opportunities from 8(a)s and SDBs, and fulfill their SDB and section 8(d)
subcontracting obligations. Enforcement of SDB subcontracting plan
commitments shall include assessments of liquidated damages, where
appropriate, pursuant to applicable contract clauses;
(vi) encourage the establishment of business-to-business mentoring and
teaming relationships, including the implementation of Mentor-Protege
programs, to foster the development of the technical and managerial
capabilities of 8(a)s and SDBs and to facilitate long-term business
relationships;
(vii) offer information, training, and technical assistance programs for
8(a)s and SDBs including, where appropriate, Government acquisition
forecasts in order to assist 8(a)s and SDBs in developing their products,
skills, business planning practices, and marketing techniques;
(viii) train program and procurement officials regarding the policy of
including 8(a)s and SDBs in Federal procurement. This includes prescribing
procedures to ensure that acquisition planners, to the maximum extent
practicable, structure acquisitions to facilitate competition by SDBs and
8(a)s, including their participation in the competition of multiple award
requirements;
(ix) provide the information required by the Department of Commerce when it
requests data to develop the benchmarks used in the price evaluation
preference programs authorized by the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act
of 1994;
(x) ensure that Directors of Offices of Small and Disadvantaged Business
Utilization carry out their responsibilities to maximize the participation
of 8(a)s and SDBs in Federal procurement and, in particular, ensure that
the Directors report directly to the head of each department or agency as
required by law; and
(xi) as required by law, establish with the Small Business Administration
small business goals to ensure that the government-wide goal for
participation of small business concerns is not less than 23 percent of
Federal prime contracts. Where feasible and consistent with the effective
and efficient performance of its mission, each agency shall establish a
goal of achieving a participation rate for SDBs of not less than 5 percent
of the total value of prime contract awards for each fiscal year and of not
less than 5 percent of the total value of subcontract awards for each year.
Each agency shall also establish a goal for awards made to 8(a) firms
pursuant to section 8(a) of the Small Business Act. These goals shall be
considered the minimum goals and every effort shall be taken to exceed
these goals wherever feasible.
(b) Each department and agency with procurement authority shall:
(i) develop a long-term comprehensive plan to implement the requirements of
section 2(a) of this order and submit this plan to the Director of the
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) within 90 days of the date of this
order. The Director of OMB shall review each plan and re
[[Page 297]]
port to the President on the sufficiency of each plan to carry out the
terms of this order; and
(ii) annually, by April 30 each year, assess its efforts and the results of
those efforts to increase utilization of 8(a)s, SDBs, and MBEs as both
prime contractors and subcontractors and report on those efforts to the
President through the Director of OMB, who shall review the evaluations
made of the agency assessments by the Small Business Administration.
Sec. 3. Responsibilities of the Small Business Administration. The
Administrator of the SBA shall:
(a) evaluate on a semi-annual basis, using the Federal Procurement
Data System (FPDS), the achievement of government-wide prime and
subcontract goals and the actual prime and subcontract awards to 8(a)s
and SDBs for each department and agency. The OMB shall review SBA's
evaluation;
(b) ensure that Procurement Center Representatives receive adequate
training regarding the section 8(a) and SDB programs and that they
consistently and aggressively seek opportunities for maximizing the use
of 8(a)s and SDBs in department and agency procurements; and
(c) ensure that each department and agency's small and disadvantaged
business procurement goals as well as the amount of procurement of each
department and agency with 8(a)s, SDBs, and MBEs is publicly available
in an easily accessible and understandable format such as through
publication on the Internet.
Sec. 4. Federal Advertising. Each department or agency that contracts
with businesses to develop advertising for the department or agency or
to broadcast Federal advertising shall take an aggressive role in
ensuring substantial minority-owned entities' participation, including
8(a), SDB, and MBE, in Federal advertising-related procurements. Each
department and agency shall ensure that all creation, placement, and
transmission of Federal advertising is fully reflective of the Nation's
diversity. To achieve this diversity, special attention shall be given
to ensure placement in publications and television and radio stations
that reach specific ethnic and racial audiences. Each department and
agency shall ensure that payment for Federal advertising is commensurate
with fair market rates in the relevant market. Each department and
agency shall structure advertising contracts as commercial acquisitions
consistent with part 12 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation processes
and paperwork to enhance participation by 8(a)s, SDBs, and MBEs.
Sec. 5. Information Technology. Each department and agency shall
aggressively seek to ensure substantial 8(a), SDB, and MBE participation
in procurements for and related to information technology, including
procurements in the telecommunications industry. In so doing, the Chief
Information Officer in each department and agency shall coordinate with
procurement officials to implement this section.
Sec. 6. General Services Administration Schedules. The SBA and the
General Services Administration (GSA) shall act promptly to expand
inclusion of 8(a)s and SDBs on GSA Schedules, and provide greater
opportunities for 8(a) and SDB participation in orders under such
schedules. The GSA should ensure that procurement and program officials
at all levels that use GSA Schedules aggressively seek to utilize the
Schedule contracts of 8(a)s
[[Page 298]]
and SDBs. The GSA shall allow agencies ordering from designated 8(a)
firms under the Multiple Award Schedule to count those orders toward
their 8(a) procurement goals.
Sec. 7. Bundling Contracts. To the extent permitted by law, departments
and agencies must submit to the SBA for review any contracts that are
proposed to be bundled. The determination of the SBA with regard to the
appropriateness of bundling in each instance must be carefully reviewed
by the department or agency head, or his or her designee, and must be
given due consideration. If there is an unresolvable conflict, then the
SBA or the department or agency can seek assistance from the OMB.
Sec. 8. Awards Program. The Secretary of Commerce and the Administrator
of the SBA shall jointly undertake a feasibility study to determine the
appropriateness of an awards program for executive departments and
agencies who best exemplify the letter and intent of this order in
increasing opportunities for 8(a)s, SDBs, and MBEs in Federal
procurement. Such study shall be presented to the President within 90
days of the date of this order.
Sec. 9. Applicability. Independent agencies are requested to comply with
the provisions of this order.
Sec. 10. Administration, Enforcement, and Judicial Review.
(a) This order shall be carried out to the extent permitted by law
and consistent with the Administration's priorities and appropriations.
(b) This order is not intended and should not be construed to create
any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a
party against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or its
employees.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 6, 2000.
Executive Order 13171 of October 12, 2000
Hispanic Employment in the Federal Government
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to improve the
representation of Hispanics in Federal employment, within merit system
principles and consistent with the application of appropriate veterans'
preference criteria, to achieve a Federal workforce drawn from all
segments of society, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. It is the policy of the executive branch to recruit
qualified individuals from appropriate sources in an effort to achieve a
workforce drawn from all segments of society. Pursuant to this policy,
this Administration notes that Hispanics remain underrepresented in the
Federal workforce: they make up only 6.4 percent of the Federal civilian
workforce, roughly half of their total representation in the civilian
labor force. This Executive Order, therefore, affirms ongoing policies
and recommends additional policies to eliminate the underpresentation of
Hispanics in the Federal workforce.
[[Page 299]]
Sec. 2. Responsibilities of Executive Departments and Agencies. The head
of each executive department and agency (agency) shall establish and
maintain a program for the recruitment and career development of
Hispanics in Federal employment. In its program, each agency shall:
(a) provide a plan for recruiting Hispanics that creates a fully
diverse workforce for the agency in the 21st century;
(b) assess and eliminate any systemic barriers to the effective
recruitment and consideration of Hispanics, including but not limited
to:
(1) broadening the area of consideration to include applicants from all
appropriate sources;
(2) ensuring that selection factors are appropriate and achieve the
broadest consideration of applicants and do not impose barriers to
selection based on nonmerit factors; and
(3) considering the appointment of Hispanic Federal executives to
rating, selection, performance review, and executive resources
panels and boards;
(c) improve outreach efforts to include organizations outside the
Federal Government in order to increase the number of Hispanic
candidates in the selection pool for the Senior Executive Service;
(d) promote participation of Hispanic employees in management,
leadership, and career development programs;
(e) ensure that performance plans for senior executives, managers,
and supervisors include specific language related to significant
accomplishments on diversity recruitment and career development and that
accountability is predicated on those plans;
(f) establish appropriate agency advisory councils that include
Hispanic Employment Program Managers;
(g) implement the goals of the Government-wide Hispanic Employment
Initiatives issued by the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) in
September 1997 (Nine-Point Plan), and the Report to the President's
Management Council on Hispanic Employment in the Federal Government of
March 1999;
(h) ensure that managers and supervisors receive periodic training
in diversity management in order to carry out their responsibilities to
maintain a diverse workforce; and
(i) reflect a continuing priority for eliminating Hispanic
underrepresentation in the Federal workforce and incorporate actions
under this order as strategies for achieving workforce diversity goals
in the agency's Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA) Annual
Performance Plan.
Sec. 3. Cooperation. All efforts taken by heads of agencies under
sections 1 and 2 of this order shall, as appropriate, further
partnerships and cooperation among Federal, public, and private sector
employers, and appropriate Hispanic organizations whenever such
partnerships and cooperation are possible and would promote the Federal
employment of qualified individuals. In developing the long-term
comprehensive strategies required by section 2 of this order, agencies
shall, as appropriate, consult with and seek information and advice from
experts in the areas of special targeted recruitment and diversity in
employment.
[[Page 300]]
Sec. 4. Responsibilities of the Office of Personnel Management. The
Office of Personnel Management is required by law and regulations to
undertake a Government-wide minority recruitment effort. Pursuant to
that on-going effort and in implementation of this order, the Director
of OPM shall:
(a) provide Federal human resources management policy guidance to
address Hispanic underrepresentation where it occurs;
(b) take the lead in promoting diversity to executive agencies for
such actions as deemed appropriate to promote equal employment
opportunity;
(c) within 180 days from the date of this order, prescribe such
regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this order;
(d) within 60 days from the date of this order, establish an
Interagency Task Force, chaired by the Director and composed of agency
officials at the Deputy Secretary level, or the equivalent. This Task
Force shall meet semi-annually to:
(1) review best practices in strategic human resources management
planning, including alignment with agency GPRA plans;
(2) assess overall executive branch progress in complying with the
requirements of this order;
(3) provide advice on ways to increase Hispanic community involvement;
and
(4) recommend any further actions, as appropriate, in eliminating the
underrepresentation of Hispanics in the Federal workforce where it
occurs; and
(e) issue an annual report with findings and recommendations to the
President on the progress made by agencies on matters related to this
order. The first annual report shall be issued no later than 1 year from
the date of this order.
Sec. 5. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch. It does not create any
right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable in law or
equity except as may be identified in existing laws and regulations, by
a party against the United States, its agencies, its officers or
employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 12, 2000.
Executive Order 13172 of October 25, 2000
Amendment to Executive Order 13078, To Expand the Role of the National
Task Force on Employment of Adults With Disabilities To Include a Focus
on Youth
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States, and in order to provide for improved access
to employment and training for youth with disabilities, it is hereby
ordered that Executive Order 13078 of March 13, 1998, is amended by
adding to section 2 of that order the following new subsection to read
as follows: ``(h) To im
[[Page 301]]
prove employment outcomes for persons with disabilities by addressing,
among other things, the education, transition, employment, health and
rehabilitation, and independent living issues affecting young people
with disabilities, executive departments and agencies shall coordinate
and cooperate with the Task Force to: (1) strengthen interagency
research, demonstration, and training activities relating to young
people with disabilities; (2) create a public awareness campaign focused
on access to equal opportunity for young people with disabilities; (3)
promote the views of young people with disabilities through
collaboration with the Youth Councils authorized under the Workforce
Investment Act of 1998; (4) increase access to and utilization of health
insurance and health care for young people with disabilities through the
formalization of the Federal Healthy and Ready to Work Interagency
Council; (5) increase participation by young people with disabilities in
postsecondary education and training programs; and (6) create a
nationally representative Youth Advisory Council, to be funded and
chaired by the Department of Labor, to advise the Task Force in
conducting these and other appropriate activities.''
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 25, 2000.
Executive Order 13173 of October 25, 2000
Interagency Task Force on the Economic Development of the Central San
Joaquin Valley
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to provide a more
rapid and integrated Federal response to the economic development
challenges of the Central San Joaquin Valley (Valley), it is hereby
ordered as follows:
Section 1.(a) There is established the ``Interagency Task Force on the
Economic Development of the Central San Joaquin Valley'' (Task Force).
(b) The Task Force shall include the Secretary of Agriculture, the
Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Defense, the Attorney General,
the Secretary of the Interior, the Secretary of Education, the Secretary
of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Housing and Urban
Development, the Secretary of Energy, the Secretary of Labor, the
Secretary of Transportation, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Director
of the Office of Management and Budget, the Director of National Drug
Control Policy, the Administrator of General Services, the Administrator
of the Small Business Administration, the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency, or their designees, and such other
senior executive branch officials as may be determined by the Task
Force. The Chair of the Task Force shall rotate annually among the
Secretaries of Agriculture, Housing and Urban Development, and Commerce
in an order deter mined by those agency heads. Administrative support
shall be provided by the then-current chair.
(c) The purpose of the Task Force is to coordinate and improve
existing Federal efforts for the Valley, in concert with locally led
efforts, in order to increase the living standards and the overall
economic performance of
[[Page 302]]
the Valley. Economic development efforts shall include consideration of
the preservation or enhancement of the natural environment and natural
resources of the Valley. Specifically, the Task Force shall:
(1) analyze programs and policies of Task Force member agencies that
relate to the Valley to determine what changes, modifications, and
innovations should be considered, if any;
(2) consider statistical and data analysis, research, and policy
studies related to the Valley;
(3) develop, recommend, and implement short-term and long-term
options for promoting sustainable economic development;
(4) consult and coordinate activities with State, tribal, and local
governments, community leaders, Members of Congress, the private sector,
and other interested parties, paying particular attention to maintaining
existing authorities of the States, tribes, and local governments, and
preserving their existing working relationships with other agencies,
organizations, or individuals;
(5) coordinate and collaborate on research and demonstration
priorities of Task Force member agencies related to the Valley;
(6) integrate Federal initiatives and programs into the design of
sustainable economic development actions for the Valley; and
(7) focus initial efforts on pilot communities for implementing a
coordinated and expedited Federal response to local economic development
and other needs.
(d) The Task Force shall issue an interim report to the President by
January 15, 2001. The Task Force shall issue its first annual report to
the President by September 15, 2001, with subsequent reports to follow
annually for a period of 5 years. The reports shall describe the actions
taken by, and progress of, each member of the Task Force in carrying out
this order.
Sec. 2. Specific Activities by Task Force Members and Other Agencies.
The agencies represented on the Task Force shall work together and
report their actions and progress in carrying out this order to the Task
Force Chair one month before the reports are due to the President under
section 1(d) of this order.
Sec. 3. Cooperation. All efforts taken by agencies under sections 1 and
2 of this order shall, as appropriate, further partnerships and
cooperation with organizations that represent the Valley and with State,
tribal, and local governments.
Sec. 4. Definitions. (a) ``Agency'' means an executive agency as defined
in 5 U.S.C. 105.
(b) The Central San Joaquin Valley or ``Valley'' means the counties
of Fresno, Kern, Kings, Madera, Merced, Stanislaus, and Tulare in the
State of California.
[[Page 303]]
Sec. 5. Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or
benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 25, 2000.
Executive Order 13174 of October 27, 2000
Commission on Workers, Communities, and Economic Change in the New
Economy
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the Federal Advisory
Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), it is hereby ordered as
follows:
Section 1. Establishment. There is established the ``Commission on
Workers, Communities, and Economic Change in the New Economy''
(Commission). The Commission shall be composed of up to 14 persons to be
appointed by the President from individuals who represent State or local
agencies relating to workforce or community development, economists or
other workforce development experts, labor organizations, business
leaders, and Members of Congress. The President shall designate a
Chairperson from among the members of the Commission.
Sec. 2. Functions. The Commission shall conduct a study of matters
relating to economic dislocation, and worker and community adjustment to
such dislocations. In carrying out this study, the Commission shall
examine:
(a) the impact of international trade, technology, globalization, and the
changing nature of work on both workers and their communities;
(b) the effectiveness of existing Federal programs in assisting workers and
communities in adjusting to economic change, including the adequacy of the
design of such programs;
(c) the strategies for providing workplace education and training to assist
workers in acquiring new skills;
(d) the strategies for assisting communities to adjust to changing economic
conditions and changes in the mix of employment opportunities in those
communities;
(e) the role of public-private partnerships in implementing job training
and community assistance; and
(f) the role of income support and economic security programs in
facilitating worker adjustment to rapidly changing economic circumstances.
Sec. 3. Report. Not later than 12 months after the first meeting of the
Commission, the Commission shall prepare and submit to the President and
the Congress a report that contains a detailed statement of the findings
and conclusions of the Commission's study carried out under section 2 of
this order, and includes:
[[Page 304]]
(1) a summary of best practices and policies carried out by employers and
public-private partnerships in providing workers with the education and
training needed to effectively adjust to economic change;
(2) a summary of best practices and policies carried out by or on behalf of
communities in responding to large-scale economic changes; and
(3) any recommendations relating to legislative and administrative actions
that the Commission determines to be appropriate.
Sec. 4. Administration. (a) Members of the Commission shall serve
without compensation for their work on the Commission. While engaged in
the work of the Commission, members appointed from among private
citizens of the United States may be allowed travel expenses, including
per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by law for persons
serving intermittently in the Government service (5 U.S.C. 5701-5707).
(b) The Department of Labor shall provide the Commission with
funding and administrative support. The Commission may have paid staff.
In addition, appropriate Federal agencies may be requested to designate
staff to assist with the work of the Commission. The Secretary of Labor
shall perform the functions of the President under the Federal Advisory
Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), except that of reporting to
the Congress, in accordance with the guidelines and procedures
established by the Administrator of General Services.
Sec. 5. General Provisions. The Commission shall terminate 30 days after
submitting its report.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 27, 2000.
Executive Order 13175 of November 6, 2000
Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to establish regular
and meaningful consultation and collaboration with tribal officials in
the development of Federal policies that have tribal implications, to
strengthen the United States government-to-government relationships with
Indian tribes, and to reduce the imposition of unfunded mandates upon
Indian tribes; it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this order:
(a) ``Policies that have tribal implications'' refers to
regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other
policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one
or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal
Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and
responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
(b) ``Indian tribe'' means an Indian or Alaska Native tribe, band,
nation, pueblo, village, or community that the Secretary of the Interior
acknowl
[[Page 305]]
edges to exist as an Indian tribe pursuant to the Federally Recognized
Indian Tribe List Act of 1994, 25 U.S.C. 479a.
(c) ``Agency'' means any authority of the United States that is an
``agency'' under 44 U.S.C. 3502(1), other than those considered to be
independent regulatory agencies, as defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(5).
(d) ``Tribal officials'' means elected or duly appointed officials
of Indian tribal governments or authorized intertribal organizations.
Sec. 2. Fundamental Principles. In formulating or implementing policies
that have tribal implications, agencies shall be guided by the following
fundamental principles:
(a) The United States has a unique legal relationship with Indian
tribal governments as set forth in the Constitution of the United
States, treaties, statutes, Executive Orders, and court decisions. Since
the formation of the Union, the United States has recognized Indian
tribes as domestic dependent nations under its protection. The Federal
Government has enacted numerous statutes and promulgated numerous
regulations that establish and define a trust relationship with Indian
tribes.
(b) Our Nation, under the law of the United States, in accordance
with treaties, statutes, Executive Orders, and judicial decisions, has
recognized the right of Indian tribes to self-government. As domestic
dependent nations, Indian tribes exercise inherent sovereign powers over
their members and territory. The United States continues to work with
Indian tribes on a government-to-government basis to address issues
concerning Indian tribal self-government, tribal trust resources, and
Indian tribal treaty and other rights.
(c) The United States recognizes the right of Indian tribes to self-
government and supports tribal sovereignty and self-determination.
Sec. 3. Policymaking Criteria. In addition to adhering to the
fundamental principles set forth in section 2, agencies shall adhere, to
the extent permitted by law, to the following criteria when formulating
and implementing policies that have tribal implications:
(a) Agencies shall respect Indian tribal self-government and
sovereignty, honor tribal treaty and other rights, and strive to meet
the responsibilities that arise from the unique legal relationship
between the Federal Government and Indian tribal governments.
(b) With respect to Federal statutes and regulations administered by
Indian tribal governments, the Federal Government shall grant Indian
tribal governments the maximum administrative discretion possible.
(c) When undertaking to formulate and implement policies that have
tribal implications, agencies shall:
(1) encourage Indian tribes to develop their own policies to achieve
program objectives;
(2) where possible, defer to Indian tribes to establish standards;
and
(3) in determining whether to establish Federal standards, consult
with tribal officials as to the need for Federal standards and any
alternatives that would limit the scope of Federal standards or
otherwise preserve the prerogatives and authority of Indian tribes.
[[Page 306]]
Sec. 4. Special Requirements for Legislative Proposals. Agencies shall
not submit to the Congress legislation that would be inconsistent with
the policymaking criteria in Section 3.
Sec. 5. Consultation. (a) Each agency shall have an accountable process
to ensure meaningful and timely input by tribal officials in the
development of regulatory policies that have tribal implications. Within
30 days after the effective date of this order, the head of each agency
shall designate an official with principal responsibility for the
agency's implementation of this order. Within 60 days of the effective
date of this order, the designated official shall submit to the Office
of Management and Budget (OMB) a description of the agency's
consultation process.
(b) To the extent practicable and permitted by law, no agency shall
promulgate any regulation that has tribal implications, that imposes
substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments, and
that is not required by statute, unless:
(1) funds necessary to pay the direct costs incurred by the Indian
tribal government or the tribe in complying with the regulation are
provided by the Federal Government; or
(2) the agency, prior to the formal promulgation of the regulation,
(A) consulted with tribal officials early in the process of developing
the proposed regulation;
(B) in a separately identified portion of the preamble to the
regulation as it is to be issued in the Federal Register, provides to
the Director of OMB a tribal summary impact statement, which consists of
a description of the extent of the agency's prior consultation with
tribal officials, a summary of the nature of their concerns and the
agency's position supporting the need to issue the regulation, and a
statement of the extent to which the concerns of tribal officials have
been met; and
(C) makes available to the Director of OMB any written communications
submitted to the agency by tribal officials.
(c) To the extent practicable and permitted by law, no agency shall
promulgate any regulation that has tribal implications and that preempts
tribal law unless the agency, prior to the formal promulgation of the
regulation,
(1) consulted with tribal officials early in the process of
developing the proposed regulation;
(2) in a separately identified portion of the preamble to the
regulation as it is to be issued in the Federal Register, provides to
the Director of OMB a tribal summary impact statement, which consists of
a description of the extent of the agency's prior consultation with
tribal officials, a summary of the nature of their concerns and the
agency's position supporting the need to issue the regulation, and a
statement of the extent to which the concerns of tribal officials have
been met; and
(3) makes available to the Director of OMB any written
communications submitted to the agency by tribal officials.
(d) On issues relating to tribal self-government, tribal trust
resources, or Indian tribal treaty and other rights, each agency should
explore and, where appropriate, use consensual mechanisms for developing
regulations, including negotiated rulemaking.
[[Page 307]]
Sec. 6. Increasing Flexibility for Indian Tribal Waivers.
(a) Agencies shall review the processes under which Indian tribes
apply for waivers of statutory and regulatory requirements and take
appropriate steps to streamline those processes.
(b) Each agency shall, to the extent practicable and permitted by
law, consider any application by an Indian tribe for a waiver of
statutory or regulatory requirements in connection with any program
administered by the agency with a general view toward increasing
opportunities for utilizing flexible policy approaches at the Indian
tribal level in cases in which the proposed waiver is consistent with
the applicable Federal policy objectives and is otherwise appropriate.
(c) Each agency shall, to the extent practicable and permitted by
law, render a decision upon a complete application for a waiver within
120 days of receipt of such application by the agency, or as otherwise
provided by law or regulation. If the application for waiver is not
granted, the agency shall provide the applicant with timely written
notice of the decision and the reasons therefor.
(d) This section applies only to statutory or regulatory
requirements that are discretionary and subject to waiver by the agency.
Sec. 7. Accountability.
(a) In transmitting any draft final regulation that has tribal
implications to OMB pursuant to Executive Order 12866 of September 30,
1993, each agency shall include a certification from the official
designated to ensure compliance with this order stating that the
requirements of this order have been met in a meaningful and timely
manner.
(b) In transmitting proposed legislation that has tribal
implications to OMB, each agency shall include a certification from the
official designated to ensure compliance with this order that all
relevant requirements of this order have been met.
(c) Within 180 days after the effective date of this order the
Director of OMB and the Assistant to the President for Intergovernmental
Affairs shall confer with tribal officials to ensure that this order is
being properly and effectively implemented.
Sec. 8. Independent Agencies. Independent regulatory agencies are
encouraged to comply with the provisions of this order.
Sec. 9. General Provisions. (a) This order shall supplement but not
supersede the requirements contained in Executive Order 12866
(Regulatory Planning and Review), Executive Order 12988 (Civil Justice
Reform), OMB Circular A-19, and the Executive Memorandum of April 29,
1994, on Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal
Governments.
(b) This order shall complement the consultation and waiver
provisions in sections 6 and 7 of Executive Order 13132 (Federalism).
(c) Executive Order 13084 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian
Tribal Governments) is revoked at the time this order takes effect.
(d) This order shall be effective 60 days after the date of this
order.
Sec. 10. Judicial Review. This order is intended only to improve the
internal management of the executive branch, and is not intended to
create any
[[Page 308]]
right, benefit, or trust responsibility, substantive or procedural,
enforceable at law by a party against the United States, its agencies,
or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
November 6, 2000.
Executive Order 13176 of November 27, 2000
Facilitation of a Presidential Transition
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including 5 U.S.C. 7301, to
further the purposes of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963, as
amended, and to assist the transition from this Administration to that
of the President- elect, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Presidential Transition Coordination. (a) To assist and
support the transition efforts of the President-elect, there is
established a Presidential Transition Coordinating Council (Council).
(b) The Council shall be composed of the following officials or
their designees:
1. Chief of Staff to the President;
2. Counsel to the President;
3. Assistant to the President and Cabinet Secretary;
4. Assistant to the President for Management and Administration;
5. Assistant to the President and Director of Presidential Personnel;
6. Director of the Office of Management and Budget;
7. Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation;
8. Director of the Office of Personnel Management;
9. Administrator of General Services;
10. Archivist of the United States;
11. Commissioner of Internal Revenue;
12. Director of the Office of Government Ethics; and
13. Such others as the President may select.
(c) The Council shall be chaired by the Chief of Staff to the
President or his designee.
(d) The Council shall coordinate assistance to the President-elect
in fulfilling his responsibilities and make every reasonable effort to
facilitate the transition between administrations. This assistance may
include, among other things, providing publicly available information
relevant to facilitating the personnel aspects of a presidential
transition and such other information that, in the Council's judgement,
is useful and appropriate as long as providing such information is not
otherwise prohibited by law.
[[Page 309]]
Sec. 2. Transition Activities and Materials. (a) The Administrator of
General Services, in consultation with the Director of the Office of
Presidential Personnel, the Director of the Office of Personnel
Management, and the Director of the Office of Government Ethics, shall
coordinate orientation activities for key prospective Presidential
appointees.
(b) The Administrator of General Services, in consultation with the
Director of the Office of Presidential Personnel, the Director of the
Office of Personnel Management, and the Archivist of the United States,
shall develop a transition directory. The transition directory shall
include Federal publications and materials that provide information on
the officers, organization, and statutory and administrative
authorities, functions, duties, responsibilities, and mission of each
department and agency.
(c) The White House Office of Presidential Personnel shall
coordinate with all departments and agencies of the executive branch of
the Government to produce a catalogue of all positions in their
respective jurisdictions that are filled by presidential appointment
requiring Senate confirmation (PAS positions). The catalogue shall
include:
(1) the legal authority establishing each PAS position;
(2) a description of duties and statutory authorities of the position;
(3) the names of Senate committees that review nominees for the
position;
(4) the names of congressional committees with which appointees in the
position regularly interact; and
(5) the name and contact information of an experienced executive in the
agency or department, a previous office holder or a White House Liaison,
or a comparable individual who can answer questions about the position.
(d) Executive departments and agencies shall prepare a set of
orientation materials for new political appointees before the
inauguration of the President-elect. Copies of all such materials shall
be provided to the Incoming Transition Team upon its request.
Sec. 3. Transition Agreement. To assist and support the transition
efforts of the President-elect, a transition agreement between the
current Administration and the Office of the President-elect will be
entered into regarding transition procedures and identification of
transition contacts.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
November 27, 2000.
Executive Order 13177 of December 4, 2000
National Commission on the Use of Offsets in Defense Trade and
President's Council on the Use of Offsets in Commercial Trade
By the authority vested in the President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including Public Law 106-113 and
the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App. 2), and in
[[Page 310]]
order to implement section 1247 of Public Law 106-113 (113 Stat. 1501A-
502) and to create a parallel ``President's Council on the Use of
Offsets in Commercial Trade,'' it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Membership. Pursuant to Public Law 106-113, the ``National
Commission on the Use of Offsets in Defense Trade'' (Commission)
comprises 11 members appointed by the President with the concurrence of
the Majority and Minority Leaders of the Senate and the Speaker and the
Minority Leader of the House of Representatives. The Commission
membership includes: (a) representatives from the private sector,
including one each from (i) a labor organization, (ii) a United States
defense manufacturing company dependent on foreign sales, (iii) a United
States company dependent on foreign sales that is not a defense
manufacturer, and (iv) a United States company that specializes in
international investment; (b) two members from academia with widely
recognized expertise in international economics; and (c) five members
from the executive branch, including a member from the: (i) Office of
Management and Budget, (ii) Department of Commerce, (iii) Department of
Defense, (iv) Department of State, and (v) Department of Labor. The
member from the Office of Management and Budget will serve as
Chairperson of the Commission and will appoint, and fix the compensation
of, the Executive Director of the Commission.
Sec. 2. Duties. The Commission will be responsible for reviewing and
reporting on: (a) current practices by foreign governments in requiring
offsets in purchasing agreements and the extent and nature of offsets
offered by United States and foreign defense industry contractors; (b)
the impact of the use of offsets on defense subcontractors and
nondefense industrial sectors affected by indirect offsets; and (c) the
role of offsets, both direct and indirect, on domestic industry
stability, United States trade competitiveness, and national security.
Sec. 3. Commission Report. Not later than 12 months after the Commission
is established, it will report to the appropriate congressional
committees. In addition to the items described in section 2 of this
order, the report will include: (a) an analysis of (i) the collateral
impact of offsets on industry sectors that may be different than those
of the contractor paying offsets, including estimates of contracts and
jobs lost as well as an assessment of damage to industrial sectors; (ii)
the role of offsets with respect to competitiveness of the United States
defense industry in international trade and the potential damage to the
ability of United States contractors to compete if offsets were
prohibited or limited; and (iii) the impact on United States national
security, and upon United States nonproliferation objectives, of the use
of co-production, subcontracting, and technology transfer with foreign
governments or companies, that results from fulfilling offset
requirements, with particular emphasis on the question of dependency
upon foreign nations for the supply of critical components or
technology; (b) proposals for unilateral, bilateral, or multilateral
measures aimed at reducing any detrimental effects of offsets; and (c)
an identification of the appropriate executive branch agencies to be
responsible for monitoring the use of offsets in international defense
trade.
Sec. 4. Administration, Compensation, and Termination. (a) The
Department of Defense will provide administrative support and funding
for the Commission and Federal Government employees may be detailed to
the Commission without reimbursement.
[[Page 311]]
(b) Members of the Commission who are not officers or employees of
the Federal Government will be compensated at a rate of basic pay
prescribed for level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 5315 of
title 5, United States Code, for each day (including travel time) during
which such member is engaged in performance of the duties of the
Commission. Members of the Commission who are officers or employees of
the Federal Government will serve without compensation in addition to
that received for their services as officers or employees of the Federal
Government.
(c) Members of the Commission will be allowed travel expenses,
including per diem in lieu of subsistence, under subchapter 1 of chapter
57 of title 5, United States Code, while on business in the performance
of services for the Commission.
(d) The Commission will terminate 30 days after transmitting the
report required in section 1248(b) of Public Law 106-113 (113 Stat.
1501A-505).
Sec. 5. Establishment and Membership. (a) There is established, pursuant
to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), the
``President's Council on the Use of Offsets in Commercial Trade''
(Council).
(b) The Council shall be composed of the appointed members of the
Commission or their designees.
Sec. 6. Duties and Report of the Council. The Council shall review and
report to the President, through the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget, on the use of offsets in commercial trade,
including their impact on the United States defense and commercial
industrial base. The Council shall consult with and, as appropriate,
provide information to the Commission.
Sec. 7. Administration. (a) The Department of Defense shall provide
administrative support and funding for the Council.
(b) The heads of executive departments and agencies shall, to the
extent permitted by law, provide to the Council such information as it
may require for the purpose of carrying out its duties.
(c) Members of the Council shall serve without compensation.
Sec. 8. General. (a) Notwithstanding any other Executive Order, the
functions of the President under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as
amended, except that of reporting to the Congress, that are applicable
to the Council, shall be performed by the Department of Defense in
accordance with guidelines that have been issued by the Administrator of
General Services.
(b) The Council shall terminate on the date of the transmission of
the report required by section 1248(b) of Public Law 106-113 (113 Stat.
1501A-505).
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 4, 2000.
[[Page 312]]
Executive Order 13178 of December 4, 2000
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Coral Reef Ecosystem Reserve
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the National Marine
Sanctuaries Act, (16 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.), and the National Marine
Sanctuaries Amendments Act of 2000, Public Law 106-513, and in
furtherance of the purposes of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation
and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801 et seq.), Marine Protection,
Research, and Sanctuaries Act (33 U.S.C. 1401 et seq.), Coastal Zone
Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1451 et seq.), Endangered Species Act (16
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1362 et
seq.), Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), National Historic
Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470 et seq.), National Wildlife Refuge
System Administration Act (16 U.S.C. 668dd-ee), and other pertinent
statutes, it is ordered as follows:
Section 1. Preamble. The world's coral reefs--the rain forests of the
sea--are in serious decline. These important and sensitive areas of
biodiversity warrant special protection. While United States waters
contain approximately 3 percent of the world's coral reefs,
approximately 70 percent of U.S. coral reefs are in the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands. The 3.5 million acres of coral reefs around the
remote, mostly uninhabited Northwestern Hawaiian Islands are spectacular
and almost undisturbed by humans. The approximately 1,200 mile stretch
of coral islands, seamounts, banks, and shoals are unquestionably some
of the healthiest and most extensive coral reefs in the United States.
In their own right, the spectacular coral reefs and lands provide an
amazing geological record of volcanic and erosive powers that have
shaped this area. This vast area supports a dynamic reef ecosystem that
supports more than 7,000 marine species, of which approximately half are
unique to the Hawaiian Island chain. This incredibly diverse ecosystem
is home to many species of coral, fish, birds, marine mammals, and other
flora and fauna including the endangered Hawaiian monk seal, the
threatened green sea turtle, and the endangered leatherback and
hawksbill sea turtles. In addition, this area has great cultural
significance to Native Hawaiians as well as linkages to early Polynesian
culture--making it additionally worthy of protection and understanding.
This is truly a unique and special place, a coral reef ecosystem like no
place on earth, and a source of pride, inspiration, and satisfaction for
all Americans, especially the people of Hawaii. It is fully worthy of
our best efforts to preserve a legacy of America's natural wonders for
future generations. Due to the special significance of this area, I have
determined that it is in the best interest of our Nation, and of future
generations, to provide strong and lasting protection for the coral reef
ecosystem of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
On May 26, 2000, I directed the Secretaries of Commerce and the
Interior, working cooperatively with the State of Hawaii and consulting
with the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council, to develop
recommendations for a new, coordinated management regime to increase
protection of the coral reef ecosystem of the Northwestern Hawaiian
Islands and provide for sustainable use of the area. Upon consideration
of their recommendations and comments received during the public
visioning process on this initia
[[Page 313]]
tive, and based on the statutory authorities set forth above, I am
issuing this Executive Order.
Sec. 2. Purpose. The purpose of this Executive Order is to ensure the
comprehensive, strong, and lasting protection of the coral reef
ecosystem and related marine resources and species (resources) of the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
Sec. 3. Establishment of Coral Reef Ecosystem Reserve. There is hereby
established in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands a coral reef ecosystem
reserve to be known as the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands Coral Reef
Ecosystem Reserve (Reserve). The Reserve shall include submerged lands
and waters of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, extending approximately
1,200 nautical miles (nm) long and 100nm wide. The Reserve shall be
adjacent to and seaward of the seaward boundaries of the State of Hawaii
and the Midway Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, and shall overlay the
Hawaiian Islands National Wildlife Refuge to the extent that it extends
beyond the seaward boundaries of the State of Hawaii. The boundaries of
the Reserve are described in section 6 of this order.
Sec. 4. Management Principles. The Secretary of Commerce, or his
designee, (hereafter ``Secretary'') shall, subject to section 10(b) of
this order, manage the Reserve in accordance with the following
principles:
(a) The principal purpose of the Reserve is the long-term
conservation and protection of the coral reef ecosystem and related
marine resources and species of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands in
their natural character;
(b) The Reserve shall be managed using available science and
applying a precautionary approach with resource protection favored when
there is a lack of information regarding any given activity, to the
extent not contrary to law;
(c) Culturally significant, noncommercial subsistence, cultural, and
religious uses by Native Hawaiians should be allowed within the Reserve,
consistent with applicable law and the long-term conservation and
protection of Reserve resources;
(d) The Reserve shall be managed using, when appropriate,
geographical zoning and innovative management techniques to ensure that
the Reserve resources are protected from degradation or harm;
(e) To the extent consistent with the primary purpose of the
Reserve, the Reserve shall be managed to support, promote, and
coordinate appropriate scientific research and assessment, and long-term
monitoring of Reserve resources, and the impacts or threats thereto from
human and other activities, to help better understand, protect, and
conserve these resources and species for future generations;
(f) To the extent consistent with the primary purpose of the
Reserve, the Reserve shall be managed to enhance public awareness,
understanding, and appreciation of Reserve resources, and the impacts or
threats thereto from human and other activities;
(g) The Reserve shall be managed to further restoration and
remediation of degraded or injured Reserve resources; and
(h) The Reserve shall be managed to facilitate coordinated
management among Federal and State agencies and other entities, as
appropriate, to pro
[[Page 314]]
vide comprehensive (looking beyond jurisdictional boundaries)
conservation of the coral reef ecosystem and related marine resources
and species throughout the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, consistent
with applicable authorities and the Management Principles of this
section.
Sec. 5. Implementation. (a) Management of the Reserve. The Secretary
shall manage the Reserve under the National Marine Sanctuaries Act and
in accordance with this order.
(b) Reserve Operations Plan. The Secretary, in consultation with the
Secretary of the Interior and the Governor of Hawaii, shall develop an
operations plan to govern the management of the Reserve. In developing
the Reserve Operations Plan the Secretary shall consider the advice and
recommendations of the Reserve Council established pursuant to paragraph
(c) of this section. The Reserve Operations Plan shall be directed at
priority issues and actions that, at a minimum, provide for:
(1) Coordinated management among the Reserve, Hawaiian Islands National
Wildlife Refuge, Midway Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, and the State of
Hawaii, consistent with relevant authorities;
(2) Coordination among Federal agencies and the Director of the
National Science Foundation to make vessels and other resources
available for conservation and research activities for the Reserve;
(3) The cleanup and prevention of marine debris in the Reserve;
(4) The restoration or remediation of any degraded or injured resources
of the Reserve;
(5) Research, monitoring, and assessment of the Reserve;
(6) Education and outreach about the Reserve and its resources and
efforts to conserve them;
(7) Enforcement and surveillance for the Reserve, including the use of
new technologies and coordination with the United States Coast Guard and
other relevant agencies;
(8) Identification and coordination with Native Hawaiian interests,
regarding culturally significant, noncommercial subsistence, cultural,
and religious uses and locations within the Reserve;
(9) Identification of potential tourism, recreational, and commercial
activities within the Reserve and actions necessary to ensure that these
activities do not degrade the Reserve's resources or diminish the
Reserve's natural character;
(10) Use of vessel monitoring systems for any vessel entering or
transiting the Reserve, if warranted. To this end, the Secretary in
consultation with the Department of State, United States Coast Guard,
and the Department of Defense, shall evaluate the need for the
establishment of vessel monitoring systems and, if warranted, shall
initiate the steps necessary to have the appropriate domestic agencies,
and request that the International Maritime Organization, adopt a vessel
monitoring system requirement for the Reserve;
(11) Any regulations, in addition to the conservation measures and
Reserve Preservation Areas established under this order, that the
Secretary determines are necessary to manage the Reserve in accordance
with this order; and
[[Page 315]]
(12) Coordination of all relevant activities with the process to
designate the Reserve as a National Marine Sanctuary, as provided under
paragraph (f) of this section.
(c) Conservation Measures. The Reserve Operations Plan shall also
include the conservation measures in section 7 of this order and the
Reserve Preservation Areas in section 8 of this order.
(d) Memorandum of Agreement. To further paragraph (b)(1) of this
section, and subject to section 10(b) of this order, and in particular
to promote coordinated management of the entirety of the shallow areas
of the coral reef ecosystem throughout the Northwestern Hawaiian
Islands, the Secretary shall work with the Secretary of the Interior and
Governor of the State of Hawaii to enter into one or more memoranda of
agreement for the coordinated conservation and management of the
Reserve, Midway Atoll and Hawaiian Islands National Wildlife Refuges,
and State of Hawaii submerged lands and waters within the Northwestern
Hawaiian Islands.
(e) National Marine Sanctuary. The Secretary shall initiate the
process to designate the Reserve as a national marine sanctuary pursuant
to sections 303 and 304 of the National Marine Sanctuaries Act (16
U.S.C. 1433, 1434). In doing so the Secretary shall supplement or
complement the existing Reserve. The Secretary shall, in consultation
with the Governor of the State of Hawaii, determine whether State
submerged lands and waters should be included as part of the sanctuary.
In designating and managing the sanctuary, the Secretary shall consider
the advice and recommendations of the Reserve Council established
pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section.
(f) Council. After considering input from the Secretary of the
Interior and Governor of the State of Hawaii, the Secretary shall
establish a Coral Reef Ecosystem Reserve Council pursuant to section 315
of the National Marine Sanctuaries Act (16 U.S.C. 1445a) to provide
advice and recommendations on the Reserve Operations Plan and
designation and management of any sanctuary. The Council shall include:
(1) Three Native Hawaiian representatives, including one Native
Hawaiian elder, with experience or knowledge regarding Native Hawaiian
subsistence, cultural, religious, or other activities in the
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
(2) Three representatives from the non-Federal science community with
experience specific to the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands and with
expertise in at least one of the following areas:
(A) Marine mammal science.
(B) Coral reef ecology.
(C) Native marine flora and fauna of the Hawaiian Islands.
(D) Oceanography.
(E) Any other scientific discipline the Secretary determines to be
appropriate.
(3) Three representatives from nongovernmental wildlife/marine life,
environmental, and/or conservation organizations.
(4) One representative from the commercial fishing industry that
conducts activities in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
[[Page 316]]
(5) One representative from the recreational fishing industry that
conducts activities in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
(6) One representative from the ocean-related tourism industry.
(7) One representative from the non-Federal community with experience
in education and outreach regarding marine conservation issues.
(8) One citizen-at-large representative.
(9) One representative from the State of Hawaii as appointed by the
Governor.
(10) One representative each, as nonvoting, ex officio members, from
the Department of the Interior, United States Coast Guard, Department of
Defense, Department of State, the National Marine Fisheries Service, the
Hawaiian Islands Humpback Whale National Marine Sanctuary, National
Science Foundation, Marine Mammal Commission, and Western Pacific
Regional Fishery Management Council.
(g) Report. The Secretary shall provide a progress report on the
implementation of this order to the Chair of the Council on
Environmental Quality within 1 year from the date of this order.
Sec. 6. Area of the Reserve. The Reserve includes the waters and
submerged lands of the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands as follows:
(a) The seaward boundary of the Reserve is 50nm from the approximate
center geographical positions of Nihoa Island, Necker Island, French
Frigate Shoals, Gardner Pinnacles, Maro Reef, Laysan Island, Lisianski
Island, Pearl and Hermes Reef, Midway Atoll, and Kure Island. Where the
areas are not contiguous, parallel lines drawn tangent to and connecting
those semi-circles of the 50nm areas that lie around such areas shall
delimit the remainder of the Reserve.
(b) The inland boundary of the Reserve around each of the areas
named in subparagraph (a) of this section is the seaward boundary of
Hawaii State waters and submerged lands, and the seaward boundary of the
Midway Atoll National Wildlife Refuge, as appropriate.
(c) The Reserve boundary is generally depicted on the map attached
to this order. The Secretary, after consultation with the Governor of
the State of Hawaii, may make technical modifications to the boundary of
the Reserve, including providing straight-line boundaries for the
Reserve for clarity and ease of identification, as appropriate.
Sec. 7. Protection and Conservation Measures. The conservation measures
in this section apply throughout the Reserve.
(a) (1) Commercial Fishing. All currently existing commercial
Federal fishing permits and current levels of fishing effort and take,
as determined by the Secretary and pursuant to regulations in effect on
the date of this order, shall be capped as follows:
(A) No commercial fishing may occur in Reserve Preservation Areas
pursuant to section 8 of this order;
(B) There shall be no increase in the number of permits of any
particular type of fishing (such as for bottomfishing) beyond the number
of permits of that type in effect the year preceding the date of this
order;
(C) The annual level of aggregate take under all permits of any
particular type of fishing may not exceed the aggregate level of take
under all permits
[[Page 317]]
of that type of fishing in the years preceding the date of this order,
as determined by the Secretary, provided that the Secretary shall
equitably divide the aggregate level into individual levels per permit,
and further provided that the Secretary may make a one-time reasonable
increase to the total aggregate to allow for the use of two Native
Hawaiian bottomfishing permits;
(D) There shall be no permits issued for any particular type of fishing
for which there were no permits issued in the year preceding the date of
this order; and
(E) The type of fishing gear used by any permit holder may not be
changed except with the permission of the Secretary, as provided under
paragraph 3 of this section.
(2) Recreational Fishing. All currently existing (preceding the date
of this order) levels of recreational fishing effort, as determined by
the Secretary and pursuant to regulations in effect on the day of this
order, shall be capped (i.e., no increase of take levels or levels of
fishing effort, species targeted, or change in gear types) throughout
the Reserve. However, fishing is further restricted as provided in
section 8 of this order.
(3) The Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of the
Interior and Governor of the State of Hawaii, and after public review
and comment and consideration of any advice or recommendations of the
Reserve Council and Western Pacific Regional Fishery Management Council,
may further restrict the fishing activities under subparagraphs (a)(1)
and (a)(2) of this section if necessary to protect Reserve resources, or
may authorize or require alternate gear types if such gear would offer
equal or greater protection for Reserve resources.
(b) In addition to the conservation measures in paragraph (a) of
this section, the following activities are prohibited throughout the
Reserve:
(1) Exploring for, developing, or producing oil, gas, or minerals;
(2) Having a vessel anchored on any living or dead coral with an
anchor, an anchor chain, or an anchor rope when visibility is such that
the seabed can be seen;
(3) Drilling into, dredging, or otherwise altering the seabed; or
constructing, placing, or abandoning any structure, material, or other
matter on the seabed, except as an incidental result of anchoring
vessels;
(4) Discharging or depositing any material or other matter into the
Reserve, or discharging or depositing any material or other matter
outside the Reserve that subsequently enters the Reserve and injures any
resource of the Reserve, except fish parts (i.e., chumming material or
bait) used in and during authorized fishing operations, or discharges
incidental to vessel use such as deck wash, approved marine sanitation
device effluent, cooling water, and engine exhaust; and
(5) Removal, moving, taking, harvesting, or damaging any living or
nonliving Reserve resources, except as provided under paragraph (a) of
this section and sections 8(a) and 9 of this order.
(c) The Secretary may conduct, or authorize by permit the activities
listed in subparagraphs (b)(3)-(5) of this section to the extent that
they are necessary for research, monitoring, education, or management
activities that further the Management Principles of section 4 of this
order.
Sec. 8. Reserve Preservation Areas.
[[Page 318]]
(a) To further protect Reserve resources, the following areas are
hereby established as Reserve Preservation Areas until some or all are
made permanent after adequate public review and comment, within which
all activities referred to in paragraph (b) of this section are
prohibited.
(1) From the seaward boundary of Hawaii State waters and submerged
lands to a mean depth of 100 fathoms (fm) around:
(A) Nihoa Island, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with the
requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 10fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(B) Necker Island, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with the
requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 20fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(C) French Frigate Shoals;
(D) Gardner Pinnacles, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with
the requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 10fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(E) Maro Reef, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with the
requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 20fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(F) Laysan Island, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with the
requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 50fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(G) Lisianski Island, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with
the requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue seaward of a mean depth of 50fm, unless and until the Secretary
determines otherwise after adequate public review and comment;
(H) Pearl and Hermes Atoll; and
(I) Kure Island.
(2) Twelve nautical miles around the approximate geographical
centers of:
(A) The first bank immediately east of French Frigate Shoals;
(B) Southeast Brooks Bank, which is the first bank immediately west of
French Frigate Shoals, provided that the closure area shall not be
closer than approximately 3nm of the next bank immediately west;
(C) St. Rogatien Bank, provided that the closure area shall not be
closer than approximately 3nm of the next bank immediately east,
provided further that bottomfishing in accordance with the requirements
of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to continue, unless
and until the Secretary determines otherwise after adequate public
review and comment;
(D) The first bank west of St. Rogatien Bank, east of Gardner
Pinnacles;
(E) Raita Bank; and
[[Page 319]]
(F) Pioneer Bank, provided that bottomfishing in accordance with the
requirements of section 7(a)(1) of this order shall be allowed to
continue, unless and until the Secretary determines otherwise after
adequate public review and comment.
(b) Activities Prohibited Within Reserve Preservation Areas.
(1) In addition to the conservation measures in section 7 of this
order, which are applicable to the entire Reserve, the following
activities are prohibited within the Reserve Preservation Areas listed
in paragraph (a) of this section, except as expressly otherwise stated
in this paragraph and sections (8)(a) and 9 of this order:
(A) Commercial and recreational fishing;
(B) Anchoring in any area that contains available mooring buoys, or
anchoring outside an available anchoring area when such area has been
designated by the Secretary;
(C) Any type of touching or taking of living or dead coral;
(D) Discharging or depositing any material or other matter except
cooling water or engine exhaust; and
(E) Such other activities that the Secretary identifies after adequate
public review and comment, and after consideration of any advice and
recommendations of the Reserve Council.
(2) Notwithstanding the prohibitions in this paragraph, the
Secretary may conduct, or authorize by permit, research, monitoring,
education, or management activities within any Reserve Preservation Area
that further the Management Principles of section 4 of this order.
(3) The Reserve Preservation Areas in this section are approximated
using fathoms. The Secretary will develop straight line boundaries based
on longitude and latitude coordinates to encompass each Reserve
Preservation Area, to provide for clarity and ease of identification.
The Secretary may make technical modifications to any such boundaries.
Sec. 9. Native Hawaiian Uses. Native Hawaiian noncommercial subsistence,
cultural, or religious uses may continue, to the extent consistent with
existing law, within the Reserve and Reserve Preservation Areas
identified under section 8 of this order. The Secretary shall work with
Native Hawaiian interests to identify those areas where such Native
Hawaiian uses of the Reserve's resources may be conducted without injury
to the Reserve's coral reef ecosystem and related marine resources and
species, and may revise the areas where such activities may occur after
public review and comment, and consideration of any advice and
recommendations of the Reserve Council.
Sec. 10. National Wildlife Refuges.
(a) The Secretary of the Interior, in managing, through the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service the Hawaiian Islands and Midway Atoll National
Wildlife Refuges pursuant to the National Wildlife Refuge System
Administration Act (16 U.S.C. 668dd-668ee) and other applicable laws,
shall follow the Management Principles of section 4 of this order, to
the extent consistent with applicable law.
(b) Wherever the Reserve overlaps the Hawaiian Islands National
Wildlife Refuge, the Reserve shall be managed to supplement and
complement
[[Page 320]]
management of the Refuge to ensure coordinated conservation and
management of the Reserve and the Refuge, consistent with the purposes
and policies of the National Marine Sanctuaries Act, the National Marine
Sanctuaries Amendments Act of 2000, and this order, and the authorities
of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under the National Wildlife Refuge
System Administration Act (16 U.S.C. 668dd-668ee) and other laws with
respect to management of the Refuge. Nothing in this order shall enlarge
or diminish the jurisdiction or authority of the Secretary or Secretary
of the Interior in managing the Reserve or Refuge, respectively.
(c) The Secretary of the Interior, through the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, shall coordinate with the Secretary and the Governor
of the State of Hawaii, as provided under section 5(b) of this order, to
ensure coordinated protection and management among the Reserve, Refuges,
and State, consistent with relevant authorities.
Sec. 11. Administration and Judicial Review.
(a) International Law. Management of the Reserve and any regulations
issued pursuant thereto and all other provisions of this order shall be
applied consistently with the 1983 Presidential Proclamation on the
Exclusive Economic Zone, the 1988 Presidential Proclamation on the
Territorial Sea, and the 1999 Presidential Proclamation on Contiguous
Zone and in accordance with generally recognized principles of
international law, and with the treaties, conventions, and other
agreements to which the United States is a party. The Secretary shall
consult with the Department of State in implementing this order.
(b) Agency Responsibilities. All Federal agencies whose actions may
affect the Reserve and any National Marine Sanctuary established by the
Secretary pursuant to this order shall carry out such actions in
accordance with applicable laws, regulations and Executive Orders,
including Executive Orders 13089 of June 11, 1998, and 13158 of May 26,
2000.
(c) National Security and Emergency Actions. Consistent with
applicable law, nothing in this order is intended to apply to military
activities (including those carried out by the United States Coast
Guard), including military exercises, conducted within or in the
vicinity of the Reserve, consistent with the requirements of Executive
Orders 13089 of June 11, 1998, and 13158 of May 26, 2000. Further,
nothing in this order is intended to restrict the Department of Defense
from conducting activities necessary during time of war or national
emergency, or when necessary for reasons of national security as
determined by the Secretary of Defense, consistent with applicable law.
In addition, consistent with applicable law, nothing in this order shall
limit agency actions to respond to emergencies posing an unacceptable
threat to human health or safety or to the marine environment and
admitting of no other feasible solution.
(d) United States Coast Guard. Nothing in this order is intended to
limit the authority of the United States Coast Guard to enforce any
Federal law, or install or maintain aids to navigation.
(e) Funding. This order shall be carried out subject to the
availability of appropriated funds and to the extent permitted by law.
(f) Territorial Waters. Nothing in this order shall enlarge or
diminish the jurisdiction or authority of the State of Hawaii or the
United States over
[[Page 321]]
submerged or other lands within the territorial waters off the coast of
Hawaii.
(g) Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or
benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable in law or equity by a
party against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any
person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 4, 2000.
Executive Order 13179 of December 7, 2000
Providing Compensation to America's Nuclear Weapons Workers
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including Public Law 106-398, the
Energy Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act of 2000
(Public Law 106-398, the ``Act''), and to allocate the responsibilities
imposed by that legislation and to provide for further legislative
efforts, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. Since World War II, hundreds of thousands of men and
women have served their Nation in building its nuclear defense. In the
course of their work, they overcame previously unimagined scientific and
technical challenges. Thousands of these courageous Americans, however,
paid a high price for their service, developing disabling or fatal
illnesses as a result of exposure to beryllium, ionizing radiation, and
other hazards unique to nuclear weapons production and testing. Too
often, these workers were neither adequately protected from, nor
informed of, the occupational hazards to which they were exposed.
Existing workers' compensation programs have failed to provide for the
needs of these workers and their families. Federal workers' compensation
programs have generally not included these workers. Further, because of
long latency periods, the uniqueness of the hazards to which they were
exposed, and inadequate exposure data, many of these individuals have
been unable to obtain State workers' compensation benefits. This problem
has been exacerbated by the past policy of the Department of Energy
(DOE) and its predecessors of encouraging and assisting DOE contractors
in opposing the claims of workers who sought those benefits. This policy
has recently been reversed.
While the Nation can never fully repay these workers or their families,
they deserve recognition and compensation for their sacrifices. Since
the Administration's historic announcement in July of 1999 that it
intended to compensate DOE nuclear weapons workers who suffered
occupational illnesses as a result of exposure to the unique hazards in
building the Nation's nuclear defense, it has been the policy of this
Administration to support fair and timely compensation for these workers
and their survivors. The Federal Government should provide necessary
information and otherwise help employees of the DOE or its contractors
determine if their ill
[[Page 322]]
nesses are associated with conditions of their nuclear weapons-related
work; it should provide workers and their survivors with all pertinent
and available information necessary for evaluating and processing
claims; and it should ensure that this program minimizes the
administrative burden on workers and their survivors, and respects their
dignity and privacy. This order sets out agency responsibilities to
accomplish these goals, building on the Administration's articulated
principles and the framework set forth in the Energy Employees
Occupational Illness Compensation Program Act of 2000. The Departments
of Labor, Health and Human Services, and Energy shall be responsible for
developing and implementing actions under the Act to compensate these
workers and their families in a manner that is compassionate, fair, and
timely. Other Federal agencies, as appropriate, shall assist in this
effort.
Sec. 2. Designation of Responsibilities for Administering the Energy
Employees' Occupational Illness Compensation Program (``Program'').
(a) Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor shall have primary
responsibility for administering the Program. Specifically, the
Secretary shall:
(i) Administer and decide all questions arising under the Act not
assigned to other agencies by the Act or by this order, including
determining the eligibility of individuals
with covered occupational illnesses and their survivors and adjudicating
claims for compensation and benefits;
(ii) No later than May 31, 2001, promulgate regulations for the
administration of the Program, except for functions assigned to other
agencies pursuant to the Act or this order;
(iii) No later than July 31, 2001, ensure the availability, in paper
and electronic format, of forms necessary for making claims under the
Program; and
(iv) Develop informational materials, in coordination with the
Secretary of Energy and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, to
help potential claimants understand the Program and the application
process, and provide these materials to individuals upon request and to
the Secretary of Energy and the Attorney General for dissemination to
potentially eligible individuals.
(b) Secretary of Health and Human Services. The Secretary of Health
and Human Services shall:
(i) No later than May 31, 2001, promulgate regulations establishing:
(A) guidelines, pursuant to section 3623(c) of the Act, to assess the
likelihood that an individual with cancer sustained the cancer in the
performance of duty at a Department of Energy facility or an atomic
weapons employer facility, as defined by the Act; and
(B) methods, pursuant to section 3623(d) of the Act, for arriving at
and providing reasonable estimates of the radiation doses received by
individuals applying for assistance under this program for whom there
are inadequate records of radiation exposure;
(ii) In accordance with procedures developed by the Secretary of Health
and Human Services, consider and issue determinations on petitions by
classes of employees to be treated as members of the Special Exposure
Cohort;
[[Page 323]]
(iii) With the assistance of the Secretary of Energy, apply the methods
promulgated under subsection (b)(i)(B) to estimate the radiation doses
received by individuals applying for assistance;
(iv) Upon request from the Secretary of Energy, appoint members for a
physician panel or panels to consider individual workers' compensation
claims as part of the Worker Assistance Program under the process
established pursuant to subsection (c)(v); and
(v) Provide the Advisory Board established under section 4 of this
order with administrative services, funds, facilities, staff, and other
necessary support services and perform the administrative functions of
the President under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5
U.S.C. App.), with respect to the Advisory Board.
(c) Secretary of Energy. The Secretary of Energy shall:
(i) Provide the Secretary of Health and Human Services and the Advisory
Board on Radiation and Worker Health access, in accordance with law, to
all relevant information pertaining to worker exposures, including
access to restricted data, and any other technical assistance needed to
carry out their responsibilities under subsection (b)(ii) and section
4(b), respectively.
(ii) Upon request from the Secretary of Health and Human Services or
the Secretary of Labor, and as permitted by law, require a DOE
contractor, subcontractor, or
designated beryllium vendor, pursuant to section 3631(c) of the Act, to
provide information relevant to a claim under this Program;
(iii) Identify and notify potentially eligible individuals of the
availability of compensation under the Program;
(iv) Designate, pursuant to sections 3621(4)(B) and 3622 of the Act,
atomic weapons employers and additions
to the list of designated beryllium vendors;
(v) Pursuant to Subtitle D of the Act, negotiate agreements with the
chief executive officer of each State in which there is a DOE facility,
and other States as appropriate, to provide assistance to a DOE
contractor employee on filing a State workers' compensation system
claim, and establish a Worker Assistance Program to help individuals
whose illness is related to employment in the DOE's nuclear weapons
complex, or the individual's survivor if the individual is deceased, in
applying for State workers' compensation benefits. This assistance shall
include:
(1) Submittal of reasonable claims to a physician panel, appointed by
the Secretary of Health and Human Services and administered by the
Secretary of Energy, under procedures established by the Secretary of
Energy, for determination of whether the individual's illness or death
arose out of and in the course of employment by the DOE or its
contractors and exposure to a toxic substance at a DOE facility; and
(2) For cases determined by the physician panel and the Secretary of
Energy under section 3661(d) and (e) of the Act to have arisen out of
and in the course of employment by the DOE or its contractors and
exposure to a toxic substance at a DOE facility, provide assistance to
the individual in filing for workers' compensation benefits. The
Secretary shall not contest
[[Page 324]]
these claims and, to the extent permitted by law, shall direct a DOE
contractor who employed the applicant not to contest the claim;
(vi) Report on the Worker Assistance Program by making publicly
available on at least an annual basis claims- related data, including
the number of claims filed, the number of illnesses found to be related
to work at a DOE
facility, job location and description, and number of successful State
workers' compensation claims awarded; and
(vii) No later than January 15, 2001, publish in the Federal Register a
list of atomic weapons employer facilities within the meaning of section
3621(5) of the Act, Department of Energy employer facilities within the
meaning of section 3621(12) of the Act, and a list of facilities owned
and operated by a beryllium vendor, within the meaning of section
3621(6) of the Act.
(d) Attorney General. The Attorney General shall:
(i) Develop procedures to notify, to the extent possible, each claimant
(or the survivor of that claimant if deceased) whose claim for
compensation under section 5 of the Radiation Exposure Compensation Act
has been or is approved by the Department of Justice, of the
availability of supplemental compensation and benefits under the Energy
Employees Occupational Illness Compensation Program;
(ii) Identify and notify eligible covered uranium employees or their
survivors of the availability of supplemental compensation under the
Program; and
(iii) Upon request by the Secretary of Labor, provide information
needed to adjudicate the claim of a covered uranium employee under this
Program.
Sec. 3. Establishment of Interagency Working Group.
(a) There is hereby established an Interagency Working Group to be
composed of representatives from the Office of Management and Budget,
the National Economic Council, and the Departments of Labor, Energy,
Health and Human Services, and Justice.
(b) The Working Group shall:
(i) By January 1, 2001, develop a legislative proposal to ensure the
Program's fairness and efficiency, including provisions to assure
adequate administrative resources and swift dispute resolution; and
(ii) Address any impediments to timely and coordinated Program
implementation.
Sec. 4. Establishment of Advisory Board on Radiation and Worker Health.
(a) Pursuant to Public Law 106-398, there is hereby established an
Advisory Board on Radiation and Health (Advisory Board). The Advisory
Board shall consist of no more than 20 members to be appointed by the
President. Members shall include affected workers and their
representatives, and representatives from scientific and medical
communities. The President shall designate a Chair for the Board among
its members.
(b) The Advisory Board shall:
(i) Advise the Secretary of Health and Human Services on the
development of guidelines under section 2(b)(i) of this order;
[[Page 325]]
(ii) Advise the Secretary of Health and Human Services on the
scientific validity and quality of dose reconstruction efforts performed
for this Program; and
(iii) Upon request by the Secretary of Health and Human Services,
advise the Secretary on whether there is a class of employees at any
Department of Energy facility who were exposed to radiation but for whom
it is not feasible to estimate their radiation dose, and on whether
there is a reasonable likelihood that such radiation dose may have
endangered the health of members of the class.
Sec. 5. Reporting Requirements. The Secretaries of Labor, Health and
Human Services, and Energy shall, as part of their annual budget
submissions, report to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) on
their activities under this Program, including total expenditures
related to benefits and program administration. They shall also report
to the OMB, no later than March 1, 2001, on the manner in which they
will carry out their respective responsibilities under the Act and this
order. This report shall include, among other things, a description of
the administrative structure established within their agencies to
implement the Act and this order. In addition, the Secretary of Labor
shall annually report on the total number and types of claims for which
compensation was considered and other data pertinent to evaluating the
Federal Government's performance fulfilling the requirements of the Act
and this order.
Sec. 6. Administration and Judicial Review. (a) This Executive Order
shall be carried out subject to the availability of appropriations, and
to the extent permitted by law.
(b) This Executive Order does not create any right or benefit,
substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or equity by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers or employees, or
any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 7, 2000.
Executive Order 13180 of December 7, 2000
Air Traffic Performance-Based Organization
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to further improve
the provision of air traffic services, an inherently governmental
function, in ways that increase efficiency, take better advantage of new
technologies, accelerate modernization efforts, and respond more
effectively to the needs of the traveling public, while enhancing the
safety, security, and efficiency of the Nation's air transportation
system, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Establishment of the Air Traffic Organization. (a) The
Secretary of Transportation (Secretary) shall, consistent with his legal
authorities, move to establish within the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA) a performance-based organization to be known as the
``Air Traffic Organization'' (ATO).
[[Page 326]]
(b) The ATO shall be composed of those elements of the FAA's Air
Traffic Services and Research and Acquisition organizations that have
direct connection and give support to the provision of day-to-day
operational air traffic services, as determined by the Administrator of
the Federal Aviation Administration (Administrator). The Administrator
may delegate responsibility for any operational activity of the air
traffic control system to the head of the ATO. The Administrator's
responsibility for general safety, security, and policymaking functions
for the National Airspace System is unaffected by this order.
(c) The Chief Operating Officer (COO) of the Air Traffic Control
System, established by the Wendell H. Ford Aviation Investment and
Reform Act for the 21st Century (Air-21) (Public Law 106-181), shall
head the ATO and shall report directly to the Administrator and be
subject to the authority of the Administrator. The COO, in consultation
with the Air Traffic Control Subcommittee of the Aviation Management
Advisory Committee, shall enter into an annual performance agreement
with the Administrator that sets forth measurable organization and
individual goals in key operational areas and describes specific targets
and how such goals will be achieved. The COO may receive an annual bonus
not to exceed 30 percent of the annual rate of basic pay, based upon the
Administrator's evaluation of the COO's performance in relation to the
targets and goals described above.
(d) The COO shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for the air
traffic control system, including a clear statement of the mission and
objectives for the system's safety, efficiency, and productivity. This
strategic plan must ensure that ATO actions are consistent with long-
term FAA strategies for the aviation system as a whole.
(e) The COO shall also enter into a framework agreement with the
Administrator that will establish the relationship of the ATO with the
other organizations of the FAA.
Sec. 2. Purpose. The FAA's primary mission is to ensure the safety,
security, and efficiency of the National Airspace System. The purpose of
this order is to enhance that mission and further improve the delivery
of air traffic services to the American public by reorganizing the FAA's
air traffic services and related offices into a performance-based,
results-oriented, organization. The ATO will be better able to make use
of the unique procurement and personnel authorities that the FAA
currently has and to better use the additional management reforms
enacted by the Congress this year under Air-21. Specifically, the ATO
shall:
(a) optimize use of existing management flexibilities and
authorities to improve the efficiency of air traffic services and
increase the capacity of the system;
(b) develop methods to accelerate air traffic control modernization
and to improve aviation safety related to air traffic control;
(c) develop agreements with the Administrator of the FAA and users
of the products, services, and capabilities it will provide;
(d) operate in accordance with safety performance standards
developed by the FAA and rapidly respond to FAA safety and security
oversight findings;
(e) consult with its customers, the traveling public, including
direct users such as airlines, cargo carriers, manufacturers, airports,
general aviation,
[[Page 327]]
and commercial space transportation providers, and focus on producing
results that satisfy the FAA's external customer needs;
(f) consult with appropriate Federal, State, and local public
agencies, including the Department of Defense and the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration, to determine the best practices
for meeting the diverse needs throughout the National Airspace System;
(g) establish strong incentives to managers for achieving results;
and
(h) formulate and recommend to the Administrator any management,
fiscal, or legislative changes necessary for the organization to achieve
its performance goals.
Sec. 3. Aviation Management Advisory Committee. The Air Traffic Control
Subcommittee of the Aviation Management Advisory Committee shall
provide, consistent with its responsibilities under Air-21, general
oversight to ATO regarding the administration, management, conduct,
direction, and supervision of the air traffic control system.
Sec. 4. Evaluation and Report. Not later than 5 years after the date of
this order, the Aviation Management Advisory Committee shall provide to
the Secretary and the Administrator a report on the operation and
effectiveness of the ATO, together with any recommendations for
management, fiscal, or legislative changes to enable the organization to
achieve its goals.
Sec. 5. Definitions. The term ``air traffic control system'' has the
same meaning as the term defined by section 40102(a)(42) of title 49,
United States Code.
Sec. 6. Judicial Review. This order does not create any right or
benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party
against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 7, 2000.
Executive Order 13181 of December 20, 2000
To Protect the Privacy of Protected Health Information in Oversight
Investigations
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States by the
Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, it is ordered
as follows:
Section 1. Policy.
It shall be the policy of the Government of the United States that law
enforcement may not use protected health information concerning an
individual that is discovered during the course of health oversight
activities for unrelated civil, administrative, or criminal
investigations of a non-health oversight matter, except when the balance
of relevant factors weighs clearly in favor of its use. That is,
protected health information may not be so used unless the public
interest and the need for disclosure clearly outweigh the
[[Page 328]]
potential for injury to the patient, to the physician-patient
relationship, and to the treatment services. Protecting the privacy of
patients' protected health information promotes trust in the health care
system. It improves the quality of health care by fostering an
environment in which patients can feel more comfortable in providing
health care professionals with accurate and detailed information about
their personal health. In order to provide greater protections to
patients' privacy, the Department of Health and Human Services is
issuing final regulations concerning the confidentiality of individually
identifiable health information under the Health Insurance Portability
and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA). HIPAA applies only to ``covered
entities,'' such as health care plans, providers, and clearinghouses.
HIPAA regulations therefore do not apply to other organizations and
individuals that gain access to protected health information, including
Federal officials who gain access to health records during health
oversight activities.
Under the new HIPAA regulations, health oversight investigators will
appropriately have ready access to medical records for oversight
purposes. Health oversight investigators generally do not seek access to
the medical records of a particular patient, but instead review large
numbers of records to determine whether a health care provider or
organization is violating the law, such as through fraud against the
Medicare system. Access to many health records is often necessary in
order to gain enough evidence to detect and bring enforcement actions
against fraud in the health care system. Stricter rules apply under the
HIPAA regulations, however, when law enforcement officials seek
protected health information in order to investigate criminal activity
outside of the health oversight realm.
In the course of their efforts to protect the health care system, health
oversight investigators may also uncover evidence of wrongdoing
unrelated to the health care system, such as evidence of criminal
conduct by an individual who has sought health care. For records
containing that evidence, the issue thus arises whether the information
should be available for law enforcement purposes under the less
restrictive oversight rules or the more restrictive rules that apply to
non-oversight criminal investigations.
A similar issue has arisen in other circumstances. Under 18 U.S.C. 3486,
an individual's health records obtained for health oversight purposes
pursuant to an administrative subpoena may not be used against that
individual patient in an unrelated investigation by law enforcement
unless a judicial officer finds good cause. Under that statute, a
judicial officer determines whether there is good cause by weighing the
public interest and the need for disclosure against the potential for
injury to the patient, to the physician-patient relationship, and to the
treatment services. It is appropriate to extend limitations on the use
of health information to all situations in which the government obtains
medical records for a health oversight purpose. In recognition of the
increasing importance of protecting health information as shown in the
medical privacy rule, a higher standard than exists in 18 U.S.C. 3486 is
necessary. It is, therefore, the policy of the Government of the United
States that law enforcement may not use protected health information
concerning an individual, discovered during the course of health
oversight activities for unrelated civil, administrative, or criminal
investigations, against that indi vidual except when the balance of
relevant factors weighs clearly in favor of its use. That is, protected
health information may not be so used unless the public interest and the
need for
[[Page 329]]
disclosure clearly outweigh the potential for injury to the patient, to
the physician-patient relationship, and to the treatment services.
Sec. 2. Definitions.
(a) ``Health oversight activities'' shall include the oversight
activities enumerated in the regulations concerning the confidentiality
of individually identifiable health information promulgated by the
Secretary of Health and Human Services pursuant to the ``Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996,'' as amended.
(b) ``Protected health information'' shall have the meaning ascribed
to it in the regulations concerning the confidentiality of individually
identifiable health information promulgated by the Secretary of Health
and Human Services pursuant to the ``Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996,'' as amended.
(c) ``Injury to the patient'' includes injury to the privacy
interests of the patient.
Sec. 3. Implementation.
(a) Protected health information concerning an individual patient
discovered during the course of health oversight activities shall not be
used against that individual patient in an unrelated civil,
administrative, or criminal investigation of a non-health oversight
matter unless the Deputy Attorney General of the U.S Department of
Justice, or insofar as the protected health information involves members
of the Armed Forces, the General Counsel of the U.S. Department of
Defense, has authorized such use.
(b) In assessing whether protected health information should be used
under subparagraph (a) of this section, the Deputy Attorney General
shall permit such use upon concluding that the balance of relevant
factors weighs clearly in favor of its use. That is, the Deputy Attorney
General shall permit disclosure if the public interest and the need for
disclosure clearly outweigh the potential for injury to the patient, to
the physician-patient relationship, and to the treatment services.
(c) Upon the decision to use protected health information under
subparagraph (a) of this section, the Deputy Attorney General, in
determining the extent to which this information should be used, shall
impose appropriate safeguards against unauthorized use.
(d) On an annual basis, the Department of Justice, in consul tation
with the Department of Health and Human Services, shall provide to the
President of the United States a report that includes the following
information:
(i) the number of requests made to the Deputy Attorney General for
authorization to use protected health information discovered during
health oversight activities in a non-health oversight, unrelated
investigation;
(ii) the number of requests that were granted as applied for,
granted as modified, or denied;
(iii) the agencies that made the applications, and the number of
requests made by each agency; and
(iv) the uses for which the protected health information was
authorized.
(e) The General Counsel of the U.S. Department of Defense will
comply with the requirements of subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d), above.
The General
[[Page 330]]
Counsel also will prepare a report, consistent with the requirements of
subparagraphs (d)(i) through (d)(iv), above, and will forward it to the
Department of Justice where it will be incorporated into the
Department's annual report to the President.
Sec. 4. Exceptions.
(a) Nothing in this Executive Order shall place a restriction on the
derivative use of protected health information that was obtained by a
law enforcement agency in a non-health oversight investigation.
(b) Nothing in this Executive Order shall be interpreted to place a
restriction on a duty imposed by statute.
(c) Nothing in this Executive Order shall place any additional
limitation on the derivative use of health information obtained by the
Attorney General pursuant to the provisions of 18 U.S.C. 3486.
(d) This order does not create any right or benefit, substantive or
procedural, enforceable at law by a party against the United States, the
officers and employees, or any other person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 20, 2000.
Executive Order 13182 of December 23, 2000
Adjustments of Certain Rates of Pay
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including the laws cited herein,
it is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Statutory Pay Systems. The rates of basic pay or salaries of
the statutory pay systems (as defined in 5 U.S.C. 5302(1)), as adjusted
under 5 U.S.C. 5303(a), are set forth on the schedules attached hereto
and made a part hereof:
(a) The General Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5332(a)) at Schedule 1;
(b) The Foreign Service Schedule (22 U.S.C. 3963) at Schedule 2; and
(c) The schedules for the Veterans Health Administration of the
Department of Veterans Affairs (38 U.S.C. 7306, 7404; section 301(a) of
Public Law 102-40) at Schedule 3.
Sec. 2. Senior Executive Service. The rates of basic pay for senior
executives in the Senior Executive Service, as adjusted under 5 U.S.C.
5382, are set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto and made a part
hereof.
Sec. 3. Executive Salaries. The rates of basic pay or salaries for the
following offices and positions are set forth on the schedules attached
hereto and made a part hereof:
(a) The Executive Schedule (5 U.S.C. 5312-5318) at Schedule 5;
(b) The Vice President (3 U.S.C. 104) and the Congress (2 U.S.C. 31)
at Schedule 6; and
[[Page 331]]
(c) Justices and judges (28 U.S.C. 5, 44(d), 135, 252, and 461(a))
at Schedule 7.
Sec. 4. Uniformed Services. Pursuant to section 601 of Public Law 106-
398, the rates of monthly basic pay (37 U.S.C. 203(a)) for members of
the uniformed services and the rate of monthly cadet or midshipman pay
(37 U.S.C. 203(c)) are set forth on Schedule 8 attached hereto and made
a part hereof.
Sec. 5. Locality-Based Comparability Payments. (a) Pursuant to sections
5304 and 5304a of title 5, United States Code, locality-based
comparability payments shall be paid in accordance with Schedule 9
attached hereto and made a part hereof.
(b) The Director of the Office of Personnel Management shall take
such actions as may be necessary to implement these payments and to
publish appropriate notice of such payments in the Federal Register.
Sec. 6. Administrative Law Judges. The rates of basic pay for
administrative law judges, as adjusted under 5 U.S.C. 5372(b)(4), are
set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto and made a part hereof.
Sec. 7. Effective Dates. Schedule 8 is effective on January 1, 2001. The
other schedules contained herein are effective on the first day of the
first applicable pay period beginning on or
Sec. 8. Prior Order Superseded. Executive Order 13144 of December 21,
1999, is superseded.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 23, 2000.
[[Page 332]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.048
[[Page 333]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.049
[[Page 334]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.050
[[Page 335]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.051
[[Page 336]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.052
[[Page 337]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.053
[[Page 338]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.054
[[Page 339]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TD29DE00.055
[[Page 340]]
Executive Order 13183 of December 23, 2000
Establishment of the President's Task Force on Puerto Rico's Status
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, including Public Law 106-346, it
is hereby ordered as follows:
Section 1. Policy. It is the policy of the executive branch of the
Government of the United States of America to help answer the questions
that the people of Puerto Rico have asked for years regarding the
options for the islands' future status and the process for realizing an
option. Further, it is our policy to consider and develop positions on
proposals, without preference among the options, for the Commonwealth's
future status; to discuss such proposals with representatives of the
people of Puerto Rico and the Congress; to work with leaders of the
Commonwealth and the Congress to clarify the options to enable Puerto
Ricans to determine their preference among options for the islands'
future status that are not incompatible with the Constitution and basic
laws and policies of the United States; and to implement such an option
if chosen by a majority, including helping Puerto Ricans obtain a
governing arrangement under which they would vote for national
government officials, if they choose such a status.
Sec. 2. The President's Task Force on Puerto Rico's Status. There is
established a task force to be known as ``The President's Task Force on
Puerto Rico's Status'' (Task Force). It shall be composed of designees
of each member of the President's Cabinet and the Co-Chairs of the
President's Interagency Group on Puerto Rico (Interagency Group). The
Task Force shall be co-chaired by the Attorney General's designee and a
Co-Chair of the Interagency Group.
Sec. 3. Functions. The Task Force shall seek to implement the policy set
forth in section 1 of this order. It shall ensure official attention to
and facilitate action on matters related to proposals for Puerto Rico's
status and the process by which an option can be realized. It shall
provide advice and recommendations on such matters to the President and
the Congress. It shall also provide advice and recommendations to assist
the Executive Office of the President in fulfilling its responsibilities
under Public Law 106-346 to transfer funding to the Elections Commission
of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for public education on and a public
choice among options for Puerto Rico's future status that are not
incompatible with the Constitution and the basic laws and policies of
the United States.
Sec. 4. Report. The Task Force shall report on its actions to the
President not later than May 1, 2001, and thereafter as needed but not
less than annually on progress made in the determination of Puerto
Rico's ultimate status.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 23, 2000.
[[Page 341]]
Executive Order 13184 of December 28, 2000
Revocation of Executive Order 12834
By the authority vested in me as President of the United States by the
Constitution and laws of the United States of America, including section
301 of title 3, United States Code, and sections 3301 and 7301 of title
5, United States Code, it is hereby ordered as follows:
Executive Order 12834 of January 20, 1993, ``Ethics Commitments by
Executive Branch Appointees,'' is hereby revoked, effective at noon
January 20, 2001. Employees and former employees subject to the
commitments in Executive Order 12834 will not be subject to those
commitments after the effective date of this order.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 28, 2000.
Executive Order 13185 of December 28, 2000
To Strengthen the Federal Government-University Research Partnership
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the
laws of the United States of America, and in order to keep the Federal
Government-University research partnership strong, it is hereby ordered
as follows:
Section 1. Principles of the Government-University Partnership. The
partnership in science and technology that has evolved between the
Federal Government and American universities has yielded benefits that
are vital to each. It continues to prove exceptionally productive,
successfully promoting the discovery of knowledge, stimulating
technological innovation, improving the quality of life, educating and
training the next generation of scientists and engineers, and
contributing to America's economic prosperity and national security. In
order to reaffirm and strengthen this partnership, this order sets forth
the following guiding and operating principles that are fully described
in the April 1999 National Science and Technology Council report,
``Renewing the Government-University Partnership.'' These principles
shall provide the framework for the development and analysis of all
future Federal policies, rules, and regulations for the Federal
Government-University research partnership.
(a) The guiding principles that shall govern interactions between
the Federal Government and universities that perform research are:
(1) Research is an investment in the future;
(2) The integration of research and education is vital;
(3) Excellence is promoted when investments are guided by merit
review; and
(4) Research must be conducted with integrity.
[[Page 342]]
(b) The operating principles that shall assist agencies,
universities, individual researchers, and auditing and regulatory bodies
in implementing the guiding principles are:
(1) Agency cost-sharing policies and practices must be transparent;
(2) Partners should respect the merit review process;
(3) Agencies and universities should manage research in a cost-
efficient manner;
(4) Accountability and accounting are not the same;
(5) The benefits of simplicity in policies and practices should be
weighed against the costs;
(6) Change should be justified by need and the process made
transparent.
(c) Each executive branch department or agency that supports
research at universities shall regularly review its existing policies
and procedures to ensure that they meet the spirit and intent of the
guiding and operating principles stated above.
Sec. 2. Office of Science and Technology (OSTP) Review of the
Government-University Research Partnership. (a) The OSTP, in conjunction
with the National Science and Technology Council, shall conduct a
regular review of the Government-University research partnership and
prepare a report on the status of the partnership. The OSTP should
receive input from all departments or agencies that have a major impact
on the Government-University partnership through their support of
research and education, policy making, regulatory activities, and
research administration. In addition, OSTP may seek the input of the
National Science Board and the President's Committee of Advisors for
Science and Technology, as well as other stakeholders, such as State and
local governments, industry, the National Academy of Sciences, and the
Federal Demonstration Partnership.
(b) The purpose of the review and the report is to determine the
overall health of the Government-University research partnership, being
mindful of the guiding and operating principles stated above. The report
should include recommendations on how to improve the Government-
University partnership.
(c) The Director of OSTP shall deliver the report to the President.
Sec. 3. Judicial Review. This order does not create any enforceable
rights against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any
person.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
December 28, 2000.
[[Page 343]]
________________________________________________________________________
OTHER PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS
________________________________________________________________________
Page
Subchapter A--[Reserved]
Subchapter B--Administrative Orders 343
Subchapter C--Reorganization Plans [None]
Subchapter D--Designations [None]
Appendix A--List of Messages to Congress Transmitting Budget Rescissions
and Deferrals 413
Appendix B--List of Final Rule Documents 413
________________________________________________________________________
Subchapter B--Administrative Orders
________________________________________________________________________
Memorandum of January 5, 2000
Delegation of Authority Under Sections 1402 and 1406 of the National
Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (Public Law 106-65)
Memorandum for the Secretary of Defense
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United
States, including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I hereby
delegate to the Secretary of Defense the duties and responsibilities
vested in the President by sections 1402 and 1406 of the National
Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (``the Act'') (Public Law
106-65).
The Department of Defense shall prepare the report required by section
1402 of the Act with the assistance of the Department of State, the
Department of Commerce, the Department of Energy, the Department of the
Treasury, the Director of Central Intelligence, and the Federal Bureau
of Investigation. The Department of Defense shall obtain concurrence on
the report from the following agencies: the Department of State, the
Department of Commerce, the Director of Central Intelligence on behalf
of the Intelligence Community, the Department of the Treasury, and the
Federal Bureau of Investigation prior to submission to the Congress.
[[Page 344]]
The Departments of Defense and Energy shall jointly prepare the report
required by section 1406 of the Act with the assistance of the
Department of State, the Department of Commerce, and the Director of
Central Intelligence. The Departments of Defense and Energy shall obtain
concurrence on the report from the following agencies: the Department of
State, the Department of Commerce, and the Director of Central
Intelligence on behalf of the Intelligence Community prior to submission
to the Congress.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provisions of any Act shall be
deemed to be a reference to such Act or its provisions as may be amended
from time to time.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 5, 2000.
Memorandum of January 5, 2000
Delegation of Authority Under Section 1406 of the National Defense
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (Public Law 106-65)
Memorandum for the Secretary of Energy
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United
States, including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I hereby
delegate to the Secretary of Energy and the Secretary of Defense the
duties and responsibilities vested in the President by section 1406 of
the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (``the
Act'') (Public Law 106-65).
The Departments of Energy and Defense shall jointly prepare a report
with the assistance of the Department of State, the Department of
Commerce, and the Director of Central Intelligence. The Departments of
Defense and Energy shall obtain concurrence on the report from the
following agencies: the Department of State, the Department of Commerce,
and the Director of Central Intelligence on behalf of the Intelligence
Community prior to submission to the Congress.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provisions of any Act shall be
deemed to be a reference to such Act or its provisions as may be amended
from time to time.
[[Page 345]]
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 5, 2000.
Memorandum of January 5, 2000
Delegation of Authority Under Section 1401(b) of the
National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal
Year 2000 (Public Law 106-65)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United
States, including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I hereby
delegate to the Secretary of State the duties and responsibilities
vested in the President by section 1401(b) of the National Defense
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (``the Act'') (Public Law 106-
65).
The Department of State shall obtain concurrence on the report from the
following agencies: the Department of Defense, the Department of
Commerce, and the Director of Central Intelligence on behalf of the
Intelligence Community prior to submission to the Congress.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provisions of any Act shall be
deemed to be a reference to such Act or its provisions as may be amended
from time to time.
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 5, 2000.
Notice of January 19, 2000
Continuation of Emergency Regarding Terrorists Who Threaten To Disrupt
the Middle East Peace Process
On January 23, 1995, by Executive Order 12947, I declared a national
emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States
constituted by grave acts of violence committed by foreign terrorists
that disrupt the Mid
[[Page 346]]
dle East peace process. By Executive Order 12947 of January 23, 1995, I
blocked the assets in the United States, or in the control of United
States persons, of foreign terrorists who threaten to disrupt the Middle
East peace process. I also prohibited transactions or dealings by United
States persons in such property. On August 20, 1998, by Executive Order
13099, I identified four additional persons, including Usama bin Ladin,
who threaten to disrupt the Middle East peace process. I have annually
transmitted notices of the continuation of this national emergency to
the Congress and the Federal Register. Last year's notice of
continuation was published in the Federal Register on January 22, 1999.
Because terrorist activities continue to threaten the Middle East peace
process and vital interests of the United States in the Middle East, the
national emergency declared on January 23, 1995, and the measures that
took effect on January 24, 1995, to deal with that emergency must
continue in effect beyond January 23, 2000. Therefore, in accordance
with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)),
I am continuing the national emergency with respect to foreign
terrorists who threaten to disrupt the Middle East peace process.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
January 19, 2000.
Memorandum of January 27, 2000
Delegation of Authority To Conduct Assessments and Promulgate
Regulations on Public Access to Off-Site Consequence Analysis
Information
Memorandum for the Attorney General[, ] the Administrator of the
Environmental Protection Agency[, and] the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws
of the United States of America, including section 112(r)(7)(H) of the
Clean Air Act (``Act'') (42 U.S.C. 7412(r)(7)(H)), as added by section 3
of the Chemical Safety Information, Site Security and Fuels Regulatory
Relief Act (Public Law 106-40), and section 301 of title 3, United
States Code, I hereby delegate to:
(1) the Attorney General the authority vested in the President under
section 112(r)(7)(H)(ii)(I)(aa) of the Act to assess the increased risk
of terrorist and other criminal activity associated with the posting of
off-site consequence analysis information on the Internet;
(2) the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
the authority vested in the President under section
112(r)(7)(H)(ii)(I)(bb) of the Act to assess the incentives created by
public disclosure of off-site consequence analysis information for
reduction in the risk of accidental releases; and
[[Page 347]]
(3) the Attorney General and the Administrator of EPA, jointly, the
authority vested in the President under section 112(r)(7)(H)(ii)(II) of
the Act to promulgate regulations, based on these assessments, governing
the distribution of off-site consequence analysis information. These
regulations, in proposed and final form, shall be subject to review and
approval by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
The Administrator of EPA is authorized and directed to publish this
memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 27, 2000.
Directive of January 31, 2000
Resolution Regarding Use of Range Facilities on Vieques, Puerto Rico
(Community Assistance)
Directive to the Secretary of Defense [and] Director, Office of
Management and Budget
By separate directive I have addressed the resumption of Navy and Marine
Corps training on the island of Vieques.
1. Provided that training opportunity has resumed and is continuously
available on Vieques, then within 90 days of this directive, I direct
the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to request authority and
funding (which with funding for projects described in paragraph 5(e) of
the previously referenced directive will total $40 million) from the
Congress for the following projects:
(a) To support the construction of a new commercial ferry pier and
terminal by the Army Corps of Engineers.
(b) To establish an artificial reef construction and fish
aggregation program to create substantial new commercial fishing areas
for Vieques fisherman. Until such time as these new fishing grounds are
operational, this legislation will authorize direct payments of an
amount (to be determined by the National Marine Fisheries Services) to
be paid to registered Vieques commercial fishermen for each day they are
unable to use existing waters because the Navy is training.
(c) To support expanding or improving the major cross-island
roadways and bridges on Vieques.
(d) To establish an apprenticeship/training program for young people
on Vieques to facilitate participation in small-scale civic construction
projects.
(e) To establish a program with the Government of Puerto Rico to
preserve the Puerto Mosquito Vieques bioluminescent bay and to commit
Federal resources to its preservation.
[[Page 348]]
(f) To establish a professional economic development office for
Vieques for the purpose of promoting Vieques and attracting jobs to the
island.
2. The Director of OMB shall publish this directive in the Federal
Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 31, 2000.
Directive of January 31, 2000
Resolution Regarding Use of Range Facilities on Vieques, Puerto Rico
(Referendum)
Directive to the Secretary of Defense [and] Director, Office of
Management and Budget
By virtue of the authority vested in me and in order to further the
interests of national security and to address the legitimate interests
and concerns of the residents of Vieques and the people of Puerto Rico,
I hereby direct the following:
1. The future of Navy training on Vieques will be determined by a
referendum of the registered voters of Vieques, using Puerto Rico
electoral laws and regulations as they exist as of the date of this
directive. This referendum will occur on May 1, 2001, or 270 days prior
to or following May 1, 2001, the exact date to be specified on the
request of the Department of the Navy. (This specified date and the
terms of the referendum must be requested at least 90 days in advance of
the referendum.) It is understood that the full implementation of this
directive is contingent upon the Government of Puerto Rico authorizing
and supporting this referendum, and the cooperation of the Government of
Puerto Rico as specified in paragraph 5(a).
2. This referendum will present two alternatives. The first shall be
that the Navy will cease all training not later than May 1, 2003. The
second will permit continued training, to include live fire training, on
terms proposed by the Navy. Live fire training is critical to enhance
combat readiness for all our military personnel and must occur in some
location.
3. In the event the referendum selects the option of termination of Navy
activities, then
(a) Navy lands on the Eastern side of Vieques (including the Eastern
Maneuver Area and the Live Impact Area) will be transferred within 1
year of the referendum to the General Services Administration (GSA) for
disposal under the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act,
except for conservation zones, which will be transferred to the
Department of the Interior for continued preservation.
(b) The GSA will supervise restoration of the lands described in section
3(a) consistent with the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) before it is further
transferred under
[[Page 349]]
the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act, except that the
Live Impact Area will be swept for ordnance and fenced to meet the same
range standards used after the closure of the live impact area used by
Naval Air Station, South Weymouth, Massachusetts. The Government of
Puerto Rico may request transfer of the restored lands in accordance
with the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act.
(c) Under no conditions will the land described in this section be
returned to the Department of Defense or used for military training.
4. In the event the referendum selects the option of continued training
submitted by the Navy, the Office of Management and Budget will request
congressional funding to further provide for the enhancement of
infrastructure and housing on the Western portions of Vieques in the
amount of $50 million.
5. Between the date of this directive and the referendum, the following
will occur:
(a) The Department of Defense and the Government of Puerto Rico will
work in cooperation with relevant Federal authorities to ensure the
integrity and accessibility of the range is uninterrupted and
trespassing and other intrusions on the range cease entirely by
providing complementary support among Federal and Puerto Rican
jurisdictions.
(b) Navy training on Vieques will recommence, but it shall not exceed 90
days per calendar year and will be limited to nonexplosive ordnance,
which may include spotting devices.
(c) The Navy will ensure procedures are in place that will enhance
safety and will position ships to reduce noise in civilian areas
whenever possible.
(d) Before any major training occurs on the range, the Government of
Puerto Rico, through its Secretary of State, will be given 15 days
notification under the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding of 1983.
(e) The Office of Management and Budget will initiate a funding request
to the Congress:
(1) to fund a Public Health Service study in coordination with
appropriate agencies to review health concerns raised by the residents
of Vieques.
(2) to complete the conveyance of 110 acres of Navy property to extend
the runway at the Vieques Municipal Airport to accommodate larger
passenger aircraft; and for the Navy to provide training and
supplemental equipment to bolster the airport fire, safety, and resource
capability.
(3) to maintain the ecosystem and conservation zones and implement the
sea turtle, sea mammal, and Brown Pelican management plans as specified
in the Memorandum of Understanding of 1983.
(f) Within 30 days of this directive, the Navy will submit legislation
to the Congress to transfer land on the Western side of Vieques
surrounding the Naval Ammunition Facility (except 100 acres of land on
which the ROTHR and Mount Pirata telecommunications sites are located).
The legislation submitted will provide for land transfer not later than
December 31, 2000. This transfer will be to the Government of Puerto
Rico for the benefit of the municipality of Vieques as determined by the
Planning Board of the Government of Puerto Rico. This land shall be
restored consistent with CERCLA standards prior to transfer.
[[Page 350]]
6. The Director of OMB shall publish this directive in the Federal
Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 31, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-10 of January 31, 2000
Determination Pursuant to Section 523 of the Foreign
Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs
Appropriations Act, 2000, as Contained in the Consolidated
Appropriations Act for FY 2000 (Public Law 106-113)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to section 523 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and
Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2000, as Contained in the
Consolidated Appropriations Act for FY 2000 (Public Law 106-113), I
hereby certify that withholding from international financial
institutions and other international organizations and programs funds
appropriated or otherwise made available pursuant to that Act is
contrary to the national interest.
You are authorized and directed to publish this determination in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, January 31, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-11 of February 1, 2000
Assistance Program for the Independent States of the Former Soviet Union
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to subsection 517(b) in title V of the Foreign Operations,
Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2000 (Public
Law 106-113), I hereby determine that it is in the national security
interest of the United States to make available funds appropriated under
the heading ``Assistance for the Independent States of the Former Soviet
Union'' in title II of that Act without regard to the restriction in
that subsection.
You are directed to report this determination to the Congress and
publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 1, 2000.
[[Page 351]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-12 of February 10, 2000
United States Military Activities in East Timor
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President, including under
sections 10(d)(1) and 10(a)(2)(B) of the United Nations Participation
Act of 1945, as amended (22 U.S.C. 287 et seq.) (the ``Act''), I hereby:
(a) determine that the deployment of United States military forces to
support East Timor's transition to independence without reimbursement from
the United Nations is important to the security interests of the United
States; and
(b) delegate to you the authority contained in section 10(d)(1) of the Act
with respect to assistance to support East Timor's transition to
independence that is covered by section 10 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to report this determination to the
Congress and to arrange for its publication in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 10, 2000.
Memorandum of February 16, 2000
Action Under Section 203 of the Trade Act of 1974
Concerning Steel Wire Rod
Memorandum for the Secretary of the Treasury [and] the United States
Trade Representative
On July 12, 1999, the United States International Trade Commission
(USITC) submitted a report to me of its investigation under section 202
of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``Trade Act''), with respect
to imports of steel wire rod. The USITC commissioners were equally
divided in their determinations under section 202(b) of the Trade Act of
whether steel wire rod is being imported into the United States in such
increased quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury or
threat of serious injury to the domestic steel wire rod industry. The
report also contained negative findings by the ITC pursuant to section
311(a) of the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act
(the ``NAFTA Implementation Act'') with respect to imports of steel wire
rod from Canada and Mexico.
Having reviewed the determinations of both groups of commissioners, I
have decided pursuant to section 330(d)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930 to
consider the determination of the group of commissioners voting in the
affirmative to be the determination of the USITC.
After taking into account all relevant considerations, including the
factors specified in section 203(a)(2) of the Trade Act, I have
implemented action of a type described in section 203(a)(3) of that Act.
I have determined that the most appropriate action is a tariff-rate
quota on imports of steel wire
[[Page 352]]
rod, other than enumerated steel wire rod products (``excluded
products''), with an increase in currently scheduled rates of duties for
imports above the tariff-rate quota level. I have proclaimed such action
for a period of 3 years and 1 day in order to facilitate efforts by the
domestic industry to make a positive adjustment to import competition.
Specifically, I have established a tariff-rate quota for steel wire rod
in an amount equal to 1.58 million net tons in the first year (March 1,
2000 through February 28, 2001), an amount that is equivalent to 1998
import levels of covered products from the countries subject to the TRQ
plus 2 percent (to account for growth in demand). The tariff-rate quota
amount will increase by 2 percent annually in the second and third years
of relief. I have established increased rates of duty for imports above
the tariff-rate quota level: namely 10 percent ad valorem in the first
year of relief, 7.5 percent ad valorem in the second year of relief, and
5 percent ad valorem in the third year of relief. In addition, I have
provided that during each quarter of the first three quarters of a quota
year, any articles subject to the tariff-rate quota entered or withdrawn
from warehouse for consumption in excess of one-third of the total
within-quota quantity for that quota year shall be subject to the over-
quota rate of duty then in effect. During the fourth quarter of a quota
year, the tariff-rate quota shall apply as though the preceding sentence
did not have effect, except that any imports subject to the over-quota
duty as a result of the preceding sentence shall not be counted against
the in-quota quantity for that quota year. In this regard, I instruct
the Secretary of the Treasury to publish or otherwise make available on
a weekly basis, import statistics that will enable importers to identify
the rate at which the in-quota quantity for that quota year, and the
portion of the in-quota quantity allotted to that quarter, is being
filled. I further instruct the Secretary of the Treasury to seek to
obtain by March 1, 2000 statistical subdivisions in the Harmonized
Tariff Schedule for the excluded products (specified in the Annex to the
proclamation). The Secretary of the Treasury will monitor imports of the
excluded products by country of origin and imports the product of Mexico
and Canada throughout the period of this action, and report to the
United States Trade Representative on relevant volumes each quarter
during the period of this action, or more often as needed, or as the
United States Trade Representative may request.
I have further determined, pursuant to section 312(a) of the NAFTA
Implementation Act, that imports of steel wire rod produced in Canada
and Mexico do not account for a substantial share of total steel wire
rod imports or are not contributing importantly to the serious injury or
threat of serious injury. Therefore, pursuant to section 312(b) of the
NAFTA Implementation Act, the safeguard measure will not apply to
imports of steel wire rod that is the product of Canada or Mexico.
I have determined that the actions described above will facilitate
efforts by the domestic industry to make a positive adjustment to import
competition and provide greater economic and social benefits than costs.
This action will provide the domestic industry with necessary temporary
relief from increasing import competition, while also assuring our
trading partners continued access to the United States market.
Pursuant to section 204 of the Trade Act, the USITC will monitor
developments with respect to the domestic industry, including the
progress and specific efforts made by workers and firms in the domestic
industry to
[[Page 353]]
make a positive adjustment to import competition, and will provide to me
and to the Congress a report on the results of its monitoring no later
than the date that is the mid-point of the period during which the
action I have taken under section 203 of that Act is in effect. I
further instruct the United States Trade Representative to request the
USITC pursuant to section 332(g) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended
(19 U.S.C. 1332(g)) to examine the effects of this action on both the
domestic wire rod industry and the principal users of wire rod in the
United States, and to report on the results of its investigation in
conjunction with its report under section 204(a)(2).
The United States Trade Representative is authorized and directed to
publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 16, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-13 of February 16, 2000
Determination on Eligibility of the Economic Community of West African
States (ECOWAS) To Be Furnished Defense
Articles and Services Under the Foreign Assistance Act and the Arms
Export Control Act
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 503(a) of the Foreign
Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, and section 3(a)(1) of the Arms
Export Control Act, I hereby find that the furnishing of defense
articles and services to the Economic Community of West African States
will strengthen the security of the United States and promote world
peace.
You are directed to report this determination to the Congress and to
publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 16, 2000.
Memorandum of February 18, 2000
Action Under Section 203 of the Trade Act of 1974
Concerning Line Pipe
Memorandum for the Secretary of the Treasury [and] the United States
Trade Representative
On December 22, 1999, the United States International Trade Commission
(USITC) submitted a report to me that contained: (1) a determination
pursu
[[Page 354]]
ant to section 202 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (the ``Trade
Act''), that certain circular welded carbon quality line pipe (line
pipe) is being imported into the United States in such increased
quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury or threat of
serious injury to the domestic line pipe industry; and (2) negative
findings by the USITC pursuant to section 311(a) of the North American
Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (the ``NAFTA Implementation
Act'') with respect to imports of line pipe from Canada and Mexico.
After taking into account all relevant considerations, including the
factors specified in section 203(a)(2) of the Trade Act, I have
implemented action of a type described in section 203(a)(3) of that Act.
I have determined that the most appropriate action is an increase in
duty on imports of certain line pipe. The additional duty will be 19
percent ad valorem in the first year of relief, declining to 15 and 11
percent ad valorem in the second and third years, respectively. The
first 9,000 short tons of imports from each supplying country will be
exempted from the increase in duty during each year that the action is
in effect. I have proclaimed such action for a period of 3 years and 1
day in order to facilitate efforts by the domestic industry to make a
positive adjustment to import competition.
In this regard, I instruct the Secretary of the Treasury to publish or
otherwise make available, on a weekly basis, import statistics that will
enable importers to identify when imports from each supplying country
approach and then exceed the 9,000 short ton threshold. I further
instruct the Secretary of the Treasury to establish monitoring
categories for those countries with American Petroleum Institute
certified (API-certified) line pipe production facilities. Any
importations of line pipe from a country without an API-certified line
pipe production facility should be treated as line pipe subject to this
action but monitored for possible transshipment. I further instruct the
Secretary of the Treasury to seek to obtain by March 1, 2000, a
statistical subdivision in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule for the
covered products specified in the Annex to the proclamation. The
Secretary of the Treasury will monitor line pipe imports that are the
product of Mexico and Canada by country of origin throughout the period
of this action and report to the United States Trade Representative on
relevant volumes each quarter during the period of this action, or more
often as needed, or as the United States Trade Representative may
request.
I have determined, pursuant to section 312(a) of the NAFTA
Implementation Act, that imports of line pipe produced in Canada and
Mexico, considered individually, do not contribute importantly to the
serious injury, or threat of serious injury. Therefore, pursuant to
section 312(b) of the NAFTA Implementation Act, the safeguard measure
will not apply to imports of line pipe that is the product of Canada or
Mexico.
I have determined that the actions described above will facilitate
efforts by the domestic industry to make a positive adjustment to import
competition and provide greater economic and social benefits than costs.
This action will provide the domestic industry with necessary temporary
relief from increasing import competition, while also assuring our
trading partners continued access to the U.S. market.
Pursuant to section 204 of the Trade Act, the USITC will monitor
developments with respect to the domestic industry, including the
progress and specific efforts made by workers and firms in the domestic
industry to
[[Page 355]]
make a positive adjustment to import competition, and will provide to me
and to the Congress a report on the results of its monitoring no later
than the date that is the mid-point of the period during which the
action I have taken under section 203 of that Act is in effect. I
further instruct the United States Trade Representative to request the
USITC pursuant to section 332(g) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended
(19 U.S.C. 1332(g)), to examine the effects of this action on both the
domestic line pipe industry and the principal users of line pipe in the
United States, and to report on the results of its investigation in
conjunction with its report under section 204(a)(2).
The United States Trade Representative is authorized and directed to
publish this memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 18, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-14 of February 18, 2000
Vietnamese Cooperation in Accounting for United States
Prisoners of War and Missing in Action (POW/MIA)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
As provided under section 610 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice,
and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2000,
as contained in the Consolidated Appropriations Act for FY 2000 (Public
Law 106-113), I hereby determine, based on all information available to
the United States Government, that the Government of the Socialist
Republic of Vietnam is fully cooperating in good faith with the United
States in the following four areas related to achieving the fullest
possible accounting for Americans unaccounted for as a result of the
Vietnam War:
1) resolving discrepancy cases, live sightings, and field activities;
2) recovering and repatriating American remains;
3) accelerating efforts to provide documents that will help lead to the
fullest possible accounting of POW/MIAs; and,
4) providing further assistance in implementing trilateral investigations
with Laos.
I further determine that the appropriate laboratories associated with
POW/MIA accounting are thoroughly analyzing remains, material, and other
information and fulfilling their responsibilities as set forth in
subsection (B) of section 609 of the Departments of Commerce, Justice,
and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1999,
as contained in the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental
Appropriations Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277), and information
pertaining to this accounting is being made available to immediate
family members in compliance with 50 U.S.C. 435 note.
[[Page 356]]
I have been advised by the Department of Justice and believe that
section 610 is unconstitutional because it purports to use a condition
on appropriations as a means to direct my execution of responsibilities
that the Constitution commits exclusively to the President. I am
providing this determination as a matter of comity, while reserving the
position that the condition enacted in section 610 is unconstitutional.
In making this determination, I have taken into account all information
available to the U.S. Government as reported to me, the full range of
ongoing accounting activities in Vietnam, including joint and unilateral
Vietnamese efforts, and the concrete results we have attained as a
result. Finally, in making this determination, I wish to reaffirm my
continuing personal commitment to the entire POW/MIA community,
especially to the immediate families, relatives, friends, and supporters
of these brave individuals, and to reconfirm that the central, guiding
principle of my Vietnam policy is to achieve the fullest possible
accounting of our prisoners of war and missing in action.
You are authorized and directed to report this determination to the
appropriate committees of the Congress and to publish it in the Federal
Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 18, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-15 of February 24, 2000
U.S. Contribution to the Korean Peninsula Energy Development
Organization (KEDO): Certification and Waiver Under the Heading
``Nonproliferation, Anti-Terrorism, Demining and Related Programs'' in
Title II of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related
Programs Appropriations Act, 2000, as Enacted in Public Law 106-113
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to section 576(b) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing,
and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2000 (the Act), as enacted in
the Omnibus Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2000 (Public Law 106-113),
I hereby certify that:
(1) the parties to the Agreed Framework have taken and continue to take
demonstrable steps to implement the Joint Declaration on Denuclearization
of the Korean Peninsula in which the Government of North Korea has
committed not to test, manufacture, produce, receive, possess, store,
deploy, or use nuclear weapons, and not to possess nuclear reprocessing or
uranium enrichment facilities;
(2) the parties to the Agreed Framework have taken and continue to take
demonstrable steps to pursue the North-South dialogue; and
(3) North Korea is complying with all provisions of the Agreed Framework.
[[Page 357]]
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 576(d) of the Act, I
hereby determine that it is vital to the national security interests of
the United States to furnish up to $15 million in funds made available
under the heading ``Nonproliferation, Anti-Terrorism, Demining, and
Related Programs'' of the Act, for assistance for KEDO, and therefore I
hereby waive the requirement in section 576(b) to certify that:
(4) North Korea has not diverted assistance provided by the United States
for purposes for which it was not intended; and
(5) North Korea is not seeking to develop or acquire the capability to
enrich uranium, or any additional capability to reprocess spent nuclear
fuel.
You are hereby authorized and directed to report this certification and
waiver to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the Federal
Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 24, 2000.
Notice of February 25, 2000
Continuation of the National Emergency Relating to Cuba and of the
Emergency Authority Relating to the Regulation of the Anchorage and
Movement of Vessels
On March 1, 1996, by Proclamation 6867, I declared a national emergency
to address the disturbance or threatened disturbance of international
relations caused by the February 24, 1996, destruction by the Government
of Cuba of two unarmed U.S.-registered civilian aircraft in
international airspace north of Cuba. In July 1996 and on subsequent
occasions, the Government of Cuba stated its intent to forcefully defend
its sovereignty against any U.S.-registered vessels or aircraft that
might enter Cuban territorial waters or airspace while involved in a
memorial flotilla and peaceful protest. Since these events, the
Government of Cuba has not demonstrated that it will refrain from the
future use of reckless and excessive force against U.S. vessels or
aircraft that may engage in memorial activities or peaceful protest
north of Cuba. Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the
National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the
national emergency with respect to Cuba and the emergency authority
relating to the regulation of the anchorage and movement of vessels set
out in Proclamation 6867.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
February 25, 2000.
[[Page 358]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-16 of February 29, 2000
Presidential Determination on Major Illicit Drug Producing and Drug
Transit Countries
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 490(b)(1)(A) of the
Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended (the ``Act''), I hereby
determine and certify that the following major illicit drug producing
and/or major illicit drug transit countries (and certain jurisdictions)
have cooperated fully with the United States, or have taken adequate
steps on their own, to achieve full compliance with the goals and
objectives of the 1988 United Nations Convention Against Illicit Traffic
in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances:
The Bahamas, Bolivia, Brazil, China, Colombia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Jamaica, Laos, Mexico, Pakistan, Panama, Peru,
Taiwan, Thailand, Venezuela, and Vietnam.
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 490(b)(1)(B) of the
Act, I hereby determine that it is in the vital national interests of
the United States to certify the following major illicit drug producing
and/or major illicit drug transit countries:
Cambodia, Haiti, Nigeria, and Paraguay.
I have determined that the following major illicit drug producing and/or
major illicit drug transit countries do not meet the standards set forth
in section 490(b) for certification:
Afghanistan, Burma.
In making these determinations, I have considered the factors set forth
in section 490 of the Act, based on the information contained in the
International Narcotics Control Strategy Report of 2000. Analysis of the
relevant U.S. vital national interests, as required under section
490(b)(3) of the Act in the case of the countries certified on this
basis, is attached. Given that the performance of all of these
countries/jurisdictions has differed, I have also attached an
explanatory statement for each of the other countries/jurisdictions
subject to this determination.
You are hereby authorized and directed to publish this determination in
the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, February 29, 2000.
Statements of Explanation
Afghanistan
In 1999 Afghanistan cultivated a larger opium poppy crop and
harvested more opium gum than any other country by a wide margin. U.S.
sources estimate a 23 percent increase in the opium harvest, while
United Nations Drug Control Program (UNDCP) data point to a more
dramatic 70 percent
[[Page 359]]
increase. There were also increases in the refining of opium into heroin
and in drug trafficking from Afghanistan into neighboring countries. The
largest of Afghanistan's factions, the Taliban, which controls 85-90
percent of Afghanistan and 97 percent of the area where opium is
cultivated, derives significant income from every phase of drug
production and trafficking. In spite of its own 1997 ban on the
cultivation of opium poppy, the Taliban acknowledge they tax the crop at
about 10 percent, and allow it to be sold in open bazaars. Crop taxation
imparts legitimacy to opium cultivation and distribution, and means that
the Taliban benefits directly from the entire opium business. The
Taliban also receives payments directly from traffickers.
The United States Government (USG) has spoken about the drug problem
directly with Taliban officials and indirectly through the UNDCP. We
have repeatedly urged the Taliban to enforce its 1997 ban on opium poppy
cultivation. The Taliban response was at least a 23 percent increase in
opium production over 1998. We also urged the Taliban to honor its
commitments to reduce poppy cultivation in exchange for the delivery of
alternative development assistance. But in a Non-Governmental
Organization (NGO) project area receiving generous USG funding, poppy
cultivation surged 68 percent, according to a UNDCP survey. Heroin labs
are proliferating throughout Afghanistan, particularly near
international borders.
The Taliban claims success for some counter-drug measures. According
to the UNDCP, the Taliban destroyed 34 drug laboratories. The Taliban
also has made unverified claims of seizures of 500 kg of opium, 70 kg of
heroin, and 1200 liters of acetic anhydride and other heroin production
chemicals. The Taliban Leader, Mullah Omar, who promulgated the 1997 ban
on opium cultivation, ordered a one-third nation-wide reduction in poppy
cultivation for the 1999-2000 growing season but, as noted, past
commitments were not honored.
Overall, there was a sharp increase in poppy cultivation, in
refining of opium into heroin, and in trafficking of illicit opiates in
Afghanistan. There is a growing body of evidence that the largest of
Afghanistan's factions, the Taliban, is fully complicit in every phase
of drug production and trafficking. Sharp increases in large-scale opium
cultivation and trafficking in Afghanistan, plus the failure of the
authorities to initiate an appropriate law enforcement response,
preclude a determination that Afghanistan has taken adequate steps on
its own or that it has sufficiently cooperated with USG counter-drug
efforts to meet the goals and objectives of the UN 1988 Drug Convention,
to which Afghanistan is a party. In the absence of verifiable and
unambiguous steps by the Taliban to stop the promotion of poppy
cultivation (such as an end to the opium crop tax), the United States
and other concerned countries are compelled to redirect their counter-
drug efforts to interdiction and border control strategies in
surrounding countries.
The Bahamas
The Bahamas is a major transit country for drugs en route to the
United States from South America and the Caribbean. The Government of
the Commonwealth of The Bahamas (GCOB) and the USG continue to enjoy a
productive counter-drug working relationship.
The Bahamas is a party to the 1988 UN Drug Convention, and the GCOB
works to meet its goals and objectives as well as those of U.S.-Bahamas
bi
[[Page 360]]
lateral drug control agreements. The GCOB places a high priority on
combating drug transshipments through its archipelago and works closely
with the USG on Operation Bahamas and Turks and Caicos (OPBAT). The USG
looks forward to assisting The Bahamas to improve its maritime end-game
capability, without which sustained drug interdiction, arrest and
conviction of traffickers, and the forfeiting of their assets is
improbable. Given the volume of commercial shipping through The Bahamas,
the GCOB needs to rigorously implement its chemical control laws to
prevent illegal diversion of precursor and essential chemicals.
Bahamian authorities continue monitoring bank compliance and
investigating suspicious financial transactions under the 1996 money
laundering law. Increased supervision of the offshore banking sector and
training of all financial sector employees, however, will be necessary
in order to increase the number of suspicious activity reports, which is
still very small given the size of The Bahamas financial services
sector. Despite several public statements of commitment, the GCOB has
not established a financial intelligence unit (FIU) or to seek
membership in the Egmont Group. In 1999, the GCOB passed legislation
which allows designation of the United States under Bahamian asset
forfeiture laws, based on reciprocity. This will allow Bahamian courts
to enforce U.S. forfeiture orders in many cases.
The GCOB took further steps in 1999 to strengthen its judicial
system, with USG assistance. Despite these efforts, no major Bahamian
drug trafficker has been convicted in The Bahamas and sent to prison,
due largely to continuing delays in the courts. In addition, weak bail
laws allow arrested drug traffickers to obtain bail and continue
transshipping drugs while awaiting trail. Notwithstanding committed and
talented judicial leadership, The Bahamas needs to improve the
effectiveness of its court system and its Attorney General's office in
gaining convictions against major drug traffickers. The Bahamas also
needs to improve its responsiveness to U.S. requests under the mutual
legal assistance treaty (MLAT) and to speed the processing of
extradition cases.
In October 1999, for the first time in recent history, a Bahamian
law enforcement official was assassinated, allegedly by Bahamian drug
dealers in retaliation for his stand against a corrupt official or to
prevent his testimony. The GCOB should ratify the Inter-American
Convention against Corruption and assure that corrupt public officials
are effectively prosecuted. Finally, the GCOB needs to move quickly to
complete and adopt a comprehensive national drug strategy containing
goals and objectives as well as measures of effectiveness.
Bolivia
Exceeding the schedule of its own five year plan to eliminate all
illicit coca from Bolivia, in 1999 the Banzer administration eradicated
an unprecedented 16,999 hectares of coca, for a net reduction of 43
percent.
Although Bolivia remains the world's third largest producer of
cocaine, with the ability to produce a potential 70 metric tons,
Bolivian cocaine became less marketable in 1999 due to a very successful
law enforcement effort to prevent precursor chemicals from being
smuggled in from neighboring countries. As a result of significant law
enforcement pressure, Bolivian cocaine producers were forced to use less
efficient means of processing with substitute or recycled chemicals, and
cutting agents, such as manitol. The purity of finished Bolivian cocaine
hydrochloride (HCl) dropped to as
[[Page 361]]
low as 47 percent, causing Brazilian and other traffickers to buy only
Bolivian cocaine base and finish the processing in Brazil.
The GOB began preparations for an eradication program in the Yungas
in 2000 to eliminate the coca exceeding the legally allowable 12,000
hectares. There is evidence that Yungas coca is being diverted to the
illicit market for conversion to cocaine products.
Despite a slight downturn in the Bolivian export sector in 1999,
export volumes of nearly all alternative development crops improved.
Banana exports to Chile and Argentina increased 20 percent over 1998.
Demand for alternative development assistance by former coca farmers,
however, is exceeding supply.
In 1999, the Bolivian legislature enacted the final portion of the
judicial reform package, the new code of criminal procedures. It
establishes an accusatory, adversarial, oral, public criminal trial
system that may also help to diminish corruption and improve the
credibility of the judicial system. The new code permits the police to
use undercover agents and to make controlled deliveries of illicit drugs
and other contraband. The Judicial Council, created in 1998 to
depoliticize the selection of judges and to serve as a mechanism for
disciplining members of the judiciary, had some of its powers to
administratively remove corrupt judges diminished by the Constitutional
Tribunal, which ruled that members of the judiciary can only be removed
subsequent to a final judgement by a criminal court.
For the third year since the passage of the anti-money laundering
law, no action was taken against money laundering. The legal ambiguities
regarding asset seizure and forfeiture have not been resolved, and the
system remains inefficient.
Brazil
Brazil is a significant transit country for illicit drugs en route
to the United States, and a major producer of precursor chemicals and
synthetic drugs. Since taking office in 1995, the administration of
President Fernando Enrique Cardoso has demonstrated a firm commitment to
countering the flow of illegal drugs through Brazilian territory, and to
establishing an effective law enforcement infrastructure capable of
taking action against the domestic and international criminal syndicates
engaged in drug trafficking. In 1999, the Government of Brazil (GOB)
worked closely with regional neighbors and U.S. law enforcement agencies
in pursuit of mutual counter-drug objectives, achieving particularly
impressive results against corruption and money laundering.
The most visible initiative in 1999 was the formation in April of
the Congressional Panel of Inquiry (CPI) on drug trafficking. The
Panel's high-profile investigations into the country's organized drug
networks have led to over 115 arrests, including many tainted government
officials. Through its actions, the CPI has illustrated the drug trade's
corrosive effect on public institutions and energized previously
isolated voices against corruption and trafficker impunity.
Criminal interests have long exploited Brazil's highly developed
financial sector, particularly as a haven for illicit-drug profits. In
1999 the GOB demonstrated a firm commitment to fighting the problem of
money laundering, and implemented regulations to increase the
effectiveness of Brazil's anti-money laundering regime. The Brazilian
Central Bank created a
[[Page 362]]
special internal agency to trace money laundering, and Brazil joined the
Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the Egmont Group, two
international bodies charged with improving anti-money laundering
efforts.
Brazilian authorities seized more cocaine in 1999 than in 1998, and
cannabis seizures increased by six-fold. As in past years, Brazilian
authorities identified no opium or coca production in 1999. The GOB
acted vigorously against cannabis production in the country's northeast,
eradicating over three times as many hectares as in 1998.
Burma
Burma is the world's second largest source of illicit opium and
heroin, exceeded only by Afghanistan, and currently accounts for
approximately 80 percent of the total production of Southeast Asian
opium. Largely due to severe drought conditions in poppy growing areas,
production and cultivation continued to decline significantly in 1999
for the third year in a row. In 1999 there were an estimated 89,500
hectares under opium poppy cultivation, down 31 percent from 1998. This
hectarage yielded a maximum of 1,090 metric tons of opium gum, 38
percent lower than in 1998 and less than half the average production
during the last decade. The Government of Burma (GOB) maintained most of
its opium crop-eradication efforts and expanded the program to an
additional 9,800 acres.
Seizures of methamphetamine in 1999 exceeded 1998's record figures,
although opium and heroin seizures were well below 1998 levels. Burma
made its first airport seizures of illicit drugs in 1999. While there
were cases of drug interdiction and arrests of members of some cease-
fire groups for drug trafficking, the GOB has been unwilling or unable
to take on the most powerful groups directly. Cease-fire agreements with
insurgent ethnic groups dependent on the drug trade implicitly tolerate
continued involvement in drug trafficking for varying periods of time.
The ethnic armies, such as the United Wa State Army and the Myanmar
National Democratic Alliance Army, remain armed and heavily involved in
the heroin trade.
The GOB expressed support for eradication efforts, crop
substitution, and development assistance, but allocated few resources to
such projects. GOB policy is to force the leaders in the ethnic areas to
spend their own revenues, including from the drug trade, on social and
physical infrastructure. The approach limits the GOB's ability to
continue or expand its counter-drug efforts.
Burma's 1993 Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Law conforms
to the 1988 UN Drug Convention and contains useful legal tools for
addressing money laundering, seizing drug-related assets, and
prosecuting drug conspiracy cases. GOB officials, claiming they lack
sufficient expertise, have been slow to implement the law, targeting
few, if any, major traffickers and their drug-related assets. Money
laundering in Burma and the return of drug profits laundered elsewhere
are thought to be significant factors in the overall Burmese economy,
although the extent of this problem is impossible to measure accurately.
The cease-fire agreements condone money laundering, as the government
encouraged these groups to invest in ``legitimate'' businesses as an
alternative to trafficking, thus extending to them the opportunity to
sanitize past illicit proceeds with investments in hotels and
construction companies, for example.
[[Page 363]]
The Burmese continued to refuse to render drug lord Chang Qifu on
grounds that he had not violated his 1996 surrender agreement. The 1988
UN Drug convention obligates parties, including Burma, to prosecute such
traffickers.
The GOB's counter-drug efforts in 1999 showed progress in a number
of areas: methamphetamine and ephedrine seizures increased; crop
eradication continued with modest expansion; anti-drug forces conducted
more vigorous law-enforcement efforts; and members of some cease-fire
groups were arrested for drug trafficking. Such efforts must be stepped
up, however, if they are to have a significant impact on the overall
trafficking problem.
On balance, the USG remains concerned that Burma's efforts are not
commensurate with the extent of the drug problem within its borders.
Large-scale poppy cultivation and opium production continue, decreasing
in the last few years largely because of severe drought conditions
rather than eradication programs. The GOB's effective toleration of
money laundering, its unwillingness to implement its drug laws, and its
failure to render notorious traffickers under indictment in the United
States all continue to be serious concerns.
Cambodia
In view of Cambodia's geographic location and general state of
lawlessness, it is likely that drugs transited Cambodia en route the
West, including the United States. For that reason, Cambodia was
designated a major drug transit country in 1999. Political turmoil in
Cambodia has effectively precluded a fully credible anti-drug effort for
the last two years. Although Cambodia has taken some positive steps to
improve drug enforcement in 1999, these steps were insufficient to
qualify for full certification.
Steps forward included increased emphasis on eradication of illicit
marijuana plantations. Prime Minister Hun Sen and others have publicly
threatened provincial governors with dismissal if they tolerate
marijuana cultivation. At least one large (160 hectare, or about 400
acre) plantation was eradicated as the deadline for certification
approached. There were also several first-time drug seizures at Phnom
Penh's international airport. The President and the Chief Prosecutor of
the Phnom Penh Municipal Court were removed for corruption; other judges
are under investigation. A police commander, suspected of dealing in
illicit drugs was removed, and Cambodia reorganized a supervisory
coordinating agency called the National Drug Policy Board, replacing
officials generally viewed as ineffective with more respected officials.
High level government officials made statements emphasizing their
opposition to synthetic drug production in Cambodia, and pressed efforts
to confiscate unauthorized weapons, both positive steps in countering a
drift towards lawlessness. Cooperation with the U.S. Drug Enforcement
Administration (DEA) was excellent.
Corruption remains an endemic problem in Cambodia, however, and this
problem adversely affects drug law enforcement. Poorly paid and ill-
trained police and judicial officials have frequently looked the other
way in drug and other criminal cases. Cambodia remains a refuge for
criminal elements because enforcement is ineffective and corrupt
officials can be paid to release those that may be apprehended. The
combination of incompetence and venality, even at high levels in
government and the police, pose an ongoing challenge to improved drug
law enforcement. In short, there has been
[[Page 364]]
no fundamental institutional reform to meet the law enforcement
challenge Cambodia faces from drug traffickers and other lawless
elements. Thus, despite some improvements, Cambodia still failed to meet
the legal standards for full certification.
A vital national interests certification is necessary this year in
order to protect U.S. vital national interests in Cambodia, including
promoting democracy in Cambodia and stability in the region. Democracy
in Cambodia is not yet firmly established. The democratically-elected
coalition government, which came to power in Cambodia last year
continues to face enormous challenges on all fronts, including the
formation of an international tribunal to try former leaders of the
Khmer Rouge. Cambodia also remains vulnerable to drug trafficking and
other crime upsurges. Should counter-drug sanctions be imposed, it would
not be possible for the United States to provide strategically-placed
assistance to respond to potential crises or to strengthen Cambodia's
economic and institutional bases for a democratic system. On balance,
the risks to U.S. interests in promoting democracy and stability in the
region if counter-drug sanctions were imposed would outweigh the risks
posed by Cambodia's failure to fully implement effective drug control.
Colombia
Colombia remains the world's largest cocaine producer: over three-
quarters of the world's cocaine hydrochloride is processed in Colombia.
Still, Colombia met the certification criteria in 1999 due to important
strides made in combating illicit drugs and its full cooperation with
USG counter-drug efforts. The Pastrana administration has demonstrated a
clear commitment to combating the illegal drug industry in Colombia.
That commitment led to a number of very concrete achievements in 1999.
In September, the Government of Colombia (GOC) unveiled its ``Plan
Colombia,'' a comprehensive strategy to address the many interrelated
challenges facing the country. The USG supports the work of the GOC in
formulating and beginning to implement this comprehensive strategy.
Importantly, both ``Plan Colombia'' and the Pastrana administration's
National Drug Control Strategy couple alternative development with
aerial eradication of illicit crops.
Colombian authorities continued to cooperate with the USG on a
variety of specific projects. In October, Operation Millennium, a
coordinated operation among Colombian, Mexican and U.S. law enforcement
agencies, resulted in the arrest of more than 30 suspects.
The Colombian National Police (CNP) continued its outstanding
counter-drug tradition. The CNP received increased support from the
Colombian armed services and is poised to begin joint operations in
southern Colombia with the army's first special counter-drug battalion.
Such joint operations are vital for the future of the program due to the
threat to counter-drug operations from heavily armed traffickers and
other illegal armed groups that are involved in many aspects of drug
trafficking.
The GOC made particularly strong advances in combating maritime
trafficking. A port security program is now operating in all of the
nation's major ports, and in the past year resulted in the seizure of 16
metric tons of cocaine. In September, a standing interdiction operations
plan was signed to augment an existing maritime agreement, leading to
three U.S.-
[[Page 365]]
Colombian combined maritime interdiction patrols. Also in September,
U.S. and Colombian authorities reached an accommodation concerning the
volume of evidence required by Colombian prosecutors and other
evidentiary concerns.
GOC efforts have also focused on drug trafficking by air. The
percentage of successful Colombian Air Force (FAC) interdiction attempts
has increased from 25 percent in 1997 to nearly 40 percent in 1999. At
the same time, the number of suspicious aircraft which radar has
detected flying to or from Colombia has fallen from 231 in 1997 to fewer
than 100 in 1999. The CNP's civil aviation registration program
inspected 343 aircraft in 1999, seizing 50 of these for violations.
The aerial eradication program succeeded in treating more than
50,000 hectares of illicit crops in 1999, although totals were less than
last year's record level. The CNP also had a strong year in terms of
seizures, totaling 30 metric tons of cocaine hydrochloride and base, 140
metric tons of coca leaf, and 644 kilos of heroin, morphine and opium.
The level of cooperation between the Colombian military and police
continued to improve in 1999. Information sharing advanced to a higher
level with the inclusion of both military and CNP personnel at the Joint
Intelligence Center (JIC), while interdiction and eradication efforts
both received a boost with the creation of the new counter-drug
battalion. Created to work hand-in-glove with the CNP's anti-drug units,
the battalion will provide the police with needed support as operations
move into high-risk, coca-rich areas such as Putumayo Department.
In November, the GOC extradited alleged heroin trafficker Jaime
Orlando Lara Nausa, the first Colombian citizen extradited to the United
States in nine years. Behind the very public leadership of President
Pastrana, Colombian officials proceeded despite drug traffickers'
attempted legal roadblocks and bombings possibly linked to the
extraditions. This commitment demonstrated the GOC's willingness to send
drug traffickers to justice in the United States regardless of
citizenship.
GOC officials also enacted important institutional changes in 1999.
The National Judicial Police Council adopted a unified training
curriculum and made it mandatory for all Colombian investigators after
January 2000. For the first time, all Colombian law enforcement
investigators will receive the same training.
Overall, Colombian counter-drug efforts continued to improve in
1999, demonstrating the true commitment of the Pastrana administration
to cooperate fully with the United States in combating the illegal
traffic in drugs.
Dominican Republic
The Dominican Republic is a significant transit country for South
American drugs, mostly cocaine, moving to the United States. Drugs are
transported into the Dominican Republic by air, sea, and across the land
border with Haiti. They are then moved onward by air and sea to Puerto
Rico and mainland United States.
During 1999, the Government of the Dominican Republic (GODR)
continued to cooperate fully with the USG on counter-drug goals and
objectives.
[[Page 366]]
The GODR extradited nine Dominicans to the United States in 1999,
and kept several other fugitives in custody awaiting decisions on
extradition requests. The National Drug Council (CND) drafted a National
Drug Strategy. A group of private attorneys energetically promoted the
passage of a newly drafted anti-money laundering bill modeled on current
Organization of American States (OAS) standards. The GODR began the
process of developing an anti-corruption bill. The draft strategy and
both bills are scheduled for submission to congress in 2000.
A ministerial-level bilateral meeting with Haiti achieved historic
border control accords, which were subsequently approved at the highest
levels of the GODR. In 1999, the GODR activated a fourth border control
unit, deployed its drug detection dog unit to the Haitian border, and
took steps to double the size of the dog unit in 2000.
Dominican forces participated in combined operations under the
bilateral Maritime Counter-drug Interdiction Agreement. The GODR
extended for one-year temporary overflight authority for USG anti-drug
aircraft and vessels. In cooperation with the U.S. military, the
Dominican Navy and Army engaged in joint counter-drug exercises.
The National Drug Control Directorate (DNCD) worked closely with its
counterpart, the DEA, on drug, fugitive, and special investigations,
drug operations, and border interdiction during 1999. DNCD has begun to
require its special unit personnel to take polygraphs, and has also
initiated pre-employment and periodic random drug testing for its
employees.
For the first time, the GODR authorized wiretaps for use in drug
prosecutions. It also arrested and jailed on passport fraud charges the
top money manager for the Coneo family, the dominant Colombian drug
trafficking organization operating on Hispaniola.
We will continue to encourage the Dominican Republic to regularize
its extradition process. GODR should also: act on a pending amendment to
enhance the bilateral maritime agreement; increase cocaine seizures,
which amounted to less than half the amount seized in 1998; and
strengthen its weak judicial system, which continues to hamper law
enforcement efforts.
Ecuador
Ecuador continues to serve as a major transit route for cocaine
destined for the United States, and for precursor chemicals destined for
drug processing labs in Colombia and Peru. Despite suffering under the
effects of the country's worst economic crisis in seventy years, the
Government of Ecuador (GOE) pursued an active counter-drug agenda in
1999 to considerable effect, and cooperation between the GOE and the USG
was excellent.
The Ecuadorian National Police (ENP) seized a record 10 metric tons
of cocaine and coca base in 1999, more than doubling 1998's total of 3.9
metric tons. Heroin seizures also increased significantly, from 58
kilograms in 1998 to 81 kilograms in 1999. The ENP also seized a record
amount of methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and other precursor chemicals.
Along with these tactical successes, the GOE implemented structural
reforms to their judicial system and law enforcement agencies that have
the potential to enhance the country's law enforcement infrastructure. A
unified anti-drug division was established within the ENP, consolidating
various specialized interdiction units into a coherent organization for
the first
[[Page 367]]
time. The customs service was privatized to maximize efficiency and
bolster interdiction efforts. In November 1999, the Ecuadorian Congress
passed a new criminal procedural code, intended to alter the country's
criminal justice system from a secretive, inquisitorial to an open,
accusatorial system similar to the U.S. model. In addition, the GOE
published a five-year counter-drug strategy which clearly identifies the
roles and responsibilities of relevant GOE agencies in the fight against
international drug trafficking.
The GOE also increased its commitment to regional interdiction
efforts, most visibly in November 1999 when the GOE and the USG
completed a 10-year agreement permitting U.S. regional counter-drug
detection and monitoring missions to operate from an Ecuadorian air
force base in Manta. The GOE also completed a Joint Information
Coordination Center (JICC) in Guayaquil, and plans to integrate this
center with the national anti-drug division headquarters.
Guatemala
In 1999, President Arzu continued to implement the peace accords
that ended 36 years of internal conflict. Government of Guatemala (GOG)
efforts are now focused on combating violent crime, organized crime and
other domestic problems. The GOG fully cooperated with the United States
in combating counter-drug trafficking in Guatemala and elsewhere in the
region. Guatemala has taken steps to implement, at the operational
level, the provisions of the 1988 UN Drug convention. However,
legislative support for ratification of a full maritime counter-drug
agreement and adoption of money laundering legislation has not yet been
obtained.
Guatemala's location, scarce law enforcement resources, and a weak
judiciary and penal system permitted its continued use by traffickers as
a transshipment and storage point for cocaine destined for the United
States via Mexico. Along with increased use of motor vehicle and
container shipments, there has been an increase in airdrops of illicit
drugs over Guatemalan territory for consolidation and transshipment.
With USG assistance, the Department of Anti-Narcotics Police (DOAN) has
stepped up training to develop air interdiction and related
capabilities. The expanding self-funded port security program and the
trained DOAN agents have made impressive seizures in the past year.
The consolidation of the National Civilian Police (PNC) continues on
track with full integration of the DOAN. The USG-trained DOAN seized
over 10 metric tons of cocaine in 1999. This year the drug prosecutor
assistance program maintained its 90 percent conviction rate, with some
traffickers receiving sentences of up to 20 years. Somewhat disturbing,
however, were several cases in which judges released suspected drug
traffickers on questionable grounds. The new drug prosecutor's field
office opened this year in Quetzaltenango accounted for 110 successful
prosecutions in 1999.
Guatemala is a party to the 1988 UN Drug Convention, and most GOG
law enforcement activities are fully consistent with its goals and
objectives. However, some of the convention's provisions have not been
codified into law and regulations, including provisions on extradition
and money laundering. The GOG does not encourage or facilitate illicit
production or distribution of illicit drugs or controlled substances.
[[Page 368]]
In 1999 the GOG began implementation of its national drug policy,
the anti-drug master plan and national strategy which incorporates both
demand and supply reduction objectives to be accomplished by specified
ministries. The GOG provided additional funding to the plan's
implementers to attack the alarming increase in drug abuse documented
last year. The GOG also took major steps in implementing assets seizure
and precursor chemicals regulations.
Haiti
Haiti is a significant transshipment point for drugs, primarily
cocaine, moving through the Caribbean from South America to the United
States. The USG cannot certify Haiti as having fully cooperated with the
United States on drug control, or as having taken adequate steps on its
own, to meet the goals and objectives of the 1988 UN Drug Convention, to
which Haiti is a party. However, U.S. vital national interests require
that foreign assistance continue to be provided to Haiti.
The USG recognizes that because Haiti had no Parliament during 1999,
no legislation could be enacted or international agreements ratified.
However, Haiti failed to make sufficient progress on many anti-drug
objectives that did not require parliamentary action, but only
implementation by the Government of Haiti (GOH). The GOH failed to:
draft or update any pending anti-money laundering or anti-corruption
legislation; revise and implement the draft national drug control
strategy; create mechanisms to enforce standards of conduct and
liabilities for GOH officials in accordance with the Declaration of
Principles signed by Haiti at the 1997 Bridgetown Summit; vigorously
investigate and prosecute drug-related corruption involving GOH
officials; resolve and report on the ``450 kilo affair'' in which
policemen were allegedly involved in the 1998 theft of a large cocaine
shipment; set up a special financial analysis unit to combat money
laundering; and join the Caribbean Financial Action Task Force (CFATF).
Haiti also failed to make sufficient progress in the area of law
enforcement. Part of its overall lack of success in this area is due to
Haiti's inadequate judicial system; the still limited capabilities of
the five-year-old Haitian National Police (HNP); and the inexperience of
the three-year-old police anti-drug unit (BLTS). In addition, the HNP
currently does not have the ability to intercept drug airdrops. The GOH
failed to increase its drug seizure rate over 1998's performance; the
amount of cocaine seized in 1999 was one-third that of 1998, although
the estimated flow of cocaine increased by nearly one-quarter. The GOH
also failed to double the size of the BLTS as planned, or to enforce
interagency cooperation between the HNP and the customs and immigration
services. This lack of cooperation continues to impede counter-drug
efforts inside the customs control areas at the airport and other ports
of entry in Haiti.
GOH's international cooperation in 1999 was significant, including
ongoing implementation of the 1997 U.S.-Haiti maritime counter-drug
interdiction agreement even though parliamentary action to bring the
agreement into force has not yet been accomplished. GOH cooperated with
several international counter-drug operations, one of which resulted in
the arrest and expulsion from Haiti of two key members of a major
international drug operation. Haitian authorities also continued to work
with their counter-drug counterparts in the Dominican Republic to stem
the flow of illicit drugs over the land border.
[[Page 369]]
U.S. vital national interests require that Haiti be certified. A
cutoff of bilateral assistance mandated by denial of certification would
threaten security and democratic stability in Haiti, both of which bear
immediately and directly on U.S. ability to disrupt the flow of both
illicit drugs and undocumented Haitian migrants into the United States.
A cutoff would require termination of important USG initiatives,
including programs targeting electoral support, police development,
economic growth, education, social stability, hunger and environmental
degradation. These programs attack the roots of Haitian poverty and
hopelessness, chief catalysts for Haitian involvement in the drug trade
and illegal immigration into the United States. The programs also
address the underlying problems in the Haitian law enforcement and
judicial system, especially endemic corruption and the lack of a strong
professional tradition, both of which contribute to weak counter-drug
performance. If critical U.S. aid is withdrawn, and U.S. support for the
electoral process and public security is curtailed, assistance to
illicit traffickers of drugs and migrants will be an unintended
consequence.
The risks posed to U.S. vital national interests by a cutoff of
bilateral assistance outweigh the risks posed by Haiti's failure to
cooperate fully with the USG, or to take adequate steps on its own, to
combat the illicit drugs. Accordingly, Haiti is granted a vital national
interests certification.
Hong Kong
Although the USG continued to view Hong Kong as a major drug transit
center in 1999 because of its location and developed infrastructure,
Hong Kong's role as a major transit/staging area for the shipment of
heroin and methamphetamine to the United States appears to have
diminished over the last three years.
In 1999 Hong Kong continued its exemplary efforts to stop illicit
drugs from being trafficked across its border with China and through its
port. Through October 1999, Hong Kong officials seized 205 kilograms of
heroin (nearly the amount seized in all of 1998), 35.8 kilograms of
cannabis, 16.7 kilograms of cocaine, and 9,811 kilograms of
methamphetamine. In the same period, 7,620 individuals were arrested for
drug-related offenses. Drug-detection capabilities were enhanced in
several important areas: the number of drug-sniffing dogs at the border
and airport increased from 124 to 133; and high-tech equipment was
procured to detect illicit drugs in packages, facilitate the inspection
of baggage and cargo, and use in clearing air and sea cargo.
With respect to precursor chemicals, Hong Kong amended legislation
to tighten control of the transshipment, removal, and storage of
potassium permanganate and to require a license from the Commissioner of
Customs and Excise before potassium permanganate can be imported,
exported, or manufactured. Control of several additional chemicals was
also tightened in 1999 in response to resolutions passed by the UN
Commission on Narcotic Drugs. The legislature also began working to
amend legislation to enhance control of norephedrine.
Hong Kong also introduced new legislation to strengthen the anti-
money-laundering regime and laws affecting drug profits and organized
crime. New reporting requirements for financial transactions went into
effect, and sentences for money laundering have been lengthened.
[[Page 370]]
Hong Kong and U.S. law enforcement agencies continued to cooperate
effectively on investigations into the movement of illegal drugs and on
money-laundering cases. The Mutual Legal Assistance Agreement received
legislative approval in Hong Kong and will enter into force in early
2000. The Transfer of Sentenced Persons Agreement with the United States
and with Sri Lanka came into force. Hong Kong also concluded similar
agreements with other countries and the European Union.
In 1999 Hong Kong continued to implement new initiatives to
strengthen its already outstanding counter-drug efforts, and Hong Kong
authorities at all levels continued their close cooperation with the
United States and other countries to defeat drug trafficking.
India
India is the world's largest producer of licit opium. Located
between Afghanistan and Burma, the two primary world sources of
illicitly grown opium, India also is a transit point for heroin,
generally destined for Europe. Heroin is produced in and trafficked
through India, but evidence to indicate that significant quantities of
heroin from India reach the United States is scant. The Government of
India (GOI) has a cooperative working relationship with DEA, and India
is a party to the 1988 UN Drug Convention.
The GOI uncovered a trafficking network operating in several Indian
cities to ship locally-produced heroin to Sri Lanka, and seized a
related heroin lab and over 100 kg of heroin. The GOI also broke up and
arrested an international trafficking operation routing Afghan heroin to
North America and seized 77 kilograms of heroin. Overall, heroin
seizures rose 7 percent. More importantly, two well-organized
trafficking operations were disrupted.
The GOI tightened controls on the precursor ephedrine hydrochloride
by listing it as a controlled substance under its Narcotic Drugs and
Psychotropic Substance Act. The GOI traced 9 tons of acetic anhydride
intended for Afghanistan and had it seized in Dubai. The GOI enacted
money-laundering legislation at the end of 1999.
The GOI annually takes forceful steps to prevent illicit cultivation
and production. The GOI appears to have had genuine success in reducing
illicit poppy cultivation, which in 1999 was just a fraction of what it
was five years ago. India met formally with Pakistan in 1999 to discuss
drug matters and is committed to continuing the process and to
developing practical results, whichhave been limited to date. In 1999
India also met with Burmese officials to discuss cross-border counter-
drug issues.
Production and stockpile of licit opium in India has clearly not
exceeded licit demand. On the contrary, India's stockpile has been
barely adequate for some time. The GOI did not make as much progress as
hoped for this year in rebuilding its depleted buffer stock of licit
opium. With excellent weather, the harvest should have been 1300 metric
tons, but at least in part due to some diversion from licit production,
the harvest was only 971 tons, too small to rebuild stocks to levels
recommended by the International Narcotics Control Board (INCB). The GOI
did boost opium production from 260 to 971 metric tons, sufficient to
satisfy international demand for licit opium, even if carry-over stocks
remain inadequate.
[[Page 371]]
India is the only licit opium producing country with a notable
diversion problem. However, the exact extent of this diversion is
unclear. India has had an elaborate and expensive-to-maintain system in
place to counter this threat of diversion for years, and India took
important additional steps to avert diversion this year. For example, to
discourage diversion of licit opium, the GOI raised prices paid to
farmers, and added other incentives for higher yields. The GOI also
threatened stiff penalties for those convicted of diversion. Licit opium
diversion controls expanded in 1998-1999 and have been continued in
1999-2000. Still, credible reports suggest that diversion may have
increased during the 1998-1999 growing season despite GOI actions.
Although India is taking adequate steps to prevent significant
diversion, there are additional measures India could take to improve its
control regime. The GOI has not yet agreed to USG suggestions to
undertake a comprehensive joint licit opium yield survey, which would
provide a firmer scientific basis for the GOI to set Minimum Qualifying
Yields (MQY) for farmers. Setting these yields correctly, by region,
helps limit diversion.
Jamaica
Jamaica is a major transit point for South American cocaine en route
to the United States as well as the largest Caribbean producer and
exporter of marijuana. During 1999, the Government of Jamaica (GOJ) made
progress towards meeting the goals and objectives of the 1988 UN Drug
Convention. At regional meetings, GOJ officials actively supported
counter-drug initiatives. Bilateral counter-drug cooperation is good and
improving. In the area of maritime law enforcement, Jamaican forces
continued to participate in combined operations under the U.S.-Jamaica
bilateral maritime agreement.
In March 1999, Jamaica took an important step in its effort to
create an anti-money laundering regime which meets international
standards by amending the 1996 Money Laundering Act to require the
reporting of suspicious transactions. However, further amendment to the
law is required to address the critical issue of money laundering in
relation to the proceeds of other serious crime. The GOJ has stated
that, as a first step, it has drafted amendments to the money-laundering
act that will add fraud and firearms offenses as predicate offenses. The
GOJ is in the process of establishing a financial analysis unit to
identify money-laundering activities, but has not yet provided staff for
the unit. Jamaica's current asset forfeiture regime does not permit the
GOJ to take full advantage of the forfeiture mechanism to augment the
resources of its anti-drug agencies and deprive criminals of the
proceeds of their crime. Current law requires the conviction of a
criminal drug defendant prior to commencing a forfeiture action. In
1999, Parliament passed legislation permitting the GOJ to enter into
agreements with other governments to share assets confiscated from drug
traffickers and other criminals. The GOJ enacted a Precursor Chemicals
Act and has budgeted for implementation of chemical controls. In late
1999, the GOJ introduced a bill in Parliament establishing drug courts;
the bill passed both houses and now awaits the Governor General's
signature.
Transparency International and other organizations have reported
that corruption is viewed as a grave problem in Jamaica--drug
trafficking adds to the problem. The GOJ's anti-corruption legislation,
introduced in Parliament in 1998, passed the House and Senate in
different versions; a compromise bill is currently being crafted by a
joint select committee of Par
[[Page 372]]
liament. The GOJ's position is that passage of the Anti-Corruption Act
must occur before it can ratify the Inter-American Convention Against
Corruption, which Jamaica signed in March 1996. The GOJ has a policy of
investigating credible reports of police corruption, including those
related to drugs, but more needs to be done to root out corruption in
the public sector.
The GOJ extradited four people to the United States in 1999; there
are sixteen active pending extradition requests. In 1999, the GOJ
developed, with USG assistance, a special fugitive apprehension team to
target and apprehend fugitives from justice. The team has thus far
located three fugitives and provided information for several U.S.-based
investigations. The GOJ arrested 6,718 drug offenders in 1999.
Nevertheless, no major drug traffickers were arrested or convicted
during 1999, and they continue to operate with apparent impunity. The
GOJ agreed in 1998 to develop a vetted special investigative unit to
target drug kingpins, but the unit is not yet in existence. While the
GOJ has stated its intention to enact wiretap legislation, the proposal
for such legislation is still under discussion in the Cabinet.
The GOJ exceeded the marijuana eradication goal of 800 hectares set
out in the Fiscal Year 1998 Letter of Agreement (LOA) with the USG. In
addition, the GOJ agreed in the LOA to pay a share of the marijuana
eradication teams' salaries, currently funded by the USG, beginning in
June 2000. While the GOJ made some progress in implementing the
recommendations contained in a 1997 assessment, security at Jamaica's
ports remains a concern. The GOJ needs to take steps to improve security
at its ports, including implementation of the remaining recommendations
from the 1997 assessment. Additionally, the GOJ should consider
providing the means to admit evidence obtained by ion scan technology in
Jamaican courts. The GOJ has in place a national drug control strategy
that covers both supply and demand reduction; the GOJ should add to its
strategy specific goals and objectives and measures of effectiveness.
Jamaica is a party to the 1988 UN Drug Convention.
Laos
Laos is a major drug-producing country; it remains the world's third
largest producer of illicit opium, behind Afghanistan and Burma.
Although opium cultivation fell 16 percent in 1999, the USG estimates
Laos' opium production for that year at 140 metric tons, identical to
the 1998 estimate. Somewhat improved weather conditions increased
estimated average yields, allowing total production to remain unchanged.
Crop substitution project areas funded by the USG continued to show no
commercial opium cultivation, only low level production sufficient for
some local addict consumption.
Laos cooperates with the USG and the UNDCP on crop control/
substitution projects designed to eliminate opium cultivation. The
administration of Phongsali Province is providing enthusiastic support
for the new USG-funded project there. The province administration
assigned support personnel, held a meeting of district directors from
throughout the province, and is expressing full support for the project
to village headmen. In May 1999, the Government of Laos (GOL) agreed to
a joint goal with the UNDCP to eliminate opium cultivation in Laos
within six years; efforts to raise the estimated $80 million needed to
reach this goal are underway. The highland farmers who grow opium now
have no other viable option. Even if
[[Page 373]]
the farmers understood how to grow other crops and had the wherewithal
to do so (neither of which is the case) they would lack accessible
markets for their products. An ambitious project, requiring years of
careful planning and implementation, is essential to create an
alternative to opium. Such a plan would need alternative development,
law enforcement, and demand reduction elements. Once developed, the plan
would replace the previous GOL counter-drug master plan, which dates
from 1993 and was also developed with UNDCP assistance.
Law enforcement efforts continue. USG-funded counter-drug offices
law enforcement offices were opened in two more provinces. These
offices, now in six provinces, along with other provincial police
offices, reported 143 drug-related criminal cases in 1999, resulting in
the arrests of 348 suspects (including 10 foreign nationals). Most
arrests were of small-scale traffickers. These cases involved the
seizure of 14.7 kilograms of heroin, 225.8 kilograms of opium, 806,700
methamphetamine tablets, and 2.2 metric tons of marijuana. Opium and
heroin seizures fell significantly from record 1998 levels, as there was
no case to match the 1998 destruction of a heroin laboratory. The number
of arrests and quantity of opium seized are roughly equal to last year's
totals, but the quantity of heroin seized has fallen significantly from
the past two years. Methamphetamine seizures rose slightly. The quantity
of heroin has dropped, in part, because none of the seizures was a very
large shipment. Furthermore, it is believed traffickers have changed
their routes and methods. For example, seizures in the United States of
opium-filled parcels from Laos have jumped.
The GOL works very closely with its foreign assistance partners to
combat drug trafficking and has registered steady progress this past
year. The GOL also continues its important efforts to address the socio-
economic problems underlying poppy cultivation. Corruption and
inefficiency remain significant challenges to Lao counter-drug efforts.
The GOL should continue to work with its foreign assistance partners to
improve the administration of justice and to find alternatives to
growing poppy.
Mexico
In 1999, the Government of Mexico (GOM) made substantial efforts to
confront the major threats to public health and democratic institutions
posed by transnational drug-trafficking organizations. Agreement on
unprecedented, bilaterally negotiated Performance Measures of
Effectiveness (PMEs) enhanced maritime cooperation, and performance
improvements in the interdiction/eradication realm were encouraging.
Corruption and judicial obstacles to the swift extradition of fugitives,
however, remained impediments to a more productive counter-drug
relationship.
A new $500 million public security plan, including establishment of
the new Federal Preventative Police, complemented close bilateral
counter-drug cooperation in 1999. That undertaking, which will take
several years to implement fully, restructures several existing law
enforcement agencies, and has already begun to improve police coverage
and crime investigation. Steps are underway to acquire new technology,
such as aerial radar platforms and upgraded telecommunications, and
redistribute land, air, and maritime assets to improve coverage of
priority areas. An interagency interdiction operation disrupted a major
cartel's operations on the Yucatan Peninsula as part of a broad-based
effort to reduce the flow of drugs into Mexico from Central and South
America.
[[Page 374]]
Marijuana eradication was up 39 percent over 1998 and net production
down 19 percent for the year. Eradication of opium poppy, while down 10
percent from 1998, combined with reduced cultivation to yield a more
than 25 percent drop in net opium gum production. The GOM made over
8,000 drug-related arrests, including: major cartel co-founder Juan
Quintero Payan and key associates Oscar Benjamin Garcia Davila and Jaime
Aguilar Gastelum. The Mexican Congress passed a new law codifying the
use of seized/forfeited assets and creating a new office in the treasury
ministry to manage these assets.
Mexico's achievements continued to be undermined by chronic
institutional weaknesses, particularly drug-related corruption. The GOM
has taken steps to strengthen internal controls, including expanding the
mandate of the Attorney General's Office's (PGR) confidence control
center and investigating numerous individual cases of suspected
corruption. One such investigation implicated former Quintana Roo
Governor Mario Villanueva, currently a fugitive from justice. President
Zedillo has made combating corruption a national priority, but he
acknowledged success will take time.
The USG and GOM cooperated closely on a wide range of law
enforcement and drug abuse prevention efforts in 1999, guided by a
National Drug Strategy agreed to in 1998 and accompanying PMEs. The
first formal evaluation of the PMEs was completed in December 1999.
Significant maritime seizures in the final seven months of year
demonstrated enhanced U.S.-Mexican cooperation, as did agreement by the
two countries in November to establish a new interdiction working group
under the binational High-Level Contact Group on Drug Control (HLCG).
The USG provided technical and material support and training to Mexican
agencies in furtherance of the GOM's justice sector modernization
initiative, demand reduction programs and other efforts.
In 1999, the USG and GOM continued to work closely on fugitive
issues. The GOM extradited 14 fugitives to the United States, including
two Mexican national drug traffickers, one of whom was also sought for
the murder of a U.S. Border Patrol agent. In keeping with its historic
1996 decision to begin approving Mexican nationals for extradition in
appropriate cases, the GOM appealed, with mixed results, several Mexican
appellate court decisions barring extradition. The GOM has appealed to
the Mexican Supreme Court a case which could resolve conflicting
decisions by lower appellate courts and, thus, expedite delivery of
fugitives in the future. Regrettably, Mexico has yet to extradite a
major Mexican national drug trafficker.
The USG and GOM are committed at the highest levels to continued
cooperation in efforts to defeat and dismantle heavily armed and well-
financed trans-border drug trafficking organizations. In recent years,
the two governments have constructed an unprecedented framework for
coordination, a mechanism for evaluation, and fora for regular
consultation on counter-drug issues. Through daily working-level
interaction between counterpart agencies, policy-level discussions in
the HLCG and other bilateral entities, and collaboration in multilateral
groups, the two governments are finding increasingly productive ways to
work together against the formidable threat drug trafficking poses to
both nations.
Nigeria
Nigeria has failed to fully meet the criteria for cooperation with
the United States on counter-drug matters and has not taken adequate
steps on
[[Page 375]]
its own to meet the goals of the 1988 UN Drug Convention. U.S. vital
national interests, however, require that Nigeria be certified so that
the assistance that would otherwise be withheld remains available to
support the continuing transition to democratic civilian rule and the
increased efforts to improve cooperation on drug and other crime issues
evident under the democratic government.
Nigeria remains the hub of African drug trafficking. Nigerian poly-
crime organizations operate extensive global trafficking networks,
dominate the Sub-Saharan drug markets, and account for a large part of
the heroin imported into the United States. They also transport South
American cocaine to Europe, Asia and elsewhere in Africa, especially
South Africa, and export marijuana to Europe and West Africa.
The counter-drug efforts of the Government of Nigeria (GON) remain
unfocused and lacking in material support. The new democratic government
of President Obasanjo's strong public denunciation of drug trafficking
and financial crimes is a welcome change from the high-level
indifference that characterized most of Nigerian military rule. However,
there have been no new actions or policies to bring about change.
The year 1999 saw the continuation of efforts limited largely to
interdiction of low-level couriers and destruction of cannabis crops.
Although the new government signaled its willingness to work with the
USG on extradition issues, Nigeria did not extradite anyone in response
to outstanding U.S. extradition requests. Well-drafted counter-drug
legislation is already on the books, but remains largely un-enforced.
Nigerian law enforcement agencies did not significantly improve
their counter-drug performance in 1999. There were no major trafficker
prosecutions or arrests by the National Drug Law Enforcement Agency
(NDLEA) in 1999. Total heroin seizures increased, due primarily to a
large seizure at Kano Airport. The NDLEA has signaled a willingness to
increase its professional expertise, but institutional limitations make
it difficult for Nigerian law enforcement officials to make progress
against increasingly sophisticated criminals. Asset seizures did not
become a useful counter-drug tool. Awareness of the local drug abuse
problem is growing, but demand reduction efforts have been limited in
scope and success.
Nigerian money launderers operate sophisticated global networks to
repatriate illicit proceeds from drug trafficking, financial fraud, and
other crimes. In 1995, the GON enacted a decree to combat illicit drug-
derived money laundering, but enforcement has been uneven, yielding few
seizures and no convictions. Nigeria is a party to the 1988 UN Drug
Convention.
Newly-elected President Obasanjo retired 143 military officers
tainted by positions they held during the military government. Anti-
corruption legislation has been proposed, but is stalled in the senate.
Sporadic progress against corruption within the NDLEA contributed to its
reputation as Nigeria's most professional law enforcement body. The
NDLEA made regular arrests of individual drug couriers in 1999, but did
not arrest or prosecute any major traffickers. Assets have been seized,
but no forfeitures, which require convictions, have been made. The NDLEA
chairman was briefly held in contempt for refusing to release several
hundred thousand dollars worth of vehicles while their owner's case
proceeds slowly through the legal system. The DEA received good
cooperation from the NDLEA, but rampant corruption prevents sharing of
sensitive information. NDLEA actions at air
[[Page 376]]
ports, including breaking up a ring that involved airline and government
employees, have made trafficking through airports more risky. There is
an active cannabis eradication program, but figures are not available
and supply easily meets demand. NDLEA has opened well-publicized anti-
drug clubs at the universities, supplying them with anti-drug literature
and videos.
Nigeria is one of the most important countries in Africa. What
happens in Nigeria politically and economically will, to a large degree,
determine whether there is stability and progress toward democracy and
economic reform in West Africa. If Nigeria's ongoing transition fails,
the result might easily be an implosion of government and the collapse
of the economy, triggering a humanitarian disaster in Africa's most
populous country (over 100 million people) and a destabilizing exodus of
Nigerians to neighboring states. Such an upheaval could also disrupt the
movement of high-quality Nigerian oil, which accounts for more than
seven percent of total U.S. petroleum imports.
If, on the other hand, Nigeria's transition succeeds, it will be an
example to all of Africa, and that success has the potential to promote
economic growth and greater transparency in government. Nigeria could
become an engine for growth in West Africa. A stable and democratic
Nigeria will permit greater cooperation between law enforcement
agencies, and the opportunity to reduce the impact of the Nigerian
criminals who prey on the American people.
The military's acceptance of its appropriate role in a functioning
democracy, and the new civilian government's ability to govern, will be
critically impaired if Nigeria is deprived of the full range of USG
support. Building a political consensus and meeting the challenges of a
collapsing economy will also depend in no small part on outside
assistance and expertise.
Denial of certification would block assistance the new
democratically-elected government needs to meet these challenges,
seriously damaging the prospects for success of stable, transparent
democracy in Nigeria. U.S. vital national interests require providing
humanitarian, economic and security assistance to Nigeria as well as
counter-drug assistance from all sources. The risk of not doing so now
would jeopardize not only Nigeria's fledgling democracy, but also
Nigeria's attempts to reinvigorate its failing economy and support for
democracy and peacekeeping throughout the region. Further, any new
civilian government's ability to work with the USG on all issues,
including counter-drug and other law enforcement, will depend on its
access to multilateral lending and U.S. technical and economic
assistance. The risks posed by the cutoff of assistance clearly outweigh
the risks associated with GON's inadequate counter-drug performance over
the past year.
Pakistan
In 1999, Pakistan made progress towards eliminating opium production
by the year 2000 by reducing poppy cultivation by 48 percent. The poppy
crop fell to a record-low of 1570 hectares. Cooperation on drug control
with the USG has been excellent and the formation with DEA assistance of
a Special Investigative Cell (SIC) within the Anti-Narcotics Force (ANF)
was a major achievement. The overall record on drug interdiction was
encouraging, with heroin seizures up 57 percent and several arrests of
high-profile traffickers. The resolve of the Government of Pakistan
(GOP) to prevent the
[[Page 377]]
reemergence of heroin/morphine laboratories remained firm. Pakistan
extradited four drug fugitives to the United States and arrested six
others, a significant improvement on previous years. Efforts to extend
application of the Control of Narcotic Substances Act (CNSA) and the
Anti-Narcotics Force Act (ANFA) to tribal areas in North West Frontier
Province (NWFP) are continuing.
Pakistan's cabinet approved the drug control master plan in early
1999, but implementation has been slowed by a lack of funds. The GOP's
counter-drug policies and cooperation with the USG were unaffected by
the October 1999 coup. Pakistan is a party to the 1988 UN Drug
Convention.
Pakistani law enforcement tripled opium seizures from 3.65 to 11.50
metric tons, and increased heroin seizures by 57 percent, from 2.36 to
3.90 metric tons. Pakistan's illicit drug seizures were up significantly
compared to the same period in 1998. The ANF is Pakistan's principal
drug law enforcement agency. In 1999 the GOP began to examine ways to
strengthen the institutional capacity and performance of the ANF. With
DEA assistance, the ANF formed a vetted unit, or Special Investigative
Cell, thereby improving intelligence collection and investigative
capacity, and took steps toward recruiting new personnel. The ANF also
arrested two politically powerful traffickers, one a prominent
journalist and influential politician, the other a member of the then-
ruling party, leading to the break-up of a gang of corrupt officials
posted at Islamabad airport. All are awaiting trial.
1999 was a record setting year for ANF seizures of heroin and opium
recovered in individual raids (a 213 percent increase in heroin
seizures), with ANF Baluchistan making major contributions. Particularly
noteworthy were a 760 kilogram heroin seizure in Kharan District of
Baluchistan and a seizure in Turbat District of Baluchistan of 2951
kilograms of opium, 2580 kilograms of hashish and 111 kilograms of
heroin. Apart from the ANF, the law enforcement agencies most actively
engaged in drug seizures include the police, customs and the Frontier
Corps.
In a major improvement over previous years, in 1999 the GOP arrested
six drug fugitives and extradited four defendants to the United States.
There are 15 pending extradition requests. In Baluchistan the ANF and
Frontier Corps detected and challenged a number of Afghan convoys,
resulting in firefights and seizures of 5.8 metric tons of opium, 1.1
tons of heroin, and seven vehicles. The killing of three traffickers and
serious wounding of one ANF soldier may reflect the increased challenges
posed by well-armed traffickers.
There were no convictions of major drug traffickers in 1999.
Prosecution continued to drag out in the courts. However, the GOP has
funded the establishment of five special drug courts to process drug
cases more efficiently. Chemical controls are adequate, but there is
still diversion of acetic anhydride from licit imports. Pakistan is not
a major money laundering country, but, given the level of drug
trafficking, smuggling, and official corruption, money laundering almost
certainly occurs, mostly by means of unofficial, traditional money
transfer facilities, known as ``hawala.''
The USG believes that Pakistan made an excellent contribution to
international drug control efforts. We will support GOP efforts to
target major heroin trafficking organizations and increase seizures of
large shipments of opiates and precursor chemicals.
[[Page 378]]
Panama
The Government of Panama (GOP) continues to demonstrate its
willingness to combat transnational drug trafficking. The GOP seized
significant amounts of illicit drugs in 1999, despite apparent changes
in trafficking routes. The new Mireya Moscoso administration has
demonstrated its commitment to combat drug trafficking, money
laundering, and other transnational crimes. Immediately after taking
office, the new administration set up an anti-corruption unit in the
Ministry of Economy and Finance. Panama's law enforcement agencies
continue to maintain excellent relations with their U.S. counterparts.
Panama is a major transshipment point for illicit drugs smuggled
from Colombia. Cocaine is stockpiled in Panama prior to being repackaged
for passage to the United States and Europe. Panama's location, largely
unpatrolled coastlines, advanced infrastructure, underdeveloped judicial
system, and well-developed financial services sector make it a
crossroads for transnational crime, such as drug trafficking, money
laundering, illicit arms sales and alien smuggling. According to USG
statistics, GOP agencies seized 2,576 kilograms of cocaine, 1,558
kilograms of marijuana, 46 kilograms of heroin, and 600 liters of acetic
anhydride; they also made 131 arrests for international drug-related
offenses in 1999.
The GOP continued to implement its own national counter-drug plan,
the ``National Drug Strategy 1996-2001.'' Panama also made significant
progress in implementing its comprehensive chemical control program.
The highest U.S. priorities in the coming year will be signing a
full six part bilateral counter-drug maritime agreement, expanding anti-
money laundering legislation, increasing efforts to control the Black
Market Peso Exchange, and improving prosecutions of money launderers and
drug traffickers. Other U.S. priorities in Panama include: supporting
the GOP's efforts to build a highly-professional, interagency, counter-
drug task force; developing the capabilities to control sea lanes,
rivers, island and coastal regions, and the Canal area; and limiting
cross-border criminal influence. With the seriousness and commitment of
the new Moscoso administration, the USG is hopeful that there will be
measurable progress in these areas in 2000.
Paraguay
Paraguay is a major drug-transit country for significant amounts of
largely Bolivian cocaine and is also a major money-laundering center in
Latin America (although it remains unclear what portion of money
laundering can be attributed to drug trafficking).
USG experts estimate that between 15 and 30 metric tons of cocaine
may transit Paraguay annually en route to Argentina, Brazil, the United
States and Europe. Of this estimated amount, only 95 kilos of cocaine
were seized in 1999; moreover, only 211 arrests of low-level marijuana
and cocaine traffickers were effected, mostly prior to April 1999.
Paraguay is a source country for high-quality marijuana. Although none
of it enters the United States, the Government of Paraguay (GOP) seized
record amounts of marijuana and eradicated 900 of the estimated 2,500
hectares of marijuana fields.
In July 1999, a new penal code was enacted that criminalizes
conspiracy. This will allow the prosecution of those who benefit from
criminal activity,
[[Page 379]]
but who are not the material perpetrators of the crime. However,
extensive training of prosecutors and judges will be required before
this new law can be fully implemented. One major Brazilian trafficker,
arrested in 1997, was extradited to Brazil. The legislature approved the
bilateral extradition treaty signed in 1998.
However, the GOP failed to accomplish the majority of counter-drug
goals for 1999 in a manner sufficient for full certification. Since
1995, legislation has been pending to provide police and prosecutors
with modern legal tools, such as use of informants, controlled
deliveries, and undercover investigations. The Gonzalez Macchi
administration submitted another draft of the legislation to the
Paraguayan Congress, but it is the third administration to do so without
the legislation being passed. The GOP did not investigate, arrest or
prosecute any major drug traffickers, nor did it take sufficient
measures to prevent or punish public corruption in general, or
specifically with respect to drug trafficking. The GOP did not implement
the 1996 money laundering law by arresting or prosecuting violators.
Furthermore, the GOP did not provide operational funding or adequate
resources for the anti-money laundering secretariat, SEPRELAD, to enable
it to function as an independent organization (although in December 1999
a budget was approved for 2000). The GOP also failed to show progress
toward development of an effective anti-drug and organized crime
investigative and operational capability for the border regions.
Denial of certification would, however, cut off civilian and
military assistance programs designed to strengthen Paraguay's
democratic institutions and promote modern civil-military relations.
Strengthening democracy in Paraguay is a U.S. vital national interest,
and failure in this effort would affect negatively all other U.S.
interests, including cooperation with respect to illicit drugs,
terrorism, intellectual-property piracy, and environmental preservation.
The events of 1999--which included defiance by then-President Cubas of
the Supreme Court, the assassination of Vice President Argana, the
killing of student demonstrators, the impeachment and resignation of
Cubas, drought, rural unrest, and the reported presence of fugitive
former general and coup plotter Lino Oviedo--demonstrate the many
challenges facing Paraguayan democracy. They also contributed to the
GOP's unsatisfactory counter-drug performance. Denial of certification
would undermine the U.S. ability to strengthen Paraguay's democratic
institutions and would put at risk all other U.S. vital national
interests.
The risks posed to the totality of U.S. interests (e.g., promotion
of democracy and transnational crime cooperation) by a cutoff of
bilateral assistance outweigh at this point the risks posed by the GOP's
failure to cooperate fully with the USG, or to take fully adequate steps
on its own, to achieve the goals and objectives of the 1988 UN Drug
Convention.
In 2000, the GOP needs to translate its oft-stated political will
into concrete action against major drug traffickers, money laundering,
and official corruption.
People's Republic of China
The People's Republic of China (PRC) continued to take strong,
effective steps to combat the use and trafficking of illicit drugs in
1999. Although preliminary figures indicate that seizures of heroin
declined significantly from 1998's record level (possibly because of a
decline in production in Burma), China's heroin seizures still accounted
for the great majority of
[[Page 380]]
heroin seized in all of Asia. Seizures of methamphetamine and other
amphetamine-type stimulants soared, while those of precursor chemicals
and opium remained at previous years' levels. China cooperated with the
United States and other countries in providing pre-export notification
of dual-use precursor chemicals. Government officials estimate that more
than ten percent of China's 1.3 billion citizens viewed a nationwide
anti-drug exhibition. DEA opened an office in Beijing. China continues
to cooperate actively on operational issues with U.S. drug-enforcement
officials. Domestically, China began a ``Drug Free Communities'' program
to eliminate drug trafficking and abuse as well as drug-related crime.
During 1999, China cooperated with the UNDCP and regional states on
a number of projects to reduce demand for illicit drugs. China also
supported effective crop-substitution programs in Burma and Laos.
The United States and the PRC signed a Customs Mutual Assistance
Agreement that will enhance communications and accelerate the flow of
counter-drug-related intelligence. China is a party to the 1988 UN Drug
Convention as well as to the 1961 UN Single Convention and its 1972
Protocol, and the 1971 Convention on Psychotropic Substances.
U.S.-PRC cooperative law enforcement has advanced over the last two
years, but China frequently does not respond to USG requests for
information, and when it does, the responses often arrive too late to be
of operational value. China has also failed to enforce vigorously and to
strengthen anti-money-laundering legislation. For a number of reasons,
China has also continued its non-engagement in the Asia-Pacific Group on
Money Laundering and did not pursue membership in the Financial Crimes
Task Force.
Despite those shortcomings, the PRC has acted forcefully to stop the
production, trafficking in, and use of illicit drugs within its borders
and within the region, and is committed to achieving the goals and
objectives of the 1988 UN Drug Convention.
Peru
In 1999, the Government of Peru (GOP) made excellent progress in
achieving its goal of eliminating illegal coca cultivation. Despite the
rehabilitation of some previously abandoned coca fields, an additional
24 percent of coca cultivation was eliminated in 1999, for an overall
reduction of 66 percent over the last four years. Contributing to this
reduction was a 1999 manual coca cultivation eradication total of 15,000
hectares. The GOP counter-drug alternative development program, working
through 103 local governments, almost 700 communities, and more than
15,000 farmers, significantly strengthened social and economic
infrastructure in these areas and helped shift the economic balance in
favor of licit activities. In January 2000, the GOP held a conference in
Paris to promote alternative development support among major donor
countries.
However, there is also increasing evidence that traffickers are
processing cocaine hydrochloride within Peru's borders, setting up
laboratories near the borders with Brazil, Colombia, and/or Bolivia, so
that they can leave the country quickly without risk of interception.
There were no interceptions or forcedowns of trafficker aircraft by the
Peruvian Air Force (FAP) airbridge denial program in 1999--a tribute to
the strong deterrent effect this program has had on the aerial transport
of drugs. Recent seizures provide evidence that drug traffickers are
using maritime shipment of cocaine
[[Page 381]]
from Callao and other Peruvian ports, riverine transport, and overland
transport to move drugs out of Peru to evade aerial interdiction of
trafficking aircraft. Private shipping companies, encouraged by the GOP,
monitored sea cargo container activities during 1999, which led to the
seizure by the Peruvian National Police of over five tons of cocaine
base and cocaine hydrochloride bound for Europe.
Reliable reports and eradication campaigns indicate that Peru has an
emerging opium poppy cultivation problem. Cultivation of opium poppy is
illegal in Peru; whenever such plantings are identified, the GOP takes
prompt action to destroy them. Reliable reports indicate that 55
kilograms of latex gum were seized in 1999, and 34,000 plants were
eradicated.
In December, the Peruvian National Police arrested major drug
trafficker Segundo Cachique Rivera. The Peruvian National Police
chemical control unit conducted over 1,500 regulatory and criminal
investigations of suspect businesses in 1999, making 58 arrests and
seizing over 112 tons of controlled chemicals and two chemical
companies. The GOP also passed new legislation to enhance the control of
precursor chemicals.
Peru's significant reduction of coca under cultivation proves that
its strategy is working. However, with higher prices being paid for
coca, many farmers will be tempted to abandon licit crops. It is
essential that manual eradication of illegal coca crops, counter-drug
related alternative development, reinvigoration of the airbridge denial
program, and land and maritime/riverine interdiction all continue as
complementary programs. The GOP should also refine relevant laws,
especially as they pertain to money laundering, asset seizure, and
chemical controls.
Taiwan
The United States considers Taiwan a major transit point for drugs
affecting the United States due to its geographic location, its role as
a regional transportation/shipping hub, and the activities of organized
crime groups. Taiwan in 1999 continued its aggressive domestic counter-
drug program and its effective cooperation with the United States,
through the American Institute in Taiwan (AIT). Through October 1999,
Taiwan authorities investigated 68,612 new drug cases, an increase of
48.9 percent over the same time period in 1998. The authorities seized
more illicit drugs, primarily methamphetamine-type stimulants, in the
first ten months of 1999 than all of 1998. Although indictments and
convictions for drug-related offenses on Taiwan continued to fall in
1999, the decline reflects the first full year in which a law, allowing
first-time addicts to participate in drug treatment programs in lieu of
imprisonment, has been in force.
Taiwan cannot be a signatory to the 1988 Drug Convention because it
is not a UN member. Taiwan authorities, nonetheless, have passed and
implemented laws bringing Taiwan into compliance with the Convention's
goals and objectives. Taiwan also continued to expand counter-drug
cooperation with U.S. law enforcement agencies, through AIT.
Encouraged by AIT and DEA, Taiwan authorities passed two key drug
laws to control both the manufacture and sale of phenylpropanolamine
(PPA). The laws allow pre-export notification on shipments of PPA to
other countries and establishes a new agency to monitor the production,
use, and sale of drugs. Taiwan has continued to strengthen its efforts
to stop drug
[[Page 382]]
trafficking and is addressing domestically and in conjunction with the
international community the problem of money laundering.
Through AIT, Taiwan and U.S. law-enforcement agencies cooperated
closely on investigations and joint operations concerning drug
trafficking and related crimes. Taiwan authorities worked with the
United States and other countries on anti-money laundering efforts.
Taiwan is an active participant in the Asia-Pacific Group on Money
Laundering and the Egmont Group.
Thailand
At the time that the List of Major Drug Producing and Transiting
Countries was prepared at the end of last year, information then
available indicated that in excess of 1000 metric tons of opium was
cultivated in Thailand. However, success with eradication programs
during the current crop year seems to have reduced cultivation to well
under that figure. Thailand remains a major drug transit country as a
significant amount of heroin transits Thailand on its way to the United
States. Indeed, Thai authorities recently made a number of large
seizures of heroin headed for the United States.
Thailand continued its long tradition of cooperation with the United
States and the international community in anti-drug programs. The Royal
Thai Government (RTG) added to its leadership role in transnational
crime issues by co-managing the International Law Enforcement Academy
(ILEA) with the USG in Bangkok. Thailand is one of the top three
countries in the world in cooperating with the United States on
extradition requests. Additional defendants arrested in 1994's operation
``Tiger Trap'' were extradited and extensive cooperative law enforcement
programs continued to bear fruit.
Thailand has one of the most effective crop substitution and opium
eradication operations in the world. 1999 poppy cultivation was down 38
percent from 1998 and opium production was down 62 percent. Eradication
destroyed 50 percent of the crop leaving an estimated 6 metric tons
remaining. Cultivated acreage has been slashed 91 percent since the
onset of the eradication program in 1984. With DEA support, the Royal
Thai Police (RTP) established the second in a series of specially-
trained drug law enforcement units to target major trafficking groups.
Overall, RTG efforts to target trafficking organizations have proceeded
well, with numerous cases involving organizations with trafficking links
opened in 1999.
More elements of the new Constitution came into force further
strengthening rule of law and the judicial system, and providing a firm
basis for further modernization and institutionalization of Thai
society. Thai civil society is developing rapidly and a press with few
restraints and the plethora of NGOs bring increasingly strong public
attention to official corruption. A significant number of low and
middle-ranked officers in the military and police were disciplined for
corruption, although arrests for corruption continued to focus on lower-
ranking officers and officials.
The RTG is close to deciding whether to accede to the 1988 UN Drug
Convention. Passage of money laundering legislation was the last main
requirement. Passage is expected in the March 2000 parliamentary
session.
The USG considers Thailand an important ally in combating the
production and flow of illicit drugs. Our two countries have been
working to
[[Page 383]]
gether to fight production and trafficking of narcotics with great
success for over three decades, and DEA considers its cooperation with
Thailand to be one of its most successful overseas partnerships anywhere
in the world.
Venezuela
By some estimates, over 100 metric tons of cocaine transit Venezuela
annually en route to destinations in the United States and Europe.
Venezuela is also a transit route for precursor chemicals used in the
production of illicit drugs in the Andean source countries, and its
financial sector is a prime destination for laundering proceeds from
Colombian cocaine trafficking organizations.
Venezuelan law enforcement agencies had increased success in drug
interdiction in 1999, particularly on land and at major ports. Cocaine
seizures rose to 13.1 metric tons from 8.6 metric tons in 1998. This
improvement reflects both the increase in drug transshipment through the
country in 1999 and the high level of tactical cooperation between
Venezuelan and U.S. law enforcement agencies. The Government of
Venezuela (GOV) also augmented its efforts to interdict chemical
precursors, after establishing in 1998 a set of regulations to track the
diversion of chemicals used in drug production. Working closely in
conjunction with DEA, Venezuelan law enforcement officials seized over
110 tons of potassium permanganate, a prime chemical used in the
production of cocaine, and signed an agreement with the Government of
Colombia to exchange information on chemical precursor movements.
Corruption has traditionally hampered the effectiveness of
Venezuela's law enforcement and judicial institutions. The GOV took
concrete steps against corruption in 1999, initiating investigations of
corrupt officials and overseeing the implementation of a new criminal
code which has the potential to provide a more efficient, transparent
system of justice.
To consolidate these important advances, the GOV should take certain
measures to improve its performance, specifically: pass needed anti-
organized crime legislation; reenter negotiations with the USG on a
comprehensive maritime agreement; take the necessary steps to permit the
extradition of Venezuelan nationals accused of drug-related crimes or
organized crime activity; and continue to enhance and refine
multilateral counter-drug interdiction cooperation.
Vietnam
As a national priority in Vietnam, the fight against illicit drugs
is second only to poverty reduction. In 1999 Vietnam fought on two
fronts: against the production and use of drugs as well as against
cross-border trafficking of drugs. Vietnam, with 2,100 hectares under
poppy cultivation and a potential of 11 metric tons of opium production,
intensified efforts to eradicate poppy crops. Authorities also
successfully eradicated 860 of an estimated total of 1,000 hectares used
for cannabis cultivation in 1999.
The Government of Vietnam (GOV) instituted an augmented prevention
campaign to reduce domestic drug use and abuse. Also in 1999 Vietnam
stiffened law-enforcement campaigns against drug traffickers and
toughened prosecution to achieve a record number of arrests and
convictions. Authorities prosecuted 3,310 drug-related cases involving
4,952 defendants. Of cases brought to trial, 35 received a death
sentence and 21 were sentenced to life imprisonment. A high-profile
anti-corruption campaign was
[[Page 384]]
implemented and included public trials of high-ranking government and
party officials involved in illicit drug and other smuggling.
Due, in part, to its location so close to the ``Golden Triangle,''
Vietnam is a major transit point for opium and heroin. To address this
problem, the GOV set up special task force units to combat drug
trafficking along the borders, and police, customs and border forces
arrested 19,010 drug criminals, an increase in arrests of 31 percent
over last year. Drug interdictions increased by 32 percent, with
seizures of 51.8 kilograms of heroin, 314 kilograms of opium, and 369
kilograms of cannabis. In its first year of operation (September 1998-
September 1999), the marine police force began patrols to detect drug
trafficking. Vietnam also tightened oversight and control of precursor
chemicals, transferring responsibility for monitoring to the Ministry of
Public Security, Ministry of Public Health, and Department of Customs,
and set up a Precursor Chemical Control Force in the Ministry of Health.
In 1999 GOV began work on preparing draft counter-drug legislation
to modernize organized-crime statutes and techniques, enhance law-
enforcement efforts, and strengthen compliance with the 1988 UN Drug
Convention, to which Vietnam is a party. Vietnam is negotiating counter-
drug agreements with China and several EU countries, has cooperated with
Interpol, and has worked closely with U.S. law-enforcement agencies. In
April 1999 the Vietnamese Police joined the ASEANOPOL Criminal
Information System. UNDCP is assisting Vietnam revise its Master Plan
against drugs and craft its new counter-drug legislation. Vietnam
supports UNDCP projects targeting demand reduction, crop substitution
and suppression of drug trafficking.
The United States and Vietnam have not yet concluded a counter-drug
agreement. The GOV has not fully eradicated poppy crops, and farmers
reverted to poppy cultivation in some high-poverty rural areas, bringing
an additional 645 hectares under cultivation in 1999 and increasing the
total to 2,100 hectares devoted to poppy crops. Vietnam's National
Assembly approved penal code revisions that criminalize money laundering
for the first time. The provisions will take effect on July 1, 2000.
Vietnam is working with the World Bank to develop a money-laundering
section in draft banking legislation.
Despite some notable shortcomings, Vietnam has made a vigorous
effort to combat drug production and trafficking. There is no question
that the GOV at the highest levels fully realizes the threat drugs
present to their own people and society and is doing everything possible
to counter the availability and use of illicit drugs.
[[Page 385]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-17 of March 2, 2000
Drawdown Under Section 506(a)(2) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961,
as Amended, To Provide Emergency Disaster Assistance in Southern Africa
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Defense
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 506(a)(2) of the
Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 2318(a)(2) (the
``Act''), I hereby determine that it is in the national interest of the
United States to draw down articles and services from the inventory and
resources of the Department of Defense, for the purpose of providing
international disaster assistance to Southern Africa, including
Mozambique, South Africa, Zimbabwe, and Botswana.
Therefore, I direct the drawdown of up to $37.6 million of articles and
services from the inventory and resources of the Department of Defense
for Southern Africa, including Mozambique, South Africa, Zimbabwe, and
Botswana for the purposes and under the authorities of chapter 9 of part
I of the Act.
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to report this
determination to the Congress immediately and to arrange for its
publication in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, March 2, 2000.
Memorandum of March 3, 2000
Delegation of Authority To Transmit Report on Cooperative Projects With
Russia
Memorandum for the Secretary of Defense
By authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws
of the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3, I
hereby delegate to the Secretary of Defense the duties and
responsibilities vested in the President by section 2705(d) of Division
G of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277; 112 Stat. 2681-844). Such duties and
responsibilities shall be exercised subject to the concurrence of the
Secretary of State.
The reporting requirements delegated by this memorandum to the Secretary
of Defense may be redelegated not lower than the Under Secretary level.
The Department of Defense shall obtain clearance on the report from the
Office of Management and Budget prior to its submission to the Congress.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provisions of any Act shall be
deemed to be referenced to such Act or its provisions as may be amended
from time to time.
[[Page 386]]
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, March 3, 2000.
Notice of March 13, 2000
Continuation of Iran Emergency
On March 15, 1995, by Executive Order 12957, I declared a national
emergency with respect to Iran pursuant to the International Emergency
Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701-1706) to deal with the threat to the
national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States
constituted by the actions and policies of the Government of Iran,
including its support for international terrorism, efforts to undermine
the Middle East peace process, and acquisition of weapons of mass
destruction and the means to deliver them. On May 6, 1995, I issued
Executive Order 12959 imposing more comprehensive sanctions to further
respond to this threat, and on August 19, 1997, I issued Executive Order
13059 consolidating and clarifying these previous orders. The last
notice of continuation was published in the Federal Register on March
12, 1999.
Because the actions and policies of the Government of Iran continue to
threaten the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the
United States, the national emergency declared on March 15, 1995, must
continue in effect beyond March 15, 2000. Therefore, in accordance with
section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am
continuing the national emergency with respect to Iran. Because the
emergency declared by Executive Order 12957 constitutes an emergency
separate from that declared on November 14, 1979, by Executive Order
12170, this renewal is distinct from the emergency renewal of November
1999. This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and
transmitted to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
March 13, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-18 of March 16, 2000
Sanctions on India
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President of the United
States, including under title IX of the Department of Defense
Appropriations Act,
[[Page 387]]
2000 (Public Law 106-79), I hereby waive the sanctions contained in
sections 101 and 102 of the Arms Export Control Act, section 620E(e) of
the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, and section 2(b)(4) of the Export-
Import Bank Act of 1945:
With respect to India, insofar as such sanctions would otherwise apply to
assistance to the South Asia Regional Initiative/Energy; the Presidential
Initiative on Internet for Economic Development; the Financial Institution
Reform and Expansion program; and the United States Educational Foundation
in India Environmental Exchange.
You are hereby authorized and directed to report this determination to
the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, March 16, 2000.
Memorandum of April 19, 2000
Report to the Congress Regarding Conditions in Burma and U.S. Policy
Toward Burma
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the requirements set forth under the heading ``Policy Toward
Burma'' in section 570(d) of the FY 1997 Foreign Operations
Appropriations Act, as contained in the Omnibus Consolidated
Appropriations Act (Public Law 104-208), a report is required every 6
months following enactment concerning:
1) progress toward democratization in Burma;
2) progress on improving the quality of life of the Burmese people,
including progress on market reforms, living standards, labor standards,
use of forced labor in the tourism industry, and environmental quality; and
3) progress made in developing a comprehensive, multilateral strategy to
bring democracy to and improve human rights practices and the quality of
life in Burma, including the development of a dialogue between the State
Peace and Development Council (SPDC) and democratic opposition groups in
Burma.
You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit the report fulfilling
these requirements to the appropriate committees of the Congress and to
arrange for publication of this memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, April 19, 2000.
[[Page 388]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-19 of April 21, 2000
Waiver and Certification of Statutory Provisions Regarding the Palestine
Liberation Organization
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me under section 538(d) of the
Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs
Appropriations Act, 2000, as contained in the Consolidated
Appropriations Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (Public Law 106-113), I hereby
determine and certify that it is important to the national security
interests of the United States to waive the provisions of section 1003
of the Anti-Terrorism Act of 1987, Public Law 100-204.
This waiver shall be effective for a period of 6 months from the date of
this memorandum. You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit this
determination to the Congress and to publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, April 21, 2000.
Notice of May 18, 2000
Continuation of Emergency With Respect to Burma
On May 20, 1997, I issued Executive Order 13047, effective at 12:01 a.m.
eastern daylight time on May 21, 1997, certifying to the Congress under
section 570(b) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related
Programs Appropriations Act, 1997 (Public Law 104-208), that the
Government of Burma has committed large-scale repression of the
democratic opposition in Burma after September 30, 1996, thereby
invoking the prohibition on new investment in Burma by United States
persons, contained in that section. I also declared a national emergency
to deal with the threat posed to the national security and foreign
policy of the United States by the actions and policies of the
Government of Burma, invoking the authority, inter alia, of the
International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701-1706).
The National Emergency declared on May 20, 1997, must continue beyond
May 20, 2000, because the Government of Burma continues its policies of
committing large-scale repression of the democratic opposition in Burma.
Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies
Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national emergency with
respect to Burma. This notice shall be published in the Federal Register
and transmitted to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 18, 2000.
[[Page 389]]
Notice of May 25, 2000
Continuation of Emergency With Respect to the Federal Republic of
Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro), the Bosnian Serbs, and Kosovo
In accordance with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50
U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing for 1 year the national emergency
declared on May 30, 1992, with respect to the Federal Republic of
Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro), as expanded on October 25, 1994, in
response to the actions and policies of the Bosnian Serbs. In addition,
I am continuing for 1 year the national emergency declared on June 9,
1998, with respect to the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia's policies and
actions in Kosovo. This notice shall be published in the Federal
Register and transmitted to the Congress.
On May 30, 1992, by Executive Order 12808, President Bush declared a
national emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to
the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States
constituted by the actions and policies of the Governments of Serbia and
Montenegro, blocking all property and interests in property of those
Governments. President Bush took additional measures to prohibit trade
and other transactions with the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia
and Montenegro) by Executive Orders 12810 and 12831, issued on June 5,
1992, and January 15, 1993, respectively, and on April 25, 1993, I
issued Executive Order 12846 imposing additional measures.
On October 25, 1994, I expanded the scope of the national emergency by
issuing Executive Order 12934 to address the unusual and extraordinary
threat to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the
United States posed by the actions and policies of the Bosnian Serb
forces and the authorities in the territory that they controlled within
Bosnia and Herzegovina.
On December 27, 1995, I issued Presidential Determination 96-7,
directing the Secretary of the Treasury, inter alia, to suspend the
application of sanctions imposed on the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia
(Serbia and Montenegro) pursuant to the above-referenced Executive
orders and to continue to block property previously blocked until
provision is made to address claims or encumbrances, including the
claims of the other successor states of the former Yugoslavia. This
sanctions relief, in conformity with United Nations Security Council
Resolution 1022 of November 22, 1995 (hereinafter the ``Resolution''),
was an essential factor motivating Serbia and Montenegro's acceptance of
the General Framework Agreement for Peace in Bosnia and Herzegovina
initialed by the parties in Dayton on November 21, 1995, and signed in
Paris on December 14, 1995 (hereinafter the ``Peace Agreement''). The
sanctions imposed on the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and
Montenegro) were accordingly suspended prospectively, effective January
16, 1996. Sanctions imposed on the Bosnian Serb forces and authorities
and on the territory that they control within Bosnia and Herzegovina
were subsequently suspended prospectively, effective May 10, 1996, also
in conformity with the Peace Agreement and the Resolution. Sanctions
against both the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro)
and the Bosnian Serbs were subsequently terminated by
[[Page 390]]
United Nations Security Council Resolution 1074 of October 1, 1996. This
termination, however, did not end the requirement of the Resolution that
those blocked funds and assets that are subject to claims and
encumbrances remain blocked, until unblocked in accordance with
applicable law.
Until the status of all remaining blocked property is resolved, the
Peace Agreement implemented, and the terms of the Resolution met, the
national emergency declared on May 30, 1992, as expanded in scope on
October 25, 1994, must continue beyond May 30, 2000.
On June 9, 1998, by Executive Order 13088, I found that the actions and
policies of the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (Serbia and Montenegro)
and the Republic of Serbia with respect to Kosovo, by promoting ethnic
conflict and human suffering, threatened to destabilize countries in the
region and to disrupt progress in Bosnia and Herzegovina in implementing
the Dayton peace agreement, constituted an unusual and extraordinary
threat to the national security and foreign policy of the United States.
I therefore declared a national emergency to deal with that threat. On
April 30, 1999, I issued Executive Order 13121 to take additional steps
with respect to the continuing human rights and humanitarian crisis in
Kosovo and the national emergency declared with respect to Kosovo.
Because the crisis with respect to the situation in Kosovo has not been
resolved, I have determined that it is necessary to maintain in force
these emergency authorities beyond June 9, 2000.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
May 25, 2000
Presidential Determination No. 2000-20 of May 31, 2000
Presidential Determination on Assistance for Peacekeeping in Sierra
Leone
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President, including under
section 10(d)(1) of the United Nations Participation Act of 1945, as
amended (22 U.S.C. 287 et seq.) (the ``Act''), I hereby determine that
the furnishing, without regard to section 10(a) of the Act, of
assistance covered by section 10 of the Act that is provided in support
of peacekeeping efforts in Sierra Leone is important to the security
interests of the United States.
You are authorized and directed to report this determination to the
Congress and to publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, May 31, 2000.
[[Page 391]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-21 of June 2, 2000
Determination Under Subsection 402(d)(1) of the Trade Act of 1974, as
Amended: Continuation of Waiver Authority for Vietnam
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to subsection 402(d)(1) of the Trade Act of 1974, as
amended (the ``Act''), 19 U.S.C. 2432(d)(1), I determine that the
further extension of the waiver authority granted by subsection 402(c)
of the Act will substantially promote the objectives of section 402 of
the Act. I further determine that the continuation of the waiver
applicable to Vietnam will substantially promote the objectives of
section 402 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to publish this determination in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, June 2, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-22 of June 2, 2000
Determination Under Subsection 402(d)(1) of the Trade Act of 1974, as
Amended: Continuation of Waiver Authority for Belarus
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me under the Trade Act of 1974,
as amended, Public Law 93-618, 88 Stat. 1978 (the ``Act''), I have
determined, pursuant to subsection 402(d)(1) of the Act, 19 U.S.C.
2432(d)(1), that the further extension of the waiver authority granted
by subsection 402(c) of the Act will substantially promote the
objectives of section 402 of the Act. I further determine that
continuation of the waiver applicable to the Republic of Belarus will
substantially promote the objectives of section 402 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to publish this determination in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, June 2, 2000.
[[Page 392]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-23 of June 2, 2000
Determination Under Subsection 402(d)(1) of the Trade Act of 1974, as
Amended: Continuation of Waiver Authority for the People's Republic of
China
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me under the Trade Act of 1974,
as amended, Public Law 93-618, 88 Stat. 1978 (the ``Act''), I have
determined, pursuant to section 402(d)(1) of the Act, 19 U.S.C.
2432(d)(1), that the further extension of the waiver authority granted
by section 402(c) of the Act will substantially promote the objectives
of section 402 of the Act. I further determine that continuation of the
waiver applicable to the People's Republic of China will substantially
promote the objectives of section 402 of the Act.
You are authorized and directed to publish this determination in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, June 2, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-24 of June 16, 2000
Suspension of Limitations Under the Jerusalem Embassy Act
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution
and the laws of the United States, including section 7(a) of the
Jerusalem Embassy Act of 1995 (Public Law 104-45) (the ``Act''), I
hereby determine that it is necessary to protect the national security
interests of the United States to suspend for a period of 6 months the
limitations set forth in sections 3(b) and 7(b) of the Act.
You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit this determination to
the Congress, accompanied by a report in accordance with section 7(a) of
the Act, and to publish the determination in the Federal Register.
This suspension shall take effect after transmission of this
determination and report to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, June 16, 2000.
[[Page 393]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-25 of June 29, 2000
U.S. Contribution to the Korean Peninsula Energy Development
Organization (KEDO): Certification and Waiver
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to section 576(c) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing,
and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2000, as enacted in Public Law
106-113, (the ``Act''), I hereby certify that:
(1)
the effort to can and safely store all spent fuel from North Korea's
graphite-moderated nuclear reactors has been successfully concluded;
(2)
North Korea is complying with its obligations under the agreement
regarding access to suspect underground construction; and
(3)
the United States has made and is continuing to make significant
progress on eliminating the North Korean ballistic missile threat,
including further missile tests and its ballistic missile exports.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 576(d) of the Act, I
hereby determine that it is vital to the national security interests of
the United States to furnish up to $20 million in funds made available
under the heading ``Nonproliferation, Anti-terrorism, Demining and
Related Programs'' of that Act, for assistance for KEDO and therefore I
hereby waive the requirement in section 576(c)(3) to certify that: North
Korea has terminated its nuclear weapons program, including all efforts
to acquire, develop, test, produce, or deploy such weapons.
You are hereby authorized and directed to report this certification and
wavier to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the Federal
Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, June 29, 2000.
Notice of June 30, 2000
Continuation of Emergency With Respect to the Taliban
On July 4, 1999, I issued Executive Order 13129, ``Blocking Property and
Prohibiting Transactions with the Taliban,'' to deal with the unusual
and extraordinary threat to the national security and foreign policy of
the United States posed by the actions and policies of the Taliban in
Afghanistan. The order blocks all property and interests in property of
the Taliban and prohibits trade-related transactions by United States
persons involving the territory of Afghanistan controlled by the
Taliban.
The Taliban continues to allow territory under its control in
Afghanistan to be used as a safe haven and base of operations for Usama
bin Laden and the Al-Qaida organization who have committed and threaten
to continue to commit acts of violence against the United States and its
nationals. For these reasons, I have determined that it is necessary to
maintain in force
[[Page 394]]
these emergency authorities beyond July 5, 2000. Therefore, in
accordance with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50
U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national emergency declared on July
4, 1999, with respect to the Taliban. This notice shall be published in
the Federal Register and transmitted to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
June 30, 2000.
Memorandum of July 5, 2000
Delegation of Responsibilities Under Section 1232 of the
Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 2000
and 2001 (Public Law 106-113)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Defense
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the
United States, including section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I
hereby delegate to the Secretary of Defense the duties and
responsibilities vested in the President by section 1232 of the Foreign
Relations Authorization Act for Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 (the ``Act'')
(Public Law 106-113), to transfer from War Reserve Allies Stockpiles in
Korea and Thailand to the Republic of Korea and the Kingdom of Thailand,
respectively, in return for concessions to be negotiated by the
Secretary of Defense, with the concurrence of the Secretary of State,
any or all of the items described in paragraph (a)(2) of section 1232 of
the Act, subject to the conditions, requirements, and limitations set
forth in section 1232 of the Act.
Any reference in this memorandum to the provisions of any Act shall be
deemed to be a reference to such Act or its provisions as may be amended
from time to time.
The authority delegated to the Secretary of Defense may be redelegated
in writing within the Department of Defense.
The Secretary of Defense is authorized and directed to publish this
memorandum in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, July 5, 2000.
[[Page 395]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-26 of July 7, 2000
Determination on the Proposed Agreement for Cooperation Between the
United States of America and the Republic of Turkey Concerning Peaceful
Uses of Nuclear Energy
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Energy
I have considered the proposed Agreement for Cooperation Between the
United States of America and the Republic of Turkey Concerning Peaceful
Uses of Nuclear Energy, along with the views, recommendations, and
statements of the interested agencies.
I have determined that the performance of the Agreement will promote,
and will not constitute an unreasonable risk to, the common defense and
security. Pursuant to section 123 b. of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954,
as amended (42 U.S.C. 2153(b)), I hereby approve the proposed Agreement
and authorize you to arrange for its execution.
The Secretary of State is authorized to publish this determination in
the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, July 7, 2000.
Memorandum of July 17, 2000
Delegation of Authority for Submission of Report Under
Section 606 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act
for Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001
Memorandum for the Secretary of Defense
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of the United
States of America, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of Defense the
responsibility of the President, under section 606 of the Foreign
Relations Authorization Act for Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 (Public Law
106-113), to submit the required report to the Congress.
You are hereby authorized and directed to publish this delegation in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, July 17, 2000.
[[Page 396]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-27 of July 21, 2000
Determination To Authorize the Furnishing of Emergency Military
Assistance to the United Nations Mission in Sierra Leone (UNAMSIL),
Countries Participating in UNAMSIL, and Other Countries Involved in
Peacekeeping Efforts or Affiliated Coalition Operations With Respect to
Sierra Leone
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Defense
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 506(a)(1) of the
Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 2318(a)(1)(A) (the
``Act''), I hereby determine that:
(1)
an unforeseen emergency exists that requires immediate military
assistance to UNAMSIL, countries currently or in the future
participating in UNAMSIL, and other countries involved in
peacekeeping efforts or affiliated coalition operations with respect
to Sierra Leone, including the Government of Sierra Leone, and
(2)
the emergency requirement cannot be met under the authority of the
Arms Export Control Act or any other law except section 506(a)(1) of
the Act.
I therefore direct the drawdown of defense articles from the stocks of
the Department of Defense, defense services from the Department of
Defense, and military education and training of an aggregate value not
to exceed $18 million to UNAMSIL and such countries to support
peacekeeping efforts with respect to Sierra Leone.
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to report this
determination to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, July 21, 2000.
Notice of July 28, 2000
Continuation of Iraqi Emergency
On August 2, 1990, by Executive Order 12722, President Bush declared a
national emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to
the national security and foreign policy of the United States
constituted by the actions and policies of the Government of Iraq. By
Executive Orders 12722 of August 2, 1990, and 12724 of August 9, 1990,
the President imposed trade sanctions on Iraq and blocked Iraqi
government assets. Because the Government of Iraq has continued its
activities hostile to United States interests in the Middle East, the
national emergency declared on August 2, 1990, and the measures adopted
on August 2 and August 9, 1990, to deal with that emergency must
continue in effect beyond August 2, 2000. Therefore, in accordance with
section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50
[[Page 397]]
U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national emergency with respect to
Iraq.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
July 28, 2000.
Notice of August 3, 2000
Continuation of Emergency Regarding Export Control
Regulations
On August 19, 1994, consistent with the authority provided me under the
International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.), I
issued Executive Order 12924. In that order, I declared a national
emergency with respect to the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States in
light of the expiration of the Export Administration Act of 1979, as
amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2401 et seq.). Because the Export Administration
Act has not been renewed by the Congress, the national emergency
declared on August 19, 1994, must continue in effect beyond August 19,
2000. Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the National
Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national
emergency declared in Executive Order 12924.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
August 3, 2000.
Memorandum of August 21, 2000
Delegation of Responsibility Under the Open-Market
Reorganization for the Betterment of International
Telecommunications (ORBIT) Act
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of
the United States of America, including section 301 of title 3 of the
United States Code, I hereby delegate to you the functions vested in me
by section 646 of the ORBIT Act (Public Law 106-180), relating to
submission of annual reports to the appropriate congressional committees
regarding the privatization of intergovernmental satellite
organizations. The authority delegated by the memorandum may be further
redelegated within the Department of State.
[[Page 398]]
You are authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, August 21, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-28 of August 22, 2000
Presidential Determination on Waiver of Certification Under Section 3201
``Conditions on Assistance for Colombia,''
in Title III, Chapter 2 of the Emergency Supplemental Act,
FY 2000, as Enacted in Public Law 106-246
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 3201(a)(4) of the FY
2000 Emergency Supplemental Act (the ``Act''), I hereby determine that
it is in the national security interest of the United States to furnish
assistance made available under the Act to the Government of Colombia
without regard to the following provisions of section 3201 of that Act:
(a)(1)(A)(ii) the Commander General of the Colombian Armed Forces is
promptly suspending from duty any Colombian Armed Forces personnel who are
credibly alleged to have committed gross violations of human rights or to
have aided or abetted paramilitary groups;
(a)(1)(A)(iii) the Colombian Armed Forces and its Commander General are
fully complying with section 3201 (a)(1)(A)(i) and (ii) of the Act;
(a)(1)(B) the Colombian Armed Forces are cooperating fully with civilian
authorities in investigating, prosecuting, and punishing in the civilian
courts Colombian Armed Forces personnel who are credibly alleged to have
committed gross violations of human rights;
(a)(1)(C) the Government of Colombia is vigorously prosecuting in the
civilian courts the leaders and members of paramilitary groups and
Colombian Armed Forces personnel who are aiding or abetting these groups;
(a)(1)(D) the Government of Colombia has agreed to and is implementing a
strategy to eliminate Colombia's total coca and opium poppy production by
2005 through a mix of alternative development programs; manual eradication;
aerial spraying of chemical herbicides; tested, environmentally safe
mycoherbicides; and the destruction of illicit narcotics laboratories on
Colombian territory; and
(a)(1)(E) the Colombian Armed Forces are developing and deploying in their
field units a Judge Advocate General Corps to investigate Colombian Armed
Forces personnel for misconduct.
I have attached a Memorandum of Justification for the decision to waive
the foregoing certifications.
[[Page 399]]
You are hereby authorized and directed to report this waiver to the
appropriate Committees of the Congress and to arrange for its
publication in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, August 22, 2000.
Memorandum of September 11, 2000
Delegation of Authority Under the Iran Nonproliferation Act of 2000
(Public Law 106-178)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Administrator of the
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
By the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the
United States of America, including section 301 of title 3 of the United
States Code, I hereby delegate to the Secretary of State the functions
and authorities conferred on the President under the Iran
Nonproliferation Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-178), with the exception of
subsections (f) and (g) of section 6, from which I delegate to the
Secretary of State only sections 6(f)(2)(A) and 6(g)(1)(B). The
remaining functions and authorities under subsections (f) and (g) of
section 6 not delegated to the Secretary of State I hereby delegate to
the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
The authorities and functions delegated in this memorandum may be
redelegated.
Any reference in this memorandum to any act shall be deemed to be a
reference to such act as amended from time to time. The Secretary of
State is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 11, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-29 of September 12, 2000
Continuation of the Exercise of Certain Authorities Under the Trading
With the Enemy Act
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of the
Treasury
Under section 101(b) of Public Law 95-223 (91 Stat. 1625; 50 U.S.C. App.
5(b) note), and a previous determination made by me on September 10,
[[Page 400]]
1999 (64 Fed. Reg. 51885), the exercise of certain authorities under the
Trading With the Enemy Act is scheduled to terminate on September 14,
2000.
I hereby determine that the continuation for 1 year of the exercise of
those authorities with respect to the applicable countries is in the
national interest of the United States.
Therefore, pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 101(b) of
Public Law 95-223, I continue for 1 year, until September 14, 2001, the
exercise of those authorities with respect to countries affected by:
(1) the Foreign Assets Control Regulations, 31 CFR part 500;
(2) the Transaction Control Regulations, 31 CFR part 505; and
(3) the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 CFR part 515.
The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and directed to publish this
determination in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 12, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-30 of September 19, 2000
Classified Information Concerning the Air Force's Operating Location
Near Groom Lake, Nevada
Memorandum for the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency
[and] the Secretary of the Air Force
I find that it is in the paramount interest of the United States to
exempt the United States Air Force's operating location near Groom Lake,
Nevada, (the subject of litigation in Kasza v. Browner (D. Nev. CV-S-94-
795-PMP) and Frost v. Perry (D. Nev. CV-S-94-714-PMP)), from any
applicable requirement for the disclosure to unauthorized persons of
classified information concerning that operating location. Therefore,
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6961(a), I hereby exempt the Air Force's operating
location near Groom Lake, Nevada, from any Federal, State, interstate,
or local provision respecting control and abatement of solid waste or
hazardous waste disposal that would require the disclosure of classified
information concerning that operating location to any unauthorized
person. This exemption shall be effective for the full one-year
statutory period.
Nothing herein is intended to: (a) imply that in the absence of such a
Presidential exemption, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) or any other provision of law permits or requires disclosure of
classified information to unauthorized persons; or (b) limit the
applicability or enforcement of any requirement of law applicable to the
Air Force's operating location near Groom Lake, Nevada, except those
provisions, if any, that would require the disclosure of classified
information.
[[Page 401]]
The Secretary of the Air Force is authorized and directed to publish
this determination in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 19, 2000.
Notice of September 22, 2000
Continuation of Emergency With Respect to UNITA
On September 26, 1993, by Executive Order 12865, I declared a national
emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
foreign policy of the United States constituted by the actions and
policies of the National Union for the Total Independence of Angola
(UNITA), prohibiting the sale or supply by United States persons or from
the United States, or using U.S. registered vessels or aircraft, of
arms, related materiel of all types, petroleum, and petroleum products
to the territory of Angola, other than through designated points of
entry. The order also prohibits the sale or supply of such commodities
to UNITA. On December 12, 1997, in order to take additional steps with
respect to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 12865, I
issued Executive Order 13069, closing all UNITA offices in the United
States and imposing additional sanctions with regard to the sale or
supply of aircraft or aircraft parts, the granting of take-off, landing
and overflight permission, and the provision of certain aircraft-related
services. On August 18, 1998, in order to take further steps with
respect to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 12865, I
issued Executive Order 13098, blocking all property and interests in
property of UNITA and designated UNITA officials and adult members of
their immediate families, prohibiting the importation of certain
diamonds exported from Angola, and imposing additional sanctions with
regard to the sale or supply of equipment used in mining, motorized
vehicles, watercraft, spare parts for motorized vehicles or watercraft,
mining services, and ground or waterborne transportation services.
Because of our continuing international obligations and because of the
prejudicial effect that discontinuation of the sanctions would have on
prospects for peace in Angola, the national emergency declared on
September 26, 1993, and the measures adopted pursuant thereto to deal
with that emergency, must continue in effect beyond September 26, 2000.
Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies
Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national emergency with
respect to UNITA.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
September 22, 2000.
[[Page 402]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-31 of September 28, 2000
Transfer of Economic Support Funds, Peacekeeping Operations Funds, and
Foreign Military Financing Funds to the International Organizations and
Programs Account and Use of Funds to Provide a U.S. Contribution of
$29,407,000 to the Korean Peninsula Energy Development Organization
(KEDO)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 610(a) of the
Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended (the ``Act''), I hereby
determine that it is necessary for the purposes of the Act that:
'
$2.466 million in funds made available pursuant to chapter 6 of part
II of the Act for fiscal year 2000;
'
$2 million in funds made available pursuant to chapter 4 of part II
of the Act for prior fiscal years; and
'
$1.534 million in funds made available pursuant to section 23 of the
Arms Export Control Act, as amended, for fiscal year 2000,
be transferred to, and consolidated with, funds made available for
chapter 3 of part I of the Act.
In addition, pursuant to the authority vested in me by section
614(a)(1) of the Act, I hereby determine that it is important to the
security interests of the United States to furnish up to:
'
$20,307,000 in funds made available under the title II
(Nonproliferation, Anti-Terrorism, Demining, and Related Programs)
of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs
Appropriations Act, 2000, as enacted in Public Law 106-113; and
'
$9.1 million in funds made available pursuant to chapter 3 of part I
of the Act for fiscal year 2000, comprised of $6 million in funds
transferred pursuant to this determination and $3.1 million in funds
otherwise available pursuant to chapter 3 of part I of the Act,
for assistance to KEDO without regard to any provision of law within the
scope of section 614(a)(1) of the Act. I hereby authorize the furnishing
of this assistance.
You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit this
determination to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 28, 2000.
[[Page 403]]
Presidential Determination No. 2000-32 of September 29, 2000
Presidential Determination on FY 2001 Refugee Admissions Numbers and
Authorizations of In-Country Refugee Status Pursuant to Sections 207 and
101(a)(42), Respectively, of the Immigration and Nationality Act, and
Determination Pursuant to Section 2(b)(2) of the Migration and Refugee
Assistance Act, as Amended
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
In accordance with section 207 of the Immigration and Nationality Act
(the ``Act'') (8 U.S.C. 1157), as amended, and after appropriate
consultation with the Congress, I hereby make the following
determinations and authorize the following actions:
The admission of up to 80,000 refugees to the United States during FY
2001 is justified by humanitarian concerns or is otherwise in the
national interest; provided, however, that this number shall be
understood as including persons admitted to the United States during FY
2001 with Federal refugee resettlement assistance under the Amerasian
immigrant admissions program, as provided below.
The 80,000 admissions numbers shall be allocated among refugees of
special humanitarian concern to the United States in accordance with the
following regional allocations; provided, however, that the number
allocated to the East Asia region shall include persons admitted to the
United States during FY 2001 with Federal refugee resettlement
assistance under section 584 of the Foreign Operations, Export
Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act of 1988, as contained
in section 101(e) of Public Law 100-202 (Amerasian immigrants and their
family members); provided further that the number allocated to the
former Soviet Union shall include persons admitted who were nationals of
the former Soviet Union, or in the case of persons having no
nationality, who were habitual residents of the former Soviet Union,
prior to September 2, 1991:
Africa..................................................... 20,000 .......................
East Asia.................................................. 6,000 .......................
Eastern Europe............................................. 20,000 .......................
Former Soviet Union........................................ 17,000 .......................
Latin America/Caribbean.................................... 3,000 .......................
Near East/South Asia....................................... 10,000 .......................
Unallocated................................................ 4,000 .......................
The 4,000 unallocated numbers shall be allocated as needed to regional
ceilings where shortfalls develop. Unused admissions numbers allocated
to a particular region may be transferred to one or more other regions
if there is an overriding need for greater numbers for the region or
regions to which the numbers are being transferred. You are hereby
authorized and directed to consult with the Judiciary Committees of the
Congress prior to any such use of the unallocated numbers or
reallocation of numbers from one region to another.
[[Page 404]]
Pursuant to section 2(b)(2) of the Migration and Refugee Assistance Act
of 1962, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 2601(b)(2), I hereby determine that
assistance to or on behalf of persons applying for admission to the
United States as part of the overseas refugee admissions program will
contribute to the foreign policy interests of the United States and
designate such persons for this purpose.
An additional 10,000 refugee admissions numbers shall be made available
during FY 2001 for the adjustment to permanent resident status under
section 209(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1159(b))
of aliens who have been granted asylum in the United States under
section 208 of the Act (8 U.S.C. 1158), as this is justified by
humanitarian concerns or is otherwise in the national interest.
In accordance with section 101(a)(42) of the Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(42))
and after appropriate consultation with the Congress, I also specify
that, for FY 2001, the following persons may, if otherwise qualified, be
considered refugees for the purpose of admission to the United States
within their countries of nationality or habitual residence:
a. Persons in Vietnam
b. Persons in Cuba
c. Persons in the former Soviet Union
You are authorized and directed to report this determination to the
Congress immediately and to publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 29, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2000-33 of September 29, 2000
Military Drawdown for Tunisia
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Defense
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Constitution and laws of
the United States, including Title III (Foreign Military Financing) of
the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs
Appropriations Act, 2000, as enacted in Public Law 106-113 (Title III),
I hereby direct the drawdown of defense articles from the stocks of the
Department of Defense, and military education and training of the
aggregate value of $4 million for Tunisia, consistent with the authority
provided under Title III, for the purposes of part II of the Foreign
Assistance Act of 1961.
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to report this
determination to the Congress and to publish it in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, September 29, 2000.
[[Page 405]]
Notice of October 19, 2000
Continuation of Emergency With Respect to Significant Narcotics
Traffickers Centered in Colombia
On October 21, 1995, by Executive Order 12978, I declared a national
emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States
constituted by the actions of significant narcotics traffickers centered
in Colombia, and the unparalleled violence, corruption, and harm they
cause in the United States and abroad. The order blocks all property and
interests in property of foreign persons listed in an Annex to the
order, as well as persons determined to play a significant role in
international narcotics trafficking centered in Colombia, to materially
assist in, or provide financial or technological support for or goods or
services in support of, narcotics trafficking activities of persons
designated in or pursuant to the order, or to be owned or controlled by,
or to act for or on behalf of, persons designated in or pursuant to the
order. The order also prohibits any transaction or dealing by United
States persons or within the United States in such property or interests
in property. Because the activities of significant narcotics traffickers
centered in Colombia continue to threaten the national security, foreign
policy, and economy of the United States and to cause unparalleled
violence, corruption, and harm in the United States and abroad, the
national emergency declared on October 21, 1995, and the measures
adopted pursuant thereto to deal with that emergency, must continue in
effect beyond October 21, 2000. Therefore, in accordance with section
202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am
continuing the national emergency for 1 year with respect to significant
narcotics traffickers centered in Colombia. This notice shall be
published in the Federal Register and transmitted to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 19, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2001-03 of October 28, 2000
Determination to Waive Attachment Provisions Relating to Blocked
Property of Terrorist-List States
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of the
Treasury
By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and laws
of the United States of America, including section 2002(f) of H.R. 3244,
``Victims of Trafficking and Violence Protection Act of 2000,''
(approved October 28, 2000), I hereby determine that subsection (f)(1)
of section 1610 of title 28, United States Code, which provides that any
property with respect to which financial transactions are prohibited or
regulated pursuant to section 5(b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act (50
U.S. App. 5(b), section 620(a) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22
U.S.C. 2370(a)), sections 202 and 203 of the International Emergency
Economic Powers Act (50
[[Page 406]]
U.S.C. 1701--1702), and proclamations, orders, regulations, and licenses
issued pursuant thereto, be subject to execution or attachment in aid of
execution of any judgment relating to a claim for which a foreign state
claiming such property is not immune from the jurisdiction of courts of
the United States or of the States under section 1605(a)(7) of title 28,
United States Code, would impede the ability of the President to conduct
foreign policy in the interest of national security and would, in
particular, impede the effectiveness of such prohibitions and
regulations upon financial transactions. Therefore, pursuant to section
2002(f) of H.R. 3244, the ``Victim's of Trafficking and Violence
Protection Act of 2000,'' I hereby waive subsection (f)(1) of section
1610 of title 28, United States Code, in the interest of national
security. This waiver, together with the amendment of subsection (f)(2)
of the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act and the repeal of the subsection
(b) of section 117 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999, supersedes my prior waiver of the requirements of subsections
(a) and (b) of said section 117, executed on October 21, 1998.
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to publish this
determination in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, October 28, 2000.
Memorandum of October 31, 2000
Report to the Congress Regarding Conditions in Burma and U.S. Policy
Toward Burma
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the requirements set forth under the heading ``Policy Toward
Burma'' in section 570(d) of the Fiscal Year 1997 Foreign Operations
Appropriations Act, as contained in the Omnibus Consolidated
Appropriations Act (Public Law 104-208), a report is required every 6
months following enactment concerning:
1) progress toward democratization in Burma;
2) progress on improving the quality of life of the Burmese people,
including progress on market reforms, living standards, labor standards,
use of forced labor in the tourism industry, and environmental quality; and
3) progress made in developing a comprehensive, multilateral strategy to
bring democracy to and improve human rights practices and the quality of
life in Burma, including the development of a dialogue between the State
Peace and Development Council (SPDC) and democratic opposition groups in
Burma.
You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit the report fulfilling
these requirements for the period March 27, 2000, through September 28,
[[Page 407]]
2000, to the appropriate committees of the Congress and to arrange for
its publication in the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, October 31, 2000.
Notice of October 31, 2000
Continuation of Sudan Emergency
On November 3, 1997, by Executive Order 13067, I declared a national
emergency to deal with the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security and foreign policy of the United States constituted by
the actions and policies of the Government of Sudan. By Executive Order
13067, I imposed trade sanctions on Sudan and blocked Sudanese
government assets. Because the Government of Sudan has continued its
activities hostile to United States interests, the national emergency
declared on November 3, 1997, and the measures adopted on that date to
deal with that emergency must continue in effect beyond November 3,
2000. Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the National
Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the national
emergency for 1 year with respect to Sudan.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
October 31, 2000.
Notice of November 9, 2000
Continuation of Iran Emergency
On November 14, 1979, by Executive Order 12170, the President declared a
national emergency to deal with the threat to the national security,
foreign policy, and economy of the United States constituted by the
situation in Iran. Since that time, notices of the continuation of this
national emergency have been transmitted annually by the President to
the Congress and published in the Federal Register. The most recent
notice appeared in the Federal Register on November 5, 1999. Because our
relations with Iran have not yet returned to normal, and the process of
implementing the January 19, 1981, agreements with Iran is still
underway, the national emergency declared on November 14, 1979, must
continue in effect beyond November 14, 2000. Therefore, in accordance
with section 202(d) of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)),
I am continuing the national
[[Page 408]]
emergency with respect to Iran for 1 year. This notice shall be
published in the Federal Register and transmitted to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
November 9, 2000.
Notice of November 9, 2000
Continuation of Emergency Regarding Weapons of Mass Destruction
On November 14, 1994, by Executive Order 12938, I declared a national
emergency with respect to the unusual and extraordinary threat to the
national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United States
posed by the proliferation of nuclear, biological, and chemical weapons
(weapons of mass destruction) and the means of delivering such weapons.
Because the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and the means
of delivering them continues to pose an unusual and extraordinary threat
to the national security, foreign policy, and economy of the United
States, the national emergency first declared on November 14, 1994, and
extended on November 14, 1995, November 12, 1996, November 13, 1997,
November 12, 1998, and November 10, 1999, must continue in effect beyond
November 14, 2000. Therefore, in accordance with section 202(d) of the
National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622(d)), I am continuing the
national emergency declared in Executive Order 12938.
This notice shall be published in the Federal Register and transmitted
to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
November 9, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2001-04 of December 11, 2000
Determination to Authorize the Furnishing of Emergency Military
Assistance to the United Nations Mission in Sierra Leone (UNAMSIL),
Countries Participating in UNAMSIL, and Other Countries Involved in
Peacekeeping Efforts or Affiliated Coalition Operations With Respect to
Sierra Leone
Memorandum for the Secretary of State [and] the Secretary of Defense
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by section 506(a) (1) of the
Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 2318 (a) (1) (A)
(the ``Act''), I hereby determine that:
(1) an unforeseen emergency exists that requires immediate military
assistance to UNAMSIL, countries currently or in the future
participating in
[[Page 409]]
UNAMSIL, and other countries involved in peacekeeping efforts or
affiliated coalition operations with respect to Sierra Leone, including
the Government of Sierra Leone, and
(2) the emergency requirement cannot be met under the authority of
the Arms Export Control Act or any other law except section 506(a) (1)
of the Act.
I therefore direct the drawdown of defense articles from the stocks of
the Department of Defense, defense services from the Department of
Defense, and military education and training of an aggregate value not
to exceed $36 million to UNAMSIL and such countries to support
peacekeeping efforts with respect to Sierra Leone.
The Secretary of State is authorized and directed to report this
Determination to the Congress and to arrange for its publication in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, December 11, 2000
Presidential Determination No. 2001-05 of December 15, 2000
Presidential Determination Pursuant to Section 2(c)(1) of the Migration
and Refugee Assistance Act of 1962, as Amended
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to section 2(c)(1) of the Migration and Refugee Assistance Act
of 1962, as amended, 22 U.S.C. 2601(c)(1), I hereby determine that it is
important to the national interest that up to $33 million be made
available from the U.S. Emergency Refugee and Migration Assistance Fund
to meet the unexpected urgent refugee and migration needs, including
those of refugees, displaced persons, conflict victims, and other
persons at risk, due to crises in Guinea, the Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Afghanistan, the North Caucasus, Serbia, and the Middle East.
These funds may be used, as appropriate, to provide contributions to
international, governmental, and nongovernmental organizations. I
understand that you will be forwarding a separate request to meet
requirements for refugee assistance in Bosnia and Croatia.
You are authorized and directed to inform the appropriate committees of
the Congress of this determination and the use of funds under this
authority, and to arrange for the publication of this determination in
the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, December 15, 2000.
[[Page 410]]
Presidential Determination No. 2001-06 of December 15, 2000
Suspension of Limitations Under the Jerusalem Embassy Act
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution
and the laws of the United States, including section 7(a) of the
Jerusalem Embassy Act of 1995 (Public Law 104-45) (the ``Act''), I
hereby determine that it is necessary to protect the national security
interests of the United States to suspend for a period of 6 months the
limitations set forth in sections 3(b) and 7(b) of the Act.
You are hereby authorized and directed to transmit this determination to
the Congress, accompanied by a report in accordance with section 7(a) of
the Act, and to publish the determination in the Federal Register.
This suspension shall take effect after transmission of this
determination and report to the Congress.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, December 15, 2000.
Presidential Determination No. 2001-07 of December 19, 2000
Presidential Certification To Waive Application of Restrictions on
Assistance to the Government of Serbia and the Government of Montenegro
Memorandum for the Secretary of Defense [and] the Secretary of the
Treasury
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the laws of the United States,
including section 1511 of the National Defense Authorization Act for
Fiscal Year 1994 (Public Law 103-160), I hereby certify to the Congress
that I have determined that the waiver of the application of subsections
1511(b) and (c) of Public Law 103-160 is necessary to achieve a
negotiated settlement of the conflict in Bosnia-Herzegovina that is
acceptable to the parties, to the extent that such provisions apply to
the furnishing of assistance to the Government of Serbia and to the
support of assistance from international financial institutions to the
Government of Serbia and the Government of Montenegro.
Therefore, I hereby waive the application of these provisions with
respect to such assistance and support.
The Secretary of Defense is authorized and directed to transmit a copy
of this determination to the Congress and arrange for its publication in
the Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, December 19, 2000.
[[Page 411]]
Memorandum of Justification for Presidential Certification Regarding the
Waiver of Subsections 1511(b) and (c) of Public Law 103-160
Section 1511 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year
1994 (Public Law 103-160) (hereinafter ``section 1511'') was enacted
into law in 1993 in the midst of the crisis in Bosnia and Herzegovina as
the international community sought to put an end to years of conflict.
Section 1511 provides in relevant part that ``[n]o funds appropriated or
otherwise made available by law may be obligated or expended on behalf
of the Government of Serbia'' and that ``[t]he Secretary of the Treasury
shall instruct the United States executive director of each
international financial institution to use the voice and vote of the
United States to oppose any assistance from that institution to the
Government of Serbia or the Government of Montenegro, except for basic
human needs.'' These restrictions may be waived or modified, however,
upon certification by the President that the waiver or modification ``is
necessary . . . to meet emergency humanitarian needs, or . . . to
achieve a negotiated settlement of the conflict in Bosnia-Herzegovina
that is acceptable to the parties.'' This authority was exercised in
February 1999 by the President to waive bilateral assistance
restrictions with respect to the Government of Montenegro.
In light of the recent dramatic democratic transformation that has taken
place in Serbia, we believe that it is important to exempt the
Government of Serbia from the bilateral and multilateral assistance
restrictions contained in section 1511 and the government of Montenegro
from the provision's multilateral restrictions. Bilateral assistance
from the United States and support for assistance in the International
Financial Institutions (IFIs) are both critical to the consolidation of
the fledgling Kostunica government. The United States must put itself in
a position to voice its support of loans to the Governments of Serbia
and Montenegro in the context of the FRY becoming a member in the IFIs.
The first such provision of assistance--a loan of roughly $150 million
under the IMF's post-conflict assistance policy to help the FRY clear
its arrears at the IMF--will be voted upon as soon as December 20
together with a vote on FRY membership in that organization.
The election of Mr. Kostunica to the FRY Presidency could herald a new
period of peaceful democratic development in the region. President
Kostunica has made clear that he will work toward the full
implementation of the Dayton Accords and work constructively on a
variety of other issues related to the stability of the region. United
States bilateral assistance as well as support for IFI assistance will
help ensure the consolidation of power made by the Kostunica government.
Such assistance will help prevent pro-Milosevic forces from regaining
power in the FRY and resuming their obstructionist tactics and allow
President Kostunica to continue to work towards peace and stability in
the region. Therefore, waiver of application of the restrictions
contained in subsections 1511(b) and (c) of Public Law 103-160, with
respect to the Governments of Serbia and Montenegro, is warranted.
[[Page 412]]
Presidential Determination No. 01-08 of December 27, 2000
Determination Pursuant to Section 523 of the Foreign Operations, Export
Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001 (Public Law
106-429)
Memorandum for the Secretary of State
Pursuant to section 523 of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and
Related Programs Appropriations Act, 2001 (Public Law 106-429), I hereby
certify that withholding from international financial institutions and
other international organizations and programs funds appropriated or
otherwise made available pursuant to that Act is contrary to the
national interest.
You are authorized and directed to publish this determination in the
Federal Register.
WILLIAM J. CLINTON
THE WHITE HOUSE,
Washington, December 27, 2000
[[Page 413]]
Appendices--Other Presidential Documents
________________________________________________________________________
Editorial note: The following tables include documents issued by the
Executive Office of the President and published in the Federal Register
but not included in title 3 of the Code of Federal Regulations.
________________________________________________________________________
Appendix A--List of Messages to Congress Transmitting Budget Rescissions
and Deferrals
________________________________________________________________________
Date of Message 65 FR
Page
February 9, 2000....................................................9017
________________________________________________________________________
Appendix B--List of Final Rule Documents
________________________________________________________________________
Date 65 FR
Page
Aug. 2 (Department of Justice).....................................48379
Aug. 9 (Department of Justice).....................................58223
________________________________________________________________________
[[Page 415]]
CHAPTER I--EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part Page
100 Standards of conduct........................ 416
101 Public information provisions of the
Administrative Procedures Act........... 416
102 Enforcement of nondiscrimination on the
basis of handicap in programs or
activities conducted by the Executive
Office of the President................. 416
[[Page 416]]
PART 100--STANDARDS OF CONDUCT--Table of Contents
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 7301.
Source: 64 FR 12881, Mar. 16, 1999, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 100.1 Ethical conduct standards and financial disclosure regulations.
Employees of the Executive Office of the President are subject to
the executive branch-wide standards of ethical conduct at 5 CFR part
2635, and the executive branch-wide financial disclosure regulations at
5 CFR part 2634.
PART 101--PUBLIC INFORMATION PROVISIONS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES ACT--Table of Contents
Sec.
101.1 Executive Office of the President.
101.2 Office of Management and Budget.
101.3 Office of Administration.
101.4 National Security Council.
101.5 Council on Environmental Quality.
101.6 Office of National Drug Control Policy.
101.7 Office of Science and Technology Policy.
101.8 Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 552.
Source: 40 FR 8061, Feb. 25, 1975 and 55 FR 46067, November 1, 1990,
unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 101.1 Executive Office of the President.
Until further regulations are promulgated, the remainder of the
entities within the Executive Office of the President, to the extent
that 5 U.S.C. 552 is applicable, shall follow the procedures set forth
in the regulations applicable to the Office of Management and Budget (5
CFR Ch. III). Requests for information from these other entities should
be submitted directly to such entity.
Sec. 101.2 Office of Management and Budget.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Office of Management and
Budget appear at 5 CFR Ch. III.
Sec. 101.3 Office of Administration.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Office of Administration
appear at 5 CFR part 2502.
[55 FR 46037, Nov. 1, 1990]
Sec. 101.4 National Security Council.
Freedom of Information regulations for the National Security Council
appear at 32 CFR Ch. XXI.
Sec. 101.5 Council on Environmental Quality.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Council on Environmental
Quality appear at 40 CFR Ch. V.
[42 FR 65131, Dec. 30, 1977]
Sec. 101.6 Office of National Drug Control Policy.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Office of National Drug
Control Policy appear at 21 CFR parts 1400-1499.
[55 FR 46037, Nov. 1, 1990]
Sec. 101.7 Office of Science and Technology Policy.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Office of Science and
Technology Policy appear at 32 CFR part 2402.
[55 FR 46037, Nov. 1, 1990]
Sec. 101.8 Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Freedom of Information regulations for the Office of the United
States Trade Representative appear at 15 CFR part 2004.
[55 FR 46037, Nov. 1, 1990]
PART 102--ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT--Table of Contents
Sec.
102.101 Purpose.
102.102 Application.
102.103 Definitions.
102.104-102.109 [Reserved]
102.110 Self-evaluation.
102.111 Notice.
102.112-102.129 [Reserved]
[[Page 417]]
102.130 General prohibitions against discrimination.
102.131-102.139 [Reserved]
102.140 Employment.
102.141-102.148 [Reserved]
102.149 Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.
102.150 Program accessibility: Existing facilities.
102.151 Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.
102.152-102.159 [Reserved]
102.160 Communications.
102.161-102.169 [Reserved]
102.170 Compliance procedures.
102.171-102.999 [Reserved]
Authority: 29 U.S.C. 794.
Source: 53 FR 25879, July 8, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 102.101 Purpose.
The purpose of this regulation is to effectuate section 119 of the
Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities
Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs
or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States
Postal Service.
Sec. 102.102 Application.
This regulation (Secs. 102.101-102.170) applies to all programs or
activities conducted by the agency, except for programs or activities
conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with
handicaps in the United States.
Sec. 102.103 Definitions.
For purposes of this regulation, the term--
Agency means, for purposes of this regulation only, the following
entities in the Executive Office of the President: the White House
Office, the Office of the Vice President, the Office of Management and
Budget, the Office of Policy Development, the National Security Council,
the Office of Science and Technology Policy, the Office of the United
States Trade Representative, the Council on Environmental Quality, the
Council of Economic Advisers, the Office of Administration, the Office
of Federal Procurement Policy, and any committee, board, commission, or
similar group established in the Executive Office of the President.
Agency head or head of the agency; as used in Secs. 102.150(a)(3),
102.160(d) and 102.170 (i) and (j), shall be a three-member board which
will include the Director, Office of Administration, the head of the
Executive Office of the President, agency in which the issue needing
resolution or decision arises and one other agency head selected by the
two other board members. In the event that an issue needing resolution
or decision arises within the Office of Administration, one of the board
members shall be the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
Assistant Attorney General means the Assistant Attorney General,
Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
Auxiliary aids means services or devices that enable persons with
impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal
opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or
activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful
for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials,
audio recordings, and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids
useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset
amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication
devices for deaf persons (TDD's), interpreters, notetakers, written
materials, and other similar services and devices.
Complete complaint means a written statement that contains the
complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged
discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the
nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be
signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or
her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall
describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of
discrimination.
Facility means all or any portion of buildings, structures,
equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other
conveyances, or other real or personal property.
Historic preservation programs means programs conducted by the
agency that
[[Page 418]]
have preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose.
Historic properties means those properties that are listed or
eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or
properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate
State or local government body.
Individual with handicaps means any person who has a physical or
mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life
activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having
such an impairment.
As used in this definition, the phrase:
(1) Physical or mental impairment includes--
(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement,
or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems:
Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory,
including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive;
genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental
retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and
specific learning disabilities. The term ``physical or mental
impairment'' includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and
conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments,
cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis,
cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness,
and drug addiction and alcoholism.
(2) Major life activities includes functions such as caring for
one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking,
breathing, learning, and working.
(3) Has a record of such an impairment means has a history of, or
has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that
substantially limits one or more major life activities.
(4) Is regarded as having an impairment means--
(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially
limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting
such a limitation;
(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits
major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward
such impairment; or
(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this
definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
Qualified individual with handicaps means--
(1) With respect to preschool, elementary, or secondary education
services provided by the agency, an individual with handicaps who is a
member of a class of persons otherwise entitled by statute, regulation,
or agency policy to receive education services from the agency;
(2) With respect to any other agency program or activity under which
a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of
accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential
eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program
or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the
agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its
nature;
(3) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual
with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for
participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity;
and
(4) ``Qualified handicapped person'' as that term is defined for
purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1613.702(f), which is made applicable
to this regulation by Sec. 102.140.
Section 504 means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
(Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended by the
Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974 (Pub. L. 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617);
the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental
Disabilities Amendments of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955); and the
Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1986 (Pub. L. 99-506, 100 Stat. 1810).
As used in this regulation, section 504 applies only to programs or
activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted
programs.
Substantial impairment means a significant loss of the integrity of
finished
[[Page 419]]
materials, design quality, or special character resulting from a
permanent alteration.
Secs. 102.104-102.109 [Reserved]
Sec. 102.110 Self-evaluation.
(a) The agency shall, by September 6, 1989, evaluate its current
policies and practices, and the effects thereof, that do not or may not
meet the requirements of this regulation and, to the extent modification
of any such policies and practices is required, the agency shall proceed
to make the necessary modifications.
(b) The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons,
including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing
individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation
process by submitting comments (both oral and written).
(c) The agency shall, for at least three years following completion
of the self-evaluation, maintain on file and make available for public
inspection:
(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified; and
(2) A description of any modifications made.
Sec. 102.111 Notice.
The agency shall make available to employees, applicants,
participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such
information regarding the provisions of this regulation and its
applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and
make such information available to them in such manner as the head of
the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections
against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this regulation.